: l:. fr sfliiiili.lifi 1i[, tril ilJ i: ufiiTil ml lil $ G m M ffi fiU D tiEADEffi$ ififfi LrJ Lilffi EAG E
Welcome message from author
This document is posted to help you gain knowledge. Please leave a comment to let me know what you think about it! Share it to your friends and learn new things together.
Transcript
: l:.
fr sfliiiili.lifi 1i[,
tril ilJ i: ufiiTil ml lil $ G m M ffi fiU D
tiEADEffi$ ififfi LrJ Lilffi EAG E
A SALUTE TO
AIR FORCE COMMUNICATIONS COMMANDLEADERS AND LINEAGE
Office of AFCC History
by
Linda G. Miller
AIR FORCE COMMUNICATIONS COMMANDUNITED STATES AIR FORCE
SCOTT AFB, ILLINOIS
1 ocToBER 1990
DEDICATION
On 27 June 199O, Brigadier General lvan L. Farman, USAF (Ret) died atthe Air Force Village, San Antonio, Texas, in his 88th year. General Farman,one of military aviation's pioneers and an early proponent of airbornecommunications, was also known as the "Father of AirwaysCommunications." A man of boundless energy, tenacity, intellect, andintegrity, General Farman was a classic leader of the old school who inspiredloyalty through compassion and genuine concern for the well-being of hissubordinates. To the memory of General Farman, pioneer, innovator, andleader, this work is respectfully dedicated.
PREFACE
ln the five decadas and three major wars from 1938 through 1990,Air Force Communications Command and its antec-edent, parentorganizations have rendered yeoman duty in providing the Air Force withan unparalleled array of quality communications services. The command'selite cadre of technicians, planners, and administrators, from the onset,has constituted the Air Force's most significant collestion of specializedtalent. Through their dodicated efforts, long hours, and perserverance, AirForce commanders have enjoyed reliable and nearly instantaneousconnectivity with their forces deployed worldwide. The Air ForceCommunications Command's many successes in providing the Air Forcewith such command and control, data automation, and air traffic controlcapabilhies did not come easily. The sisyphean task of applying ever-advancing technology to the Air Force's changing mission requirementshas taxed the ingenuity and leadership skills of the Air ForceCommunications Command's organizational commanders. The followingstudy collectively recognizes the many Air Force CommunicationsCommand organizations and their commanders on whose shoulders haverested the "Reins of Command."
EDITOR'S NOTE
Over the years, the Air Force Communications Command History Officehas entertained a significant number of requests for unit lineage andhonors and past commanders' names and dates of tenure. Dr Thomas S.Snyder, the Command Historian concoived this work to provide a single,widely distributed corpus of AFCC organizational lineage and honorsdata. During the preparation of this work, however, Dr Snyder acceptedthe position as the United States Air Forces in Europe Historian, and MrRobert T. Cossaboom, his successor, saw this work to completion.
This study is the product of voluminous research, requiring the long hoursof many individuals. The names and tenures or hundreds of leaders andtheir organazations have been obtained from a variety of sources, and whilemeticulous care was taken to ensurs the accuracy of data a fewirregularities might have occurred. Regrettably, some records were foundto be incomplete, inaccurate, or inconsistent. As a result, the reader,doubtlessly, will note some lacunae in commanders' names and dates oftenure. Should you be able to provide this missing information, pleasecontact the Headquartsrs Air Force Communications Command HistoryOffice so that appropriate corrections or additions might be made onsubsequent editions.
Included in this work is the lineage of the headquarters, its active divisions,and the divisions'subordinate organizations. The only inactivations includedare those of the headquarters and the 199O inactivations of the subordinateunits. Also included are photos of available emblems with a significantstatement, or in the absence of a statement, a description of the emblem.
The purpose of this work was not only to recognize the lineage of Air ForceCommunications Command and its subordinate divisions and units, but toacknowledge the men and women of AACS/AFCS/AFCC for their halfcentury of exemplary leadership.
ill
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
Just as Air Force Communications Command organizationalcommanderstackled the sisyphean task of applying emerging technology to changingmission requirements, researching this work taxed the resources of variousindividuals. The voluminous research task with a short time constraintwould have been an impossible task for one individual. I wish, therefore,to acknowledge those who assisted in this project.
Special acknowledgments go to my co-workers, Dr Larry A. Morrison,Dr Tommy R. Young, Dr Timothy J. Mucklow, Ms Margaret J. Nigra,Ms Feyette G. Haase, and MSgt David P. Taylor, who provided tirelessassistance to meet the short publishing deadline.
Acknowledgments also must go to the full-time and additional duty divisionand unit historians whose dedicated efforts to expediently research theirhistories in an attempt to provide available information was invaluable.
I wish also to express appreciation to Mrs Patricia A. Galeaz andMs Therese Bilodeau, who streamlined every possible task whib maintainingquality printing standards, and Mr Jim East, whose artistac talenttransformed an idea into a cover.
lv
CONTENTS
. Page
Headquarters Air Force Communications Command . . . . .1
DirectReportingUnits. .....30
Headquarters Airlift Communications Division and Units . . . . . .77
Headquarters Air Training Communications Division and Units .....121
Headquarters Computer Systems Division and Units . . . 157
Headquarters European Communications Division and Units . ......169
Headquarters Engineering lnstallation Division and Units . . . . .253
Headquarters Logistics Communications Division and Units . . .279
Headquarters Pacific Communications Division and Units . . . .3O3
Headquarters Research and Acquisition Communications Division and Units . . . . .345
Headquarters Strategic Communications Division and Units . .363
Headquarters Space Communications Division and Units. . . . .427
Headquarters Tactical Communications Division and Units . . .451
HEADOUARTERS AIR FORCE COMMUNICATIONS GOMMAND
The official emblem of the Air Force Communications Command was specially designed to depict AFCC's uniquerole in accomplishing the vital Air Force mission of providing positive command and control of aerospace forces.Heraldically, the emblem has the following significance. The mailed fist represents Air Force commanders whoexercise command and control of ,aerospace forces. The electronic flashes represent all forms of aerospacecommunications through which control of aerospace forces is provided. The North Star symbolizes navigationand air traffic control as distinct but integrated parts of command and control. The world portrays the globalaspect of AFCC and Air Force ope,rations.
LINEAGE OFAIR FORCE COMMUNICATIONS COMMAND
The Army Airways Communications System was established in the Directorate of Communications of the Divisionof Training and Operations, Office of the Chief of the Aar Corps, effective 1 5 November 1938.
The Army Airways Communications System was placed under the Operations Division, the Directorate ofCommunications, Headquarters Army Air Forces, effective 23 April 1942.
The Field Branch of the Directorate of Communications was proposed to be known as the Office of Army AirwaysCommunications System. lt was to be located in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania. ln preparation for the move, aheadquarters was established at Bolling Field, Washington D.C., effective 27 March 1943. This was the firstsepsrate headquarters of the Army Airways Communications System. However, General H. H. Arnold decidedon 26 March 1943, to place the Army Airways Communications System underthe new Flight ControlCommandrather than establish a field branch.
The Army Airways Communications System Wing was constituted and assigned to the Flight Control Commandon 13 April 1943 and was activated effective 26 April 1943. The history of AFCS as a unit begins with thisaction. Before this, it was merely a function/staff office, not a unit.
The Army Airways Communications System closed its office at Bolling Field, Washington, D. C., at O814, 3 May1943, and reopened in Asheville, Nonh Garolina, under the name of Headquarters Army Airways CommunicationsSystem Wing, Flight Control Gommand, effective O815, 3 May 1943.
The Army Airways Communications System Wing was reassigned from the Flight Control Command toHeadquarters Army Air Forces "under the immediate supervision and jurisdiction" of the Assistant Chief ofAir Staff, Operations, Commitments and Requirements, effective 14 July 1943.
The Army Airways Communications System Wing reassignmentto Headquarters Army Air Forces was amendedby eliminating the phrase "under the immediate supervision" of the Assistant Chief of Air Staff, effective13 October 1943. lt was now running its own organization.
The Army Airways Communications System Wing dropped the "Wing" designation and was given separatecommand status, effective 26 April 1944. The command underwent a complete reorganization, effective 15 May1944.
The Army Airways Communications System was redesignated Air Communications Service and reassigned asa subcommand to Air Transport Command, effective 13 March 1946.
Air Communications Service was redesignated Airways and Air Communications Service, effective 11 September1946. The change was made to retain the AACS symbol.
The Airways and Air Communications Service was reassigned to Military Air Transport Service, effective 1 June1948.
The Airways and Air Communications Service was relieved from assignment to Military Air Transport Service,redasignated Air Force Gommunications Service, and designated a maior command, effective 1 July 1961.
The Air Force Communications Service was redesignated Air Force Communications Command, effective15 November 1979.
AWARDS
AFOEAAFOEA
1 July 1984 - 30 June 19861 July 1986 - 30 June 1988
DAFSO GB.O76/86DAFSO GB-640/88
STREAMER
War Service Streamer, American Theatre (WWll)
DATE
27 March 1943*
3 May 1943
17 December 1945
12 December 1946
19 November 1948
15 January 1958
16 July 1970
1 November 1977
AACS/AFCS/AFCC HEADOUARTERS LOCATIONS
LOCATION
Bolling Field, Washington, D.C.
Municipal Building, Asheville, North Carolina
Langley AFB, Virginia
Gravelly Point, Virginia (Adjacent to Washington National Airport)
Andrews AFB, Maryland
scott AFB, lllinois
Richards-Gebaur AFB, Missouri
scott AFB, lllinois
AACS/AFCS/AFCC HEADOUARTERS NAMES
NAME
Army Airways Communications System
Army Airways Communications System Wing
Headquarters Army Airways Communications System Wing,Flight Control Command
Army Airways Communications System
Air Communications Service
Airways and Air Communications Service
Air Force Communications Service
Air Force Communications Command
DATE
1 5 November 1938
13 April 1943
3 May 1943
26 April 1944
13 March 1946
1 1 September 1946
1 July 1961
15 November 1979
* The original HO AACS was established on 27 March 1943. Since its activation on 15 November 1938, AACShad been operated as a field command by the Directorate of Communications, Headquarters United States ArmyAir Forces.
KEY STAFFDEruTATES AND STAFF OFFICES
AACS/AFCS/AFCC COMMANDERS
Col Lloyd H. WatneeBrig Gen lvan L. FarmanMaj Gen Harold M. McClellandlBrig Gen Wallace G. SmithMaj Gen E. Blair GarlandMaj Gen Francis L. AnkenbrandtMaj Gen Dudley D. HaleMaj Gen Daniel C. DoubledayMaj Gen Harold W. Grant***Maj Gen Kenneth P. BergquistMaj Gen J. Francis Taylor, Jr.Maj Gen Richard P. Klocko***Maj Gen Robert W. PaulsonMaj Gen Paul R. StoneyMaj Gen Donald L. WerbeckMaj Gen Rupert H. BurrisMaj Gen Robert E. SadlerMaj Gen Robert T. Herres****Maj Gen Robert F. McCarthyMaj Gen Gerald L. PratherMaj Gen John T. StihlMaj Gen James S. Cassity, Jr.***Maj Gen Robert H. Ludwig
(Lt Gen Selectee)
27 Mar 194311 Nov 194312 Mar 19469 Sep 1948I Sep 19511 Sep 1954
28 Jul 195514 Jan 195830 Jun 196115 Feb 196230 Jun 196518 Oct 196515 Jul 196731 Jul 196931 Oct 197322 Aug 197531 Oct 197721 Jun 197927 Jul 1981
1 Jun 198428 Aug 1 98629 Mar 198816 May 1989
1 1 Nov 194312 Mar 19469 Sep 19488 Sep 1951
31 Aug 195428 Jul 195514 Jan 195830Jun 196115 Feb 196230Jun 196518 Oct 1965
15Jul 196731 Jul 196931 Oct 197322Aug 197531 Oct 197721 Jun 197927 Jul 198131 May 198428Aug 198629 Mar 198816 May 1989
lEffective 12 Nov 1947, as part of an extensive Air Transport Command reorganization, the headquarters ofAir Transport Command and its subordinate services (AACS, Air Weather Service, Air Transport Service, AirRescue Service, and Flight Service) were integrated, and each service commander was assigned the additionalfunction of Deputy Commander, Air Transport Command. On 1 June 1948, upon the formation of the MilitaryAir Transport Service (MATS), Deputy Commanders for Services and Air Transport were established at HO MATS.General McClelland became the Deputy Commander, Services, but continued to command AACS as an additionalduty until the arrival of General Smith in September.
*+* Later Lt Gen**** Later Gen
4
AACS/AFCS/AFCCDEPUTY COMMANDERSNfl CE COMMANDERS
Col Wendell W. Bowman**(Additional Duty)
Col Gordon A. Blake***Col Raymond C. Maude**Col Daniel B. WhiteCol Wilbur W. Bailey (Acting)Col Charles W. BagstadCol Forrest W. DonkinBrig Gen Daniel C. Doubleday**Col Harold L. Hughes (Acting)Brig Gen Harold L. SmithCol David M. Crabtree, Jr.Brig Gen Donald P. Graul*'tMaj Gen Sam W. AgeeVacantMaj Gen Wendell W. BowmanVacantMaj Gen Gordon T. Gould, Jr.**rVacantBrig Gen Douglas E. WilliamsMaj Gen J. Francis Taylor, Jr.VacantCol Paul R. Stoney**Brig Gen Albert R. Shiely, Jr.**Brig Gen Donald L. Werbeck**Brig Gen William R. Yost**Brig Gen Robert E. Sadler**Brig Gen William W. GilbertBrig Gen Rupert H. Burris**Col Alvers l. Singleton (Acting)Brig Gen William R. Yost**Brig Gen William G. Mac Laren, Jr.*'Brig Gen Robert F. McCarthy**Brig Gen Charles B. JiggettsBrig Gen Duncan W. CampbellBrig Gen Donald L. MooreBrig Gen Charles W. BartholomewBrig Gen Wayne E. SchrammBrig Gen Frederick A. Zehrer lll
* * Later Maj Gen*** Later Lt Gen
8 Jun 1944
3 Jan 19461O Mar 1947
Sep 194817 Sep 195116 Apr 195221 May 1954
1 Jun 195714 Jan 19582 Sep 19581 Jul 19601 Jul 19611 Apr 19631 Aug 1963
31 Aug 19631 Aug 1964
22 Nov 196411 Jul 196525 Jul 196519 Oct 196515May 19665 Jul 19661 Aug 1969
27 Oct 19711 Nov 19731 Mar 1974
31 Jul 19741 Jul 1975
25Aug 197512 Jul 197616 Jun 197828 Jun 197927 Jul 198129 Oct 1982
1 Jul 198410 Oct 198624 Jul 1988
1 Jul 1989
2 Jan 1946
9 Mar 1947Sep 1948
16 Sep 1951l5Apr 19522OMay 195431 May 195713 Jan 1958
1 Sep 195830Jun 196030Jun 196131 Mar 196331 Jul 196330Aug 196331 Jul 196421 Nov 196410 Jul 196524 Jul 196518 Oct 196514May 19664 Jul 1966
31 Jul 196926 Oct 197131 Oct 197328 Feb 197430 Jul 1974SOJun 197524Aug 197511 Jul 1976l5Jun 197818 Jun 197926 Jul 198129 Oct 1982
1 Jul 198430Sep 198624 Jul 1988
1 Jul 1989
AACS/AFCS/AFCCCHIEFS OF STAFF
ln the years 1944-1949, the Chief of Staff and Deputy Commander positions were often synonymous. On1 February 1955, the Chief of Staff position was replaced by an Executive Officer; however, the Chief of Staffposition was reinstated on 27 September 1955.
Maj Arthur H. SchroederCol Wendell W. Bowman*oLt Col Francis T. FogartyCol Albert J. MandelbaumLt Col Gordon T. Gould***Col Raymond C. Maude"Col Daniel B. White (Acting)Lt Col John Crawford (Acting)Col Daniel B. White (Acting)Col Ernest S. MoonLt Col C. R. Pomaville, Jr.Lt Col Dorsey F. BurkeLt Col C. R. Pomaville, Jr.Lt Col Forrest W. Donkin (Acting)Col Harold L. HughesCol David M. Crabtree, Jr.VacantBrig Gen William T. SmithCol Harry A. French**VacantBrig Gen Douglas E. WilliamsVacantBrig Gen Douglas E. WilliamsCol James C. SelmanCol Philip R. ObleyCol Hugh C. MooreCol Julian W. ParkerCol Jack B. Robbins**Col Donald L. Werbeck**Col Herman J. HicksCol Alan D. CampenCol William R. Yost*'Col Ralph G. BackesCol Glen L. McSparranCol Hollis O. HallCol Alvers l. SingletonCol Donald J. Bowen**Col Richard W. Pryor* *
Col Charles E. ShepherdCol David B. BartholomewCol Robert O. Petty**Col Clifford O. C. Henning, Jr.Col John C. ElliottCol Victor S. Stachelczyk*Col Allen W. GrayCol Stancil L. Dilda, Jr.*Col Roscoe M. Cougill*Col Stephen E. KelleyCol Gerald Mittelman (lnterim)Col George P. Lampe
* Later Brig Gen+ t Later Maj Genr** Later Lt Gen
5 Oct 194314Jan 194415 Sep 194513 Mar 194626 Aug 1 9461O Mar 1947
Late Aug 1948Mid-Sep 1948
Late Dec 194825 Apr 194910 Oct 195120 May 1953l7Aug 195330Sep 195427 Sep 195517Aug 19592 Mar 19611 Jul 1961
30Jun 19632 Jul 1964
lOAug 196426 Jul 196519 Oct 19652 Jun 19668 Mar 19681 Apr 19691 Feb 1970
16 Jul 19701 Aug 1971
27 Oct 197112 Jan 197216 Apr 1973
1 Nov 19731 Apr 19741 Aug 1974
21 Jul 197525Aug 197517Aug 197625 Jan 1978
1 Apr 19791 Apr 19801 Jun 1981
17 Jun 198217 Jun 1983
1 Sap 198423Aug 198527 Sep 198616 Apr 19882 Mar 199O
15 Jul 1990
13 Jan 1944l4Sep 194512 Mar 194625Aug 1946
9 Mar 1947Late Aug 1948Mid-Sep 1948
Late Dec 194924 Apr 1949
9 Oct 195119 May 1953l6Aug 195329 Sep 1954
1 Feb 195516Aug 1959
1 Mar 196130Jun 196130 Jun 1963
1 Jul 19649Aug 1964
25 Jul 196518 Oct 1965
1 Jun 19667 Mar 1968
31 Mar 196931 Jan 197015 Jul 197031 Jul 197126 Oct 197111 Jan 197215 Apr 197331 Oct 197331 Mar 197431 Jul 197420 Jul 197524Aug 1975l6Aug 197624 Jan 197831 Mar 197931 Mar 198031 May 198116 Jun 1982
1 Jun 198331 Aug 198422 Aus 1 98525Aug 198616 Apr 19882 Mar 1990
15 Jul 1990
6
COMPTROTTER(ACt
Lineage of this office is incomplete. Between 1943 and 195O, HO AACS did not have a staff offace performingcomptroller duties. Between 1943 and 1947, these functions were performed by a Finance Officer and a Budgetand Fiscal Officer assigned to the HO Squadron (26 Apr 1943-1 5 May 19441and the 75th AAF Base unit (HOComplement) (15 May 1944-1 Nov 19471 which supported HO AACS. On 1 November 1947, most of theadministrative functions of HO AACS were absorbed by HO Air Transport Command, based on a shared stafforganization. Apparently HO AACS reassumed control of its comptroller function on 16 April 1950 when HOAACS Statistical Services was redesignated Comptroller. The Statistical Control Office was established4 September 1944; redesignated Statistical Services, 1948; redesignated Comptroller, 16 April 1950;redesignated Deputy Chief of Staff Comptroller, 1 July 1956.
Finance Officer, HO Squadron/75th AAF Base Unit
1st Lt John PinchinLt Col William H. McClure
Maj Herbert Knowles (Additional Duty)
Maj Glenn D. ScottCapt James E. ThompsonLt Col Robert D. BankerCapt Louis M. JarchoMaj Frederick K. BullCol William K. MannCol Max A. WickhamCol Albert C. WindellCol Eugene T. HofteCol Wallace W. JohnstonCol Milton J. Scott (lnterim)#Col Wallace W. JohnstonCol George C. Lynch**Col Robert G. MaynardCol E. Rexford Bull, Jr.C. E. McCracken (Acting)Col Marinda J. WoodCol Edward C. OlgeatyCol James R. DaughertyCol Arlie W. NealCol James L. Laird
26 Apr 194321 Jan 1946
Staff Budget & Fiscal Officer, HO Squadron/7sth AAF Base Unlt
Comptroller
Nov 1946
Jan 1946
26 Oct 194521 Apr 1946
1 Feb 194915Aug 19497 Jun 1953
21 Oct 195530Jun 196128 Feb 196617 Jul 19679 Mar 197O
15 Jul 197030Nov 19713O Oct 197330 Jun 197730May 198031 Jul 1980
1 Jun 198429 Sep 198517 Jun 198813 Jul 1990
4Sep 194427 Oct 194522 Apr 19462 Feb 1949
l6Aug 19498 Jun 1953
22 Oct 19551 Jul 19611 Mar 1966
18 Jul 19671O Mar 197016 Jul 1970
1 Dec 19711 Nov 19739 Jul 19771 Jun 19801 Aug 198O9 Jul 1984
30Sep 198517 Jun 198813 Jul 199O
# Col Johnston served as Commander, HO AFCS Det 16 (ADVON) at Richards-Gebaur AFB, Missouri, pendingarrival of HO AFCS on 16 Jul 1970.
* * Latsr Maj Gen
DATA AUTOMATION(ADI
The Deputy Chief of Staff for Data Automation (AD) was established 17 May 1982. This function had previouslybeen the Assistant Deputy Commander for Data Automation. The DCS/Data Automation was disestablished1 October 1983, and its functions and people were absorbed into the new DCS/Teleprocessing (TP).
Col Donald D. JohnstonCol Paul E. Zumbro
Lt Col Alan R. KunsemillerCol John J. KotzunSpain W. Hall, Jr.
AIR FORCE COMMUNICATIONS.COMPUTER SYSTEMS INTEGRATION OFFICE(AFCSTO/SYl
The Air Force Communications-Computer Systems lntegration Office GFCSIO) was established at the Air ForceCommunications Command on 1 October 1987. The office, under the guidance of the AFCC Vice Commander,exercises authority based on the HO USAF Communications-Computer Systems Requirements Board process
as directed by the Vice Chief of Staff of the Air Force. The AFCSIO provides central management of the AirForce communications-computer integration process.
17 May 19823OSep 1982
1 Oct 19872O Jun 198825 Sep 1988
I Dec 198630 May 1988
2 Mar 199O15 Jul 1990
31 Aug 19821 Oct 1983
20Jun 198825 Sep 1988
30 May 19882 Mar 1990
15 Jul 1990
ACOUISITION AND IMPLEMENTATION(All
Established 1 December 1986 to find technical solutions to user needs identified by the DCS Plans and
Requirements; acquire communications and computer systems including off-the-shelf items and implement thesystems worldwide.
Col Raymond FrenchCol Gerald Mittelman#Col Larry D. Opperman (lnterim)Col Gerald Mittelman
# Col Mittelman was the Interim Chief of Staff 2 Mar 1990-15 July 199O'
AlR TRAFFIC SERVICES(AT}
The lineage of DCS/Air Traffic Services is incomplete. An Airways Division, part of the Assistant Chief of Staff/Operations, Training, and Requirements, was in existence on 1 July 1945. As part of a HO MATS/HO AACSreorganization on 1 November 1947, a Facility Checking Division was created within the HO AACS Directorateof Operations. This division was redesignated Flight Facilities Division on 5 May 1949. lt was elevated to majoroffice status on 1 February 1955 with the title of Directorate of Flight Facilities; redesignated Deputy Chiefof Staff/Flight Facilities, 1 July 1956; redesignated Deputy Chief of Staff/Flight and Airspace Management,September 1973; redesignated Deputy Chief of Staff/Air Traffic Services, 1 July 1975. On 1 October 1982the office symbol changed from FF to AT to better reflect the name of the DCS. The FF office symboltracedback to Directorate of Flight Facilities created on 1 February 1955. The AFCC divisions also changed their officesymbols to AT. AT was disestablished 1 December 1985 during HO AFCC restructurlng. Functions transferredto DCS Operations (DO), and DCS Plans and Programs fiP). ln the 1986 reorganization, DCS/Air Traffic Services(AT) was reestablished on 1 December 1986 from the DCs/Operations (DO).
Lt Col Sidney Nutt, Jr.Lt Col Erwin A. RemmertCol Richard T. BlackLt Col Harvey E. FergusonCol Hilliard L. GandyCol Lorenzo M. ThompsonCol Robert C. SearsCol Major D. EbertsCol Edwards F. Walsh, Jr.Col James M. NeffCol Gabriel A. HartCol Norman R. SmedesCol Bradley Sut-terCol Derrel L. DempseyCol Marcel A. CoutureCol Marcel A. CoutureCol Ronald E. Hall (ActinglCol Richard O. Nordhaus
1 Feb 19558 Jan 1956
17Aug 195612 Jan 195929 Jun 1959
2 May 19611 Jul 1961
30Sep 196229Aug 1966
1 Aug 197017 Dec 197118 Sep 1973
1 Jun 19754Apr 19791 Sep 19841 Dec 19862 Mar 19876 Apr 1987
7 Jan 195616Aug 195611 Jan 195928 Jun 1959
1 May 19613OJun 196129Sep 1962
Jul 196631 Jul 197016Dec 197117 Sep 197331 May 1975
3 Apr 197931 Aug 1984
1 Dec 198527 Feb 1987
6 Apr 1987
SPECIAL ASSISTANT FOR RELIABILITY & MAINTAINABILITY(ccMRl
Established October 1985 and disestablished 1 December 1986.
9
Col Ole l. Dahle-Melsaether 18 Oct 1985 1 Dec 1986
HEADOUARTERS SOUADRON SECTION(ccot
The Headquarters Squadron Section (CCO) replaced the 18O1st Support Squadron that was inactivated31 December 1978.
Maj Salvatore J. Macaluso, Jr.#Maj Douglas A. WignessCapt Gregory D. FloreyMaj William A. JordanCapt Tyrone McGinnisCapt Lawrence C. DavisCapt Daryl B. UmsteadMaj Margaret H. AnnoMaj Calvin BetzCapt Regina P. McGowanMaj Gerald Don SianezCapt Raquel Torres
# Maj Macaluso had been Commander of the
14 Apr 19766 Nov 1 979
27 May 198O30 Dec 198O2 Jul 1982
15 Jul 19826 Nov 1 982
l5Dec 198221 Feb 198516 Apr 1985
2 May 198821 May 199O
18O1st Support Squadron since 14 April
19741977
25 Sep 19851 Nov 1987
Jan 19791 Apr 19831 Jan 19861 Jan 1988
5 Nov 1 97926 May 198029 Dec 1980
1 Jul 198214 Jul 19825Nov 1982
l4Dec 198221 Feb 198516 Apr 198516 Mar 198820 May 199O
1 976.
197725 Sep 198531 Oct 1987
30 Mar 198331 Dec 1985
1 Jan 1988
MOBILIZATION ASSISTANT TO THE COMMANDERtccRl
Mobifization Assistant to the Commander position established October 1974.
Maj Gen William H. BauerMaj Gen James J. FeeneyBrig Gen Richard A. NorthrupMaj Gen Julio L. Torres
Brig Gen lrvin G. RayMaj Gen R. J. GeehanMaj Gen W. G. WorkMaj Gen Frederick R. Keith, Jr.
ASSISTANT TO COMiIANDER FOR ANG AFFAIRS(ccul
Established January 1979 as Special Assistant for ANG (CAG); redesignated December 1979 to Assistant toCommander for ANG Affairs (CCU).
10
DEPUTY COMMANDER FOR DATA AUTOMATION(cDl
The Deputy Commander for Data Automation (CD) was established 30 June 1978 following the disestablishmentof the Air Force Data Automation Agency, formerly an Air Force separate operating agency. Air ForceCommunications Command assumed the centers and responsibilities of the former agency. The DeputyCommander for Data Automation was disestablished 1 October 1983, and its functions were transferred tothe new HO AFCC DCSffeleprocessing.
COMBAT COMMUNICATIONS(cFl
Established 1 October 1983 to centralize war planning, manning and the daily management of combatcommunication resources to integrate and enhance AFCC support to Air Force wartime taskings. Formed fromthe missions and resources of the DCs/Operations, Plans and Readiness, Directorate of Readiness {XOR) andDirectorate of TAF/Airlift (XOT). Disestablished 1 December 1985 and function transferred to DCS/Operations(DO) and DCS/Plans and Programs (XP).
Col Avon C. James*Col George E. Gumb,recht (ActinglCol Edward J. Bell lllCol Ronald E. Swanson
Col John J. LivengoodCol Heike Ellermets
Lt Col R. E. DanielsMaj Timothy W. Fox
30 Jun 19781 1 Feb 198027 Mar 198028 Jul 1982
1 Oct 198326 Jul 1984
17 Jan 19856 Jan 1986
1O Feb 198026 Mar 198028 Jul 198215 Jul 1983
20 Jul 19841 Dec 1985
3 Jan 19861 Oct 1986
HAMMER COMBAT OFFICE(cHl
Established January 1985 to review commercially available equipment and respond to problems identified bythe AFCC Commander. Disestablished 1 October 1986 when the Hammer Combat Office merged into the 1842dElectronics Engineering Group.
* Later Brig Gen
11
SENIOR ENTISTED ADVISOR(cMsl
First mentioned in October 1970 as a responsibility of the Chief of the Command Section Administration anddesignated Administration and Senior Enlisted Advisor. Established as a separate position with title of SeniorEnlisted Advisor, 1 January 1974.
CMSgt Wallace R. PalonCMSgt Richard A. RivardCMSgt Earl E. DorrisCMSgt Charles E. TestonCMSgt Jeremiah T. HayesCMSgt Walter D. McLain
Brig Gen Charles B. JiggettsCol Ray G. Green, Jr.
# Position vacant from 28 July 1981 to 15 May 1983.
COMPETITION ADVOCATE OFFICE(cPl
Created to promote dialogue between Air Force and industry, thereby saving time and enhancing the survivabilityof AFCC programs.
Lt Col Thomas E. Watkins 1 May 1989
DEPUTY COMMANDER FOR COMBAT COMMUNICATIONS & RESERVE FORCE MATTERS(cRl
Establashed 17 February 1981 to serve as headquarters focal point for Rapid Deployment Joint Task Forceplanning, force structure issues, SAC projection force planning and JCS and unified/specified command exercises.Redesignated Deputy Commander for Combat Communications 16 May 1983. Disestablished 30 June 1984after Col Green's retirement. Functions transferred to DCS/Combat Communications (CF).
Oct 19701 Jan 1974
15 Oct 197626 Oct 198214 Jun 198412 Jun 1987
17 Feb 198116 May 1983
31 Dec 197314 Oct 197625 Aug 198213 Jun 198412 Jun 1987
27 Jul 1981#30Jun 1984
12
PROTOCOL DIRECTOR(csPt
Established in 1962 as Visitors Bureau (CSEV).Office symbol changed to CSCCSV July 1963. October 1963redesignated Protocol Officer(CSCGSV); January 1964 redesignated Command Administration and Protocol,with an NCO reporting to the Deputy Commander's Executive Officer October 1964 redesignated Protocoland Briefing Officer. During the period July 1966 to November 1967 Protocol activities worked by theConference Room Scheduler. November 1967 Protocol and Command Briefing (CSCCSP) was reactivated,October 197O redesignated Protocol (CSP), and in November 198O office symbol changed to CCP. Protocol(CCPlwasdisestablishedl Decemberl9S5inconjunctionwiththeestablishmentof ProtocolandCommandConferences (CSP), with responsibility for handling all command conferences added to AFCC Protocol.Protocol and Command Conferences changed to Protocol Dircctor after conference responsibilities weretransferred to DCS,/Plans and Requirements (HO AFCClXP).
Capt William H. SchwoobMaj J. F. CasausTSgt Robert R. BlakeCapt Richard H. ColburnTSgt Edward F. HirshbergCapt John P. PribbleCapt Walter A. LesnevichCapt Grove F. SteeleCapt Michael E. RisheillCapt Patricia M. MurphyCapt Vicki BrownMargie HughesCapt Larry R. WoodMargie HughesDiane O. lsbell
Established March 1973.
CMS Jean B. AbneyJean B. AbneyMaj Carlos A. Melendez
Col Paul DavisCol Raymond L. French
SPECIAL PROJECTS OFFICE(csst
Jul 1962Oct 1963Jan 1964Oct 1965Jul 1966Nov 1967Nov 1968Aug 1969Aug 197OOct 197OJul 1972May 1973Dec 1973Jul 1976
3 Dec 1977
Oct 1963Jan 1964Oct 1965Jul 1966Nov 1 967Nov 1 968Aug 1 969Aug 1 97OOct 197OJul 1972
May 1973Dec 1973Jul 1976
2Dec 1977
TECHNICAT SUPPORT OFFICE(cD
Established 14 December 1 984 to help solve the operational commands' most urgent and pressing problems.This office, nicknamed the A-Team by General Prather, was disestablished 1 December 1986.
Mar 19734Nov 19741 Feb 1989
1 Dec 198425 Jul 1985
4 Nov 1 9741 Feb 1989
1 Jul 19851 Dec 1986
13
AFCC BOARD STRUCTURE(CVMBI
The AFCC Board Structure (CVMB) was established in September 1981. The Board Structure was disestablished1 December 1985, and the function was transferred to DCS Plans and Programs (XP), Resource ProgrammingOffice (XPBI.
ENGINEERING AND SERVICES(DEI
Established as the Civil Engineering Division within the Engineering Directorate, DCs/Logistics, 1 Aug 1961;elevated to Directorate of Civil Engineering, 1 Dec 1 961; downgraded to Civil Engineering Division within theDirectorate of Plans and Engineering between 1 April and 1 July 1962; elevated to Directorate of Civil Engineeringwithin DCS/Logistics between Jan and 1 July 1965. Became Deputy Chief of Staff/Civil Engineering, 1 July1967; redesignated Deputy Chief of Staff/Engineering and Services, 31 July 1975.
Col H. A. HornbargerCol K. R. ReiffCol J. T. StewartCol C. N. WilcoxCol J. D. Culver
Joe D. Stewart (Acting)Col John S. GibsonCol Roscoe Murray, Jr.Lt Col Pleasant G. ReynoldsLt Col Samuel A. BiondoCol Donald R. WoodsCol Jarrell S. MitchellCol Jean R. WhittenbergCol Birney T. PeaseCol Marshall W. Nay, Jr.Col John S. Choate
Sep 1981Jul 1982Nov 1 983Jul 1984Mar 1985
Jul 1982Nov 1983Jul 1984Mar 1985
1 Dec 1985
6 Aug 1 967Jul 1969Aug 1971
9 May 197222Sep 197422 Jul 1979
2 Jun 19846 Jan 1986
29 May 198715 Jun 199O
1 Jul 1967TAug 1967
Jul 1969Aug 1971
1O May 197223 Sep 197423 Jul 1979
3 Jun 19846 Jan 19861 Jun 1987
18 Jun 199O
14
OPERATIONS(DOl
Established 1 December 1985 from DCS lnformation Systems (Sl), DCS Air Traffic Services (ATl and DCS CombatCommunications (CF) to integrate air traffic services, communications and data automation. Command focalpoint for daily operations in combat information systems, base information systems, command and control (C2land air traffic control. Handles general operations functions in C2, plans, training and readiness, electronic-combat and standardization and evaluation.
Col Marcel A. CoutureCol George E. ElseaCol Willie D. CowanCol Arlyn D. Schumaker
Established 1 December 1985 fromOrganization.
Col Lyal D. GordonCol Richard C. Conant
lst Lt Frederich H. KellerCapt Neil ShanahanMaj lvan B. SnellLt Col Fred P. WoodsonMaj John G. Terracall, Jr.Maj Lowell Bowers
PERSONNEL(DPI
DCS Manpower and Personnel (MP) less Directorate of Manpower and
1 Dec 198523 May 1989
23 May 1989
DIRECTORATE OF SECURITY(DSl
Lineage of this office is incomplete. The Office of Provost Marshall was established under the AdministrativeExecutive, 5 May 1943. By 5 October 1944, the Provost Marshall was a separate office of HO AACS, but wasnot shown on staff directories between then and June 1948. lt is very probable that the Provost Marshall waspart of the 75th AAF Base Unit (HO Complement) between 1945-1947 and on 1 November 1947 became partof HO Air Transport Command when HO AACS was consolidated with HO Air Transport Command. ln June1948, the Provost Marshall was placed under HO AACS lnspector General. By 1 December 1955, the Officehad been redesignated Security Division; redesignated Security and Law Enforcement, 1 July 1961; redesignatedSecurity and Police Division, circa January 1967; redesignated Security Police Division, circa December 1970.Elevated to special staff agency and redesignated Security Police (SP), 1 April 1977. Redesignated Directorateof Security (DS) March 1987 to standardize title/FAs for Security throughout the command.
1 Dec 19851 Dec 1986
17 Jun 198816 Jul 199O
22May 1943Dec 1943
21 Jan 1946Mar 1959Nov 1961Oct 1963
30Nov 198617 Jun 198815 Jul 1990
Dec 194330Aug 1945
Nov 1961Oct 1963Sep 1966
15
ENGINEERING, PROGRAMS AND ACOUISITION(EPI
A Directorate of Engineering was established 22 November 1951 which had a mission very similarto that ofthe later Deputy Chief of Staff/Engineering and lnstallation. Redesignated Deputy Chief of Staff/Engineering,4 Sep 1953. The Directorete wes discontinued and its function transferred to the 1823d AACS Group(GLOBECOM E & l), 30 November 1955. The Deputy Chief of Staff/Engineering and lnstallation was establishedwhen AFCS assumed the responsibalities of the Ground Electronics Engineering lnstallataon Agency (GEEIA),
1 Jul 1970, redesignated Deputy Chief of Staff/Engineering and Programs, 1 November 1972; redesignatedDeputy Chief of Staff/Engineering, Programs, and Acquisition, 1 April 1980, to reflect its new contractingresponsibilities. EP disestablished 1 December 1985 during the Headquarters AFCC restructure. Functionstransferred to DCS/Plans & Programs (XP), DCS/Engineering and Services (DE), DCs/Comptroller (AC),DCS/Operations (DO), and DCS/Logistics (LG).
Col George A. WestphalCol Gomer LewisCol Cecil V. Broadway
Col Charles Y. Shultz, Jr.Col William R. Yostr*Col Ralph G. BackesCol Donald J. Bowen*Col William E. WinemillerCol David B. BartholomewCol Gene A. CoxCol James S. Cassity, Jr.'**Col Ronald L. ShillcuttCol Arthur F. EvansCol Joseph T. Stewart, Jr.Col Billy E. Gregg (Acting)Col Horace M. Brawley
r Later Brig Gent t Later Maj GenI t I Later Lt Gen
22 Nov 1 9517 May 19526 Apr 1953
1 Jul 197017 Jul 197216 Apr 1973
1 Nov 197325Aus 19755 Jul 19771 Apr 1979
23 May 198010 Jul 1981
1 Jun 198329 May 1984
1 Feb 198515 Mar 1985
6 May 19525 Apr 1953
30Nov 1955
16 Jul 197215 Apr 197331 Oct 197331 Oct 19734 Jul 1977
31 Mar 197922 May 198O9 Jul 1981
31 May 198327 May 198431 Jan 198514 Mar 1985
1 Dec 1985
16
COMMAND CHAPTAIN(HCt
Established 16 July 197O when HO AFCS moved from Scott AFB, lllinois, to Richards-Gebaur AFB, Missouri.Lt Col Swaffar was the Richards-Gebaur AFB lnstallation Chaplain, but served also as HO AFCS CommandChaplain as an additional duty.
Lt Col Ersmond Swaffar (Additional Duty)Col David B. SchuckCol Charles D. BrewerCol David E. RathjenCol Joseph J. McGahrenCol Frank A. RiceCol Bruce R. ColtharpCol John O. Solano
Capt Louis ShoresCapt Morey R. BergerCapt/Mr Louis B. JonesDr Thomas S. SnyderMr Robert T. Cossaboom
COMMAND HISTORY(HOl
Established by 17 March 1944 as Historical Division of the Assistant Chief of Staff/lntelligence in accordancewith AAF Reg 20-8, par lc, dated 19 Jul 1943; redesignated lntelligence Analysis Division c. Dec 1944;redesignated Historical Division, Sep 1946. Became the Historical Branch of the lntelligence Division, Directorateof Plans and Requirements, HO MATS, 5 May 1949. Since both HO AACS and HO MATS were collocated inWashington, D. C. the historical functions of the two headquarters became a shared staff arrangement. lt becamethe Historical Division of the HO AACS Adjutant General, early 1951. lt became a division of the Office ofInformation, 25 Jun 1955. lt became a special staff office and designated Office of Command History, 1 July1 969.
16 Jul 197O15 Jan 197117 Jun 1974
1 Mar 19772 Oct 1981
31 Jul 198321 Apr 1985
3 May 1989
5 Oct 1944
Feb 194719 Feb 197823 Jul 1990
14 Jan 197116 Jun 197428 Feb 1977
1 Oct 198114 Jul 198321 Apr 1985
3 May 1989
Sep 1945Feb 1947
2Dec 19776 Jul 1990
17
Established as Air Inspector, 1 May
Maj John E. Frizen*Lt Col Walter B. BergLt Col James W. SpratlinLt Col Walter B. BergCol Phillip T. Durfee
(killed in plane crashlLt Col Walter B. BergColJames B. JordanCol Anthony G. HunterCol John D. Stevenson**Col Linus D. FrederickCol Emory F. KellyMaj Alfred C. Dowlearn lllMaj Robert C. PaghMaj Harry G. HallmanLt Col Eugene H. FieldCol Frank A. KurtzLt Col Leslie R. HallLt Col Marion R. GrahamCol William J. WorcesterLt Col William B. MillerCol Edison C. WeatherlyLt Col Bernard C. Delosier (lnterim)Col James A. GianatsisLt Col John C. KaliherCol John J. JonesLt Col M. L. HenryCol Howard L. ByerleyCol John H. ConnorCol Jack E. LambertCol Ronald H. McKinneyCol Robert J. BernsCol David B. BartholomewCol Patrick J. FrickletonCol Paul J. Johnston (ActinglCol Lowell F. BohnCol Allen W. GrayCol Ralph H. Rohrer, Jr.Col Clarence R. SmithCol Charles N. HackardCol Warren L. HarrisCol Robert M. ChaplinCol Edmund Askland, Jr.
* Later Brig Gen* * Later Maj Gen
INSPECTOR GENERATflcl
1943; redesignated lnspector General, 1948.
5 Oct 19431 Jun 1944TAug 1945
28 Feb 194617 May 1946
20Sep 194628 Jan 1947
5 May 19471 948
16 Feb 19491 Apr 1951
13 May 195319 Dec 195323Jun 1954
7 Sep 19544Sep 1956
11 May 195929 Feb 196017 Jul 19602 Jun 19611 Jul 1961
15 Jul 196417 Sep 196415 Jul 1966
1 Jul 1967Jul 1968Jul 1969
1 Feb 19705 Mar 1972
15 Jun 19733 Jul 1975
16 Jun 19775 Jul 19773 Jul 19796Aug 19799 May 19831 Sep 1984
22 Jul 198530 Apr 1986
8 May 198720Aug 1989
31 May 19446 Aug 1 945
27 Feb 194616 May 194620 Sep 1946
27 Jan 19474May 1947
1 94815 Feb 194931 Mar 195112 May 195318 Dec 195322 Jun 19546Sep 19543 Sep 1956
10 May 195929 Feb 196017 Jul 1960
1 Jun 196130Jun 196114 Jul 196416Sep 196414 Jul 196630 Jun 1967
Jul 1968Jul 1969
31 Jan 19704Mar 1972
14Jun 19732 Jul 1975
15 Jun 19774 Jul 19772 Jul 19795Aug 19798 May 1983
31 Aus 19841 Jul 1985
29 Apr 19868 May 1987
20Aus 1989
18
INFORMATION MANAGEMENT0Mt
Established as Adjutant General and placed under an Administrative Executive Office, 1 May 1943; elevatedto separate staff office, 5 October 1943; redesignated Adjutant, 1 5 April 1953; redesignated Director ofAdministrative Services, 14 January 1958; redesignated Director of Administration (DA), November 1968;redesignated lnformation Management (lMl to reflect new role, incorporating management of electronic mediainformation on 1 April 1989.
Capt Melvin P. RogersMaj Charles A. DunnCapt Ellard T. RogersMaj Adolph NeumaierMaj Corinne E. Edwards (Acting!Lt Col Richard H. RyanMaj George A. LudwigMaj Richard M. WestMaj Hugh W. EldridgeLt Col Courtland D. SawtelleMaj Hugh W. EldridgeLt Col Monte L. RobertsonLt Col lvan F. MustainMaj Willis JohnsonLt Col Robert B. AlexanderLt Col Harold D. CollinsLt Col Stanton R. JensenLt Col Robeson S. MoiseMaj Sharon M. MurryMaj/Lt Col Frederick P. HallsworthMaj/Lt Col Barry S. OswellVera F. Edwards (Acting)Lt Col Thomas P. ZajicekLt Col James C. JeskeLt Col Brian D. Miller
Maj William A. SwearingenMaj Casper R. OffringaLt Col Leslie C. RailtonLt Col Francis T. FogartyMaj Raymond L. DowerMaj James L. HoweMaj Gordon T. Gould, Jr.*'*Capt Ward ClarkeCol Walter B. HoughMaj Philip G. EvansCol Ernest S. Moon
* * * Later Lt Gen
ASSISTANT CHIEF OF STAFF/INTEIIIGENCE AND SECURITY
Established 1 May 1943 as Assistant Chief of Staff/lntelligence (A-2); redesignated Assistant Chief of Staff/lntelligence and Security, 1948; consolidated with the Directorate of Operations, 5 May 1949.
3May 194{lMid-Nov 1943
29 Apr 194613 Jan 19473Aug 1949
l5Sep 194916 Apr 195O9 Mar 1953
15 Oct 195417 Apr 195714 Jan 1958
1 May 19582 Jun 1961
31 Dec 196117 Jul 1962
1 Dec 19661 Oct 1968
Jul 197329Aug 19756 Jul 1977
l7Aug 198126Nov 1983
9 Jan 198415 Dec 198715 May 199O
3 May 19434Sep 1943
28 Oct 194317Nov194426 Jun 194518 Oct 194518 Apr 194626Aug 194628 Jan 1947l8Aug 194711 Jan 1949
Mid-Nov 194328 Apr 194612 Jan 19472Aug 1949
14 Sep 194915 Apr 19508 Mar 1953
14 Oct 195416 Apr 195713 Jan 195830 Apr 1958
1 Jun 1961Sep 1961
16 Jul 196230 Nov 1 96630 Sep 1968
Jul 197328Aug 197515 Jun 197728 Jul 198125 Nov 1 983
9 Jan 198414 Dec 198715 May 199O
3Sep 194327 Oct 194316 Nov 194425 Jun 194517 Oct 194517 Apr 194625Aug 194627 Jan 194717 Aug 1947lOJan 194924 Apr 1949
19
DIRECTORATE OF INTELLIGENCE(tNt
Established 1 December 1985 from disestablished DCS/Combat Communications, lntelligence and SecurityDivision (CFSIl and aligned directly under Chief of Staff.
Lt Col Ferris K. MoffettCol Edwin Siers, Jr.
Col Marvin W. GoodwynLt Col Maurice J. StreetCol C. F. O'ConnorLt Col Thomas K. WysemanCol Joseph R. LowryCol Hilleary D. MooreLt Col Anthony F. Polick (Acting)Col Sim W. GoodallLt Col Anthony F. Polick (Acting)Col Mark T. FinchCol Stephen R. BlossCol Kenneth G. B. JoyceCol Tim G. AndersonCol Charles E. Laedlein
1 Dec 19853 Jul 1989
1 Jul 19614Jun 1964
l6Aug 19671 Mar 1970
19 Jun 197015 May 1974lOAug 1977
1 Oct 197721 Feb 1980
1 Apr 198030Sep 198228 Jul 198411 Dec 19864Sep 1990
3 Jun 19641 5 Aug 196728 Feb 197018 Jun 197O14May 19749Aug 1977
30Sep 197720 Feb 198031 Mar 198O30Sep 198227 Jul 1984lODec 19864Sep 1990
3 Jul1 Jul
1 9891990
STAFF JUDGE ADVOCATE(''Al
Established in conjunction with AFCS being designated a majorcommand, 1 July 1961.
20
roGrsTrcs(LGI
Established as Assistant Chief of Staff/Procurement and Supply (A-41, 1 May 1943; redesignated AssistantChief of Staff/Supply and Maintenance, 1945; redesignated Director of Materiel, 1 November 1947; redesignatedAssistant Chief of Staff/Supply and Maintenance, 1948; redesignated Director of Materiel, 5 May 1949;redesignated Deputy Chief of Staff/Materiel, 1 Apr 1953; redesignated Director of Materiel, 1 February 1955;redesignated Deputy Chief of Staff/Materiel, 1 July 1956; redesignated Deputy Chief of Staff Logistics, 1 July1961; redesignated Deputy Chief of Staff Materiel,29 September 1967; redesignated Deputy Chief ofStaff/Logistics, November 1971.
Maj Robert C. DeigertCapt William J. RetzbachMaj Robert G. WernerMaj William J. RetzbachCol Charles W. HaasLt Col William C. HeavnerCol James B. JordanLt Col William C. HeavnerLt Col William L. GregoryLt Col Edward Graham (Acting)Col Albert H. SniderLt Col Chester F. HawkinsCol John M. MaerschLt Col Andy C. Wheatley (Acting)Col Robert F. Sladek, Sr.Lt Col Andy C. Wheatley (Acting)Col Clemens K. WurzbachCol William J. WorcesterCol Carl E. BarthelCol Arthur D. PowersCol Worth M. SpeedCol Glen L. McSparranCol James S. JoskaCol James L. HodgeCol Frank R. Young lllCol Pierre A. DillmanCol Ole l. Dahle-MelsaetherCol Barron K. KellerCol James M. WaltersCol Gary C. Ross
3 May 19437 Jul 19431 Nov 19114
10 Jul 194526Nov 1945
6 Dec 19465 May 1947
19482 Dec 19495 Nov 1 951
28 Jan 195230Sep 1954lODec 195412 Mar 19571 Jul 1957
14 Jan 19581 May 19581 Jul 19619Aug 19631 Jul 19671 Feb 19701 May 19721 Apr 1974
13 Sep 19741 Jun 19791 Aug 1980
15May 198428 Apr 1987
6 Nov 1 9897 Apr 1990
6 Jul 194331 Oct 19449 Jul 1945
25 Nov 1 9455 Dec 19464May 1947
19481 Dec 19494 Nov 1 951
27 Jan 195229 Sep 1954
9 Dec 195411 Mar 195730Jun 195713 Jan 195816 Mar 19583OJun 196131 Jul 196330 Jun 196731 Jan 197030Apr 197231 Mar 197412 Sep 197431 May 197931 Jul 1980l5May 198428Apr 19876Nov 19896 Apr 1990
21
MANPOWER AND PERSONNELmPt
Established as Assistant Chief of Staff/Personnel (A-1), 1 May 1943; redesignated Director of Personnel,1 November 1947; redesignated Assistant Chief of Staff/Personnel, 1948; redesignated Director of Personnel,5 May 1949; redesignated Deputy Chief of Staff/Personnel, 1 April 1953; redesignated Director of Personnel,1 February 1955; redesignated Deputy Chief of Staff/Personnel, 1 July 1956; redesignated Deputy Chief ofStaff Manpower and Personnel 1 April 198O, to reflect new mission. Disestablished 1 December 1985 duringHeadquarters AFCC Restructure. Functions transferred to DCS/Personnel (DP) and DCS/Plans and Programs (XP).
Col Howard A. BuenzliCol Bruce H. PerryLt Col Thomas N. ArnettCol Stanley McGeeMaj Harry B. SpenceLt Col Charles W. StromCol Leslie B. ShawCol Harold B. McCulloughCol Bryon V. PepitoneCol James C. SelmanCol Lino D. SimonetteCol Raymond A. FitjarCol lra L. LivingstonCol William J. HendersonCol Daniel M. WhealenCol Charles E. AnonsenCol John K. D. BerryCol Lyal D. Gordon
1 May 194329 Feb 194625 Sep 194614 Apr 1947
19487 Jan 19525 May 1952
1 1 Jul 19576 Jan 19581 Jul 19642 Jun 1966
Jan 19691 Dec 19731 Sep 1975
18 Apr 197616 Apr 1981
7 May 19822 Jul 1984
28 Feb 194625 Sep 194613 Apr 1947
19486 Jan 19524 May 1952
10 Jul 19575 Jan 1958
30Jun 19641 Jun 1966
Jan 196930Nov 197331 Aug 197517 Apr 197615 Apr 19816 May 1982
29Jun 19841 Dec 1985
22
PUBTIC AFFAIRS(PAI
Lineage of this office is incomplete. Public Relations was established as a division of the Assistant Chief ofStaff/lntelligsnce, 1 May 1943. By 5 October 1944., it had been redesignated Public Relations Office and elevatedto a special staff office; redesignated Public lnformation Office, first half of 1947; redesignated Public RelationsOffice, 1951. Between July 1952 and March 1955, the office was not included among the Headquarters staffoffices. On 1 5 March 1955, the position of lnformation Services Staff Offacer was established as an additionalduty and assigned to the Adjutant. The Office of lnformation Services was establashed as a separate staff agency,25July 1955; redesignated Office of lnformation, 1 July 1961; redesignated Public Affairs, 1 October 1979,in accordance with Secretary of Air Force direction to standardize "PAO" designations in other governmentagencies.
Maj Henry KannorCapt Luther M. Robertslst Lt Robert M. Lambe, Jr.lst Lt Raphael D. MullenCapt Ward ClarkeCapt Eugene E. BrownMaj Hugh W. Eldridge (Additional Duty)Lt Col Frank W. McWaltersLt Col Courtland D. SawtelleLouis B. JonesLt Col Milton FrankCol Laurence H. MacauleyCol Wayne P. OrrLt Col Bernell A. WhitakerLt Col Ray G. Green, Jr.Maj Fred E. ClareLt Col Kenneth BushLt Col Louis A. Torraca, Jr.Lt Col/Col Peter L. SloanLt Col Ronald C. LindekeLt Col/Col Carol A. HabgoodCol Philip W. Corbett
Mar 19445 Oct 19441 Jul 19454 Feb 1946
19 Jul 194726 Oct 195115 Mar 195525 Jul 195524Sep 195614 Jan 19581 Jul 19613 Jul 19641 Oct 19664 May 197O
24Aus197214Jun 197418Aug 197526Aug 1976
7 Mar 19782Jun 1982
17 Oct 198320 Jul 1988
30Jun 19453 Feb 1946
18 Jul 194725 Oct 1951
24 Jul 195523Sep 195613 Jan 195830Jun 1961
1 Jul 196430 Sep 1966
3 May 197O23 Aug197213Jun 197417Aug 197425Aug 1976
6 Mar 19781 Jun 1982
16 Oct 198330Jun 1988
CONTRACTING(PKI
Established 1 October 1987 to manage the Command Contracting program to ensure timely contractual coverag€and efficient contract administration.
Col Peter C. GiustiCol Thomas A. Pawlow
1 Oct 19877 Jul 1989
23
7 Jul 1989
ASSISTANT TO GOMMANDER FOR REIIABILITY AND MAINTAINABIIITY(REI
ASSISTANT FOR RESERVE FORCES(RFI
Assistant for Reserve Affairs (CSCCSR) established March 1 969. Office symbol changed to CSB August 197O.Redesignated Assistant for Reserve Forces (CSB)January 1974, and the office symbolchanged to RF September1 978.
Col Ole l. Dahle-MelsaetherRaymond E. PlummerMaj Larry P. HaightCol Gerald Mittelman
Col Edward S. MuellerCol Theodore L. RavellefteCol W. F. NesbitCol James E. LongCol William D. RobertsCol Edward P. Hane, Jr.Col John C. CurranCol Ronald T. Schmitt
Robert L. FeikThomas YiumCharles E. Jacobs (Detailed)John M. Gilligan
18 Oct 19851 Dec 1986
30Nov 198730 May 1988
Mar 1969Aug 197OApr 1974Jul 1974May 1978
1 May 19821 May 1986
15 May 199O
21 May 196528 Sep 197514Sep 198628 Sep 1987
1 Jul 198630Nov 19873O May 1988
Aug 1 970Apr 1974Jul 1974May 1978
30Apr 198230 Apr 198630 Apr 199O
27 Sep 197513 Sep 198625 Sep 1987
DIRECTOR OF STUDIES AND ANALYSIS(sAt
Established as Director/Operations Research Analysis, 21 May 1965; redesignated Director/Operations AnalysisOffice, June 197O; redesignated Director/Operations Research Analysis, 1 July 1973; absorbed Commander'sManagement Action Group and redesignated Director of Studies and Analysis, 1 November 1979.
24
COMMAND SURGEON(sGl
Established 16 July 1970 in conjunction with the move of HO AFCS from Scott AFB, lllinois, to Richards-GebaurAFB, Missouri. Abolished in conjunction with the move of HO AFCS back to Scott AFB on 1 November 1977.Also served as Commander, USAF Hospital, Richards-Gebaur AFB, Missouri.
INFORMATION SYSTEMS(sll
The Deputy Chief of Staff for Teleprocessing was redesignated DCS/lnformation Systems (Sll 16 March 1984to better reflect its functions being performed. People and functions remained the same; only office symbolschanged. The Deputy Chief of Staff for Information Systems was disestablished 1 December 1985. Functionstransferred to DcS/Operations, DCS/Manpower and Personnel, DCS/Administration, DCS/Comptroller, andDCS/Logistics.
Col Grady L. Breece, Jr.Col Robert H. BonnerLt Col William M. TaylorLt Col Edward R. Jenkins
Col Kenneth R. ReiffCol Vincent Majkowski
Capt James W. GoldeyCol R. W. FanningCol John J. ElliffColTom L. HarrisCol John R. SweeneyGolJohn W. DiercksCol Thomas O. ProffittCol John P. UpchurchCol Melvin L. Turner
16 Jul 1970Sep 1973
3 Jul 197515Aug 1976
16 Mar 198416 Jul 1984
May 1973Dec 1977
18 Jul 198031 May 1983
1 Feb 19845 Jun 1985
19 Jun 19862 May 19883Aug 199O
Sep 19732 Jul 1975
14Aug 197631 Oct 1977
16 Jul 19841 Dec 1985
Dec 197718 Jul 198031 May 198331 Jan 19844Jun 1985
18Jun 19862May 19883Aug 199O
TELEPROCESSING(TPI
The Deputy Chief of Staff for Teleprocessing (TP) was created 1 October 1983 when DCSs Operations, Plans
and Readiness (XOl, Data Automation (AD), and the Deputy Commander for Data Automation (CD) weredisestablished. Functions and personnel were absorbed from parts of the three to form DCS/Teleprocessing.
Col Kenneth R. Reiff 1 Oct 1983 16 Mar 1984
STAFF WEATHER OFFICE(wEl
Staff Weather Office (WEl estaUtished May 1973. Redesignated Staff Weather Office/Aerospace Sciences (DNl
December 1977; redesignated Staff Weather Office WE) 1 December 1985.
25
OPERATIONS, PLANS, AND READINESS(xo)
Established as Assistant Chief of Staff/Plans and Operations (A-3), 1 May 1943; redesignated Assistant Chiefof Staff/Operations and Requirements by 5 October 1944; redesignated Assistant Chief of Staff/Operations,Training, & Requirements by 1 July 1945; redesignated Director of Operations, 1 November 1947; redesignatedAssistant Chief of Staff/Operations, Training and Requirements, 1948; redesignated Director of Operations,5 May 1949; redesignated Deputy Chief of Staff/Operations, 1 April 1953; redesignated Director ofTelecommunications 1 February 1955; redesignated Deputy Chief of Staff/Communications, 1 July 1956;redesignated Deputy Chief of Staff/Telecommunications, 1 July 1961; redesignated Deputy Chief ofStaff/Operations, 1 June 1963; redesignated Operations and Readiness (DOl 1 September 1979; redesignatedDeputy Chief of Staff/Operations, Plans, and Readiness (XOl on 1 April 198O. Disestablished 30 September1983 and function transferred to two new DCSs, Combat Communicatlons and Teleprocessing, effective1 October 1983.
Col lvan L. Farman*Lt Col Wilmer L. AllisonCol Wendell W. Bowman**Lt Col Donald C. McRaeMaj Robert G. WernerCol Haskell E. Neal*Lt Col Gordon T. Gould, Jr.**rLt Col John CrawfordCol Wilbur W. Bailey (Acting)Lt Col Robert M. Perry (Acting)Col Wilbur W. BaileyLt Col Sidney Nutt, Jr.Col Frederick L. MooreLt Col Sidney Nutt, Jr.Lt Col William B. DeaneLt Col Guy Gilchrist, Jr. (Acting)Col George A. ZahnLt Col Joe P. MillerCol Harry G. DaltonCol Robert D. EastersCol John E. Frizen*Col Howard L. ByerleyCol Robert W. DickersonCol Hugh C. MooreCol Julian W. ParkerCol Clifton S. RidgwayCol Herman J. HicksCol Alvers l. SingletonCol Van C. Doubleday'*Col William J. VeurinkCol Peter K. DensmoreCol Patrick J. FrickletonCol Clifford O. C. Henning, Jr.Col Harold A. Hornbarger (Acting)Col John N. ElliottCol Harold A. HornbargerCol Kenneth R. Reiff
* Later Brig Gen* * Later Maj Gen*tr Later Lt Gen
3 May 19433 Aug 1 943
14 Oct 194314 Jan 194415 Jan 194522May 19451 Jul 1947
1 9485 Jul 1950
17 Sep 195116 Apr 195226 Jun 195316 Jul 1953
1 Dec 19541 Feb 1955
12 Jun 195616 Jul 195629Aug 196024 Jan 1961
1 Jul 196110 Jul 196226 Oct 196525 Jun 1966
1 Jul 19671 Apr 19691 Oct 1969
16 Jun 197027 Oct 19719 Jul 1973
25 Feb 197416 Jun 19773 Jul 19791 Dec 198O1 Jun 19818 Jul 1981
17 Jun 1982l2Aug 1983
2Aug 194313 Oct 194313 Jan 194414 Jan 194521 May 194530 Jun 1947
1 9484 Jul 1950
16 Sep 195115 Apr 195225 Jun 195315 Jul 195330Nov 195431 Jan 19551 1 Jun 195615 Jul 195628Aug 196023 Jan 196130 Jun 19619 Jul 1962
25 Oct 196524Jun 196630Jun 196731 Mar 196930Sep 196915 Jun 197026 Oct 19718 Jul 1973
24 Feb 1974l5Jun 19772 Jul 1979
30 Nov 198O31 May 19817 Jul 1981
16 Jun 19821 1 Aug 198330Sep 1983
26
PLANS AND RESOURCES(xPt
Established as Director of Plans and Requirements, 5 May 1949; redesignated Deputy Chief of Staff/Plans, I April1953; redesignated Directorate of Plans and Requirements, 1 February 1955; redesignated Deputy Chief ofStaff/Manpower and Organization, 1 July 1956; redesignated Deputy Chief of Staff/Plans and Programs 6 January1958; redesignated Deputy Chief of Staff/Objectives, 1 July 1961; redesignated Deputy Chief of Staff/plansand Programs, 1 October 1962; redesignated Deputy Chief of Staff/Programs and Requirements, 25 October1965; redesignated Deputy Chief of Staff/Plans and Programs, 29 September 1967; redesignated Deputy Chiefof Staff/Plans and Resources, 1 November 1972; discontinued 31 March 198O and resources divided betweenDeputy Chief of Staff/Operations, Plans & Readiness (XO) and Deputy Chief of Staff/Manpower and Personnel(MP}.
Lt Col Russell A. PurvianceLt Col Harold F. MullaneyCol Charles J. HarrisonLt Col Moncure N. Lyon, Jr.Lt Col Robert M. BrewerLt Col Carl J. Vail, Jr.Col Richard C. LowmanCol Harry A. French*Col August C. MahonCol William DonicsCol Philip R. ObleyCol Peter C. FenlonCol George J. lannacito*Col Robert L. Edge**Col Alan D. CampenCol Ralph G. BackesCol Williarn M. BloomCol Theodore F. DeMuroCol Richard W. Pryor**Col Lloyd H. Watnee, Jr.Col William M. Rainwater (Acting)Col Robert O. Petty*
* Later Brig Gen* * Later Maj Gen
5 May 194918 Sep 19517 Jul 19526 Jun 19542 Aug 1 9541 Jul 1956
21 May 19571 Jul 19611 Jul 19634Aug 1963
22 Aug 1 9668 Mar 1968
Jul 19698 Jul 197O
l4Jun 19711 Feb 1972
16 Apr 197225 Jul 1973
1 Sep 197517Aug 19764Aug 1979
30Sep 1979
17 Sep 19516 Jul 19525 Jun 19541 Aug 1954
30 Jun 195620 May 195730 Jun 196130 Jun 1963
3 Aug 1 96330 Jun 1966
7 Mar 1968Jul 1969
7 Jul 197013 Jun 197131 Jan 197215 Apr 197224 Jul 197331 Aug 197516Aug 1976
3 Aug 1 97929 Sep 197931 Mar 198O
27
PLANS AND REOUIREMENTSfiPl
DCS Plans and Programs (XPl established 1 December 1985 from DCSs Information Systems (Sl); Manpowerand Personnel (MP); Air Traffic Services (AT); Engineering and Services (DE), Programs and Acquisition {EP);and Combat Communications (CF) to improve and streamline the planning, programming, requirements andacquisition processes. Command focal point for plans and policy, architecture, requirements, programs andmanpower and organization. Responsibile for information systems, engineering, base information analysis, andthe Air Force Board Structure. Redesignated DCS Plans and Requirements (XP) 1 December 1986.
Col Vincent MajkowskiCol Horace M. BrawleyCol Stephen E. Kelley #Col James D. BlairCol Lawrence J. Cahill
# Col Kelley acting Chief of Staff 1 1-15 Apr 1988.
1 Dec 198523 Jun 1986
9 Jun 198711 Apr 198825 Mar 1989
22 Jun 198629 May 198711 Apr 198825 Mar 1989
lncomplete dates throughout the Deputates and Staff offices section are approximate.Omitted names/dates throughout the Deputates and Staff offices section are unknown.
28
AFCC OPERATIONAI TEST AND EVATUATION CENTERWRIGHT.PATTERSON AFB, OHIO
The 181sth Test Squadron was designated and activated at Richards-Gebaur AFB, Missouri, on 1 January1973, assigned to Air Force communications Service (later Air Force Communications Command). The181sth moved to ScottAFB, lllinois,30 September 1977: redesignated 181sth Testand Evaluation Squadron1June1981 inconjunctionwiththemovetoWright-PatGrsonAFB,Ohio.Onl Novemberl985,redesignated181sth OperationalTestand Evaluation Squadron to indicate mission being performed. Redesignated AirForce Communications Command (AFCC) Operational Test and Evaluation Center, 1 April 1989. Air ForceCommunications Command Operational Test and Evaluation Center (AFCC OTEC) at Wright-Patterson AFB,Ohio, will be inactivated, 1 April 1991 . Personnel, equipment, and supplies will transfer to t're Technologylntegration Genter (TlC), Scott AFB, lllinois, (AFCC SO G-58, 15 August 199O).
AWARDS
AFOUAAFOUAAFOEA
Maj David L. ViauLt Col John E. GlagolaLt Col Leon D. MirtardLt Col John B. BartonLt Col Horace M. BrawleyMaj Vemon L. WeiseLt Col James R. ReidLt Col Thomas J. SpittlerLt Col Joseph L. Craddock
1981 - 28 February 19831983 - 31 December 19841987 - 30 June 1989
1 July1 June1 July
COMMANDERS
1 Jan 197315 Apr 197516 Nov 1977
1 Jan 19791 Apr 198O1 Jun 1981
30 Jun 19819 Apr 1983
15 May 1987
14Apr 197531 May 197631 Dec 197830 Mar 198O31 May 198129 Jun 1981
8 Apr 198314May 1987
30
AIR FORCE COMMUNICATIONS COMMANDOPERATIONAT TEST AND EVALUATION CENTER
Blue and yellow are the Air Force colors. Blue alludes to the sky, the primary theater of Air Force operations.Yellow refers to the sun and the excellence required of Air Force personnel. The blue background and dark bluebands, alluding to the atmosphere and outer space, represent the center's worldwide and space mission, thelightning bolt is for communications, pole star for navigation and flight control, lamp for research, and scalesfor precision instruments symbolizing knowledge gained through analytical and scientific study.
31
AIR FORCE COMMUNICATIONS.COMPUTER SYSTEMS DOCTRINE OFFICEKEESLER AFB, MISSISSIPPI
The Air Force Communications-Electronics Doctrine Office [a named unitl constituted on 23 July 1982 andactivated at Keesler AFB, Mississippi, 15 August 1982, assigned to Air Force Communications Command. On15 January 1984, redesignated the Air Force Information Systems Doctrine Office, and on 1 November 1986redesignated the Air Force Communications-Computer Systems Doctrine Office.
AWARDS
AFOEA
Col George H. WheelerLt Col Leslie G. H. Tripp (lnterim)Col J. Lem WilsonLt Col James R. JoestMaj Michael L. PonderLt Col Allan E. MehnertMaj Michael L. Ponder
[1 5 August] 1982 - 31 December 1982
COiIMAilDERS
23 Jul 1982Mar 1983
28 May 19831O Jun 1985
1 Aug 198627 Oct 19862OAus 1990
Mar 1983May 1983
lOJun 198531 Jul 198626 Oct 1986l9Aug 199O
32
AlR FORCE COMMUNICATIONS.COMPUTER SYSTEMS DOCTRINE OFFICE
Blue symbolizes the sky, the primary theater of Air Force operations. Yellow represents the excellence of AirForce personnel. The light blue globe represents the Air Force Communications-Computer Systems DoctrineOffice's mission to provide doctrinal guidance for Air Force commitments worldwide. The red lightning boltsare a symbol of communications-computer systems professionalism. Communications-computer systems doctrineis denoted by the relationship of the organization to the Air Staff.
33
AIR FORCE FREOUENCY MANAGEMENT CENTERWASHINGTON, D.C.
Air Force Frequency Management Center [a named unit] constituted on 6 October 1981 and activated 1 January1982 at Washington, D. C. and assigned to Air Force Communications Command.
AWARDS
None
COMMANDERS
Col John J. TalbotLt Col James W. HeadLt Col William A. Belote, Jr.
1 Jan 1982 SAug 19826Aus 1982 24 Jul 1989
24 Jul 1989
34
AIR FORCE FREOUENCY MANAGEMENT CENTER
The blue field represents the sky, the primary theater of Air Force operations. The white arrow represents allAir Force requirements for radio frequency spectrum support. The prism (white trianglel represents the meetingof the requirements by providing spectrum support in different portions of the frequency spectrum, representedby the four colored arrows emerging from the bottom of the prism. The colors of the four arrows representthe use of the entire spectrum (red being the lowest frequency, yellow and green being intermediate frequencies,and violet being the highest frequency in the visible spectruml. The globe signifies woddwide support. The light-ning bolt represents the electronic nature of the systems and programs supported. Yellow represents the sunand the excellence required of Air Force personnel. The motto "Across the Spectrum" indicates that the centerprovides this support across the full spectrum of conflict.
35
AIR FORCE TETECOMMUNICATIONS CERTIFICATION OFFICESCOTT AFB, ILTINOIS
The Air Force Telecommunications Certification Office at Scott AFB, lllinois, was activated on 1 5 April 199O(AFCC SO G-27, 2 April 199O).
AWARDS
None
COMMANDERS
ColJames W. ClutterCol Monte J. Riordan
15 Apr 1990 5 Sep 19905 Sep 1 99O
No emblem.
37
TECHNOTOGY INTEGRATION CENTERSCOTT AFB, ILLI]TOIS
HO1842d Electronics Engineering Group established and activated on 1 August 1970, at Richards-GebaurAFB,Missouri, assigned to Air Force Communications Service (later, Air Force Communications Command). On3O September 1977, the 1842d moved to Scoft AFB, lllinois, and on 1 June 1981 was rcassigned to EngineeringInstallation Center (later, Engineering lnstallation Division). The 1842d reassigned directly to HO Air ForceCommunications Command on 15 July 1986. On 1 October 199O, HO 1842d Electronics Engineering Groupat Scott AFB, lllinois, was redosignated the Technology Integration Center (TlC) at Scott AFB, lllinois nFCCSO G-58, 15 August 19901.
AWARDS
AFOUAAFOUA
Col Kenneth E. ChapmanCol Harold E. MercerCol Donald A. KaehlertCol Durwood B. WilliamsCol Kenneth S. SchroderColJoseph J. BlumLt Col Fred E. Clare (lnterim)Col Edward L. CallicotteCol Gordon S. BoundeCol John B. BartonCol John J. KotzunBrig Gen Frederick A. Zehrer lll
lncomplete dates are approximate.Omitted names/dates are unknown.
January 1983 - 31 December 19841 July 1987 - 30 June 1989
COMMANDERS
DAFSO GB-512/85DAFSO GA-l1/89
29 Nov 1 970Aug 1971Mar 1972Oct 1974Sep 1975
18 Jul 197718 Jun 197924 Jul 197927 May 198122 Jun 1983
1 Feb 19891 Oct 1990
Feb 1971Jan 1972Apr 1974Apr 1975
17 Jul 1977l7Jun 197923 Jul 197926 May 198121 Jun 198331 Jan 1989
1 Oct 199O
38
TECHNOLOGY INTEGRATION CENTER
The thirteen stars are symbolic of the United States of America. Each star represents one of the thirteen originalcolonies. The lightning bolt and gear are symbolic of electrical and mechanical engineering, the group'scontribution to the security of l:he United States. The globe is symbolic of the earth and represents theorganization's realm of responsitrility.
39
7th COMMUNICATIONS GROUPWASHINGTON, D. C.
The 1061st USAF Communications Squadron was designated 18 December 1 95O, and organized at Washington,D. C. on 1 January 1951, assigned to the lO6Oth USAF Communications (later, 1834th AACS) Group. On1 January 1 953, the 1 061 st was redesignated 2o44th AACS Squadron with a change of location to Fort Myer,Virginia. Redesignated 2044;th AACS Squadron (Point-to-Point) on 1 April 1954; reassigned to the 18O2d AACSGroup on 1 July 1954, and redesignated back to the 2044th AACS Squadron 15 December 1954. The 2o44thhad a series of reassignments starting with reassignment to the 18OOth AACS Wing 15 July 1955; 1802dAACS Group (later, Northeastern AACS Region) 18 July 1956; and a reassignment to the 2O45th AACS {later,2045th Communications) Group, 18 December 1957. The 2O44th AACS Squadron redesignated 2O44thCommunications Squadron 1 July 1961, and redesignated 2O44th Communications Group 1 January 1966with a change in location to Washington, D.C., on the same date with reassignment to the EasternCommunications Region. On 1 May 1970, the 2O44th reassigned to the Northern Communications Area (later,ContinentalCommunications Division. The 204y',th redesignated Teleprocessing Services Center [a named unit]on 8 May 1984 with reassignment to Aar Force Communications Command. As a result of the communications-data automation integration, the Teleprocessing Services Center redesignated 1st lnformation Systems Groupon 1 October 1984 and redesignated 7th Communications Group 1 November 1986.
AWARDS
AFOUAAFOUAAFOUAAFOUAAFOUAAFOUAAFOUAAFOUA
1 February 1970 - 28 February 19711 March 1971 - 29 Fehuary 1972
1 January 1975 - 31 December 19751 January 1977 - 31 December 19771 January 1980 - 31 December 19801 January 1983 - 31 December 19831 January 1985 - 31 December 19851 January 1988 - 30 June 1989
COMMANDERS
Col Joseph H. WeeksCol August C. MahonCol Merle N. FisteCol G. G. Gilchrist, Jr.Col L. G. RobinsonCol Jack E. LambertMaj Bruce G. Bowers (lnterim)Col Stanley A. TaylorLt Col Gerald E. BronnenbergCol Charles D. LewisCol David D. lgelmanCol Ben l. GomezCol William A. McKenny lllCol William B. Rankin
lncomplete dates are approximate.Omitted names/dates are unknown.
Jan 1968Jun 1968Apr 1970Jul 1970Jun 1972
25 Feb 19743 Jun 19741 Jul 1974
26 Jul 19791 Jul 19811 May 1982
15Nov198431 Jul 198724May 1989
25 Feb 19743 Jun 19741 Jul 1974
25 Jul 197930 Jun 19813OApr 198214 Nov 198431 Jul 198723 May 1989
40
7th COMMUNICATIONS GROUP
Blue and yellow are the Air Force colors. Blue alludes to the sky, the primary theater of Air Force operations.Yellow refers to the sun and the excellence required of Air Force personnel. The Pentagon represents the primarylocation of the 7th Communications Group. The satellite represents the telecommunications aspect of the group'smission, accentuating the state-of-the-art technology in use. The satellite further symbolizes the extent of thegroup's potential responsibility for the flow of information across the globe and even to the stars. The lightningbolts allude to communications and indicate the flow of information which often must be encrypted and carriedvia "red" current in order to protect the nation's security. The computer refers to the information processingaspect of the Group's mission. The globe alludes to the worldwide responsibility for data collection,communication and teleprocessing services in support of users. The Capitol, in addition to alluding to the locationof the group, also illustrates the broad scope of support to federal agencies outside the Department of Defense.
41
HEADOUARTERS l8ooth COMMUNICATIONS WINGPENTAGON ADM, VIRGINIA
HO l8OOth lnformation Systems Wing established and activated at Ft Myer AlN, Virginia, on 1 February 1986and assigned to Air Force Communications Gommand. On 1 November 1986, redesignated HO 180OthCommunications Wing. Relocated without personnel and equipment from Ft Myer AlN, Virginia, to PentagonADM, Virginia for a permanent change of station on 8 July 1989.
AWARDS
None
COMMANDERS
Col John W. GravesCol Robert C. Hanlon
1 Feb 198627 Jul 1990
No emblem.
42
1 802d COMiTUN|CATIONS SOUADRONBOIIING AFB, D.C.
The 18O2d lnformation Systems Squadron designated/activated at Bolling AFB, D.C. on 1 August 1985 assignedto Air Force Communications Command for the establishment of information systems support of Air Force Districtof Washington Commander. On 1 November 1986, redesignated 18O2d Communications Squadron.
AWARDS
None
COMMANDERS
Lt Col Kenneth R. DirnbergerLt Col Gary H. KlemasLt Col Ann M. Testa
1 Aug 1985 4Aug 19865Aug 1986 25Aug 1989
26Aug 1989
No emblem.
43
HEADOUARTERS 181oth COMMUNICATIONS GROUPtOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA
HO 181Oth Command and Control Group established/activated at Los Angeles, California, on 1 February 1986and assigned to 180Oth lnformation Systems Wing (later, 18OOth Communications Wing). On 1 November 1986,redesignated HO 181Oth Communications Group.
AWARDS
None
COMMANDERS
Lt Col James R. Opfer 27 Jul 1987
No emblem.
44
HEADOUARTERS 1 81 lth COM]TIUNICATIOTTS GROUPPENTAGON ADM, VIRGINIA
HO 1811th Information Systems Group established/activated at Ft. Myer AlN, Virginia, 1 February 1986, andassigned to 18OOth lnformation Systems Wing (later, l8OOth Communications Wing). On 1 November 1986,redesignated HO 1811th Communications Group. Relocated without personnel and equipment from Ft MyerAlN, Virginia, to Pentagon ADM, Virginia, for a permanent change of station on 8 Jul 1989.
AWARDS
None
COMMANDERS
Lt Col Peter T. Farkas, Jr. 25May 199O
No emblem.
45
1814h COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRONONIZUKA AFB, CALIFORNIA
The 1812th lnformation Systems Squadron designated/activated at Sunnyvale (later, Onizuka) AFS, California1 May 1986, and assigned to the 1 8l Oth Command and Control Group (later, 1 81Oth Communications Groupl.On 1 June 1986, redesignated 1814h Gommand and Control Squadron, and on 1 November 1986, redesignated1 81 2th Communications Squadron.
AWARDS
None
COMMANDERS
Capt Brad Bigelow 13 Jul 1988
No emblem.
46
1813th COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRONNORTON AFB, CALIFORNIA
1 July 1988 Designated and activated at Norton AFB, California GFCC SO G-34, 26 February1988).
AWARDS
None
COMMANDERS
Capt Frank K. Brooks, Jr. 26 Sep 1988
No emblem.
47
1822 COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRONANDREWS AFB. MARYLAND
The 1822d Communications Squadron at Andrews AFB, Maryland, designated, activated, and assigned to 181 lthCommunications Group (AFCC SO G-16, 1 February 199O.)
AWARDS
None
COMMANDERS
Capt Michael E. Croy 30 Mar 199O
No emblem.
49
1872d TRAINING DEVETOPMENT SOUADRONKEESLER AFB, MISSISSIPPI
The 1872d School Squadron designated/activated at Richards-Gebaur AFB, Missouri, 1 October 1971, assignedto Air Force Communications Service (later, Air Force Communications Command). The 1872d moved to KeeslerAFB, Mississippi, 30 September 1977. Redesignated 1872d Training Development Squadron on 1 April 199O(AFCC SO G-l4, 24 January 199O).
AWARDS
AFOUAAFOUAAFOUA
Capt Henry J. Cyr, Jr.Capt James Glenn WhitedCapt Keith F. PochMaj Gerald W. MusselmanCapt Eldon H. CapenerVacantMaj Patrick T. McllroyCapt Jimmie A. BlackwellCapt Elaine C. Hewitt1 Lt Wayne R. LundmarkMaj John L. VossCapt Michael R. Jacobs
1 May 1972 - 30 April 1973January 1975 - 31 December 1975January 198O - 31 December 1981
COMMANDERS
1
1
1 Oct 197115 May 1973
1 Sep 197421 May 197531 May 197715 Sep 1979
1 Dec 197924Aug 198214Dec 19842 Mar 1988
15 Apr 198813 Oct 1989
14May 197331 Aug 197420 May 197530 May 197714 Sep 197930 Nov 1 97923Aug 198214Dec 1984
1 Mar 198814 Apr 198813 Oct 1989
50
1872d TRAINING DEVELOPMENT SOUADRON
lssuing from the sinister base of a blue disc edged with a narrow yellow border is a blue demisphere on a tiltedaxis and gridlined in medium blue surmounting a white light pattem below a medium blue arced band bearingtwo blue arced stripes. The blue demisphere is surmounted by six radiating red and white lightning bolts arcingfrom a white opened book garnished in black. On the bottom portion of the book rests the yellow Lamp ofKnowledge also garnished in black. Attached below the disc is a blank white scrolledged in yellow.
51
1876th COMMUNICATIONS GROUPUSAF ACADEMY. COLORADO
The 1876th Communications Squadron designated and organized at Tan Son Nhut Airfield (later, Tan Son NhutAB), South Vietnam, on 1 November 1965 and assigned to 1964th Communications Group. The 1876threassigned to the Northern Communications Area (later, Continental Communications Divisionl on 1 April1972,and moved to USAF Academy, Colorado. Redesignated HO 1876th lnformation Systems Support Group 1 July1985, reporting directly to HO Air Force Communications Command. On 1 November 1986, redesignated 1876thCommunications Group.
AWARDS
AFOUA wA/AFOUA wA/AFOUA wA/AFOUA w/VAFOUA w/VAFOUA w/VAFOUA w/VRVN GC w/P
CAMPAIGN STREAMERS
Vietnam DefenseVietnam AirVietnam Air OffensiveVN Air Off, Phase llVN Air Off, Phase lllVietnam Air/GroundVN Air Off, Phase lVTET 69/Counteroffensive
Maj Cody E. BryanLt Col Bernard C. De LosierLt Col Richard H. RauschkolbLt Col Robert W. LallyLt Col John W. CarsonLt Col John T. RandersonLt Col Charles E. BaylissLt Col Harold W. RaineyMai Phillip J. LurieCapt/Maj James H. BrownMaj C. E. Pearsall, Jr.Maj James M. AmodeoMaj Ted W. TrueMaj Michael J. VarnerCol Carroll A. ClabaughLt Col H. Wayne WolfeLt Col Eddie O. Huckins
[1 Novemberl 1965 - 30 June 19661 July 1966 - 30 June 19671 July 1967 - 3O June 19681 July 1968 - 30 June 19691 July 1969 - 30 June 19701 July 1970 - 30 June 19711 July 1971 - 1 April 19721 April 1966 - 1 April 1972
DAFSO GB-351/66DAFSO GB.454/67DAFSO GB-615/68DAFSO GB-881/69DAFSO GB-796/70DAFSO GB-l35/72DAFSO GB-l64/73DAFSO GB-346/75
COMMANDERS
VN Summer-Fall, 1969VN Winter-Spring, 197OSanctuary CounteroffensiveSouthwest MonsoonCommando Hunt VCommando Hunt VlCommando Hunt VllVietnam Ceasefire
1 Nov 196522 Feb 196620 Feb 196713 Nov 19674 Jul 1968
14Jun 196925 May 197O
1 Apr 19711 Apr 19729 Jul 1973
22 Jun 197712 Jul 197821 Sep 198126 Aug 1 983
1 Jul 198529 May 198710 Jul 1989
22 Feb 196620 Feb 196713Nov19674 Jul 1968
14 Jun 196925 May 1970
1 Apr 19711 Apr 19729 Jul 1973
22 Jun 197712 Jul 197821 Sep 198126Aug 1983
1 Jul 198529 May 19871O Jul 1989
52
1876th COMMUNICATIONS GROUP
The emblem of the 1876th Communications Group is indicative of the unique mission of the group. lt consistsof the symbol of the United States Air Force Academy, the Arctic Gyrfalcon. The falcon is imposed upon theemblem of the Air Force Communications Command (AFCC). lt is being supported by the mailed gauntletrepresenting AFCC's worldwide communications system. The symbology for the remainder of the emblemremains the same as the Air Force Communications Command emblem. The 1876th Communications Groupsupports the United States Air Force Academy's mission involvement, through the provision of communications-electronics and air traffic control services.
53
1930th COMMUNTCATIONS SOUADRONELMENDORF AFB, ALASKA
The 193oth lnformation Systems Squadron designated/activated at Elmendorf AFB, Alaska, 1 July 1985, andassigned to the 1931st lnformation Systems Wing (later, Communications Wingl. Redesignated 193othCommunications Squadron on 1 November 1986.
AWARDS
AFOUA 1 July 1987 - 30 June 1989 DAFSO GA-l1/89
COMMANDERS
Lt Col George T. ArolaLt Col George H. Hartman
1 Jul 1985 18Mar198818 Mar 1988
54
1 930th COMMUNTCATTONS SOUADRON
Blue and yellow are the Air Force colors. Blue alludes to the sky, the primary theater of Air Force operations.Yellow refers to the sun and the excellence required of Air Force personnel. The star and the upper portionof the globe symbolize the location of the squadron in Alaska. The eagle represents the 193oth CommunicationsSquadron and the two stars at the tips of the lightning bolts symbolize Detachment 1 and Detachment 2. Thelightning bolts indicate the aerospace communications systems, navigational aids and air traffic control supportprovided by the squadron.
55
HEADOUARTERS 1 931st COMMUTTICATIONS WINGELMENDORF AFB. ATASKA
The 1931st AACS Squadron was designated on 11 October 1948, and organized at Elmendorf AFB, Alaska,on 18 October 1948, and assigned to the 18o4th AACS Group (later, 18o4th AACS Wing, Alaskan AACS Region,Alaskan Communications Regionl. Upon establishment of AFCS, 1 July 1961, the 1931st AACS Squadronredesignated 1931st Communications Squadron, the largest squadron in the command, and elevated to "groupstatus," HO 1931st Communications Group, on 1 March 1969. As 1971 began, ths 1931st saw a steady trendtoward consolidation, reassessment of requirements, and reassignment of responsibilities. On 1 April 1971,the 1930th and 1931st Communications Group consolidated. The next major reorganization occurred on 1 June1972 when the Alaskan Communications Region was absorbed by the 1931st Communications Group. The"new" 1931st Communications Group was organized as an independent HO AFCS Group, reporting directlyto HO Air Force Communications Service {later, Air Force Communications Command} on 1 June 1972. On1 June 1981, the 1931st Communications Group became a subordinate unit to the Continental CommunicationsDivision; however, the 1931st remained a part of the worldwide Air Force Communications Command, providingcommunications and air traffic control services that tied Alaskan military forces into an antegrated and highlyresponsive defense system. On 1 July 1984, the 1931st Communications Group and the 5OO2d lnformationsSystems Squadron merged togetherto form the 1931st lnformation Systems Wing; reassigned to Air ForceCommunications Command on 1 May 1985; and redesignated HO 1931st Communications Wing on 1 November1 986.
AWARDS
AFOUAAFOUAAFOUAAFOUAAFOUAAFOUAAFOUAAFOUA
1 July 1959 - 3O June 196127 March 1964 - 30 March 1964
8 July 1966 - 1 May 19672 May 1967 - 1 January 1968
14 August 1967 - 21 August 19671 January 1968 - 31 December 1968
10 February 1979 - 10 February 19811 January 1984 - 1 January 1985
DAFSO GB-92t62DAFSO GB-321/64DAFSO GB-230/67DAFSO GB-l04/68DAFSO GB-731/68DAFSO GB-504/69DAFSO GB-450/81DAFSO GB-511/85
57
HEADOUARTERS 1931st COMiIUNICATIONS W|NGETMENDORF AFB, ALASKA
(Cont'd)
COMMANDERS
Capt Charles KittelMaj John T. TylerMaj Jack B. CooneyMaj John M. BruceMaj James B. MooreLt Col Fred C. LathanLt Col Kenneth L. HuezLt Col Vincent E. DanielLt Col Loren E. GuyerLt Col Charles l. PeckMaj Earl M. McCloyLt Col Lowell G. PhillipsLt Col Maurice O. WhiteLt Col Leonard G. RobinsonLt Col James J. KahlCol Jack C. O'DellCol Marvin J. AndersonCol Theron L. JenneLt Col Ralph D. Wahers (ActinglCol Lynn F. RobinsonLt Col Ardean M. Shafer (Acting)Col Robert H. LudwigCol Phillip K. HeacockCol Ronald L. DavidsonCol Harvey L. DentCol Ronald L. Paxson
18 Oct 19481 Apr 19491 Apr 19501 May 19501 Jun 19521 Jun 19546 Jun 19561 Jun 19601 Jun 19611 Aug 19621 Jul 19651 Jul 1966
12 Jun 1968May 1970May 1971
1 Jun 197221 May 197327 Aug 197523 May 197724 Jun 197730 Jun 198015 Jul 1980
1 Jul 19821 Jun 1984
20 May 198711 Jul 1989
1 Apr 19491 Apr 19501 May 19501 Jun 19521 Jun 19546 Jun 19561 Jun 19601 Jun 19611 Aug 19621 Jul 1965
30Jun 196612 Jun 1968
May 197OMay 1971
31 May 197221 May 197327 Aug 197523May 197724 Jun 19773O Jun 198O15 Jul 19801 Jul 19821 Jun 1984
2O May 198711 Jul 1989
lncomplete dates are approximate.
58
HEADOUARTERS 1931st COMMUNICATIONS WING
Blue and yellow are the Air Force colors. Blue alludes to the sky, the primary theater of operations for the AirForce. Yellow refers to the sun and the excellence required of Air Force personnel. The Big Dipper, from theAlaskan flag, and the totem pole symbolize the Air Force Communications Command's worldwide mission andfurther indicates the location of the wing. The electronic flashes, from the Air Force Communications Commandemblem, signify the aerospace communications mission; and the North Star suggests the air traffic control missionand emphasizes the arctic location of the wing.
59
1 973d COMiIUNICATIONS GROUPMAXWETI AFB, ALABAMA
The 1973d Communications Squadron designated and organized 1 November 1965 at Udorn RTAFB, Thailand,and assigned to the 1974th Communications Group. The 1973d moved to Maxwell AFB, Alabama, 1 May 1972,and reassigned to the Southern Communications Area. Reassigned to Continental Communications Division1 June 1981 and redesignated HO 1973d lnformation Systems Group 1 April 1985, in conjunction withreassignment to HO Air Force Communications Command. On 1 November 1986, redssignated 1973dCommunications Group.
AWARDS
AFOUA w/VAFOUA wA/AFOUA wA/AFOUA w/VAFOUA wA/AFOUA wA/RVN GC w/P
1 November 1965 - 30 June 19661 July 1967 - 30 June 19681 July 1968 - 30 June 19691 July 1969 - 3O June 19701 July 1970 - 30 June 19711 July 1971 - 30 April 19721 April 1966 - 1 May 1972
DAFSO GB-352/66DAFSO GB-95/69DAFSO GB-774t69DAFSO GB-839/70DAFSO GB-50t72DAFSO GB-112t73DAFSO GB-346/75
CAMPAIGN STREAMERS
Vietnam DefenseVietnam AirVietnam Air OffensiveVN Air Off, Phase llVN Air Off, Phase lllVietnam Air/GroundVN Air Off, Phase lVTET 69/Counteroffensive
Maj John L. DePriestLt Col Robert L. WorrallLt Col Bernard L. MurphyLt Col William H. HendersonMaj Leonard L. ffefferLt Col Kenneth W. A. BevanLt Col Raoul BuggLt Col Fred E. BrehmMaj Leo J. SheehyMaj James D. NorrisMaj Donald P. ColemanCapt Earl Kingsford (lnterim)Maj James G. Truman
Capt Earl Kingsford (lnterim)Maj James T. Baker (lnterimlLt Col Theodore J. BurkettMaj Thomas J. Baker (lnterim)Lt Col Ralph H. Rohrer, Jr.
Maj Thomas P. FossLt Col James F. HenkelmannLt Col Keith S. BrownLt Col Michael L. Faust
lncomplete dates are approximate.Omitted names/dates are unknown.
VN Summer-Fall, 1969VN Winter-Spring, 1970Sanctuary CounteroffensiveSouthwest MonsoonCommando Hunt VCommando Hunt VlCommando Hunt VllVietnam Ceasefire
COMITIANDERS
1 96517 Jun 1967l6Nov 1967
2 May 196822 Jan 196928 Feb 19696 Feb 1970
23 Feb 1971
15 Feb 19731 Jul 1974
17 May 197523 Jun 1975
24Dec 19752 Feb 1976
28 Jun 197621 Apr 197830Jun 1978
1 Jul 19831 Apr 19857 Mar 19863 Jun 1988
17 Jun 196716 Nov 1967
2 May 196822 Jun 196928 Feb 19696 Feb 197O
23 Feb 1971
15 Feb 19731 Jul 1974
17 May 197523 Jun 197524Dec 1975
(Deathl2 Feb 1976
28 Jun 197621 Apr 197830Jun 197817 Jan 1981
1 Apr 19857 Mar 19863 Jun 1988
60
1973d COMMUNICATIONS GROUP
The globe represents the world. The ultramarine blue field represents Air Force blue. The armored fist wlth lightningbolts signifies communications systems mission spanning the globe. The paper scroll with a lantern iepresentsthe support of the many educational facilities at Maxwell AFB and Gunter AFB.
61
1995th COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRONEIELSON AFB, ALASKA
The 1995th AACS Squadron was designated/organized 24 May 1 952, at Eielson AFB, Alaska, and assignedto the 18O4th AACS Group (later, 1 804 AACS Wing, Alaskan AACS Region, Alaskan Communications Region).Upon the establishment of Air Force Communications Service, 1 July 1961, the 1995th AACS Squadronredesignated the 199sth Communications Squadron. Reassigned to the 1 931st Communications Group (later,1931st lnformation Systems Wing; 1931st Communications Wing) 1 June 1972. Redesignated the 1995thlnformation Systems Squadron 1 July 1984 and back to 1995th Communications Squadron 1 November 1986.
AWARDS
AFOUA 27 March 1964 - 30 March 1964 DAFSO GB-321/64AFOUA 14 August 1967 - 21 August 1967 DAFSO GB-4O5/67AFOUA 1 August 1965 - 31 July 1967 DAFSO GB-1O2/68AFOUA 10 February 1979 - 10 February 1981 DAFSO GB-45O/81AFOUA 1 January 1984 - 1 January 1985
COMMANDERS
Maj/Lt Col Albert A. Rudd
Capt Kenneth D. Adams
Lt Col John D. AndersonMaj Harold R. ByrdMaj George E. ScottMaj Jesse O. SowellMaj George R. Twilley lllMaj Thomas A. DoonanMaj William A. SuiterMaj Lawrence F. McAdamsMaj WeatherbieMaj Willis H. Ball lllCapt Ronald H. MarcotteLt Col Michael A. CourseyMaj Scott A. Hammell
24May 1952
Jun 1957
Jan 195922 Jan 1959 Jan 1961
Jan 1961Jun 1964Dec 1965 4 Feb 1968
4 Feb 1968 Apr 1970Apr 197O
Dec 1973Jun 1974 25 Jun 1976
25 Jun 197622 Jun 1984 24 Jun 198724 Jun 1987
62
Omitted names/dates are unknown.
1995th COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRON
The Mercury's foot signifies the mfhological messenger of the gods; symbolizing communications. The lightningbolts symbolize todays electronics. The Big Dipper signifies the state of Alaska. Yellow represents the rays ofthe sun for the excellence required of Air Force personnel; and ultramarine blue represents the sky, the primarytheater of Air Force operations. The metal represents the value of communications to the massion of the AirForce, while red represents valor.
63
2OOOth MANAGEMENT ENGINEERING SOUADRONSCOTT AFB, ILLINOIS
The 2OOOth Management Engineering Squadron designated/activated on 1 October 1973 at Richards-GebaurAFB, Missouri, and assigned to Air Force Communications Service (later, Air Force Communications Commandl.The 2OOOth moved to Scott AFB, lllinois, on 3O September 1977.
AWARDS
None
COMMANDERS
Lt Col George F. LewisLt Col Forrest E. WilSonMaj Dean G. HallLt Col John B. RoachMai Robert H. ParrottLt Col Larry C. LassiterCapt Roger A. PaceLt Col Larry C. LassiterMaj Marshall K. McKeeLt Col Richard E. Bilodeau
1 Oct 19732 Dec 19761 Oct 1977
12 Jun 19798 Sep 1979
15 Jun 19811 Dec 1982
23 Jul 198427 Sep 198528 Feb 1986
1 Dec 19763OSep 197711 Jun 19797 Sep 1979
l4Jun 198130 Nov 198223 Jul 198427 Sep 198528 Feb 1986
64
2OOOth MANAGEMENT ENGINEERING SOUADRON
Yellow represents the sun and the excellence required of Air Force personnel; and ultramarine blue representsthe sky, the primary theater of Air Force operations. The eagle symbolizes manpower guidance, control,management and the advisory and engineering services provided to AFCC. The scroll portrays data gathering,analysis, and manpower information processing. The human figure symbolizes our human resources and themission of the organization to insure efficient and effective use of manpower in support of AFCC. The mailedfist and the electronic flashes attached to the outer ring represent AFCC as being the heart, hub, and axis ofthe human resource productivity effort. The outer ring stylizes a gear and signifies productivity, representingmanagement effectiveness in utllizing human resources.
65
2O33d COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRONFT BELVOIR AIN, VIRGINIA
The 2O33d Communications Squadron designated and activated at Ft. Belvoir AlN, Virginia, on 13 March 1978,and assigned to Air Force Communications Service (later, Air Force Communications Command). Reassignedto the 198oth Communications Group 1 October 198O. Redesignated 2033d Information Systems Squadron1 February 1986, and reassigned at that time to the 181lth lnformation Systems Group (later, 181lthCommunications Groupl. Redesignated backto 2O33d Communications Squadron on 1 November 1986. Relievedfrom assignment to the 181 lth Communications Group and further assigned to the 180oth CommunicationsWing, effective 1 October 1989.
AWARDS
AFOUA 1 July 1978 - 19 January 1981
COMMANDERS
Maj John M. Addison 7 July 1978
No emblem.
67
2o64th COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRONSHEMYA AFB, ALASKA
The 2O64th Communications Squadron designated and organized at Shemya AS (later, AFB), Alaska, on 1 July1967, and assigned to the Alaskan Communications Region. Reassigned to the 1931st Communications Group(later, 1931st lnformation Systems Wing; 1931st Communications Wing) 1 June 1972. Redesignated 2064thlnformations Systems Squadron 1 July 1984 and back to 2O64th Communications Squadron 1 November 1986.
AWARDS
AFOUAAFOUAAFOUA
Maj Richard A. MooreCapt Charles D. LewisCapt Everett D. Hockenberry, Jr.Capt Theodore l. MeyersCapt Kelly D. AndersonCapt Richard W. BravinderCapt Wilbur T. ZettlerCapt Michael W. Hutchings1Lt/Capt George J. Hill, Jr.Capt Jay R. Adsit
Capt Laurel G. WarishCapt Frank R. Finnern, Jr.Capt Thomas H. BrownCapt James L. Dorman, Jr.Capt Robert J. WillhiteCapt Marta H. Girone
Omitted names/dates are unknown.Incomplete dates are approximate.
1 January 1973 - 31 December 19731O February 1979 - 10 February 1981
1 January 1984 - 1 January 1985
COMMANDERS
DAFSO GB-631/74DAFSO GB-450/81
Aug 196719 Jun 196822 May 1969
May 197OSep 1973
12 Feb 1974
Mar 19767 Dec 1976
Apr 198519 Oct 198510 Oct 198628 Oct 198727 Oct 198818 Oct 1989
Aug 1 96719 Jun 196822 May 1969
May 197O
12Feb 1974
Dec 19757 Dec 1976
10 Oct 198628 Oct 198727 Oct 198818 Oct 1989
68
2o64th COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRON
The emblem depicts the unit's role of providing communications and air traffic control services throughout ShemyaAir Force Base, Alaska, and the Alaskan theater. The blue and yellow, Air Force colors, refer also to the flagof Alaska. The island alludes to the unit's location near the top of the world. The electronic flashes relate todirect ties with the Air Force Communications Command. The flashes on the left of the control tower showthe unit's direct support of the Alaskan Air Command. The remaining flashes depict the unit's support ofworldwide communications. They are red to portray the squadrons' major command relationship with the AirForce Communications Command. The control tower symbolizes the extensive air traffic control services mission,The atomic symbol alludes to the unit's electronics maintenance function.
69
HEADOUARTERS 2looth COMMUNICATIONS GROUPKELLY AFB, TEXAS
Headquarters 2l OOth lnformation Systems Support Group established/activated at Kelly AFB, Texes, on 1 May1985, assigned to Air Force Communications Command, and redesignated Headquarters 21OOth CommunicationsGroup 1 November 1986.
AWARDS
None
COMMANDERS
Col L. G. DapraCol Cecil E. MartinCol James R. ReidCol James A. O'Farrell
1 May 1985 1 Jul 19851 Jul 1985 7 Mar 19861 May 1986 23 Mar 1990
23 Mar 1990
No emblem.
70
2105th COMMUNTCATTONS SOUADRON
The 21O5th Communications Squadron designated and activated and assigned to the 198oth CommunicationsGroup. Redesignated 21Osth Information Systems Squadron 1 February 1986 and assigned to the 18OOthInformation Systems Wing (later, Communications Wing) and redesignated back to 2105th CommunicationsSquadron 1 November 1986.
AWARDS
None
COMMANDERS
Maj Robert S. WardMaj James R. Robilotta
5 Nov1985 31 Jul 19881 Aug 1 988
No emblem.
71
21 1 lth COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRONKETLY AFB, TEXAS
The 21 1 lth Communications Squadron designated/activated at Kelly AFB, Texas, 1 October 1986, and assignedto 2lOOth lnformation Systems Support Group (later, Communications Group).
AWARDS
None
COilIMAlIDERS
Lt Col Elston E. Obermann 6 Jul 1989
No emblem.
73
2185th COMMUNICATIONS GROUPROBINS AFB, GEORGIA
The 2185th lnformation Systems Support Group designated/activated at Robins AFB, Georgia, 1 April 1985,assigned to Air Force Communications Command, and redesignated 2185th Communications Group 1 November1 986.
AWARDS
None
COMMANDERS
Col William S. GoodwinCol Albert H. HokinsColJ. Leon Wilson
1 Apr 1985 13 Jul 198731 Jul 1987 1 Aug 19891 Aug 1989
lncomplete dates are approximate.
74
riitr
2185th COMMUNICATIONS GROUP
Blue and yellow are the Air Force colors. Blue alludes to the sky, the primary theater of Air Force operations.Yellow refers to the sun and the excellence required of Air Force personnel. The silver and yellow rings representthe links of the chain of information, with the central "golden" link depicting the reliable communications systemssupport given by the organization. The two silver links, which are connected by the "golden" link, representthe many different organizations that are "linked" together by this unit's support. The red and white lightningbolt depicts the speed and accuracy with which information is transmitted. The red and white of the lightningbolt exemplifies the dedication, integrity, and loyalty of the personnel.
75
HEADOUARTERS AIRLIFT COMMUNICATIONS DIVISION
Blue and yellow are the Air Force colors. Blue alludes to the sky, the primary theater of Air Force operations.Yellow refers to the sun and the excellence required of Air Force personnel. The elements of the design symbolizethe Division's mission of providing communications, data processing, and air traffic control services to the MilitaryAirlift Command. The vapor trails denote the "Reins of Command." The globe conveys the worldwide scopeof the mission. The blue and white division of the shield indicates night and day operations.
77
HEADOUARTERS AIRTIFT COMMUNICATIONS DIVISIONSCOTT AFB, ILLINOIS
Established as Flight Control Command, 29 March 1 943; activated at Winston-Salem, North Carolina, 3 April1943; disestablished on 1 October 1 943. Reestablished and consolidated (1 O February 1981 )with the NorthAtlantic Communications Region (established as 66th AACS Group, 14 May 1948; organized at FortMcAndrew, Newfoundland, 1 June 1948; redesignated 18O5th AACS Group, 1 October 1948; moved toPepperrellAFB, Newfoundland, 5 Apdl 1952: redesignated 18o5th AACS Wing, 1 October 1953; redesignatedNorth Atlantic AACS Region, 1 November 1957; moved to Westover AFB, Massachusetts, 2 June 1958;redesignated North Atlantic Communications Region, 1 July 1961; discontinued and inactivated, 1 July1963); and Eastern Communications Region (established as Eastern Communications Region, and activated,17 December 1962: oryanized as Westover AFB, Massachusetts, 1 July 1963; inacti\rated, 1 May 197O).Consolidated establishment redesignated as Airlift Communications Division, 1O February 1981 ; activated atScott AFB, lllinois, 1 June 1981; redesignated HO Airlift lnformation Systems Division, 7 December 1984;and redesignated HO Airlift Communications Division, 1 November 1986.
SIGNIFICANT ACTIVITIES: Flight Control Command grew out of the Directorate of Air Traffic and Safety, HOAAF, which had moved to Winston-Salem from Washington, D.C. The directorate had three subdirectorates:Flying Safety, Safety Education, and Flight Control. The new command absorbed these functions as well asresponsibility for air-sea rescue, weather, and communications. lt became responsible for controlling militaryair traffic, furnishing communications and navigational aids, weather data, and some land-sea rescue service.
Weather functions were consol:dated into a new Weather Wing, FCC, activated on 14 April 1943.Communications functions were consolidated into a new Army Airways Communacations System Wing, activatedon 26 April 1943. The Air-Sea Rescue Division of HO AAF moved to Winston-Salem on 5 May 1943 as adirectorate of the command. On 12 May 1943 the Flight Control Domestic Wing, FCC, activated to assumesafety and flight control functions.
The new command was short-lived, for on 6 July 1943 the Weather Wing transferrad to AAF control and on14 July the same thing occurred with respect to the AACS Wing. On 25 August the Aar-Sea Rescue Divisionreturned to AAF control. Finally, on 1 October 1943, the command was disestablished and was replaced bya now Office of Flying Safety (of HO AAF) and a flying safety sguadron.
ln a major reorganization in 1948, Air Force Base Units were replaced by table of distribution Major Command-controlled units, and the 66th AACS (soon the 18O5 AACS) Group came into being to replace the 716 AFBUat Fort McAndrew, Argentia, Newfoundland. The new group had responsibility for communications andnavigational aids facilities in the North Atlantic area, including eastern Canada, Labrador, Newfoundland,Greenland, lceland, and-more southerly-Bermuda and the Azores.Many Canadian-based facilities were turnedover to the Royal Canadian Air Force or the Canadian Department of Transport by 195O. The Bermuda squad-ron was transferred in October 1949, but group responsibility contlnued in the Azores until November 1951,after which time the group (later, wing; region) concentreted upon facilities in the more northerly parts of theNorth Atlantic geographical area. Facility checking was added to the establishment's responsibilities in the early195O's, initially as a staff section of the headquarters, later as an organized Flight A, and still later as a numberedfligtrt. Over the years since 1948 the establishment supported the Newfoundland Base Command (later, NortheastAir Command) and forces in lceland (later organized as the lcelandic Air Defense Force). When the NortheastAir Command was broken up in April 1957, Strategic Air Command and Air Defense Command became importantusers of the wing's communications and navigational aids support. The wing was elevated to region statusin November 1957, and moved from Newfoundland to Westover AFB, Massachusetts, in June 1958. By thistime the region's primary mission was to operate and maintain communications circuits and navigationalaidsof all kinds, to provide air traffic control support and to oporate the Air Force's strategac communications systemin support of all USAF, unified, and NATO commands in the North Atlantic area. The region resumed controlover facilities in the Azores on 1 April 1960. When tho Northeastern AACS Region inactivated in 1961, theNorth Atlantic regaon absorbed most of the squadrons and detachments formerly under the inactivated region,considerably enlarging its geographicalarea of responsibility. The region began assuming responsibility for basecommunications on a phasad basis in 1961 . ln 1963, HO AFCS acted to reduce the total number of geographicalregions in the United States from six to three, and plans called for the North Atlantic region to become thenucleus for a new Eastern Communications Region. The new region would encompass many more bases andfacilities than were then under the North Atlantic region. Those squadrons of other regions that were to become
78
part of the new Eastern Communications Region began to be attached for operational and administrative controlto North Atlantic region beginning 1 April 1963, and by 15 June all of those to be part of the new region wereoperating under North Atlantic region. Finally, on 1 July 1963, the North Atlantic region inactivated and wasimmediately replaced by Eastern Communications Region.
Eastem Communications Region also absorbed communications units and facilhies of what had been SoutheasternCommunications Region and part of the units and facilities of what had been Midwestem Communications Regionand Continental Systems Region. lt controlled long-distance point-to-point communications, on-basecommunications, navigational aids, and air traffic in an area from Ohio eastward to the Azores, southward tothe Caribbean, and northward to the North Pole, to provide service for USAF, DOD, other governmental agencies,and some friendly foreign governments. lnactivated on 1 May 1970, it was replaced as part of a generalreorganization of AFCS coincident with a merger of that command and the Ground Electronics Engineering andlnstallation Agency (GEEIA). Resources of Eastern Communications Region were divided, depending ongeographical location, between the new Northern and Southern Communications Areas
A reorganization of AFCC in 1981 brought aboutthe consolidation of the Flight Control Command, North AtlanticCommunications Region, and Eastern Communications Region as a single new Airlift Communications Division,functionally associated with Military Airlift Command on a global basis.
AWARDS
AFOEA 1 July 1987 - 30 June 1989 DAFSO GA-l1/89
COMiIANDERS
Col Samuel R. Harris
Lt Col G. B. BrockMaj F. M. John (lnterim)Lt Col Casper R. OffringaLt Col Milburn B. AndrewsLt Col Forrest W. DonkinCol Charles W. BagstadLt Col James H. Wear, Jr. (lnterim)Col William E. GeyserCol James T. McElhoneCol Anthony T. Shotgren.Col John E. Fitzgerald, Jr.Col Robert W. DickersonCol Hugh C. MooreCol Robert J. Hennessy (lnterim)Col Dean A. VoigtCol Robert P. Baumann, Jr.
Col Ray G. Green, Jr.Col James W. CowanCol Victor S. Stachelczyk*Col Dennis C. Beasley'Col Jerome A. Landry*Col Stephen E. Kelley
r Later Brig Gen
Incomplete dates are approximate.Omitted names/dates are unknown.
3 Apr 1943
1 Jun 194831 Jul 1948
9Aug 1948Sep 1950
8 Jan 195215 Mar 195317 Jun 195725 Jun 19579 Jul 19621 .,!ul 1963
26 May 19652 Jul 1965
14Jan 196630 Jul 1967l9Aug 1967
1 Feb 1969
5 Apr 198116 May 1983
1 Sep 198413 Jun 198611 Mar 19882 Mar 199O
1 Oct 1943
30 Jul 1948SAug 1948
Sep 195O7 Jan 1952
14 Mar 195316 Jun 195724Jun 19578 Jul 19621 Jul 1963
25 May 19651 Jul 1965
13 Jan 196629 Jul 1967l8Aus 196731 Jan 1969
1 May 197O
l5May 19831 Sep 1984
13 Jun 198611 Mar 19882 Mar 199O
79
1817th RESERVE ADVISOR SOUADRONSCOTT AFB, ILLINOIS
1 January 1976 The 1817th Reserve Advisor Squadron designated and actavated at Griffiss AFB, NewYork, assigned to the Northern Communications Area (AFCS G-321, 21 November 1975).
l June 1981 The 1817th Reserve Advisor Squadron moved from Griffiss AFB, New York, toScott AFB, lllinois (AFCC MO-01, 20 January 19811.
1 June 1981 The 1817th Reserve Advisor Squadron relieved from assignment to the NorthernCommunications Area and assigned to the Airlift Communications Division (later, Airlift lnformation SystemsDivision; Airlift Communications Division) (AFCC SO G-gO, 1 June 19811.
AWARDS
None
COMMANDERS
Capt Michael L. Ponder 1 Dec 1981 8 Oct 1982Capt Robert Wagenhals, Jr. 13 Jul 1983 23 Sep 1985Capt Michael Mullady 23 Sep 1985 26 May 1987Capt Linda S. DeVlaminck 26 May 1987 18 Jun 1990Capt Cecil A. Grant 18 Jun 1990
Omifted names/dates are unknown.
80
1817th RESERVE ADVISOR SOUADRON
On a light blue disc bordered in yellow are three blue and white mountaan peaks divided vertically. From thosepeaks a red and white signaltower rises. The tower is supporting a red transmitter emitting four arced yellowflashes, two on each side with each terminating at a white star.
81
organazed, and assigned to the 51st AACS Group (later, l8olst AAcs Group; Western AAcs Region; WesternCommunications Region) (ATC GO-26, 14 May 1948).
14 May 1948
1 June 1948
1 October 19481948).
1 July 1961
1 May 197O
AWARDS
AFOUAAFOUA
Maj Duane PangleMaj John D. AndersonLt Col Kenneth L. HuezLt Col Peter KravchonokLt Col Roger A. McCaulleyCapt James A. Edmondson (lnterim)Lt Col Francis L. JoryLt Col Lester G. TolbertMaj B. F. SteeleLt Col A. ReidLt Col Donald F. Wenzel
Maj Frederick J. Miller, Jr.Lt Col Roy A. GulmontMaj Norman A. Benson (lnterim)Lt Col Arthur YarrangtonLt Col William K. O'DonnellLt Col H. W. SidebottomLt Col William J. DonahueCol Thomas H. YatesCol Robert G. MurphyCol John W. Manning
lncomplete dates are approximate.Omitted names/dates are unknown.
January 1982 - 31 December 1982January 1983 - 31 December 1984
COMMANDERS
DAFSO GB-696/83DAFSO GB-512/85
1 9o1st COMMUNICATTONS GROUPTRAVIS AFB, CALIFORNIA
The 124th Airways and Air communications service squadron designated.
The 124th AACS Squadron, Fairfield-Suison (later, Travis) AFB, California, was
The 124th was redesignated 19o1st AAcs squadron (MATS Go-2s, I s september
Redesignated l9Olst Communications Squadron (AFCS G-2, 1 Juty 1961).
Upon inactivation of Western Communications Region, assigned to new NorthernCommunications Area (activated) (AFCS G-62, 2 April 197O).
l June 1981 Redesignated HO 19o1st Communications Group and reassignerd to the AirliftCommunications Division (later, Airlift lnformation Systems Division; Airlift Communications Divisionl (AFCCSO G-31, 20 February 1981).
1 December 1984 Redesignated 19O1st lnformation Systems Group (AFCC SO G-161,9 November1984).
1 November 1986 Redesignated 1901st Communications Group (AFCC SO G-lO, 21 October 19g6).
1
1
30Jun 19541 Dec 19551 Jan 1962
Sep 19625 Sep 1964
Jun 19661 966
2 Sep 196713 Dec 1968
1 9697 Oct 1969
Jan 1972Jul 1973
17 Jun 197412 Jul 19741 Jul 1977
13Nov198O30 Dec 198229Jun 19841 1 Aug 19867 Jun 1988
1 Dec 1955
20 Sep 19625Sep 1964
19661966
2 Sep 196713 Dec 1968
19697 Oct 1969
Jul 1970
Jul 197317 Jun 197412 Jul 1974
1 Jul 1977Nov 1980
30Dec 198229 Jun 19841 1 Aug 19867 Jun 1988
82
1 9O1st COMMUNICATIONS GROUP
The North Star represents navigational guidance. The delta represents air traffic control services, while thelightning bolts represent MAC/SAC/AFCC communications. Alternating orange and white blocks representmaintenance support. The mobile antenna represents mobile communications and contingency communicationssupport. The bridge represents the Golden Gate Bridge denoting the location of the 19O1st CommunicationsGroup support. The blue background represents the Air Force.
83
Washington, and assigned to 51st AACS Group (later, 18O1st AACS Group; Western AACS Region; WesternCommunications Regionl.
1 Octobor 1948 Redesignated 19O5th Airways and Air Communications Service Squadron. (MATSGO-25, 15 September 1948).
14 May 1948
1 June 1948
1 July 1961
1 May 1970
1 June 1981
AWARDS
AFOUAAFOUAAFOUA
Maj Burrel P. SmithCapt/Mai George P. ReynoldsLt Col Joseph E. Scoggins
Maj Antonio M. LacalleMaj Charles F. KropfMaj Roy AndersonMaj Don O. VestaMaj Curtis N. CarleyMaj Leonard E. BrownMaj Cleveland D. Williams
Capt John GaringCapt/Mai Robert L. NullCapt Douglas L. Moquin
Lt Col John W. DaviesMaj Bruce G. WeinerMajor Larry D. CannonMaj David H. Mickelson
lncomplete dates are approximate.Omitted dates are unknown.
January 1982 - 31 December 1982January 1983 - 31 December 1984
1 July 1987 - 30 June 1989
COMMANDERS
DAFSO GB-696/83DAFSO GB-512/85DAFSO GA-l1/89
1905th COMMUNTCATTONS SOUADRONMCCHORD AFB, WASHINGTON
1O2d Airways and Air Communications Service Squadron designated.
1O2d Airways and Air Communications Service Squadron organized at McChord AFB,
Redesignated 19o5th Communications Squadron (AFCS G-2, l July 19611.
Reassigned to new Northern Communications Area (AFCS G-62, 2 Apr 1970).
Reassigned to the Airlift Communications Division {later, Airlift lnformataon SystemsDivision; Airlift Communications Division). (AFCC SO G-31, 20 February 1981).
1 December 1984 Redesignated 19o5th lnformation Systems Squadron (AFCC SO G-l61 , 9 November1984).
1 November 1986 Redesignated 19O5th Communicataons Squadron (AFCC SO G-lO,21 Oct 1986).
1
1
19489 Feb 1951
26 May 1952
1 9551 Jan 19622 Jul 1963
Jun 1966
15 Oct 196715 Jul 1969
Jul 1973I Jul 1974
17 Dec 1976
17 Jun 198029 Jun 198219 Jun 198529 Aug 1 988
9 Feb 195126 May 1952
Jan 19622 Jul 1963
1966
15 Oct 196715 Jul 1969
8 Jul 197417 Dec 1976
Dec 1977
29 Jun 198219 Jun 198529Aug 1988
84
1 9o5th COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRON
The mountain represents Mt Rainer (one of the largest mountains in the lower 48 states) located in thenorthwestern state of Washington. The mailed fist represents the hand of the Air Force command who exercisecommand and control of aerospace power. The electronic flasher represents all forms of aerospacecommunications which are used "To Provide the Reins of Command." The scroll lettering "Communicatorsof the Northwest" represents the 19O5th Communications Squadron being the AFCC unit located at the baseof Mt Rainer.
85
1936th COMiTUNTCATTONS SOUADRONTAJES FIELD, AZORES
14May 1948 The 14fth AACS Squadron was designated at Lagens (later, Lages; Laies Field,Terceira lslandl, Azores nTC GO-29, 27 June 1947).
1 June 1948 The l4Oth AACS Squadron organized and assigned to the 66th (later, 18O5thl AACSGroup.
1 October 1948 Redesignated 1936th AACS Squadron (MATS GO-25, 15 September 1948).
24 November 1951 Reassigned to the new 181sth AACS Group. (MATS GO-l37, 20 November 19511.
1 July 1953 Reassigned to the 1807th AACS Wing (MATS GO-1O3, 17 June 19531.
1 November 1954 Reassigned to the new 181sth AACS Group (activated), Sale Airfield, Rabat. FrenchMorocco (MATS GO-172, 15 October 1954).
18 April 1957 Reassigned to the 1807th AACS Wing (later European-African-Mediterranean (EAME)
AACS Area) (MATS GO-21, 5 April 1957).
1 April 1960 Reassigned to the North Atlantic AACS Region (later, North Atlantic CommunicationsRegionl (MATS GO-32, 29 February 1960).
1 July 1961 Redesignated 1936th Communications Squadron (AFCS G-2, 1 July 1961).
1 July 1963 Reassigned to the new Eastern Communications Region. (AFCS G-33, 1 May 1963).
1 May 1970 Reassigned to the new Northern Communications Area (AFCS G-62, 2 April 1970).
1 June 1981 Reassigned to the Airlift Communications Division (later Airlift Information SystemsDivision; Airlift Communications Divisionl (AFCC SO G-31, 2O February 1981).
l December 1984 Redesignated the 1936th lnformation Systems Squadron (AFCC SO G-161,9 November 19841.
1 November 1986 Redesignated the 1936th Communications Squadron (AFCC SO G-lO, 21 October1986).
AWARDS
AFOUAAFOUA
1 January 1980 - 13 January 1980 DAFSO GB-4O1/8O1 January 1987 - 31 December 1987 DAFSO GB-433/88
87
1 936th COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRONTAJES FIELD, AZORES
(Cont'd)
COMMANDERS
Capt Ted H. TannerCapt Hebert W. StaggLt Col Sidney Nutt, Jr.Capt Edwin D. ZieglerMaj Pierce B. MichaelMaj Donald R. Thompson
Maj Richard H. Sams, Jr.Lt Col Walter A. Cowan
Lt Col Wallace E. SmithLt Col Robert L. CloerLt Col James F. SikesLt Col Jerrell W. BrooksMaj Warren C. JenningsLt Col Joseph E. CooneyLt Col William R. TaylorCapt Michael F. Choffel (lnterim)
Lt Col William G. ChavanneLt Col Eugene E. LundLt Col Alfred R. Garcia, Jr.Lt Col Gilbert R. HawkLt Col Charles D. Pitts
lncomplete dates are approximate.Omitted names/dates are unknown.
Oct 19481 Nov 19487 May 1949
1 9511 9521954
11 Jul 1960Dec 1962
1 96729 Jun 196816Aug 1968
19691 9731 973
1 Oct 19761977
SSep 198011 Jun 198226 Jul 1984
1 Jul 198623 Jun 1988
31 Oct 19486 May 1949
Jan 19511 9521 954
Dec 1961Dec 1963
28 Jun 1968l5Aug 1968
1 9691 9731 973
30 Sep 197619771977
Jun 198226 Jul 1984
1 Jul 198623 Jun 1988
88
1 936th COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRON
The background of the shield is the emblematic of sky and space where aerospace forces operate. The ultramarineblue represents the night sky, the light blue the day sky; together they represent the around-the-clock missionof the 1936th Communications Squadron. Four stars representing our four main customers, the USAF, USN,USA, and the Portuguese Air Force, stresses navigation, an integral part of command and control of aerospaceforces. The Azorean milhafre shows our ties as an Air Force Communications unit to the area of operationsin which we provide modern command, control, and communications. The proud and mighty milhafre indicatesthe mission and accomplishments of our unit. The electronic flashes clutched in the milhafre's talon symbolizeall of aerospace communications which are used to provide the Voice of the Mid-Atlantic.
89
18 June 1956
1943d COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRONPOPE AFB, NORTH CAROTINA
The 1943d AACS Squadron was designated and organized at Pope AFB, NorthCarolina, and assigned to the 18O3d AACS Group (later Southeastern AACS Region) (MATS GO-8O, 1 1 June1956).
1 November 1958 Reassignedto Northeastern AACS Region (MATS GO-152,21 October 19581.
21 April 1961 Reassigned to Southeastern AACS Region (later Southeastern CommunicationsRegion) (MATS G-32,20 April 1961).
1 July 1961 Redesignated 1943d Communications Squadron (AFCS G-2, 1 July 1961).
1 January 19631962).
8 August 1967
30 June 1971
1 December 1974
1 June 1981
Capt Richard M. Hart
Lt Col Harold M. SpencerMaj Robert A. PfleglMaj Robert L. McDowellCapt Billy H. FloydMaj Edmund B. SwansonCapt Billy H. FloydCapt Charles N. HackardCapt William D. MeyersCapt Gerald G. GleckelCapt Eddie D. RedmonMaj James R. McLellandCapt Everett W. YoungCapt James R. HanbyCapt Marcia J. TamblynCapt Sue Ann OlsavickyMaj Edward F. MurphyCapt John D. Swindoll
lncomplete dates are approximate.Omitted names/dates are unknown.
Reassigned to the TAC Communications Region (later Area) (AFCS G-BO,27 November
Reassigned to the new 9th TAC Communications Region (AFCS G-76,27 July 1967).
Reassigned to Tactical Communications Area (AFCS G-l17, 10 June 1971).
Reassigned to Southern Communications Area (AFCS SO G-208, 29 November 19741.
Reassigned to Airlift Communications Division (later, Airlift lnformation SystemsDivision; Airlift Communications Division) (AFCC SO G-31, 2O February 1981).
1 December 1984 The 1943d Communications Squadron redesignated 1943d lnformation SystemsSquadron (AFCC SO G-l61,9 November 19841.
1 November 1986 The 1943d lnformation Systems Squadron redesignated the 1943d CommunicationsSquadron (AFCC SO G-l0, 21 October 1986).
AWARDS
AFOUA 1 April 1972 - 30 January 1974 DAFSO BG-631/74
COMMANDERS
1 956
1 9631963
26 Jul 196525 Feb 196826 Feb 196815 Dec 196931 Mar 197O23Mav 1972
Aug 1 9727 Oct 19746 Jun 19767 Jul 19788 Sep 198O4 May 1981
13 Jun 198417 Jul 1986
7 Aug 1 989
1 957
1 96325 Jul 1965
14Dec 196930 Mar 197022May 1972lOAug 19727 Oct 19746 Jun 19766 Jul 1978SSep 19804 May 1981
13 Jun 198417 Jul 1986
6 Aug 1 989
90
1943d COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRON
The chain signifies that the 1943d Communications Squadron is a unit in the communications system. Thetriangular element with lightning bolts signifies aerospace command and controlcommunications support andindicates the far-reaching point-to-point communications capabilities. The lines on the globe signifies that weare part of the command that provides global communications.
91
196fth COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRONKIRTTAND AFB, NEW MEXICO
1 January 1966 The 196oth Communications Squadron was designated and organized at Kirtland AFB,New Mexico, and assigned to Western Communications Region (AFCS G-66, 30 April 1965).
1 May 1970
1 June 1981
AWARDS
AFOUAAFOUA
Reassigned to new Southern Communications Area (AFCS G-62, 2 April 1970).
Reassigned to the Airlift Communications Division (later, Airlift lnformation SystemsDivision; Airlift Communications Divisionl (AFCC SO G-31, 20 February 1981).
l December 1984 Redesignated the 196oth lnformation Systems Squadron (AFCC SO G-161,9 November 1984).
1 November 1986 Redesignated the 1960th Communications Squadron (AFCC SO G-lO, 21 October1986).
l July 1971 -31 DecemberJanuary 1981 - 31 December
DAFSO GB-6O3/73DAFSO GB-696/83
19721 982
COMMANDERS
Maj Richard K. RathburnCapt Lemar P. CraigMaj Gerald T. HagerLt Col Robert H. Ludwig*'Capt Gordon F. Jantz (lnteram)Lt Col J. Leon WilsonLt Col Larry A. RobinsonLt Col Stefan G. WenskaLt Col Dale C. Yeager
l r Later Maj Gen (Presently Lt Gen Selecteel
lncomplete dates are approximate.Omitted dates are unknown.
1 97322May 197427 MaV 197415 Jun 197614Jun 1978TAug 198O
27 May 198325 Jun 198730Jun 1989
21 May 197426 Jun 1974
3 Jun 197614Jun 19786Aug 1978
27 May 198325 Jun 198730Jun 1989
92
1 96oth COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRON
The camera represents the closed circuit television (CCTV) section. The microphone represents the intrabaseradio/military affiliated radio systems (MARS). The telephone representi both inside and outside plant, installing,testing and maintaining of all base telephone systems. The computer/data modem represents the service thesquadron extends to different areas of the base which use the lines for computer/data transmissions.
93
1965th COMMUNTCATTONS SOUADRONNORTON AFB, CALIFORNIA
I Octobor 1964 The 1965th Communications Squadron was designated and organized at Don MuangAirport, Thailand and assigned to the 1964th Communications Group (AFCS G-49, 5 August 1964, amendedby G-56, 4 September 19641.
1 November 1965 Reassigned to the 1 974th Communications Group (AFCS G-l40, 6 October 1965).
l Decomber 1971 The 1965th Communications Squadron moved to Norton AFB, California, andreassigned to Southern Communications Area (AFCS Movement Order-S, 4 November 1971).
30 June 1977 Redesignated 1965th Communications and lnstallation Group (AFCS G-72, 8 April19771.
1 July 1980 Redesignated 1965th Communications Squadron (AFCC SO G-51, 1 April 1980).
l June 1981 Reassigned to Aarlift Communications Division (later, Airlift lnformation SystemsDivision; Airlift Communications Division) (AFCC SO G-31, 20 February 1981).
1 December 1984 Redesignated 1965th lnformation Systems Squadron (AFCC SO G-l61, 9 November1984t.
1 November 1986 Redesignated 1965th Communications Squadron (AFCC SO G-lO, 21 October 19861.
AWARDS
AFOUA wA/ 1 October 1964 - 30 June 1965 DAFSO GB-313/65AFOUA wA/ 1 November 1965 - 30 June 1966 DAFSO GB-352/66RVN GC w/P 1 April 1966 - 1 December 1971 DAFSO GB-346/75AFOUA w/V 1 July 1967 - 30 June 1968 DAFSO GB-95/69AFOUA wA/ 1 July 1968 - 30 June 1969 DAFSO GB-774169AFOUA w/V 1 July 1969 - 3O June 1970 DAFSO GB-839/7OAFOUA w/V 1 July 1970 - 30 June 1971 DAFSO GB-5O172AFOUA wA/ 1 July 1971 - 31 October 1971 DAFSO GB-112173
CAMPAIGN STREAMERS
Vietnam AdvisorVietnam DefenseVietnam AirVietnam Air OffensiveVN Air Off, Phase llVN Air Off, Phase lllVietnam Air/GroundVN Air Off, Phase lV
TET 69/CounteroffensiveVN Summer-Fall, 1969VN Winter-Spring, 197OSanctuary CounteroffensiveSouthwest MonsoonCommando Hunt VCommando Hunt VlCommando Hunt Vll
95
1965th COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRONNORTON AFB, CALIFORNIA
(Cont'd)
COMMANDERS
Lt Col Charles R. McMahanMaj Elmer W. MerrowMaj Claude S. PerryMaj George K. M. LeongMaj Barton C. BrownMaj Harland E. PriddleMaj Thomas A. WildeMaj Richard W. FryeMaj Ardean M. ShaferCapt Louis BryantMaj Robert T. HarmonCapt John S. GriffoneMaj Clark B. DorseyCapt Thomas R. Love (lnterim)Maj George F. MonahanCol Harley P. RobertsLt Col John J. KershawLt Col John D. K. HoppesLt Col John l. BrenneckeLt Col Harold D. MosesLt Col Jack R. Fellows, Jr.
1 Oct 19641 Nov 1965
13 May 196613 Apr 196722 Mar 19681O Mar 1969
1 Mar 19701 Dec 19712 Aug 1972
13 Jun 19731O Sep 197316 Jan 197516 Apr 19754 Jun 1977
30 Jun 197722 Jul 1977
1 Nov 197915 Jul 198015 Jul 19833 Jul 1985
1O Nov 1988
31 Oct 196511 May 196613 Apr 196721 Mar 1968
9 Mar 19691 Mar 1970
1 9711 Aug 1972
12 Jun 19739Sep 1973
15 Jan 197515 Apr 1975
2 Jun 197730 Jun 197721 Jul 197731 Oct 197914 Jul 198O15 Jul 19832 Jul 1985
lONov 1988
Incomplete dates are approximate.
96
1965th COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRON
The Air Force blue and gold represents the 24-hour availability and constant readiness of the squadron's services.The six stars in the gold field and five stars in the blue field distinguish the squadron. The globe symbolizesthe worldwide service provided. The lightning bolts represent the communications aspect of the squadron. Theplane, radio, telephone, and tower represent the versatility and adaptability of the service.
97
Carolina and assigned to the 18O3d AACS Group (later, Northeastern AACS Regionl (MATS GO-77,28 May 56l.18 June 1956
21 April 1961Region).
1 July 1961G-2, l July 1961).
1 July 1963
1 May 1970
1 June 1981
1 December 19841984).
1 November 19861986t.
AWARDS
AFOUAAFOUAAFOUA
1st Lt Daniel P. SperlingCapt Franklin V. CotterellCapt Ray A. Rieman
Capt Duncan W. CampbellCapt Robert J. Parrish
Capt William G. SlaughterCapt Wayne E. CreechCapt Laurence N. WinnikCapt James R. HambyCapt James D. HuntCapt James D. KelleyCapt John J. LittleCapt Thomas E. Harman, Jr.
lncomplete dates are approximate.Omifted names/dates are unknown.
1 January 1963 - 1 February 196411 July 1966 - 10 July 1967
1 January 1973 - 31 December 1973
COMMANDERS
DAFSO GB-333/64DAFSO GB-452/67DAFSO GB-631/74
1 968rh COMMUNTCATTONS SOUADRONCHARTESTON AFB, SOUTH CAROLINA
The 1968th AACS Squadron was designated and organized at Charleston AFB, South
Reassigned to the Southeastern AACS Region (later, Southeastern Communications
Redesignated 1968th Communications Squadron upon establishment of AFCS (AFCS
Reassigned to the new Eastern Communications Region (AFCS G-33, 1 May 631.
Reassigned to the new Southern Communications Area (AFCS G-62, 2 Aprit 197O).
Reassigned to the Airlift Communications Division (later, Airllft lnformation SystemsDivision; Airlift Communications Divisionl (DAFCC SO G-31, 20 February 1981).
Redesignated 1968th lnformation Systems Squadron (AFCC SO G-l61, 9 November
Redesignated the 1968th Communications Squadron (AFCC SO G-10, 21 October
22 Jun 195613 Nov 1 956
1 957
Aug 19653 May 1968
1 9734Jun 19741 Dec 19759 Jun 1978
22 Sep 198028 Sep 198230 May 198523 Jul 1987
l3Nov 19561 957
2 May 1968Apr 1970
3 Jun 197430 Nov 1 975
8 Jun 19784Sep 1980
28 Sep 198230May 198522 Jul 1987
98
1 968th COMMUNTCATTONS SOUADRON
Blue alludes to the sky, the primary theater of operations for the Air Force. Yellow refers to the sun and theexcellence required of Air Force personnel. The light and dark blue background refers to the around the clockmission of the squadron. The globe encircled with black bands symbolizes the lines of communications to bemaintained worldwide. The crescent and palmetto palm from the flag of the State of South Carolina indicatetho location of the squadron. The lightning boh also symbolizes communications and further refers to the missionof the squadron.
99
1 974th COMMUNICATIONS GROUPSCOTT AFB, ILLINOIS
1 November 1965 The 1974th Communications Group was established/organized at Korat Royal ThaiAir Force Base, Thailand, and assigned to the Southeast Asia Communications Region (AFCS G-140, 6 October1965).
29 March 1968 The 1974th Communications Group moved from Korat Royal Thai Air Force Base,Thailand, to Udorn Royal Thai Air Force Base, Thailand.
30 June 1971 Reassigned to l^lO Pacific Communications Area (AFCS G-115, 7 June 1971).
1 January 1976 Redesignated as the 1974th Communications Squadron and subsequently reassignedto the 1961st Communications Group (AFCS G-349, 22 December 1975).
22 March 1976 The 1974th Communications Squadron moved PCS without personnel from Udornto Scott AFB, lllinois (Movement Order 2,23 February 1976) and reassigned to the Northern CommunicationsArea.
22 March 1976 Redesignated HO 1974th Communications Group (G-41,23 February 1976).
1 June 1981 Reassigned to the Airlift Communications Division (later, Airlift lnformation SystemsDivision; Airlift Communications Division) (AFCC SO G-31, 20 February 1981).
1 February 1984 Redesignated 1974th Teleprocessing Group (AFCC SO G-194, 16 February 1983).
1 December 1984 Redesignated 1974Information Systems Group (AFCC SO G-l61, 9 November 1984).
1 November 1986 Redesignated 1974 Communications Group (AFCC SO G-lO,21 October 1986).
1974 Communications Group was an establishment{evel organization from 1 November1965 to 1 January 1976 and trom 22 March 1976 to 1 November 1986. With deletion of the Headquarterson 1 November 1986 (HOAFCC SO G-lO,21 October 1986), the group became a unit-level organization.
AWARDS
AFOUA wA/ 1 November 1965 - 30 June 1966AFOUA wA/
PUCAFOUA wA/AFOUA wA/AFOUA wA/AFOUA wA/AFOUA wA/AFOUA wA/RVN GC w/P
CAMPAIGN STREAMERS
Vietnam DefenseVietnam AirVietnam Air OffensiveVN Air Off, Phase llVN Air Off, Phase lllVietnam Air/GroundVN Air Off, Phase lVTET 69/Counteroffensive
1 July 1966 - 30 June 1967
10 March 1967 - 1 May 19671 July 1967 - 30 June 19681 July 1968 - 30 June 19691 July 1969 - 30 June 19701 July 1970 - 30 June 19711 July 1971 - 30 June 19721 July 1972 - 30 June 1973
DAFSO GB-352/66DAFSO GB-443167
(Amended by: DAFSO GB-l58/68)DAFSO GB-l78/69DAFSO GB-95/69DAFSO GB-774t69DAFSO GB-839/70DAFSO GB-5O/72DAFSO GB-112t73DAFSO GB-124175
1 April 1966 - 28 January 1973 DAFSO GB-346/75
VN Summer-Fall, 1969VN Winter-Spring, 197OSanctuary CounteroffensiveSouthwest MonsoonCommando Hunt VCommando Hunt VlCommando Hunt VllVietnam Ceasefire
101
1 974th COMMUNTCATTONS GROUPSCOTT AFB, IILINOIS
(Cont'd)
COMMANDERS
Lt Col Charles R. McMahanLt Col Dirk DuysCol George C. KougiasLt Col Joseph A. BaileyCol Albert J. BrownCol Robert P. Baumann, Jr.Col Joseph H. WeeksCol Robert A. BourcyCol John M. BolgerCol William R. Yost**Lt Col Howard H. SmithCol Theodore F. DeMuroCol Richard A. GoldfogleCol Ben P. LeeLt Col Norman H. RungeCol Malcolm T. CollinsMaj Richard A. HalversonMSgt Robert L. Daniell, NCOICLt Col Robert M. McGuginMaj Bruce S. Pratt
Col Ronald L. GiampietroCol John W. SpearCol Edwin A. KochCol Larry SiposLt Col Richard N. ComptonCol Jerry E. Albrecht
* r Later Maj Gen
lncomplete dates are approximate.Omitted names/dates are unknown.
1 Nov 196521 Dec 196529 Jan 1966
7 Jan 196714 Jan 196712 Dec 1967l5Nov 196822Aug 196925 Jul 19707 Jul 1971
22 Jun 19723 Jul 1972
20Jun 19737 Jun 19741 Jun 1975
13 Jun 19751 Jan 1976
29 Jan 1976Mar 1976Aug 1977
8 Jul 19807 Mar 1983
1O Sep 198430 Jun 198810 Jul 198930 Apr 199O
20 Dec 196528 Jan 1966
6 Jan 196713 Jan 19671 1 Dec 196714Nov 196821 Aug 196924 Jul 197O6 Jul 1971
22 Jun 19723 Jul 1972
19 Jun 19737 Jun 19741 Jun 1975
13 Jun 19751 Jan 1976
29 Jan 197621 Feb 1976
Aug 1977Jan 1978
7 Mar 198310 Sep 198430Jun 198810 Jul 19893O Apr 1990
102
1974th COMMUNICATIONS GROUP
The polychrome globe in the center represents the worldwide nature of teleprocessing support provided by theunit and the convergence of the data automation and communacataons disciplines. The green represents theworld of the 2199th Computer Services Squadron and the navy blue represents the world of the 1974thCommunications Group which merged 1 December 1983. The two lightning bolts represent the importanceof analog (red) and digital (yellow) transmissions in the teleprocessing environment. Polaras (the North Star)in the upper right portion of the shield represents the aar traffic control and navigation aids support which theunit provides. The sword across the globe represents the direct combat support provided by the unit when itwas located at Udorn, Thailand, during the Vietnam War.
103
1998th COMMUNICATIONS GROUPMcGUIRE AFB, NEW JERSEY
1 September 1967 The 1998th Communications Squadron was designated and organized at Korat Royal
Thai Air Force Base, Thailand, and assigned to the 1974th Communications Group. The designation of the 1998threlieved the 1974th of on-base functions at Korat fiFCS G-28, 20 March 1967, amended by G-69, 28 June1967t.
1 January 1976
15 March 1976
AWARDS
AFOUA wA/AFOUA wA/AFOUA wA/AFOUA wA/AFOUA wA/AFOUA wA/RVN GC w/P
CAMPAIGN STREAMERS
1 September 1967 - 30 June 19681 July 1968 - 30 June 19691 July 1969 - 30 June 19701 July 1970 - 3O June 19711 July 1971 - 3O June 19721 July 1972- 30June 1973
1 September 1967 - 28 January 1973
DAFSO GB-95/69DAFSO GB-774l69DAFSO GB-839/70DAFSO GB-50t72DAFSO GB-112t73DAFSO GB-l24-75DAFSO GB-347/75
Reassigned to 1961st Communications Group (AFCS G-349, 22 December 19751.
The 1998th Communications Squadron moved PCS without personnel from KoratRoyal Thai Air Force Base, Thailand, to McGuire AFB, New Jersey, and reassigned to the NorthemCommunications Area lMovement Order 4, 1 March 1976).
l June 1981 Redesignated 1998th Communications Group at McGuire AFB, New Jersey, andreassigned to the Airlift Communications Division (later, Airlift Information Systems Division; AirliftCommunications Division) (AFCC SO G-31, 20 February 1981).
1 December 1984 Redesignated 1998th lnformation Systems Group (AFCC SO G-161,9 November1984).
1 November 1986 Redesignated 1998th communications Group (AFcc so G-lo' 21 october 1986)'
1998th Communications Group was an establashment-level organization from 1 June 1981 to 1 December 1984.With deletion of the Headquarters on 1 December 1984 (HO AFCC SO G-l61, 9 November 1984), the groupbecame a unit{evel organization.
VN Air Off, Phase llVN Air Off, Phase lllVietnam Air/GroundVN Air Off, Phase lVTET G9/CounteroffensiveVN Summer-Fall, 1969VN Winter-Spring, 197O
Sanctuary CounteroffensiveSouthwest MonsoonCommando Hunt VCommando Hunt VlCommando Hunt VllVietnam Ceasefire
105
1998th COMMUNICATIONS GROUPMcGUIRE AFB, NEW JERSEY
(Cont'd)
COMMANDERS
Maj Rudolph P. ReidMaj Anthony StathopoulosMaj John M. SedanoLt Col Harold E. LogsdonMaj John D. SealyMaj Grant E. BrollierMaj Dean R. LarsenMaj John W. GravesMaj George T. Weathers, Jr.Maj kCharles F. ParkerLt Col Roger L. BlomM{ Robert B. NicholsonMaj John J. HigginsMaj Edward J. Zielinski, Jr.Lt Col Francis G. ReidLt Col Jay F. FeibelmanCol John M. ParcelewiczCol James H. EppsCol William S. Hartsell
Sep 19679 Aug 1 968
14 Jul 196911 Jul 197018 Jul 197122 Jul 1972
1 Jul 197322 Oct 197320 Jun 1974
7 Jun 19753 Jul 1975
31 Jan 1976Mar 1976Jul 1976
21 Aug 19794 Jan 1982
13Aug 198529 Jul 198723 Jul 1989
9Aug 196813 Jul 196911 Jul 197018 Jul 197122 Jul 1972
1 Jul 197322 Oct 197320 Jun 1974
7 Jun 19753 Jul 1975
31 Jan 197617 Mar 1976
Jun 19761 979
4 Jan 1982l3Aug 19852l Jul 198723 Jul 1989
Incomplete dates are approximate.
106
1998th COMMUNICATIONS GROUP
The ultramarine blue background identifies the aerospace theater of air traffic operations and communications.The globe indicates the worldwide nature of the unit's contingency communications mission, the commandand control communications, and the strategic airlift emanating via the air traffic and air navigation services.Favored chess piece among players, the knight, is in direct service to the king, upholding the kingdom andrenowned for flexibility. This represents the service role of air traffic control to Air Force air operations andthe many ways in which those operations are supported. lt also indacates the varaety of communications devicesavailable to commanders to control and organize their commands, even over great distances; communicationsmakes flexible response possible. The falcon is the symbol for flight and service, identifying the unit's airoperations mission and the Air Force flight mission. For ages falcons have served kings and are known for high-speed flight; the falcon represents quick response afforded by air traffic and communications services. Theyellow band encircling the globe, demonstrates fluidity and motion. lt depicts the dynamic communicationsmission and shows the connectivity in the knight's service with air operataons. The band in Morse code (a classiccommunications method still used to identify air navigational aids) shows command relationships. The lightningbolt is used to identify the power of rapid electronic communications in the hands of Air Force meteorologicalelement (significant because of unit support of meteorological measurement systems). The pinnacle at the baseof the globe is a stylazed antenna to identify the variety of transmission systems employed by the unit. Ground-to-air UHFA/HF aircraft control radios, intrabase radlo systems, satellite communications and military affiliatehigh frequency radio systems are operated and maintained to provide voice command-and-controlcommunications in support of day-to-day, emergency, and contingency operations.
107
2OO2d COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRONATTUS AFB, OKLAHOMA
18 April 1957 The 2OO2d AACS Squadron was designated and organized at Altus AFB, Oklahoma,and assigned to the 1822d AACS Group (later. Southwsstern AACS Region; Southwestern CommunicationsRegion) (MATS GO-21, 5 April 1957).
Redesignated 2OO2d Communications Squadron upon establishment of AFCS (AFCS
Reassigned to Central Communications Region (AFCS G-33, 1 May 1963).
Reassigned to the new Southern Communications Area (AFCS G-62, 2 April 1970).
Reassigned to the Airlift Communications Division (later, Airlift lnformation SystemsDivision; Airlift Communications Division (AFCC SO G-31, 2O February 19811.
1 July 1961G-2, l July 1961).
1 July 1963
1 May 1970
1 June 1981
1 December 19841984).
1 November 1986
AWARDS
None
Capt Michael D. McCreaCapt/Mai Gayland G. MillerCapt Eddy J. ChelkowskiCapt Sidney W. GravesCapt Vernon R. Zink, Jr.Maj Jerry E. BurnsCapt Charles R. WheelerMaj Michael S. ClearyLt Col David R. Unger
Redesignated2OO2d lnformation Systems Squadron {AFCC SO G-l61, 9 November
Redesignated 2OO2d Communications Squadron (AFCC SO G-lO, 21 October 1986).
COMMANDERS
18 Jul 19735 Jul 1975
15 Sep 19752 Aug 1 978
12 Sep 198012Nov198231 May 198527 Apr 1988
18 Jul 19735 Jul 1975
14Sep 19752Aug 1978
12 Sep 198O12Nov198231 May 198527 Apr 1988
Omitted names/dates are unknown.
108
2OO2d COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRON
On a blue disc is a gray lamp of knowledge, inflamed in yellow, garnished with red. A yellow gauntlet withfist clenched is detailed in black, from which six arced yellow lightning bolts outlined in red extend, four tothe top of the disc and two to dexter flank. Below the disc the motto is inscribed "NEVER SECOND."
109
20 1 6th COMMUNTCATIOITIS SOUADRONDOVER AFB, DELAWARE
1 November 1954 The 2O16th AACS Squadron was designated and organized at Dover AFB, Delaware,and assigned to the 18O2d AACS Group (later Northeastorn AACS Region) (MATS GO-172, 1 5 October 1954).
21 April 1961 Reassigned tothe North Atlantic AACS Region (later, North Atlantic CommunicationsResion) ffATS G-32,20 Apdl 1961).
1 July 1961
1 July 1963
1 May 1970
1 June 1981
AWARDS
AFOUAAFOUA
Maj BamesCapt Harold PolingCapt John C. Morton
Maj Frank S. MillerLt Col Samuel Lynn
Maj Lester M. BurtonCapt Howard Lenowsky {lnterim)Capt Edwain P. Woods, Jr.Maj Kenneth BushGapt William B. ManiottCapt/Mai Carl E. WilliamsCapt Douglas D. C. Smith
Mai Richard G. McGarveyLt Col William S. GoodwinMaj Ronald L. CollinsMaj Samuel PeoplesLt Co! Neil A. YoungmanLt Col Leroy A. Block
lncomplete dates are approximate.Omitted names/dates are unknown.
January 1978 - 31 December 1978January 1983 - 31 December 1984
COMMANDERS
DAFSO GB-635/79DAFSO GB-512/85
Redesignated 2016th Communications Squadron (AFCS G-2, 1 July 19611.
Reassigned to new Eastern Communications Region (AFCS G-33, 1 May 1963).
Reassigned to the new Northern Communications Area (AFCS G-62, 2 April 197O).
Reassigned to tho Airlift Communications Division (later, Aarlift lnformation SystemsDivision; Airlift Communications Division) (AFCC SO G-31, 20 February 1981).
l December 1984 Redesignated the 2o16th lnformation Systoms Squadron (AFCC SO G-161,9 November 1984).
1 November 1986 Redesignated the 2O16th Communications Squadron (AFCC SO G-l0, 21 October1986).
1
1
195422 Mar 195620 Apr 1956
19611963
6 Sep 196716 Oct 19671O Nov 1968
19701 9731 975
30 Sep 19804May 1982
24Jan 1984
22 Jul 19874 Jul 1989
22 Mar 195620 Apr 1956
1963
5 Sep 196715 Oct 1967
9 Nov 19681 970197319751977
May 198224Jan 1984
22 Jul 19874 Jul 1989
110
2o16th COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRON
The eagle represents the "Eagle Wing," our primary cause and purpose. The lightning bolts representcommunications. The five yellow stars represent the five major subdivisions of the squadron; communicationscenter, maintenance, air traffic control, telephone communications, data automation. The earth below showsthe importance to the American people, and that we are military and country oriented. The motto ,,lN TOUCHwlrH THE woRLD," conveys the 2ol6th communications squadron,s mission.
111
2o45th COMMUNICATIONS GROUPANDREWS AFB. II'IARYIAND
1 December 1952 The 2O45th AACS Squadron (Point-to-Point) was dosignated/organized at AndrewsAFB, Maryland, and assigned to 18@th AACS Wing (MATS GO-145, 3 October 1952).
1 January 1953
1 July 1954
Reassigned to the 1834th AACS Group (MATS GO-l64, 14 November 19521.
Reassigned to the 18O2d AACS Group (MATS GO-76, 19 April 1954).
Redesignated 2O45th Communications Group GFCS G-2, l July 1961).
Reassigned to the new Eastern Communications Region (AFCS G-33, 1 May 19631.
Reassigned to the new Northern Communications Area (AFCS G-62, 2 April 197O).
Reassigned to the Airlift Communications Division (later, Airlift lnformation SystemsDivision; Airlift Communications Divisionl (AFCC SO G-31, 20 February 1981).
1 December 1984 Redesignated 2045th lnformation Systems Group (AFCC SO G-161,9 November1984).
1 November 1986 Redesignated 2045th Communications Group (AFCC SO G-lO,21 October 1986).
2O45 Communications Group was an establishment{evd organization from 25 March 196O to 1 December1984. With tho deletion of the Headquarters on 1 December 1984 (HO AFCC SO G-l61, 9 November 1984),the group became a unit{evel organization.
15 December 1954 Redesignated 2O45th AACS Squadron.
15 July 1955 Redesignated 2045th AACS Group and reassigned to l8Ooth AACS Wing (laterConfinsntal AACS Area, AACS Continental Systems Region; Continental Systems Region) (MATS GO-l19,19 June 1955).
1 July 1961
1 July 1963
1 May 1970
1 June 1981
AWARDS
AFOUAAFOUAAFOUAAFOUA
31 December 1971 - 31 December 19721 January 1975 - 31 December 19751 January 1979 - 31 December 19801 January 1983 - 31 December 1984
DAFSO GB-603/73DAFSO GB-957/76DAFSO GB-451/81DAFSO GB-511/85
113
2045th COMi|UNICATTONS GROUPANDREWS AFB, MARYLAND
(Cont'd)
COMMANDERS
Lt Col Jasper M. P. VaughnLt Col Norman FertigLt Col Joe P. MillerLt Col Fred C. Latham (lnterim)Col William B. CarrollLt Col James H. TilleryCol Harry G. DaltonCol Joseph G. BuelLt Col Lloyd C. Willis (lnterim)Col Joseph A. BaileyCol Glen L. McSparronCol Charles E. BaylissCol Jack E. LambertCol Thomas M. McKee, Jr.Col Harold J. ArataCol Robert H. Ludwig**Col John W. GravesCol John R. McWilliamsCol William A. McKenneyCol John O'Sullivan
" Later Maj Gen (Presently Lt Gen Selecteel
lncomplete dates are approximate.
1 Dec 195219541 955
lOJun 195727 Jun 1957
19611 Jun 1962
Dec 196530 Jun 1967
7 Aug 1 96731 Jul 19696 Jul 1971
Jul 197325 Feb 1974
1 Sep 19761978
lOJun 198O6 Jan 1983
15 Jun 1987
19541 9551957
6 Jun 19571 961
1 Jun 1962Dec 1965
30Jun 1967TAug 1967
31 Jul 1969Jul 1971Jul 1973
25 Feb 19741 Sep 1976
1 978Jun 1980
6 Jan 1983
15 Jun 1987
114
2o45th COMMUNICATIONS GROUP
Blue and yellow are the Air Force colors. Blue alludes to the sky, the theater of Air Force operations. Yellowrefers to the sun and the excellence required of Air Force personnel. The lightning flashes symbolizecommunications/information. The radar tower, computer, and plane indicate the various methods of transmittinginformation. The globe reflects the worldwide scope of communications systems and the star symbolizes satellitecommunications. The Capitol refers to the location of the unit in the National Capitol Region.
115
1 January 1963
2o68th COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRONEGLIN AF AUX FIELD #9 (HURLBURT FIELDI, FLORIDA
The 2O68th Communications Squadron was designated and organized at Eglin AFAux Field #9 (Hurlburt Field), Florida, and assigned to TAC Communications Region (AFCS G-$O, 27 November1962).
8 August 1967 Reassigned to the new 9th TAC Communications Region (designated and organized)(AFCS G-76,27 July 19671.
30 June 1971
1 March 1983
AWARDS
AFOUAAFOUAAFOUA
Maj William O. WhiteMaj Frank L. SegarsCapt Donald L. DehneCapt John W. GrittonMaj James J. DunlapCapt Jerome A. Landry*Capt/Maj Meredith A. MorrisonMaj James R. HartmannCapt James M. Taylor (Acting)Maj Warren L. HarrisMaj Walter D. WoodCapt William E. CofferMaj Michael DehartMaj Andy L. Anderson
* Later Brig Gen
lncomplete dates are approximate.
1 July 1969 - 15 April 19711 January 1979 - 31 December 1980
1 July 1987 - 3O June 1989
COMMANDERS
Reassigned to the TAC Communications Area (AFCS G-117,1O June 1971).
Reassigned to Airlift Communications Division {later, Airlift lnformation SystemsDivision; Airlift Communications Divisionl (AFCC SO G-1O, 15 February 1983).
1 December 1984 Redesignated 2O68th lnformation Systems Squadron (AFCC SO G-l61, 9 November1984).
1 November 1 986 Redesignated 2O68th Communications Squadron (AFCC SO G-lO, 21 October 1986).
DAFSO G8.51172DAFSO GB-451/81DAFSO GA-l1/89
1 9631 965
28 Jun 19665 Jun 1969
30 Nov 1 9721 Dec 1972
Nov 1 97417 Dec 197618 Jun 19791O Jul 197921 Jun 198211 Jul 1985
Oct 19887 Dec 1988
1 96527 Jun 19664Jun 1969
Nov 1 97417 Dec 197618 Jun 1979
1 Jul 197921 Jun 198211 Jul 1985
Oct 19886 Dec 1988
116
2o68th COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRON
Blue and yellow are the Air Force colors. Blue alludes to the sky, the primary theater of operations for the AirForce. Yellow refers to the sun and the excellence required of Air Force personnel. The thirteen red and whitestripes and blue field represent the nation's original colonies. The winged dagger symbolizes the mission ofthe unit, that of support of the lst Special Operations Wing. The globe and lightning bolt represent worldwidecommunications. The star is symbolic of space and refers to the infinite limits of support provided. The fourpoints of the star represent the four functions of the unit-operations, maintenance, plans and programs, andair traffic control.
117
21 51st COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRONTITTLE ROCK AFB. ARKANSAS
2 October 1977 The 2151st Communications Squadron designated and activated at Llttle Rock AFB,Arkansas, and assigned to Strategic Communications Area (later, Strategac Communications Division; Strategicfnformation Systems Division; Strategac Communications Division) (AFCS SO G-l28,27 June 1977).
1 July 1984 Redesignated 2151st lnformation Systems Squadron (AFCC SO G-81, 25 June 1984).
1 November 1986 Redesignated 2151st Communications Squadron (AFCC SO G-l2, 21 October 1986).
1 October 1987 Relieved from assignment to Strategic Communications Division and reassigned toAirlift Communications Division (AFCC SO G-71, 20 Aug 871.
AWARDS
AFOUAAFOUA
Maj Curtis L. RobertsLt Col Joe B. Warren, Jr.Lt Col C. E. Pearsall, Jr.Lt Col William A. Belote, Jr.Lt Col Elliotr R. orrLt Col Harold E. Saxton
January 1979 - 31January 1983 - 31
December 1979December 1984
DAFSO GB-401/80DAFSO GB-512/85
1
1
COMMANDERS
2 Oct 19779 Jul 19803Aug 19829 Aug 1 985
15 Jul 198815 Sep 1989
9 Jul 198O3Aug 19829 Aug 1 985
15 Jul 198815 Sep 1989
118
:.i
21 51st COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRON
Blue and yellow are the Air Force colors. Blue alludes to the sky, the primary theater of Air Force operations.Yellow refers to the sun and the excellence required of Air Force personnel. The tower is symbolic of the vitalrole air traffic controllers have in the mission of Air Force Communications Command units. The radar dish signifiesthe numerous radar applications in support of major missions. The computer reflects the significant role playedby the information processing center and its personnel in support of the agencies at Little Rock Air Force Base.The parachute indicates the unit's support to the primary mission of the 314th Tactical Airlift Wing. The NorthStar from the parent command emblem stands for navigation as a part of command and control. The globerepresents the unit's support of the worldwide mission.
119
HEADOUARTERS AIR TRAINING COMMUNICATIONS DIVISIONRANDOTPH AFB, TEXAS
Established as 1st AACS Wing, 14 May 1948; organized at Langley AFB, Virginia, 1 June 1948 and assignedto Airways and Air Communications Service (later, Air Force Communications Service); redesignated 180othAACS Wing, 1 October 1948; moved to Tinker AFB, Oklahoma, 1O March 1949; redesignated Continental AACSArea, l November 1957; redesignated AACS Continental Systems Region, l June 1961; redesignatedContinental Systems Region, 1 July 1961; discontinued and inactivated, 1 July 1 963. Consolidated (10 February1981)with Central Communications Region (established as Central Communications Region and activated,17 December 1962 and assigned to Air Force Communications Service; organized at Tinker AFB, Oklahoma,1 July 1963; inactivated, 1 May 1970) and Northern Communications Area (established as NorthernCommunications Area, 12 March 197O; activated at Griffiss AFB, New York, 1 May 197O and assigned to AirForce Communications Service (later, Air Force Communications Command)). The consolidated establishmentredesignated Continental Communications Division, 1 June 1981. Continental Communications Divisioninactivated 1 January 1986 and HO Air Training lnformation Systems Division activated at Randolph AFB, Texas.Headquarters Air Training lnformation Systems Division redesignated HO Air Training Communications Divisionon 1 November 1986.
SIGNIFICANT ACTIVITIES: With a major reorganization of the Air Force's base unit system in 1948 which replacedAir Force base units with table of distribution major command+ontrolled units, the 1st (soon redesignated 18OOth)AACS Wing came into being to provide communications and navigational aids in the United States throughits assigned groups, each of which controlled numerous squadrons and detachments. In January 1949, facilitychecking was added to the wing mission and in October 1956 flight service was added-although the latterresponsibility passed to the Federal Aviation Agency between December 196O and March 1961.
ln November 1957 the wing reorganized as an area and its groups became regions. ln June 1961 the area wasreorganized and redesignated as AACS Continental Systems Region, later changed to Continental Systems Regionon 1 July 1961, when AACS became Air Force Communications Service. The region operated and maintainedterminal air traffic control and navigational aids needed for the Air Force's all-weather flying mission and op€ratedUnited States portions of the USAF Communications complex.
ln April 1963, in preparation for its replacement in July by the Central Communications Region, the ContinentalSystems Region began convening to the operation of more normal communications within a specific geographicalarea. The Central Communications Region provided communications, tslecommunications, and air traffic controlservices in support of the USAF and other governmental agencies in the central United States. On 1 May 197O,in a major reorganization of communications in the United States, the region was absorbed by the Southernand Northern Communications Areas.
The two new areas were formed as part of an Air Force effort to reduce total overhead costs, with three formerAFCS and three former GEEIA regions in the United States being reorganized into the two new areas on ageographical basis. The Northern Communications Area (NCA) absorbed all communications and engineering-installation units in the northern United States and in ths North Atlantic geographicalareas.lnitially, controlwasexercised through detachments of the NCA headquarters (example: The former Eastem Communications Regionbecame, in effect, Detachment 1 of HO NCA), but after a few months the new area headquarters at GriffissAFB exercised full control over all of its components and the detachments discontinued.
Besides engineering and installing communications electronics (CE) equipment and operating and maintainingcommunications, navigational aids, and an air traffic control function, the area also gained CE engineeringresponsibility for Alaska in 1974, and for western Europe and the Middle East in 1975.
121
HEADOUARTERS AIR TRAINING COMMUNICATIONS DIVISIONRANDOTPH AFB, TEXAS
(Cont'd)
The Northern Communications Area provided limited service-generally air traffic control functions-at SACbases. On 1 July 1976 the Strategic Communications Area was established, and 17 of NCA's squadrons weretransferred to the new ar€a, or inactivated. This greatly reduced the scope of NCA responsibility. Base closuresand transfers to other agencies further reduced the area's responsibility between 197O and 1980. But on1 January 1976 NCA gained control over the l836th Electronics Engineering Squadron, a unit of the EuropeanCommunications Area, in order to bettsr fulfill its CE engineering responsibilities in the Europeen area. On 1 July1980 the squadron became the headquaners unit of a new 1836th Engineering lnstallation Group, while earlier,on 1 October 1977, AFCS assumed ground maintenance Service for CE equipment of the Air Weather Service,with NCA gaining some responsibility in the shift.
Effective 1O February 1981 the Continental Systems Region, Central Communications Region, and NonhernCommunications Area consolidated as a single establishment which, on 1 June 1981, was redesignatedContinental Communications Division.
COMTUIANDERS
Col Anthony G. HunterCol Bruce H. PerryBrig Gen Thomas L. Bryan, Jr.Col Samuel A. MundellCol J. Francis Taylor, Jr.r*Col Algene E. KeyCol Harry A. FrenchCol Glenn C. Coleman (lnterim)Col Frank T. WestCol Harry G. DaltonColWilliam T. JudkinsColAlbert H. SniderCol Harold L. HughesCol John T. FordCol Wallace J. JarmonCol Robert P. Baumann, Jr.Col William R. SullivanCol Robert E. Sadler*rBrig Gen Kenneth P. Miles**Brig Gen Rupert H. Burris'*Brig Gen William R. Yost*rBrig Gen Charles B. JiggettsBrig Gen Richard W. Pryor**Col Robert O. Petty*Col Glenn G. Giddings, Jr.Col Edward R. CarwiseCol Theodore E. Vitori (lnterimlCol Kenneth R. ReiffCol Jan P. HugginsCol Robert M. Chaplin
* Later Brig Genr + Later Maj Gen
1 Jun 1948I Jun 1951
l9Aug 1951l0May 1955l5Aug 19569 Mar 19592 Jul 19591 Jun 1961
23Jun 19611 Dec 1962
29 Apr 19631 Jul 19631 Dec 1964
3OAug 19681 Feb 19701 May 1970
l5Jun 197O9 Jul 1971
l8Aug 197216 Jul 19742 Jul 1975
10 Jul 19767 Jun 19791 Jun 19811 Jul 1982
19 Mar 19851 Dec 19851 Jan 1986
19Jun 198724Aug 1990
7 Jun 1951l8Aug 195118Aug 1955l4Aug 19568 Mar 19591 Jul 1959
30May 196122 Jun 196130Nov 196228 Apr 1963
1 Jul 19633O Nov 196430Aug 196831 Jan 197O
1 May 197O14Jun 197OI Jul 1971
l8Aug 197216 Jul 19742 Jul 1975
10 Jul 19767 Jun 19791 Jun 19811 Jul 1982
19 Mar 19851 Dec 1985
31 Dec 198519 Jun 198724Aug 1990
123
192oth COMMUNICATIONS GROUPRANDOTPI{ AFB, TEXAS
1 January 1986 192oth lnfomation Systems Group designated and activated at Randolph AFB, Texas,and assigned to Air Training lnformation Systems Division (later, Air Training Communications Division) (AFCCSO G-55, 11 April 1985).
I November 1986 Redesignated HO 1920th Communications Group (AFCC SO G-l3, 21 October 19861.
1 May 1989 Redesignated 192oth Communications Group (AFCC SO G-33, 24 Apr 89)
AWARDS
None
COiIMANDERS
Lt Col/Col Anthony J. Cossa, Jr.ColJohn J. Ritenour, Jr.ColThomas J. Latino
1 Jan 1986 27 Jul 198727 Jul 1987 8 Jul 19898 Jul 1989
124
192oth COMMUNICATIONS GROUP
The blue shield represents the unlimited vastness of space and unlimited potentialof communications supportprovided by the 1920th Communications Group. The mailed fist and four lightning bolts represent the worldwidemission of Air Force Communications Command, providing customers the full range of communications theyneed to accomplish their missions. The control tower represents the air traffic control services provided to the12th Flying Training Group. The satellite dish represents the spectrum of communications-electronics serviceprovided to Randolph Air Force Base customers. The computer represents computer service provided to basecustomers by the group. The "Missing Man" aircraft formation represents the Air Force mission "To fly andfight." The 1920th Communications Group seeks, through the use of positive command and control andprofessional air traffic control systems, to avert loss of lives and aircraft.
125
1921st COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRONLACKLAND AFB, TEXAS
1 July 1985 1921st lnformation Systems Squadron designated and activated at Lackland AFB,Texas, and assigned to 1923d Communications Group (AFCC SO G-43, 19 March 1985).
1 January 1986 Reassignad to 192Oth lnformation Systems Group (later, 192Oth CommunicationsGroup).
1 November 1 986 Redesignated 1921st Communications Squadron (AFCC SO G-l3, 21 October 19861.
1 May 1989 Relieved from assignment to 192oth Communications Group and further assignedto HO Air Training Communications Division (AFCC SO G-33, 24 Apr 89).
AWARDS
None
COMMANDERS
Capt Melvin JenkinsMaj Donald E. Ryan, Jr.Capt Hollace D. Lyon
30 Jul 1985 28May 198729 May 1987 30Aug 198930Aug1989
126
1 921st COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRON
Blue and yellow are the Air Force colors. Blue alludes to the sky, the primary theater of Air Force operations.Yellow refers to the sun and the excellence required of Air Force personnel. The emblem symbolizes the massionof the unit to provide communications-computer services to the Air Training Command (torch of knowledge).The Alamo indicates the location of the unit at Lackland AFB, Texas. The mailed fist grasping lightning flashesfrom the emblem of the Air Force Communications Command signifies the unit's major command and furtherdepicts the various forms of communications-computer systems that enable commanders to exercise commandand control. The North Star stresses navigation and flight control, distinct by integrated parts of Air ForceCommunications Command's command and control capabilities. The globe and space reflect that the missionsupport extends beyond the earth into space.
127
1922d COMMUNTCATTOTIS SOUADRONWIILIAMS AFB, ARIZONA
1 July 1963 The 1922d Communications Squadron was designated and organized at Wlliams AFB,Arizona, and assigned to the Western Communications Region (AFCS G-32, 30 April 1963).
1 January 1986 Reassigned to Air Training lnformation Systems Division (later, Air TrainingCommunications Division) (AFCC SO G-56, 19 December 1985).
1 November 1986 Redesignated 1922d Communications Squadron (AFCC SO G-l3, 21 October 1986).
1 May 1970
1 June 19811981).
AWARDS
AFOUA
Lt Col Reese D. JohnsCapt Russell H. Mann
Capt Charles L. PrescottMaj F. W. ElyMaj L. D. PrattMaj Donald F. StallingsMaj Verl K. DiamondCapt John l. BrenneckeCapt Bobby J. MayfieldMaj Brent A. BemerMaj Jeffery W. WhisenhuntMaj Richard K. JohneonMaj Lawrence W. Edger
lncomplete dates are approximate.Ominad names/dates are unknown.
Reassigned to new Southern Communications Area (AFCS G-62, 2 April 19701.
Reassigned to the Continental Communications Division (AFCC SO G-31, 2O February
1 January 1983 - 31 December 1984 GB-s12/85
COTiIAITDERS
Jul 19631 Dec 1963
21 Mar 19681 Nov 19691 Oct 1973
26 Sep 1974l3Aug 197716May 197915 Jul 198229Jun 1984
6 Jun 19863 May 1988
1 Dec 1963
21 Mar 19681 Nov 1969
197225 Sep 197412 Aug 197727 Apr 197914Jun 198228 Jun 198431 May 1986
2 May 1988
128
1922d COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRON
The Phoenix bird represents ever rising, unsurpassed excellence. The lightning bolts represents electroniccommunications signals. The sun represents Phoenix, Arizona, known as the "Valley of the Sun," and theexcellence required of Air Force personnel. The aircraft represents the pramary mission of the Air Force, whilethe sky represents the primary theater of Air Force operations.
129
1924th COMPUTER SYSTEMS SOUADRONRANDOLPH AFB, TEXAS
1 May 1986 The 1924th lnformation Systems Support Squadron was designated and activatedat Randolph AFB, Texas, and assigned to the Air Training lnformation Systems Division (later, Air TrainingCommunications Division) (AFCC SO G-105, 23 April 1986).
1 November 1986 Redesignated the 1924th Computer Systems Squadron (AFCC SO G-l9, 7 November1986).
AWARDS
AFOUA 1 July 1987 - 30 June 1989 DAFSO GA-l1/89
COMMANDERS
Lt Col Dennis L. SmithLt Col Steve F. StevensCol George N. Cobb
1 May 1986 31 Oct 198631 Oct 1986 27 Jul 199027 Jul 1990
No emblem available.
131
1 June 1961
1 948th COMMUNTCATIONS SOUADRONCOTUMBUS AFB, MISSISSIPPI
The 1948th AACS Squadron was designated/organized at Columbus AFB, Mississippi,and assigned to Southeastern AACS Region (later, Southeastern Communications Region) (MATS G-49, 15 May19611.
1 July 1961G-6O, 25 May 19611.
1 July 1963
1 May 1970
1 June 19811981).
1 January 1986
AWARDS
AFOUAAFOUAAFOUA
Lt Col Robert A. ffleglMaj Robert A. McGlohonMaj Nathaniel E. VillaireLt Col Raymond P. Massie, Jr.Maj Frank W. Blum lllLt Col Dennis E. LundMaj Robert P. Clark, Jr.Maj Thad Brumfield, Jr.
lncomplete dates are approximate.Omitted names/dates are unknown.
1 January 1976 - 31 December 19761 January 1978 - 31 December 19791 January 1980 - 31 December 1980
COMMANDERS
DAFSO G8.783177DAFSO GB-403/80DAFSO GB-451/81
Redesignated 1948th Communications Squadron upon establishment of AFCS MATS
Reassigned to new Central Communications Region (AFCS G-33, 1 May 19631.
Reassigned to new Southern Communications Area (AFCS G-62,2 April 197O).
Reassigned to the Continental Communications Division (AFCC SO G-31, 20 February
Redesignated 1948th lnformation Systems Squadron and assigned to Air Traininglnformation Systems Division (later, Air Training Communications Division) (AFCC SO G-56, 19 December 1985).
1 November 1986 Redesignated the 1948th Communications Squadron (AFCC SO G-13, 21 October1986).
1 9731 Sep 1974
30 Jan 19762 Jun 1978
16 Jul 198124 Nov 198221 Jun 1985
9 Jun 1988
1 Sep 197429 Jan 1976
2 Jun 197815 Jul 198124 Nov 1 98220Jun 1985
8 Jun 1988
132
1948th COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRON
The globe represents the worldwide mission of the Air Force Communications Command. The three stars inthe heavens represent the three major functional areas of the organization: air traffic control, operations, andmaintenance, and the three Air Force Outstanding Unit Awards which the squadron has won. The hand, holdingthe airplane, signifies that an aircraft is in good hands when it is under the control of an Air Force air trafficcontroller. The lightning bolt represents the speed of communications and command guidance.
133
the lst AACS Group (later, 181Oth AACS Group) (AACS GO-15, 5 May 19441.
1 October 1948 Redesignated 1958th AACS Squadron (MATS GO-25, 15 September 1948).
20 February 1949 Reassigned to the 181lth AACS Group (MATS GO-6, 3 February 1949).
10 March 1950 The 1958th moved from Harmon to Andersen AFB, Guam.
1 November 1954 Reassigned to the 181Oth AACS Group (MATS GO-172, 15 October 19541.
1 November 1957 Reassigned to HO Pacific AACS Area (MATS GO-1O4,9 October 1957).
14 May 1948
1 June 1948
18 September -7 October 1959
8 October 1959
18 March 1960
1 July 1961
8 January 1962GFCS G-l0O, 12 December 1961).
1 April 1962
1 July 1976
1 June 19811981).
1 January 1986
AWARDS
AFOUAAFOUAMUC (U.S. Navy)AFOUAAFOUAAFOUA wA/RVN GC w/P
1O November 1962 - 21 December 19621 January 1965 - 31 December 1966
1 July 1967 - 26 July 19691 January 1969 - 31 December 19691 January 1972 - 19 December 1972
1 April 1972 - 28 January 19731 April 1972 - 28 January 1973
1958th COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRONREESE AFB, TEXAS
The 147th AACS Squadron designated.
The 147th AACS Squadron was organized at Harmon AFB, Guam and assigned to
Attached to the 1961st Communications Group.
Reassigned to the 1961st AACS Group.
Reassigned to Pacific AACS (later, Pacific Communicationsl Area.
Redesignated 1958th Communications Squadron (AFCS G-2, 1 July 1961).
Reassigned to the new Southeast Asia Communications Region upon its activation
Texas, and reassigned to Southern Communications Area (Movement Order-O3, 1 March 1976).
Reassigned to the Pacific Communications Area (AFCS G-1OO, 12 December 1961).
The 1958th moved without personnel from Andersen AFB, Guam to Sheppard AFB,
Reassigned to the Continental Communications Division (AFCC SO G-31, 20 February
Redesignated 1958th Information Systems Squadron and assigned to Air Traininglnformation Systems Division (later, Air Training Communications Divisionl fiFCC SO G-56, 19 December 1985).
1 July 1986 Movement Order 03, 1 March 1976, was revoked. The 1958th CommunicationsSquadron moved PCS without personnelfrom Andersen AFB, Guam, to Reese AFB, Texas (AFCS Special OrderMO-7, 12 May 76).
1 November 1986 Redesignated 1958th Communications Squadron (AFCC SO G-l3, 21 October 1986).
DAFSO GB-46/63DAFSO GB-238/67Sec Nav CH-4171DAFSO GB-45217ODAFSO GB-603/73DAFSO GB-O65/77DAFSO GB-346/75
135
1958th COMMUNTCATTONS SOUADRONREESE AFB, TEXAS
COMMANDERS
Lt Col Joseph V. UlrichMaj James E. LampeMaj Ray A. JohnsLt Col Albert J. Lacey
Lt Col Wilmer E. BullardLt Col Alfred C. Bowlearn lllLt Col Roy A. BurtonMaj Oswald A. BottariCol Harrison D. WillouhbyMaj Frank N. NanceLt Col Donald A. DunnMaj Henry O. CrawfordMaj William E. FosterMaj Cleveland D. WilliamsCapt Duane L. LeachMaj James J. DunlapMaj Curtis A. PrestonMaj Jay F. FeibelmanCapt Robert A. Allen, Jr.Capt Kelly W. CartonMaj Kenneth M. MillionCapt John A. GardnerCapt Allen L. WallaceCapt Gerald L. Brown
lncomplete dates are approximate.Omitted names/dates are unknown.
30Sep 19481 9491 951
17 May 1951
1 9601961
9 Sep 196212 Jun 1964
1 Jul 196412 Jun 196617 Jul 196830 Dec 196921 Jan 197012 Jul 197112 Aug 1972l9Dec 1972
1 Oct 19741 Jul 1976
20Sep 197616 Jul 19797 Jun 19812 May 1983
15 Apr 19857 Aus 1 987
19491 951
17 May 1951
1 9619Sep 1962
12 Jun 19641 Jul 1964
1 1 Jun 196612 Jul 196830Dec 196921 Jan 197012 Jul 197112 Aug 197219 Dec 1972
1 Oct 19741 Jul 1976
19 Sep 197616 Jul 19797 Jun 19812 May 1983
15 Apr 1985TAug 1987
136
1 958th COMMUNTCATTONS SOUADRON
On a blue disc edged with a narrow yellow border is a gray circular orbitalring surmounted by five white flightsymbols garnished in blue and located in the form of an inverted pentagon. Within the orbital ring are four yellowlightning bolts saltire-wise between the top seven arced radar signals. ln the sinister fess is a radio signal usedin base navigationalaids, and in the dexter fess are digital communications signals. Allsignals are in red. Outsidethe orbital ring are five white pointed stars located in the form of a pentagon. Attached above the dasc is ablank yellow scroll. Attached below the disc is a yellow scroll inscribed with the words "ALL FIRST CLASSCOMMUNICATIONS" in red upper case letters.
137
1 963d COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRONCHANUTE AFB, ILLINOIS
18 April 1956 The 1963d AACS Squadron was designated and organized at Chanute AFB, lllinois,and assigned to the 181gth AACS Group (later Midwestern AACS Region; Midwestern Communications Region)(MATS GO-46, 19 March 1956).
1 May 1970 Reassigned to the new Northern Communications Area (later, ContinentalCommunications Division) (AFCS G-62,2 April 197O).
1 July 1961
1 July 1963
1 June 198119811.
1 January 1986
Col HooverMaj LogertonMaj Patrick Williams
Maj Gerald L. Prather*rCapt John R. O'NeillCapt John R. Mehnert llCapt Bruce E. GearhartCapt Edward J. Henderson, Jr.Capt Michael SmallfieldCapt William B. OsborneCapt Thomas L. MayberryCapt William N. SchmidtCapt Gordon S. Rohweder, Jr.Mai Gregory L. BrundidgeCapt Johnny E. Merrick
I t Later Brig Gen
Incomplete dates are approximate.Omined names/dates are unknown.
Redesignated 1963d Communications Squadron (AFCS G-2, 1 July 1961).
Reassigned to the new Central Communications Region (AFCS G-33, 1 May 1963).
Reassigned to Continental Communications Division (AFCC SO G-31, 20 February
Redesignated 1963d lnformation Systems Squadron and reassigned to Air TrainingInformation Systems Division (later, Air Training Communications Divisionl (AFCC SO G-56, 19 December 1985).
1 November 1986 Redesignated 1963d Communications Squadron (AFCC SO G-l3, 21 October 1986).
AWARDS
None
COMMANDERS
19611 966
Jul 19681 9701 971197419761 978
25 Jul 19806 Jun 1983
16 Apr 19852 Mar 1986
Nov 1987Jul 1990
Jul 196919711 9731 9761 9781980
6 Jun 198316 Apr 1985
1 Mar 1986Nov 1987Jul 1990
138
1963d COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRON
On a yellow disk, a white tower supports a white antenna which is emitting arcs of light red electronic flashessymbolizing the broad range of communacations the unit provides. The open book represents the academicenvironment of the base, and the motto "Partners in Tomorrow, " relates the unit's partnership in the trainingof tomorrow's Air Force.
139
1987th COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRONTOWRY AFB, COLORADO
1 June 1966 The 1987th Communications Squadron designated and organized at Nakhon PhanomRTAFB, Thailand, and assigned to the 1974th Communications Group.
31 October 1975 The 1987th moved without personnel and equipment to Lowry AFB, Colorado, andreassigned to Northern Communications Area (later, Continental Communications Division) (AFCS MO-6, 28October 19751.
1 January 1986 Redesignated 1987th lnformation Systems Squadron and reassigned to Air Traininglnformation Systems Division (later, Air Training Communications Divisionl {AFCC SO G-56, 19 December 1995).
1 November 1986 Redesignated the 1987th Communications Squadron (AFCC SO G-13, 21 October1986).
AWARDS
AFOUA w/VAFOUA wA/AFOUA wA/PUC/SE AsiaAFOUA wA/AFOUA wA/AFOUA wA/AFOUA wA/AFOUA wA/RVN GC w/PAFOUA
CAMPAIGN STREAMERS
Vietnam AirVietnam Air OffensiveVN Air Off, Phase llVN Air Off, Phase lllVietnam Air/GroundVN Air Off, Phase lVTET O9/CounteroffensiveVN Summer-Fall, 1969
1 June 1966 - 30 June 19661 July 1967 - 30 June 19681 July 1968 - 3O June 1969
1 November 1968 - 1 May 19691 July 1969 - 30 June 1970
22 October 1968 - 3O June 19701 July 1970 - 3O June 19711 July 1971 - 30 June 19721 July 1972 - 30 June 1973
1 June 1966 - 28 January 19731 January 1976 - 31 December 1977
DAFSO GB-352/66DAFSO GB-95/69DAFSO GB,.774169DAFSO G8.552/7ODAFSO G8.839/7ODAFSO GB-11171DAFSO GB.5OI72DAFSO GB-112t73DAFSO GB-124175DAFSO GB-347t75DAFSO GB-634/78
VN Winter-Spring, 197OSanctuary CounteroffensiveSouthwest MonsoonCommando Hunt VCommando Hunt VlCommando Hunt VllVietnam Ceasefire
141
1987th COititUNtCATrOilS SOUADRONTOWRY AFB, COLORADC'
COMiIANDERS
Capt Edward J. PhenicieCapt Stanley M. LowryMaj Daniel F. CooganLt Col Richard C. MurschLt Col Roderick W. CowardMaj Harry R. Stowe, Jr.Lt Col Charles A. KovacsLt Col Peter K. DensmoreLt Col Carl A. MeyerLt Col Paul J. WernerLt Col Antonio OcampoLt Col Paul E. BrandtCapt/Maj Roger L. SnyderCapt Perry M. lmmermanMaj Leslie G. H. Tripp, Jr.Lt Col Mark A. HulburtLt Col George C. HittLt Col Michael H. MountLt Col Steve F. StevensLt Col Gordon F. JantzMaj Billy D. Palmenree
1 Jun 196627 Aug 1 96611 Jul 196719 Oct 19674Sep 1968
21 Jan 19698 Jan 1970
13 Jan 19712 Jan 1972
11 Jan 197313 Jan 19744 Jan 1975
197520Jun 1977
197719811 982
l5Aug 198417 Oct 198411 Jul 198616 Mar 1989
26 Aug 1 9661O Jul 196718 Oct 19673 Sep 1968
20 Jan 19698 Jan 1970
13 Jan 19712 Jan 1972
11 Jan 197313 Jan 19744Jan 1975
1 97520Jun 1977
197719811 982
15Aug 198417 Oct 198411 Jul 198616 Mar 1989
lncomplete dates are approximate.
142
1987th COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRON
The golden yellow of the ring and scroll represents the quality of personnel in the Air Force and in the squadron.The blue represents the sky, which is the main area of operation of the Air Force. The silver area in the lowelarea of the patch is a silhoutte of Lowry AFB and the local area. This area and the towers represent the factthe 1987th Communications Squadron supports the Lowry Technical Training Center and Lowry AFB mission,as well as Air Force Accounting and Finance, Air Reserve Personnel Center and the surrounding areas. Themountains in the background symbolize the general location of the unit.
143
2034rh COiTMUN|CATIONS SOUADRONMATHER AFB, CALIFORNIA
1 November 1954 The 2o34th AACS Squadron was designated and organized at Mather AFB, Califomia,and assigned to the 18O1st AACS Group (later, Westem AACS Region; Westem Communications Regionl (MATSGO-172, 15 October 1954).
1 July 1961 Redesignated 2O34th Communications Squadron (AFCS G-2, l July 1961).
1 May 1970 Reassigned to the new Northern Communications Area (later, ContinentalGommunications Division) (AFCS G-62,2 April 1970).
1 January 1986 Redesignated 2O34th lnformation Systems Squadron and reassigned to Air Traininglnformation Systems Division (later, Air Training Communications Division) (AFCC SO G-56, 19 December 1985).
1 November 1986 Redesignated the 2O34th Communications Squadron (AFCC SO G-13, 21 October1986).
AWARDS
None
COMMAT[DERS
Maj Romeyno M. Werdung
Maj/Lt Col Cleo V. WinterMaj Charles F. BridgeLt Col Lehman W. RahnLt Col William B. HugillMaj Roy D. WhiteMaj L. E. JohannsenMaj K. W. CollinsLt Col T. R. LundyMaj Marcel A. CoutureMaj William S. Callaghan, Jr.Maj Frank J. CoprivnicarMaj Paul S. Olchvary
Lt Col Nathaniel GuinnMai Wayne KraussmanMaj Nicholas E. HughesMaj John H. Bonapart, Jr.
lncomplete dates are approximate.Omitted names/dates are unknown.
1954
Jan 19624Nov 1963
21 Aug 196419651966
1 Aug 19682 Dec 1969
1 971I 973
14Nov 197511 Jan 1977
12 Jul 198217 May 1985
1 Mar 198618 Jun 1989
1 956
4 Nov 196321 Aug 1964
19651966
1 Aug 19682 Dec 1969
1 9711 973
l4Nov 197511 Jan 1977
17 May 19851 Mar 1986
18 Jun 1989
144
2o34th COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRON
The sun and the stars signify the 24-hour service of the squadron. The lightning bolt represents the speed withwhich unit personnel perform their assigned mission. The cobra can "strike effectively and aftack any task ata moment's notice" just as the squadron is prepared to attack any task at any time. The North Star servesas a guide to provide true direction to the unit.
145
2O5.2d COMMUNNICATIONS GROUPKEESTER AFB, MISSISSIPPI
1 July 1962 The 2052d Communications Squadron was designated and organized at Keesler AFB,Mississippi, and assigned to Southeastern Communications Region (AFCS G-27, 16 April 1962).
1 July 1963
1 May 1970
1 June 19811981).
1 January 1986
Maj Mark M. GuilloryCapt Gary F. MeintsCapt Roscoe M. Cougill*Capt/Maj Frank W. LickliderCapt/Maj Edward H. Wittmers, Jr.Col Stanley A. TaylorLt Col Albert F. CarzoliCol Carroll T. Eddie, Jr.Col Robert M. ChaplinCol James J. KellyLt Col John C. Yorko (lnterimlCol David R. Hershberger
* Later Brig Gen
lncomplete dates are approximate.Omined names/dates are unknown.
Reassigned to new Central Communications Region (AFCS G-33, 1 May 19631.
Reassigned to new Southern Communications Area (AFCS G-62, 2 April 197O).
Reassigned to the Continental Communications Division (AFCC SO G-31, 20 February
Redesignated 2O52d lnformation Systems Group and reassigned to the Air TrainingInformation Systems Division (later, Air Training Communications Division) (AFCC SO G-56, 19 December 1986).
1 November 1986 Redesignated 2O52d Communications Group (AFCC SO G-l3, 21 October 1986).
AWARDS
AFOUA 1 January 1978 - 31 December 1979 DAFSO GB.4O1/80
COMMANDERS
31 Dec 19709 Feb 1971
19 Jun 19735Aug 1975
29 Jun 19799 Jun 1980
25Jun 19821 Aug 1985
20Aug 198726 Apr 19896 Jul 1989
31 Dec 197O9 Feb 1971
19 Jun 1973SAug 1975
29 Jun 19799 Jun 1980
25 Jun 19821 Aug 1985
20Aug 198726 Apr 19896 Jul 1989
146
2O52d COMMUNICATIONS GROUP
The knight represents valor, excellence and knowledge indicative of superlative telecommunications operationsand maintenance support to flying and electronic training activaties. The electronic flash is indicative of theworldwide mission of the Air Force Communications Command and its ability to provide rapid electronic accessfor command authorities. The globe and surrounding space represent the aerospace environment used as anoperating medium for telecommunications. The bright star represents the destiny of the squadron and its airmenin supporting the Air Force training mission. The field of red is indicative of courage and perseverance axpectedof airmen. Blue and yellow represent the Air Force mission. White represents patriotic ideals.
147
AFB, Texas, and assigned to Southwestern Communications Region (AFCS G-59, 8 August l 962).1 October 1962
1 July 1963
1 May 1970
1 June 19811981).
1 January 1986
AWARDS
AFOUAAFOUAAFOUAAFOUA
Maj Hunter R. DunnLt Col John M. CarahLt Gol William C. Wilson, Jr.Maj Elon M. GastonMaj Joseph W. Felock, Jr.Lt Col John M. Monk, Jr.Lt Col William R. Carroll, Jr.Lt Col Norman F. WilliamsMaj James J. Kelly (lnterimlLt Col Thomas V. KoltermanMaj Richard J. MaddenLt Col Robert G. SimsMaj Edgar J. PratherLt Col Robert H. WoolleyLt Col Craig M. Kirkpatrick, Jr.Lt Col Andrew R. Beaty, Jr.
lncomplete dates are approximate.Omitted names/dates are unknown.
3 April 1964 - 3 May 196410 April 1979 - 20 April 1979
1 January 1981 - 31 December 19821 July 1987 - 30 June 1989
COMMANDERS
DAFSO G8.339/64DAFSO GB-l02/80DAFSO GB.696/83DAFSO GA-11/89
2o54th COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRONSHEPPARD AFB, TEXAS
The 2054th Communications Squadron was designated and organized at Sheppard
Reassigned to new Central Communications Region (AFCS G-33, 1 May 19631.
Reassigned to new southern communications Area (AFcs G-62, 2 April 1970).
Reassigned to the Continental Communications Division (AFCC SO G-31, 20 February
Redesignated 2O54th lnformation Systems Squadron and reassigned to Air Traininglnformation Systsms Division (later, Air Training Communications Divisionl (AFCC SO G-56, 19 December 1985).
1 November 19861986).
Redesignated the 2o54th communications squadron (AFcc so G-13, 21 october
1 Jul 19631 Jan 19641 Jul 19651 Jul 19671 Jul 19081 Jul 19112
1 Oct 191121 Jan 191f 51 Apr 19761 Jul 19761 Jan 19801 Apr 19801 Apr 19831 Jan 19841 Apr 1985TAug 1988
31 Dec 196330Jun 196530Jun 196730Jun 196830 Apr 197030Sep 1972
197431 Mar 197630Jun 197631 Dec 197931 Mar 198031 Mar 198331 Dec 198331 Mar 1985
TAug 1988
148
2o54th COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRON
The emblem is symbolic of this organization's mission in support of the Sheppard Technical Training Center.The electronics and lightning bolt represent the Base Telecommunications Branch. The soldiers represent themaintenance personnel who provide services in support of the center training for technical schools and pilottraining. The control tower represents the alr traffic control support provided by this unit to the SOth FlyingTraining Wing and the civilian community.
149
2081th COMMUNTCATTONS SOUADRONGOODFETLOW AFB, TEXAS
1 October 1969 The 2O81st Communications Squadron was designated and activated at GoodfellowAFB, Texas, and assigned to Central Communications Region (AFCS G-l51, 20 August 1969).
1 May 1970
1 June 19811981).
1 January 1986
Capt Allen L. NejezchlebCapt Timothy W. FoxlLt/Capt Kenneth M. Schultz2Lt Thaddeus J. Barnas (lnterim)Capt William A. Belote, Jr.Capt Arthur E. PetrieMaj Bernard K. SkochCapt Virgil A. llerLt Col Michael A. BakerMaj William H. Toney, Jr.
lncomplete dates are approximate.Omitted names/dates are unknown.
Reassigned to new Southern Communications Area (AFCS G-62, 2 April 197O).
Reassigned to the Continental Communications Division (AFCC SO G-31, 20 February
Redesignated 2O81st lnformation Systems Squadron and reassigned to Air Traininglnformation Systems Division (later, Air Training Communications Division) (AFCC SO G-56, 19 December 1985).
1 November 1986 Redesignated 2O81st Communications Squadron (AFCC SO G-13, 21 October 1986).
AWARDS
None
COMMANDERS
1 9731 Jan 1976
16 Jan 197830 Apr 1979
6 Jun 197928 Jul 1981
7 Oct 19835 Jun 1985
27 Jul 198722 Jun 199O
1 Jan 197616 Jan 197830 Apr 1979
3 Jun 197928 Jul 1981
7 Oct 19835 Jun 1985
27 Jul 198722Jun 1990
150
2O81st COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRON
The blue background alludes to the Air Force's theater of operation. The globe represents the unit's majorcommand, Air Force Communications Command, and its global communications mission. The winged torchrepresents education and knowledge, a primary mission of Goodfellow Air Force Base, the home of the unit.The arrow indicates the four branches of the Armed Forces that the unit supports. The stars represent thebranches of the unit-administrative, maintenance, and operations. The lightning bolts signifies that the unit'scommunications mission is woddwide-that is the "four corners" of the globe.
151
21o8th COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRONLAUGHLIN AFB, TEXAS
1 January 1965 The 2108th Communications Squadron was designated and organized at LaughlinAFB, Texas, and assigned to Central Communications Region (AFCS G-67, 20 October 19641.
1 May 1970
1 June 19811981).
1 January 1986Training lnformation19 December 1985).
1 November 19861986).
Reassigned to new Southern Communications Area (AFCS G-62,2 April 1970).
Reassigned to the Continental Communications Division (AFCC SO G-31, 20 February
Redesignated the 2lo8th Information Systems Squadron and reassigned to AirSystems Division (later, Air Training Communications Division) (AFCC SO G-56,
Redesignated the 21OBth Communications Squadron (AFCC SO G-13, 21 October
AWARDS
None
Capt Robert D. LindblomMaj Doyle A. Blan
Mai/Lt Col Daniel S. BurrMaj Edward WoodsCapt Willaim H. Wilhelmi lVCapt Clifford E. Smith llMaj Grant V. Hagge
Lt Col Larry R. HeadrickLt Col Peter M. RoyerMaj John A. Gardner
lncomplete dates are approximate.Omifted names/dates are unknown.
COMMANDERS
1 9681 969
1 9733Aug 19752 Jul 1978
11 Sep 19781 Aug 1980
1 9851 986
3 Jun 1988
2 Aug 1 9751 Jul 1978
lOSep 19781 Aug 1980
152
21o8th COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRON
The lightning bolt symbolizes worldwide electronic communications. The North Star symbolizes navigationalaids operated and maintained by the unit. The three polyhedrons represent the supported flying mission andsymbolize teamwork and cooperation. The scorpion symbolizes the unit's ability to react quickly and to assumea wartime posture to defend our homeland.
153
21 loth COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRONVANCE AFB, OKLAHOMA
l January 1965 The 211oth Communications Squadron designated and organized at Vance AFB,Oklahoma, and assigned to Central Communications Region (AFCS G-67, 20 October 1964).
1 May 1970
1 June 19811981).
1 January 1986Training lnformation19 December 1985).
1 November 19861986).
Reassigned to the new Southern Communications Area (AFCS G-62, 2 April 197O).
Reassigned to the Continental Communications Division (AFCC SO G-31, 20 February
Redesignated the 21lOth lnformation Systems Squadron and reassigned to AirSystems Division (later, Aar Training Communications Divisionl (AFCC SO G-56,
Redesignated the 211Oth Communications Squadron (AFCC SO G-l3, 21 October
AWARDS
AFOUAAFOUA
Maj Francis H. HessCapt James W. LoveLt Col Van Ness H. BarnardLt Col Robert A PflegelLt Col George S. MilesMaj Donald J. Deitz (lnterim)Lt Col Thomas H. YatesMaj Gene A. JordanCapt Charles A. Carson, Jr.Lt Col Earl R. JobsonCapt Thomas J. ZweiacherMaj Victor J. VaccaroMaj Keith A. Wilson
January 1972 - 31 December 1973January 1981 - 31 December 1981
COMMANDERS
DAFSO GB-631/74DAFSO GB-598/82
1 9651 966196819691972
6 May 197414 Oct 19758 Jul 19779Aug 1979
27 Jul 198413 Jan 198618 Feb 198611 Jul 1989
1 9671 9691971
5 May 197413 Oct 19758 Jul 1977SAus 1979
30Jun 198212 Jan 198617 Feb 198610 Jul 1989
lncomplete dates are approximate.
154
21 10th COMMUNTCATTONS SOUADRON
The emblem is symbolic of the unit and the Aar Force colors, ultramarine blue and golden yellow, as well assilver and brittany blue are used in the design. The color brittany blue alludes to the sky, the primary theaterof Air Force operations, and yellow to the sun and excellence of personnel in assigned tasks. The ultramarineblue stylized aircraft design represents the flying training mission of the base and is the same stylized aircraftused in other emblems of the unit's support of the wing mission.
155
HEADOUARTERS COMPUTER SYSTEMS DIVISION
Blue and yellow are the Air Force colors. Blue alludes to the sky, the primary theater of Air Force operations.Yellow refers to the sun and the excellence required of Air Force personnel. The pole star emitting four lightningflashes represents the division and its four original subunits. The lightning flashes are also the traditional symbolfor electronic communications. The globe suggests the worldwide scope of the division's mission. The aircraftwith contrail and computer suggest the division's integral role in support of the Air Force mission.
157
HEADOUARTERS COMPUTER SYSTEMS DIVISIONGUNTER AFB, ALABAMA
1 July 1989 Headquarters Computer Systems Division was activated at Gunter AFB, Alabama,and assigned to HO Air Force Communications Command (AFCC SO G-49, 15 June 1989).
AWARDS
None
COMMANDERS
Brig Gen Lester J. Weber 1 Jul 1989
159
STANDARD SYSTEMS CENTERGUNTER AFB, ALABAMA
1 May 1984 Established Air Force Teleprocessing Center.
8 May 1984 Activated at Gunter AFS, Alabama, and assigned to Air Force CommunicationsCommand (AFCC SO G-57, 8 May 84).
1 October 1984 Personnel assigned are attached to Data Systems Design Office, for administrativeand enlisted personnel, attached for discipline (AFCC SO G-135, 26 Sep 84).
1 March 1985 Redesignated HO Standard lnformation Systems Center (AFCC SO G-l6, 13 Feb 85).
1 November 1986 Redesignated HO Standard Systems Center (AFCC SO G-17,7 Nov 86).
1 July 1989 Redesignated Standard Systems Center at Gunter AFB, Alabama, and assigned toComputer Systems Division (CSDI (AFCC SO G-52, 26 Jun 89).
AWARDS
None
COMMANDERS
Col Allen D. LangCol Gerald W. GillCol Jerome A. LandryCol Chris N. WilcoxCol Arlyn D. SchumakerCol John M. Raby (lnterim)Col Fred W. Mellor
1 Mar 1985 30 Apr 198630Apr 1986 l5Dec 198615 Dec 1986 1 Mar 1988
1 Mar 1988 23 May 198823May 1988 6 Jul 19906 Jul 1990 26 Jul 1990
26 Jul 1990
Omitted names/dates are unknown.
160
STANDARD SYSTEMS CENTER
Blue and yellow are the Air Force colors. Blue alludes to the sky, the primary theater of Air Force operations.Yellow refers to the sun and the excellence required of Air Force personnel. The Standard Systems Center isdepicted by the Polaris star, providing guidance to subordinate organizations. The computer is representativeof the equipment central to the unit's mission. The five pointed stars represent the units served by theorganization. The globe, indicative of the unit's worldwide mission, is separated :nto quarters symbolizing thebalance of power and communications. The lightning bolts represent enhanced communications support to thefour corners of the world. The latitudinal and longitudinal lines illustrate proper orientation and positive controlof communications systems. The yellow triangle symbolizes the combination of excellent hardware, software,and personnel comprising the center.
161
AIR FORCE COiIPUTER ACOUISITION CENTERHANSCOM AFB, MASSACHUSETTS
The Air Force Computer Acquisition Offace la named unitl constjtuted on 17 June
Activated at Laurence G. Hanscom (later, Hanscom) AFB, Massachusetts, andassigned to Air Force Data Automation Agency.
30 June 1978 Redesignated Air Force Computer Acquisition Center, relieved from assignment toAir Force Data Automation Agency and assigned to Air Force Communications Service (later, Air ForceCommunications Commandl (AFCS SO G-l43, 29 Jun 1978).
1 July 1989 Air Force Computer Acquisition Center at Hanscom AFB, Maryland, assigned toComputer Systems Division (CSD) (AFCC SO G-52, 26 Jun 891.
AWARDS
AFOEA [1 July 19761 - 31 August 1977
COMMA]TDERS
17 June 19761976.
1 July 1976
Col Robert J. LatinaCol Donald C. OlsonCol Donald D. JohnstonCol Richard L. FerroCol John W. Davies
1 Jul 19761 Jul 19801 Jul 1982SAug 19861 Jun 1989
30Jun 198030Jun 1982
TAug 198630May 1989
162
AIR FORCE COMPUTER ACOUISITION CENTER
The wings are symbolic of excellence and achievement while the mullet and annulet, simulating an automateddata processing reel, represent the command element and its four directorates. The five simulated computerson the fess allude to the five major duties which comprise the organization's mission, and the sphere in baseis in recognition of the worldwide scope of the unit's activities.
163
COMMAND AND CONTROL SYSTEMS CENTERTINKER AFB, OKLAHOMA
Constituted the Communications Computer Programming Center [a named unit].
Activated at Tinker AFB, Oklahoma, assigned to Air Force Communications Service(later, Air Force Communications Command) (AFCS G-142, 10 Jul 70).
Teleprocessing center (later, standard lnformation systems center; standard systems center) {AFcc so G-57,I May 84).
1 5 July 1989 Redesignated Command and Control Systems Genter; relieved from assignment toStandard Systems Center (SSC) and assigned to Computer Systems Division (CSD) (AFCC SO G-52, 26 Jun 89).
21 April 1970
1 october 1970
1 April 1979G-49, 2 Mar 79).
8 May 1984
AWARDS
AFOUAAFOUA
Lt Col Anthony StatropoulosLt Col Larry WilliamsCol Frederick G. MeierCol Joseph K. Sleater, Jr.Col Alfred lverson (Acting)Col Howard H. SmithCol George E. GumbrechtCol Charles H. FossCol Woodrow M. TaylorLt Col David L. BreeseCol Woodrow M. Taylor
Redesignated Air Force Communications Computer Programming Center (AFCS SO
Redesignated Command and Control Systems Office and assigned to Air Force
1 March 1974 - 1 March 19761 January 1981 - 31 December 1982
COMMANDERS
23 May 197O28 Jul 197225 Aug 1 973
1 Jul 1977SAug 1978
21 Aug 197830 Jan 198122 Mar 19852 Jul 19876 Sep 19885 Feb 1989
28 Jul 197225Aug 1973
1 Jul 1977TAug 1978
20Aug 197830Jan 198122 Mar 19852 Jul 19876 Sep 19885 Feb 1989
164
COMMAND AND CONTROL SYSTEMS CENTER
The emblem portrays the unique nature of the organization. The large white star at the top right is symbolicof the mission in support of the AFCC communications and air traffic control role of the Air Force. The lightningboflt is symbolic of the communications provided through datamation to users in all branches of the armed forcesand the Department of Defense. These users are depicted by the three small stars at the bottom left. The globe,suspended in space, encircled by two orbits, represents the worldwide and universal nature of past and presentAFCC PCdeveloped computer telecommunications systems. The smaller orbit is symbolic of systems developedin the past with the large orbit denoting those systems currently in production. The lightning bolt and orbitsare also symbolic of the binary O and 1, the foundation values of computer programming. The bit stream acrossthe emblem is representative of the media used to conduct computer communications.
165
COMPUTER SERVICES CENTER8961 TESORO DRIVE, SUIrE 201
SAN A]TTONIO, TEXAS
19 September 1980 The San Antonio Data Services Center [a named unit] constituted.
1 October 1980 Activated at San Antonio, Texas, on 1 October 1980, and assigned to the Air ForceCommunications Command (AFCC SO G-l82, 23 Sep 8O).
1 June 1985 Redesignated HO 2d lnformation Systems Group. The redesignation was an effortto outwardly display the integration of Communications and Data Automation; further, "San Antonio" and"Center" in the unh title implied "limited regional support" when in effect the San Antonio Data Services Centerhas customers all over the CONUS and overseas (AFCC SO G-42, 19 Mar 85).
1 November 1986 Redesignated 2d Computer Systems Group (AFCC SO G- 19, 7 Nov 861.
1 March 1989 Assigned to Standard Systems Center (SSC) (AFCC SO G-18, 21 Feb 89).
1 July 1989 Redesignated Computer Services Center (CPSC). Relieved from assignmont toStandard Systems Center and assigned to Computer Systems Division (CSD) (AFCC SO G-49, 15 Jun 89).
AWARDS
None
COMMA]IDERS
Lt Col Ray E. SalzigerCol Anthony L. BaggionoLt Col Willie D. CowanLt Col Jonathan W. WhlttakerLt Col Thomas E. WatkinsLt Col Hoyt M. Warren
1 Oct 198O 1 Nov 19801 Nov 1980 27Aug 1981
28Aug 1981 28 Jul 198428 Jul 1984 1 May 1986
1 May 1986 22 Apr 198925 Apr 1989
166
COMPUTER SERVICES CENTER
The lamp with flame signifies the knowledge provided through automatic data processing services the organizationmakes available to its customers to expand customer knowledge. The stack of coins signifies a fee-for-serviceagency that actually charges other agencies for its services. lt is reimbursed for services provided by authorityof the Air Force. This is a unique method for providing support in the public sector. By charging for its services,the computer services center instills in its customers an awareness of the cost of ADP and the initiative toemploy CSC services cost effectively. The computer terminal is a symbol of automatic data processing serviceswhich the organization provides to its customers. lt typifies the "time-sharing" or remote processing that thecenter supports. The human figure represents all customers, who are in actuality United States Governmentagencies. Although automation support necessarily involve machines, it is people who have problems to solveand people who benefit from the services the center provides.
167
HEADOUARTERS EUROPEAN COMMUNICATIONS DIVISION
The divided shield, using the colors of the Air Force, represents a radar screen used by air traffic controllers.The globe refers to the unit's overseas duty and information services provided over great distances by the unit.The lightning bolts represent electronic communications and data automation. The two center stars, encompassedby the lightning bolts, represent NATO and the United States Air Forces in Europe and symbolize the unit'ssupport to these two organizations.
169
HEADOUARTERS EUROPEAN COMMUNICATIONS DIVISIONRAMSTEIN AB, GERMANY
The function of providing communications services in the United Kingdom can probably be traced to July 1942when a small detachment of the 8th Air Corps Squadron, Communications (Regional Control) (later redesignatedto 8th Airways Communication Squadronl arrived at Prestwick, Scotland. As communications operationsexpanded, the stations in the United Kingdom were reassigned on 3O December 1942to the new 17th AirwaysCommunicataon Squadron with headquarters in Greenland, and on 25 March 1943 to the newly activated 24thAirways Communication Squadron with headquarters in London. [NOTE: Apparently the "command soction"of each of these squadrons was also known as the XXth Regional Control Headquarters and the squadroncommander as the Regional Control Officer. The unit histories seem to use the term "xxth Region" to indicateboth the squadron command section and the stations or detachments controlled by the squadron.l
The European Airways Communications Area was established/activated on 19 April 1944, at London, England,assigned to Airways and Air Communications Service Wing; disestablished on 15 May 1944, The activationwas intended to controlthe 24th and the new 26th Army Airways Communications Squadrons; however ina general reorganization of AACS, the existing units were disbanded on 15 May 1944 and replaced by the 89thAAF Base Unit. The Sth Airways and Air Communications Service (hereafter, AACSIWing established on 14 May1948; organized on 1 June 1948 at Wiesbaden, Germany, assigned to Airways and Air Communication Service(later, Air Force Communications Service; Air Force Communications Command). Redesignated 18o7th AACSWing on 1 October 1948. Location moved to Furstenfeldbruck AB, Germany, 26 June t 953 and Bitburg AB,Germany, 12 November 1955. Redesignated European-African-Middle Eastern AACS Area on 1 November 1957.Location moved to Lindsey AB (later, AS), Germany 3 February 1958 and back to Wiesbaden AB, Germany,4 November 1959. Redesignated European-African-Middle Eastern Communications Area on 1 July 1961.Location moved to Lindsey AS, Germany, 1O July 1 963. Redesignated European Communications Area on 1 July1968. Location changed to Ramstein AB, Germany, 31 December 1975 and moved to present location, KapaunBarracks, Germany,2l June 1976. Reestablished and consolidated with European Communications Area on1 O February 1 981 which was redesignated European Communications Division on 1 June 1 98 1 . RedesignatedEuropean lnformation Systems Division 15 October 1984 and redesignated back to European CommunicationsDivision on 1 November 1986.
Headquarters European Communications Division moved with personnel and equipment (WPE) 1 October 1989from Kapaun AS, Germany, to Ramstein AB, Germany, for a permanent change of station with an approximatepersonnel strength ol 123 officers, 2lOenlisted, and 1O6 civilians. The move constituted a continuation ofoverseas tour for all assigned personnel.
SIGNIFICANT ACTIVITIES: The 24th Airways Communications Region was operating stations in lceland andthe British lsles under control of the North Atlantic Airways Communications Region until 13 May 1944, whenit was finally incorporated into the European Airways Communications Area. The 26th Airways CommunicationsRegion was formed on 22 April 1944, but apparently was not operational before the Area was disestablishedon 15 May 1944. Records indicate the Europoan Airways Communications Area was non{porational duringits 1944 existence and was replaced on 15 May 1944 by the 89th Army Air Forces Base Unit (one sectionof which as sub-titled "sth AACS Wing"l.
The 89th AF Base Unit was replaced, and its resources absorbed by, the sth AACS Wing formed on 1 June1948. The new wing, soon redesignated 18O7th AACS Wing, was responsible for operation and maintenanceof communicataons seryices, facilhies, and navigational aids within its geographical area, which included westemEurope, Africa, and the Middle East. Berlin Airlift operations required considerable suppoft when the organizationwas established, and in later years other airlifts and emergency operations also caused highs and lows in thesize and strength of the Area. On 1 July 1962 the European-African-Middle Eastem Communications Areaassumed operational and maintenance responsibility for all USAFE base communications€lectronics facilities,vastly increasing its size and scop€ of operations. ln May 197O the (now European Communications) Area furtherassumed C-E installataon tasks from Ground Electronics Engineering and lnstallation Agency units in Europe.Electronice installation responsibility passed to the Northern Communications Area on 1 January 1976.
170
AWARDS
None
Maj Kenneth W. KliseLt Col William L. DayCol Edgar A. Sirmyer, Jr. *
Col William L. DayCol Thurston H. BaxterLt Col Paul C. Oscanyan (lnterim)Col Minthorne W. ReedLt Col Edward T. Tinsdall {lnterim}Lt Col Jess R. GuthrieCol E. Blair Garland*Col Albert T. Wilson, Jr. rBrig Gen Daniel C. Doubleday**Brig Gen Haskell E. NealBrig Gen J. Francis Taylor, Jr.Brig Gen George M. HigginsonBrig Gen Robert W. Paulson**Col Wilmer A. RandallBrig Gen Albert R. Shiely, Jr. * *
Col John T. McCabe, Jr. (Acting)Brig Gen Paul G. Galentine, Jr.Brig Gen William W. GilbertBrig Gen Kenneth R. Miles**Col Alvers l. Singleton (ActinglBrig Gen John R. Randerson**Col William J. Veurink (Acting)Col Gerald L. Prather* *
Col George H. Wheeler (Acting)Brig Gen John P. Hyde**Brig Gen James S. Cassity, Jr.***Brig Gen Samuel J. GreeneCol Frederick A. Zehrer lll'Col Kenneth Key
* Later Brig Genr * Later Maj Genlr+ Later Lt Gen
HEADOUARTERS EUROPEAN COMMUNICATIONS DIVISIONRAMSTEIN AB, GERMANY
COMMANDERS
25 May 19437 Jan 1944
15 May 19214
Summer 1945Aug 1945
15Nov194614Jan 194730 May 194716 Jun 194715 Sep 19492 Sep 1951
10 Jun 19548 Jun 1957
15 Mar 19591 Dec 1962
22 Jul 19653 Jul 1967
20 Jul 196730 Jun 1969
1 Aug 196929 Jul 197129 Jul 197412 May 19756 Jun 1975
18 Jul 1977l5Aug 197713 Jul 198O21 Aug 198O2Aug 1983
20Jun 198530Jun 198816Jun 1989
6 Jan 194414 May 1944
Summer 1945Aug 1945
l5Nov 194613 Jan 194730May 194715 Jun 194714Sep 1949
1 Sep 19519 Jun 19547 Jun 1957
14 Mar 19591 Dec 1962
22 Jul 19653 Jul 1967
20 Jul 196730 Jun 1969
1 Aug 1 96927 Jul 197129 Jul 197411 May 19756 Jun 1975
17 Jul 1977l4Aug 197712 Jul 198020Aug 1980
1 Aug 198320Jun 198529Jun 198815 Jun 1989
171
HEADOUARTERS lst GOMBAT COMMUNICATIONS GROUPLINDSEY AS, GERMANY
28 January 1952 1st Airways and Air Communications Service Squadron, (Mobilel constituted.
1 March 1952 lst AACS Squadron (Mobile) activated at Johnson AB (later AS), Japan, and assignedto 18o8th Airways and Air Communications Service Wing (later, Pacific Airways and Air Communications ServiceArea; Pacific Communications Area) on 1 March 1952 (MATS GO-13, 1 February 1952).
1 July 1961 Upon the establishment of AFCS, redesignated lst Mobile Communications Squadron(AFCS G-2, l July 1961).
1 August 1961 Location moved to Clark AB, Philippines.
1 October 1961 Redesignated lst Mobile Communications Group (AFCS G-8O, 14 September 19611.
8 January 1962 Reassigned to the new Southeast Asia Communications Region upon its activation(AFCS G-1O0, 12 December 1961).
15 August 1965 Reassigned to HO Pacific Communications Area (AFCS G-1O3, 3 August 19651.
1 July 1974 Redesignated lst Mobile Communications Squadron (AFCC SO G-56, 7 May 19741.
15 January 1975 Redesignated lst Mobile Communications Group (AFCS G-24,4 February 1975).Moved WOPE (name only) to Robins AFB, Georgia, and reassigned to Tactical Communications Area (AFCS
MO-l, 24 January 19751.
23 January 1976 Moved WOPE to Lindsey ASN. Germany, and reassigned to European CommunicationsArea (AFCS MO-l, 20 January 1976).
24 March 1976 Redesignated l st Combat Communications Squadron assigned to EuropeanCommunications Area (AFCS SO G-65, 16 March 19761.
l January 1981 Redesignated HO lst Combat Communicataons Group at Lindsey ASN, Germany(AFCC SO G-23O, 22 December 19801.
lsOctober 1984 Redesignated HO lst Combat lnformation Systems Group (AFCC SO G-141,10 october 1984).
1 October 1986 Redesignated HO lst Combat Communications Group (AFCC SO G-136,30 September 1986).
173
AWARDS
AFOUAAFOUAAFOUAAFOUAAFOUAAFOUA wA/AFOUA wA/AFOUA wA/AFOUAAFOUAAFOUAAFOUAAFOUAAFOUAAFOUAAFOUAAFOUAPUC (AF)MUC (US Navy)PRPUCRVNGC w/P
DAFGO 40157DAFSO GB-l25/65DAFSO GB-l71/66DAFSO GB-239/67DAFSO GB-426/69DAFSO GB.4O8/7ODAFSO GB-495172DAFSO GB-621174DAFSO GB,.785177DAFSO GB-634/78DAFSO GB-635/79DAFSO GB-45O/81DAFSO GB-598/82DAFSO GB-696/83DAFSO GB-5O9/85
DAFSO GA-l1/89DAFSO GB-675/69(Sec Navy CH-41711DAFSO GB-241173DAFSO GB-312/75
HEADOUARTERS lst COMBAT COMMUNICATIONS GROUPTINDSEY AS, GERMANY
January 1955 - November 195624 July 1963 - 31 December 1964
1 January 1965 - 31 December 19651 January 1966 - 31 December 19661 January 1968 - 31 December 19681 January 1969 - 31 December 19691 January 1971 - 31 December 19711 January 1972 - 31 December 19721 January 1975 - 31 December 19761 January 1977 - 31 December 19771 January 1978 - 31 December 19781 January 1979 - 31 December 19801 January 1981 - 31 December 19811 January 1982 - 31 December 19821 January 1983 - 31 December 19841 January 1985 - 31 December 1985
1 July 1987 - 30 June 19891 January 1967 - 15 February 19681 January 1969 - 26 July 1969
21 July 1972 - 15 August 19721 April 1966 - 28 January 1973
COMMANDERS
Maj Ted H. TannerMaj Gilbert H. BertieMaj Martin R. PautzLt Col William B. HugillMaj John C. WoodwardLt Col John F. Lawler, Jr.Col Eldy E. CrowellCol Homer J. PhoenixCol Gilbert H. BertieCol Harry UrbanCol Tom B. Foulk, Jr.Lt Col Robert D. JohnsonCol William A. Komstedt, Jr.Col Jean C. SeagrovesMaj Kenneth J. HaldemanMaj Francis G. ReidLt Col Edward L. CallicotteLt Col Gary L. WoodCol Gerald A. BlockCol Heiki EllermetsCol John W. PennyCol Palmer W. Rowe, Jr.Col Keith F. Poch
lncomplete date are approximate.Omitted names/dates are unknown.
1 Mar 195230 Jun 195531 Dec 195830 Jun 1960
1 Jul 19615 Dec 1961
30Jun 196225 Jul 1963
7 Jan 19656 Jul 19671 Jul 1969
26 Jan 197222 Jul 197212 Jul 197314Jun 197423 Jul 197415 Jan 1975
197727 Jun 197726 Jun 19812OJun 198412 Jun 19856 Jul 1988
Jun 1955Jun 1958Jun 1960Jun 1961Dec 1961Jun 1962
25 Jul 19637 Jan 19656 Jul 19671 Jul 1969
26 Jan 197222 Jul 197212 Jun 197314Jun 197423 Jul 197415 Jan 1975
197727 Jun 1977
Jun 198120 Jun 198412 Jun 19856 Jul 1988
174
,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, I.,,,,rr,.i,i:rrrirr,',r'
HEADOUARTERS lst GOMBAT COMMUNICATIONS GROUP
Blue and yellow are the Air Force colors. Blue alludes to the sky, the primary theater for Air Force operations.Yellow refers to the sun and the excellence required of Air Force personnel. The buffalo, an unofficialemblemused by the unit, and the aqua blue background, adapted from the Pacific Air Force shield, denote service inthe Pacific theater from 1952 until 1975. The star and green background symbolize the European theater whichis the unit's present location. The blue diagonal band signifies the Presidential Unit Citation that was awardedto thc unit. The sword, from the shield of the United States Air Forces in Europe, indicates the paront organization.The lightning flashes signify that the group is a unit of the Air Force Communications Command.
175
HEADOUARTERS 1856th COMMUTTIICATIONS GROUPRAMSTEIN AB, GERMANY
1 October 1984 The 1856th Command, Control and Intelligence Support Squadron designated andactivated at Ramstein AB, West Germany, and assigned to European Communications Division (later, Europeanlnformation Systems Division; European Communications Division) (AFCC SO G-l02, 3 August 1984).
1 January 1986 1856th Command, Control and lntelligence Support Squadron redesignated HO1856th lnformation Systems Support Group (AFCC SO G-48, 1O December 1985).
1 November 1986 HO 1856th lnformation Systems Support Group redesignated 1856thCommunications Group (AFCC SO G-l9, 7 November 1986).
1 April 199O HO 1856th Communications Group resdesignated HO, 1856th Computer SystemsGroup (AFCC SO G-l1, 17 January 199O).
AWARDS
None
COMMANDERS
Col Edmund M. Kantor, Jr.Gol Douglas A. Campbell
8 Jul 1986Aug 199O
Aug 199O
176
HEADOUARTERS 1856th COMMUNICATIONS GROUP
Blue and yellow are the Air Force colors. Blue alludes to the sky, the primary theater of Air Force operations.Yellow refers to the sun and the excellence required of Air Force personnel. The yellow and blue backgroundalso reflects around the clock support provided by the unit. The clinched fist, combined with the lightning bolts,indicates the tightness and strength of the security of communications support provided to the European theaterof operations. The gauntlet and lightning bolts, combined with the winged sword (United States Air Forces inEurope) and the four-pointed star (NATO), signify the unit's relationship with the areas of support.
177
1945th COMMUNICATIONS GROUPRHEIN MAIN AB, GERMANY
The 133d Airways and Air Communications Service Squadron designated.
The 133d AACS Squadron organized at Rhein-Main AB, West Germany, and assigned
1 November 1953 Reassigned to HO 1807th AACS Wing {MATS GO-198, 14 October 1953).
1 November 1954 Reassigned to new 182Oth AACS Group (later Central European AACS Region; CentralEuropean Communications Region) {MATS GO-172, 15 October 1954}.
14 May 1948
1 June 1948to sth (later, 1807th) AACS Wing.
1 October 1948
20 February 1949
1 July 1961
3O June 1972
1 January 1973
1 October 1984
1 July 1986
AWARDS
AFOUAAFOUA
Col Thomas H. ArnettMaj Herbert T. PickeringLt Joe P. MillerLt Col Martin E. WilsonMaj Conrad C. Kolander, Jr.
Maj John A. O'ConnorMaj Hugh D. FortenberryMaj George B. HansonMaj David T. Messick
Col Edwin M. WeisslerCol Clarence B. BlockerLt Col Wayne E. Schramm*Lt Col Ronald L. GiampietroCol D. E. HicksCol E. CallicotteCol Clarence R. WilliamsCol Michael H. MountCol Marilon D. HallCol Stephen J. Geertz
I Later Brig Gen
lncomplete dates are approximate.Omitted names/dates are unknown.
1 January 1980 - 31 December 19811 January 1983 - 31 December 1984
COMMANDERS
DAFSO GB 598/82DAFSO GB-s10/85
Redesignated 1945th AACS Squadron (MATS GO-25, 15 September 1948).
Reassigned to new 1812th AACS Group (MATS GO-6,3 February 19491.
Redesignated 1945th Communications Squadron (AFCS G-2, 1 July 1961).
Reassigned to HO European Communications Area (later, European Communications
Redesignated 1945th Communications Group (AFCS G-232,30 October 1972l'.
Redesignated 1945th lnformation Systems Group (AFCC SO G-102, 3 August 1984).
Reassigned to 2oosth lnformation Systems Wing (later, 2oosth Communications
Division; European lnformation Systems Division; European Communications Division) (AFCS G-97, 15MaV 72!..
Wing) (AFCC SO G-l21,26 January 1986).
1 November 1986 Redesignated 1945th Communications Group (AFCC SO G-07, 21 October 19861.
31 Jan 1951Jul 1951
1 9521 953
1 9641 965
6Aug 19661 969
15 Oct 197419771 978
1 Jul 198328 Jun 1985
3 Aug 1 98820 Aus 1 99O
31 Jan 1951Jul 1951
1 9521 9531 954
1 9656 Aug 1 966
1 969
15 Oct 197419771 978
28 Jun 19853Aug 1988
20Aug 1990
178
1 945th COMMUNICATIONS GROUP
Represented in this design is the strength of communications as a powerful weapon in the defense of the freeworld and the lifeline of a unified command. The sword and shield symbolize the purpose of United States AirForce communications: to protect and defend the rights of freedom throughout the world and to keep the lightof truth and the torch of liberty shining brightly. The field of blue represents the United States Air Force mission -tosafeguard the peace through strength and readiness. The tangential rings signify the scope and continuity ofcommunications in linking the spheres of command within our circle of responsibility and around the globe.The spheres are the areas of individual command responsibility which are provided the power of unified actionthrough intertheater communicatlons capability. The color red denotes the urgent requirement for rapid reliableservice. The color yellow symbolizes the various forms of electrically generated data which comprise thecommunications network. The north star represents directional guidance toward the ultimate goal: zero defectswith maximum efficiency throughout the broad spectrum of communications.
179
I 945th COMMUII|CAT|OTIS SOUADRONTEMPETHOF CENTRAT AIRFORT, GERiIANY
1 November 1954 The 1946th AACS Squadron was designated and organized at Tempelhof AB (laterTempelhof Central Airport), West Germany, and assigned to 182Oth AACS Group (later, Central European AACSRegion; Central European Communications Region) (MATS GO-172, 15 October 1954).
1 July 1961
30 June 1972
AWARDS
AFOUAAFOUAAFOUAAFOUAAFOUAAFOUA
1 January1 January1 January1 January1 January1 January
Redesignated 1946th Communications Squadron (AFCS G-2, l July 1961).
Reassigned to HO European Gommunications Area (later, European CommunicationsDivision; European lnformation Systems Division; European Communications Division) (AFCS G-97, 15 May 72).
1 October 19841984t.
Redesignated 1946th lnformation Systems Squadron (AFCC SO G-l02, 3 August
1 November 1986 Redesignated 1946th Communications Squadron (AFCC SO G-O7, 21 October 1986).
1973 - 31 December 19731974 - 31 December 19751976 - 31 December 19771979 - 31 December 19801981 -31 December 19821983 - 31 December 1984
DAFSO GB-621174DAFSO GB-945/76DAFSO GB-664/78DAFSO GB-451/81DAFSO GB-696/83DAFSO GB-510/85
Lt Col John J. WatkinsLt Col Robert MandLt Col Harry B. Brown, Jr.Lt Col Benjamin F. GuilesLt Col Roy AndersonLt Col Dietrich R. KopLt Col William E. DussetschlegerMaj Kenneth L. Nicola (lnterimlLt Col William H. Sneeder
Lt Col R. E. HallLt Col Gene A. JordanLt Col Richard J. MaddenLt Col John W. Droke
lncomplete dates are approximate.Omifted names/dates are unknown.
COMMANDERS
6 Apr 1964l7Aug 196616 Sep 1967
19691970
l7Aug 19731 975
15 Sep 1976
15 Jul 19837 Aug 1 9858 Jul 1988
l7Aug 1966l6Sep 1967
19691970
l7Aug 19731 975
15 Sep 1976
TAug 19858 Jul 1988
180
1946th COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRON
The 1946th Communications Squadron emblem symbolizes the mission of the unit. The watchful eye of theeagle is insuring flight safety in and out of the lsland City of Berlin. Lightning bolts indicate the communicationsmission: telephone, telecommunications center, and air-toground/ground-to-air communications. The bluebackground is the three air corridors and Berlin controlzone which provide free access into and out of Berlin.It's surrounded by red which indicates hostile airspace controlled by East German/Soviet forces.
181
1 964th COMMUNICATIONS GROUPRAMSTEIN AB, GERMANY
1 May 1962 The 1964th Communications Squadron was designated and organized at Tan Son- Nhut Airfield (later, Tan Son Nhut AB), South Vietnam, and assigned to Southeast Asia Communications Region
(AFCS G-23, 29 March 1962).
' 1 October 1962 Redesignated 1964th Communications Group (AFCS G-72, 19 September 1962).
30 June 1971 Reassigned to Pacific Communications Area fiFCS G-l 15, 7 June 1971).
28 March 1973 Moved (WOPE) to Ramstein AB, West Germany, and reassigned to EuropeanCommunications Area (later, European Communications Division; European Information Systems Division;' European Communications Division) (AFCS MO-2, 15 March 1973).
1 October 1 984 Redesignated 1964th Information Systems Group (AFCC SO G-l02, 3 August 1 984).
. 1 July 1986 Reassigned to 2Oosth Information Systems Wing (later 2005th CommunicationsWingl (AFCC SO G-1 21, 26 June 1986).
' 1 November 1986 Redesignated 1964th Communications Group (AFCC SO G-O7, 21 October 1986).
AWARDS
RVN GC w/PAFOUA wA/AFOUA wA/AFOUA wA/AFOUA wA/AFOUA wA/AFOUA wA/AFOUA wA/AFOUA wA/AFOUA wA/AFOUAAFOUA
1 April 1966 - 28 Jan 19731 July 1964 - 30 June 1965
July 1965 - 30 June 1966July 1966 - 30 June 1967July 1967 - 30 June 1968
1 July 1968 - 30 June 19691 July 1969 - 30 June 19701 July 1970 - 30 June 19711 July 1971 - 30 June 1972
DAFSO GB-346/75DAFSO GB-313/65DAFSO GB-351/66DAFSO GB-454/67DAFSO GB-615/68DAFSO GB-881/69DAFSO GB-796/70DAFSO GB-l35/72DAFSO GB-l64/73
CAMPAIGN STREAMERS
Vietnam AdvisoryVietnam DefenseVietnam AirVietnam Air OffensiveVN Air Off, Phase llVN Air Off, Phase lllVietnam Air/GroundVN Air Off, Phase lV
1 July 1972 - 27 March 1973 DAFSO GB-488/731 January 1976 - 31 December 1976 DAFSO GB-7831771 January 1981 - 31 December 1982 DAFSO GB-696/83
TET G9/CounteroffensiveVN Summer-Fall, 1969VN Winter-Spring, 197OSanctuary CounteroffensiveSouthwest MonsoonCommando Hunt VCommando Hunt VlCommando Hunt VllVietnam Ceasefire
183
1964th COMMUNICATIONS GROUPRAMSTEIN AB, GERMANY
COMMANDERS
Lt Col Kenneth KeyteLt Col John M. O',ReillyCol Gilbert H. BertieCol Erwin F. MatelskiCol Lewis L. Bradley, Jr.Col Charles Y. Shultz, Jr.Col Louis A. Raeke, Jr.Col James M. NeffCol Howard R. McKendrickCol lvey J. LewisColJoseph H. WeeksCol Robert E. Sadler**Col Forrest K. LooneyCol Telford S. EgglestonLt Col John Paul Hyde"Lt Col Joseph W. FelockCol Charles W. FlippoCol Harley P. RobertsCol William E. WinlemillerLt Col James L. ParkerCol Allen W. GrayCol Kenneth R. ReiffCol Clarence R. SmithCol Clarence J. KelleyCol Joe B. WarrenCol Jack E. Stratford, Jr.
* * Later Maj Gen
lncomplete dates are approximate.
1 May 196223 Apr 196328 Oct 1963
2 Dec 19647 Jan 1965
20 Jan 19661O Dec 1966
1 Sep 19672Aug 19689 Jul 1969
15 Mar 197O6 Jul 1970
27 Jun 197116 Jun 19721O Feb 197328 Mar 1973
1 9731 9751977
1 Nov 197820Dec 1978
Jul 198031 Jul 19822 Jul 1985
27 Jul 19872 Sep 199O
23 Apr 196327 Oct 1963
1 Dec 19646 Jan 1965
19 Jan 19669 Dec 1966
31 Aus 19671 Aug 19688 Jul 1969
14 Mar 19705 Jul 1970
27 Jun 197116 Jun 19729 Feb 1973
27 Mar 19731 97319741977
1 Nov 197820Dec 1978
1 98031 July 19822 Jul 1985
27 Jul 19872 Sep 199O
184
-t
:
1 964th COMMUNICATIONS GROUP
The mailed fist holding the olive branch and supporting the representative elements of the unit mission issignificant in that it represents our unit mission and its combat environment. The division of the emblem byultramarine blue and golden yellow signifies that our mission goes on night and day. The red in the flight facilitytower symbolizes brick and its solidity which is depicted in the color of the Defense Meteorological Satelliterepresenting a solid and firm asset to the unit mission. The green olive branch represents our efforts to keeppeace by providing the reins of command through communications. The microwave tower represent the unit'smain mission, communications with the flight facilities tower being representative of the immense mission ofair traffic control. The satellite represents our Defense Meteorological Satellite mission and our unit's capabilityfor outer space communications. The rays emanating from the parabolic antenna atop the microwave towerare representative of the diverse and varied mission of the group. Each ray is symbolic of a specific unit mission;telephone, teletype, microwave, cryptographic/dighal subscriber terminal element, secure voice communications,long range navigation, maintenance and operations of the communications mission in Federal Republic ofGermany.
185
20 October 1951
1979th COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRONRAF LAKENHEATH, ENGLAND
The 1979th AACS Squadron, Lakenheath, was designated and organized atLakenheath RAF Station (later, RAF Lakenheath), England, and assigned to the 1813th AACS Group; (MATSGO-l25, 15 october 1951).
1 November 1953 Reassigned to 1807th AACS Wing (MATS GO-198, 14 October 1953).
1 November 1 954 Reassigned to new 1 821st AACS Group (later United Kingdom AACS Region; UnitedKingdom Airways and Air Communications Services Region; United Kingdom Communications Region) (MATSGO-172, 15 October 1954).
1 July 1961
30 June 1972
AWARDS
AFOUAAFOUAAFOUA
Maj Raymond A. AlgrenLt Col Julian W. ParkerMaj Bertrand D. Johnson
Maj Lester M. BurtonMaj Clarence R. DeYoungMaj Russell N. Montgomerycapt John L. cloydCapt Waher A. BeckerMaj/Lt Col Robert D. DunnLt Col Richard C. DavisMaj David J. WarrenLt Col D. J. DonkinMaj R. E. PerryMaj James C. CoyneLt Col Chandler J. MapesMaj James H. Gibbs
lncomplete dates are approximate.Omitted names/dates are unknown.
1 July 1961 - 29 February 1964January 1967 - 31 December 1968January 1983 - 31 December 1984
COMMANDERS
DAFSO GB-336/64DAFSO GB-554/69DAFSO GB-512/85
Redesignated 1979th Communications Squadron (AFCS G-2, 1 July 1961).
Reassigned to European Communications Area (later, European CommunicationsDivision; European lnformation Systems Division; European Communications Division) (AFCS G-98, 15 May19721.
1 January 198O Reassigned to the 2147th Communications Group (later, 2147th lnformation SystemsGroup; 2147th Information Systems Wing; 2147th Communications Wing) (AFCS SO G-248, 9 November 1979and AFCS SO G-O8, 11 January 1980).
1 October 19841984).
Redesignated 1979th lnformation Systems Squadron (AFCC SO G-102, 3 August
1 November 1986 Redesignated 1979th Communications Squadron (AFCC SO G-07, 21 October 19861.
1
1
Oct 1951Jun 1953Jun 1954
1 96414Dec 1965
1 9685 Feb 1969
1970l9Aug 197116 Jun 197512 Jun 1978
29 Jul 19837 Feb 1986
16 Jun 1989
Jun 1953Jun 1954
14Dec 19651 968
4 Feb 19691970
19Aug 1971l6Jun 197512 Jun 1978
Mar 1979
186
16 Jun 1989
trnFb aJr
1 979th COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRON
The Lion of England, winged for the Air Force, and guardant is a symbol of constant readiness. The torchrepresents the Statue of Liberty of the host wing; it also symbolizes the use of beacon fires throughout theages as communications and navigation devices. The four electronic flashes represent modern electroniccommunications (operations, air traffic control, maintenance and programs). The electronic flash wreathsymbolizes the unit's two hats, the United States Air Forces in Europe and Air Force Communications Command.The North Star symbolizes support of the NATO mission. The four points represent the four fighter andmaintenance squadrons of our host wing. The emblem as a whole bears a resemblance to the emblem of theRoyal Air Force as a reminder of the squadron's constant interaction with the forces of the host country.
187
I 986th COMiTUNTCATTONS SOUADRONZARAGOZA AB, SPAIN
1 January 1971 The 1986th Communications Squadron was designated and activated at ZaragozaAB, Spain, and assigned to the Spanish Communications Region (AFCS G-l84, 3 September 1970).
Group; 1989th lnformation Systems Wing; 1989th Communications Wing) (AFCC SO G-37, 17 March 198O).
7 January 19711971).
30 June 1972
1 April 1980
1 October 198419841.
1 November 1986
AWARDS
None
Capt Albert F. CarzoliCapt Harold G. HartshornCapt Ronald N. PriddyCapt Robert R. ClineMaj R. B. RoachMaj Eddy J. ChelkowskiMaj Craig M. LittleMai Joseph J. Comeaux
Reassigned to the Mediterranean Communications Region (AFCS G-2,7 January
Reassigned to HO European Communications Area (AFCS G-99, 15 May 19721.
Reassigned to the 1989th Communications Group (later, 1989th lnformation Systems
Redesignated 1986th lnformation Systems Squadron nFCC SO G-1O2, 3 August
Redesignated 1986th Communications Squadron (AFCC SO G-07, 21 October 1986).
COMMANDERS
1 Jan 19719 Jul 1973
30Apr 1976lOAug 1977
3 Jun 19831 Jul 19859 Dec 1987
9 Jul 197330 Apr 1976lOAug 1977
1 Jul 19859 Dec 1987
Incomplete dates are approximate.
188
1986th COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRON
The 1986th Communications Squadron emblem symbolizes the unique cooperative mission the squadron hasin Spain. The fisted gloves represent the cooperation between opgrations and maintenance, producing theSquadron's communication link in the worldwide Air Force communications system. This coopeiataon extendsto the squadron's relationship with the host nation, an integral part of the squadron's function. The lightningbolts symbolize communications while the globe implies the worldwide scope of the mission. The north star,symbolic of navigation, repressnts the air traffic control portion of the squadron.
189
1989th COMMUNTCATTONS W|NGTORREJON AB. SPAIN
1 November 1954 The 1989th AACS Squadron designated and organized at Getafe Aux Airfield, Spain,and assigned to 181sth AACS Group (MATS GO-172, 15 October 1954).
1 August 1957 Reassigned to the new 1817th AACS Group (later Spanish AACS Region; SpanishCommunications Region) (MATS GO-71, 25 July 1957).
Division; European lnformation Systems Division; European Communications Division) (AFCS G-99, 15 May19721.
1 March 1976
1 April 1983Communications Group for administration, and enlisted personnel attached for discipline including actaons underArticle 15, UCMJ (AFCC SO G-l7,22February 1983) (AFCC SO G-29, 22 March 19831.
4 October 1957
1 July 1961
7 January 19711971).
30 June 1972
1 October 1984
4 January 1985
AWARDS
AFOUAAFOUA
Lt Col Charles H. BrowneLt Col Glenn E. FlemingLt Col Herbert H. Long
Col Robert H. WillardColJohn T. Stahl
Col A. E. TalbottCol Thomas H. YatesCol Arthur F. EvansCol Lawrence J. CahillCol Marcus B. Shipman
Incomplete dates are approximate.Ommited names/dates are unknown.
1 May 1962 - 28 May 19631 January 1977 - 31 December 1978
COMMANDERS
DAFSO GB-l53/63DAFSO GB-63s/79
The 1989th moved to Torrejon AB, Spain (AACS GO-39, 15 Oct 57).
Redesignated 1989th Communications Squadron (AFCS G-2, 1 July 1961).
Reassigned to the Mediterranean Communications Region (AFCS G-2, 7 January
Reassigned to European Communications Area (later, European Communications
Redesignated 1989th Communications Group (AFCC SO G-37, 17 February 19761.
All personnel assigned to the 1989th Communications Group attached to the 2O49th
Redesignated 1 989th lnformation Systems Group (AFCC SO G-102, 3 August 1984).
Redesignated 1989th lnformation Systems Wing (AFCC SO G-l89, 26 December1984).
1 November 1986 Redesignated 1989th Communications Wing (AFCC SO G-07,21 October 1986).
196618 Jul 1967
1 968
197415 Apr 1976
1 9786 Jun 19819 Jun 1984
21 Jun 198717 Mar 1989
18 Jul 19671 968
15 Apr 1976Jun 1978
1 9819Jun 1984
21 Jun 198717 Mar 1989
190
1 989th COMMUNICATIONS WING
Blue and yellow are the Air Force colors. Blue alludes to the sky, the primary theater of Air Force operations.Yellow refers to the sun and the excellence required of Air Force personnel. The sixteen stars signify the parentunit, the Sixteenth Air Force. The gauntlet indicates the command and control capability reaching out to supportthe forces within the Sixteenth Air Force. The lightning bolts, satellite, microwave antennas, scanner, and thecomputer symbolize the communications and information mission of the unit.
191
I 990TH COilirUt{lCATlOl{S SOUADRONWUESCHHEIiI AS. GER]IIANY
1 October 1990 199oth Communications Squadron at Wueschheim AS, Germany, is designated,activated, and assigned to 1856th Computer Systems Group (AFCC SO G-35, 23 April 1990).
AWARDS
None
COi,IMAI{DERS
Lt Col Richard Zuber 1 Oct 1990
No emblem.
192
1 992d COitMUTItCATtOilS SOUADRONSOESTERBERG AB, NETHERTANDS
1 April 1990 The 1992d Communications Squadron at Soesterberg AB, Netherlands, designated,activated, and assigned to 2OOSth Communications Wing (AFCC SO G-l7, 12February 199O!.
AWARDS
None
coilt[ANDERS
Capt Richard P. Walker 1 Apr 1990
No emblem.
193
HEADOUARTERS 2OO3d COMMUNICATIONS GROUPANKARA AS, TURKEY
1 January 1987 The 2OO3d Communications Squadron designated, activated, and assigned to the2OOOth Communications Group (AFCC SO G-20, 18 November 1986).
1 October 1987 The 2OO3d Communications Squadron redesignated HO 2OO3d CommunicationsGroup and assigned to the 1989th Communications Wing (AFCC SO G-73, 25 August 1987).
AWARDS
AFOUA 1 January 1987 - 31 December 1987 DAFSO GB-433/88
COMMANDERS
Maj Sidney James, Jr.Col James G. WhitedCol Leonard Friedlander
1 Jan 1987 1 Oct 19871 Oct 1987 3 Jun 1989
3 Jun 1989
194
HEADOUARTERS 2OO3d COMMUNICATIONS GROUP
Blue and yellow are the Air Force colors. Blue alludes to the sky, the primary theater of Air Force operations.Yellow refers to the sun and the excellence required of Air Force personnel. The globe represents the worldwidescope of the Air Force communications network. The sword reflects the group's membership in the United StatesAir Forces in Europe. The pole star and disc bearing a crescent and star suggest the Air Force mission to NATOand the unit's host country, Turkey. The star on the hilt of the sword issuing lightning flashes symbolizes thecommand and control, communications, computer and air traffic control support provided by the group. Thegauntlet indicates the personnel of the group and their commitment to efficient communications support.
195
2005th coMMuNtGATtoNs wtNGSEMBACH AB. GERMANY
1 October 1982 The 20o5th Communications Group established and activated at sembach AB, WestGermany, and assigned to European Communications Division (later, European lnformation Systems Division;European Communications Divisionl (AFCC SO G-118, 1O September 1982!.
1 October 1984 Redesignated 2OOsth lnformation Systems Group (AFCC SO G-1O2, 3 August 19841.
4 January 1985 Redesignated 200sth Information Systems Wing (AFCC SO G-189, 26 December1984t.
1 November 1986 Redesignated 2005th Communications Wing (AFCC SO G-07, 21 October 19861.
AWARDS
None
COMiIANDERS
Col D. K. Brewer 1 Oct 1982 19 Jan 1983Col Richard H. Steckler 19 Jan 1983Col Paul G. Dwyer 24Jan 1986 3OAug 1987Gol James M. Amodeo 3OAug 1987 14 Jun 1988Col Charles E. Pearsall 14Jun 1988
196
2005th coMMUNrcATroNs wlNG
The unicorn represents the strength and purity of the Air Force mission to defend the doctrine and ideals offreedom embodied by the United States against all threats. The lightning bolts represent the swift and reliableperformance of the Air Force mission via the four operational functions of Air Force Communications Command-air traffic control, navigational aids, telecommunications, and communications-electronics. The pattern of thelightning bolts signifies the all{nclusive reach of Air Force communications. The star represents the Air Forceoperational relationship with allied treaty nations milhary organizations. The proximity of the star to the laghtningbolts signifies the readiness of Air Force communications to support and sustain treaty objectives and principles.
197
I May 1955
2OO6th COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRONINCIRTIK AB, TURKEY
The 2O06th AACS Squadron designated and organized at Adana Airport (later, lncirlikAB), Turkey, assigned to the 1815 AACS Group (later, Mediterranean AACS Region; MediterraneanCommunications Region) (MATS GO-78, 1O May 1955).
1 July 1961
1 October 1966
19 August 1970
7 January 1971
30 June 1972
Col R. J. CurtisCol R. D. CrockettCol John W. PennyCol Ronald E. HallCol Frederick A. LoukLt Col Howard G. BergLt Col George A. PowellLt Col James Shaffer
Redesignated 2O06th Communications Squadron (AFCS G-2, l July 61).
Redesignated 2OO6th Communications Group (AFCS G-96, I August 19661.
Reassigned to Spanish Communications Region.
Reassigned to Mediterranean Communications Region.
Reassigned to HO European Communications Area (later, European CommunicationsDivision; European lnformation Systems Division; European Communications Division) (AFCS G-99, 15 May19721.
1 October 1 984 Redesignated 2o06th lnformation Systems Group (AFCC SO G-1O2, 3 August 1984).
1 November 1986 Redesignated 2OOOth Communications Group (AFCC SO G-O7, 21 October 1986).
1 January 1987 Redesignated HO 2OO6th Communications Group, relieved from EuropeanCommunications Division, and reassigned to 1989th Communications Wing {AFCC SO G-20, 18 November 1986& AFCC SO G-2O, 18 November 1986).
1 October 1987 HO 2OOOth Communications Group redesignated 2OOOth Communications Squadronand reassigned to HO 2OO3d Communications Group (AFCC SO G-73, 25 August 1987).
AWARDS
AFOUA 1 September 1984 - 31 December 1985
COMMANDERS
9 Jul 198230May 198415 Jul 198530Apr 19863O Apr 19879Jun 1989
3O May 198415 Jul 1985
30 Apr 19879 Jun 1989
Omifted names/dates are unknown.
198
2006th coMMuNtcATroNs souADRoN
Blue and yellow are the Air Force colors. Blue alludes to the sky, the primary theater of Air Force operations.Yellow refers to the sun and the excellence required of Air Force personnel. The demiglobe with skyline ofminarets, microwave tower, and radar tower reflects the unit's location and air traffic control radar and defensecommunications roles. The lightning flashes suggest lines of communications between the three divisions ofthe unit, represented by the three five-pointed stars, and NATO, signified by the shaded pole star. The polestar also symbolizes the role of navigational aid in the unit's mission. The background above the globe is dividedinto bands and refers to the stratosphere and troposphere, areas instrumental in electronic communications.
199
2007th coMMuNlcATloNs souADRoNIZMIR, TURKEY
1 October 1989 The 2OO7th Communications Squadron designated, activated at lzmir, Turkey, andassigned to the 2O03d Communications Group (AFCC G-65, 16 August 1989).
AWARDS
None
COMMANDERS
Capt Chris S. Cruzcosa 1 Oct 1989
201
No emblem.
2O62d COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRONBOERFINK MISSITE TRACKING SITE (MTKI, GERMANY
1 October 1984 The 2O62d lnformation Systems Squadron was designated and activated at BoerfinkMissile Tracking Site, West Germany, and assigned to European Communications Division (AFCC SO G-102,3 August 19841.
1 January 1986 Reassigned to 1856th lnformation Systems Support Group (later, 1856thCommunications Group) (AFCC SO G-48, 10 December 1985).
1 November 1986 Redesignated 2O62d Communications Squadron (AFCC SO G-07, 21 October t 986l.
AWARDS
None
COMMANDERS
Lt Col Daniel A. CooleyLt Col Emmanuel LionikisMaj J. Barry Patterson
1 Oct 19847 Jul 19877 Aug 199O
7 Jul 19877 Aug 1 99O
202
2O62d COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRON
Blue and yellow are the Air Force colors. Blue alludes to the sky, the primary theater for Air Force operations.Yellow refers to the sun and the excellence required of Air Force personnel. The half globe on the left or westside of the emblem signifies that the mission of unit involves the western hemisphere. The lightning bolts, symbolsof communications, indicate the communications and computer services furnished by the unit. The tower refersto Germany, the location of the unit. The NATO star represents the NATO support given by the unit. Red, yellow,and black refer to the host nation's (Germany's) national flag. Red and white are the colors of the United StatesAir Forces in Europe.
203
1 July 1962
2O63d COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRONTINDSEY AS, GERMANY
The 2063d Communications Squadron designated and organized at Lindsey AS, WestGermany, and assigned to Central European Communications Region (AFCS SO G-32, 11 May 1962).
1 November 1970 Redesignated 2O63d Communications Group (AFCS SO G-144, lOJuly 1970).
30 June 1972 Reassigned to European Communications Area (later, European CommunicationsDivision; European lnformation Systems Division; European Communications Division) (AFCS SO G-97, 15 May19721.
1 April 19731972t.
Redesignated 2O63d Communications Squadron (AFCS SO G-236, 6 November
1 April 1983 Reassigned to the 20o5th Communications Group (later, 20o5th lnformation SystemsGroup; 2OOsth lnformation Systems Wing; 2OOsth Communications Wing) (AFCC SO G-123, 22 September 82).
1 October 19841984).
Redesignated 2O63d lnformation Systems Squadron (AFCC SO G-1O2, 3 August
1 November 1986 Redesignated 2063d Communications Squadron {AFCC SO G-07, 21 October 1986}.
AWARDS
AFOUAAFOUAAFOUA
Lt Col Joseph D. KogerLt Col Dean F. BengstonMaj Joe T. BillmanCol Darvin L. TroutCol Lloyd P. AnnaMaj William J. McGrath {lnterim)Maj Gabriel A. PonsMaj William J. McGrathMai David L. Viau
Mai G. WeltinCol Frank K. Purdy, Jr.Maj Richard J. PattersonLt Col Joel E. ShepardMaj Melvin D. FlackMaj Porter B. Clapp, Jr.
lncomplete dates are approximate.Omitted names/dates are unknown.
1 January 1977 - 31 December 19771 January 1978 - 31 December 1978
1 July 1987 - 3O June 1989
COMMANDERS
DAFSO GB-635/78DAFSO GB-635/79DAFSO GA-l1/89
1 9621964
21 Nov 19661 968
1 9738 Aug 1 973
15 Dec 1974Jul 1975
22 Apr 19825 Jun 1984
28 Jun 19858 Jul 19872 Jul 1990
19641 9661968
1973SAug 1973
l5Dec 1974Jul 1975
4 Dec 1977
22 Aer 19825 Jun 1984
28 Jun 19858 Jul 19872 Jul 1990
204
2O63d COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRON
The three fleur-de-lis symbolize the squadron's close association with the City of Wiesbaden, Germany. Thelightning bolt represents the power of communlcations - the squadron's base mission. The tower representsa landmark in Wiesbaden.
205
21 1 2th COIUMUN|CATTONS SOUADRONRAF CHICKSANDS, ENGTAND
1 February 1979 The 21 12th Communications Squadron designated and activated at RAF Chicksands ,England, and assigned to European Communications Area (later, European Communications Division; Europeanlnformation Systems Division; European Communications Division) (AFCS SO G-248, 6 November 79).
1 January 198O Reassigned to the 2147th Communications Group (later, 2147th Information SystemsGroup; 2147th lnformation Systems Wing; 2147th Communications Wing) (AFCS SO-248, 6 November 1979and AFCS SO G-08, 1 January 1980).
1 October 1984 Redesignated 2112th lnformation Systems Squadron (AFCC SO G-1O2, 3 August1984).
1 November 1986 Redesignated 2112rh Communications Squadron (AFCC SO G-07, 21 October 1986).
AWARDS
AFOUA 1 January 1981 - 31 December 1982 DAFSO GB-696/83
COTIMAilDERS
Maj J. W. DonkinMaj John R. GarrisonCapt Marijo J. KiddCapt David A. HandleCapt James Mercer
Feb 1979 Jul 19827 Jul 1982 24Aug 1984
27Aug 19847 Sep 1986 2OAus 1989
2OAus 1989
Incomplete dates are approximate.
206
21 1 2Ih COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRON
The blue circle represents the Air Force. The hand, a mailed fist, represents the squadron supporting the mission.The torch, the symbol of freedom, represents the mission. The red lightning bolt represents communicationsthrough which the mission is accomplished "safeguarding the freedoms of our country."
207
21 1 3th COMMUNTCATTONS SOUADRONSAN VITO DEI NORMANNI AS, ITALY
1 February 1979 The 2113th Communications Squadron designated and activated at San Vito DeiNormanniAS, ltaly, and assigned to European Communications Area (later, European Communications Division;European lnformation Systems Division; European Communications Division) (AFCS SO G-Og, 1O January 19791.
1 April 1980 Reassigned to the 2187th Communications Group (later, 2187th lnformation SystemsGroup; 2187th Communications Group) (AFCC SO G-4O, 21 March 19801.
1 October 19841984).
Redesignated 2113th Information Systems Squadron (AFCC SO G-l02, 3 August
1 November 1986 Redesignated 21 13th Communications Squadron (AFCC SO G-07, 21 October 1986).
AWARDS
AFOUA
Maj S. J. GeertzCapt Dan M. GoadMaj Edward D. SewardLt Col Patricia HarringtonMaj W. C. StoryCapt Peter V. Callamaras
1 January 1986 -31 December 1987
COMMANDERS
DAFSO GB-433/88
1 Feb 197915 Jun 198314 Jun 19851O Dec 19863Nov 19888 Jan 1989
Jun 198314Jun 1985lODec 1986
3 Nov 1 9888 Jan 1989
lncomplete dates are approximate.
208
21 13th COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRON
The hand represents somethang of great value, and is spanning the world. The hand is used in typing messages,dialing a phone, transmitting radio signals, and in repairing communications equapment. The towers and satellitesuggest the quick and modern communications systems being used around the world and in space. The lightningbolts identify the strength of the signal being sent. The three stars symbolize no limit to the squadron's capabilities.They also indicate the three major elements of the 21 13th-the parent squadron as San Vito Air Station, ltaly;the Operating Location (OL-A) at Martina Franca, ltaly; and Detachment 26, at Mount Nardello, ltaly. The globerepresents the squadron working to protect the planet.
209
21 15th COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRONIRAKLION AS, GREECE
2 March 1979 The 2115th Communications Squadron designated and activated at lraklion AS,Greece, and assigned to 214oth Communications Group (later, 214Oth lnformation Systems Group; 214ofthCommunications Group) (AFCC SO G-24, 1 February 1979).
1 October 1984 Redesignated 2115th lnformation Systems Squadron (AFCC SO G-1O2, 3 August1984!.
1 November 1986 Redesignated 21 1sth Communications Squadron (AFCC SO G-07, 21 October 1986).
AWARDS
None
COMMANDERS
Capt L. W. Shields 2 Mar 1979 Jul 1982Maj James M. Johnson Jul 1982 26 Jun 1984Capt Melvin D. Flack 26 Jun 1984Maj Marcus D. Kieschnick 23 Jul 1986 25 Jun 1989Maj Gilly Marshall 25 Jun 1989
lncomplete dates are approximate.
210
21 15th COMMUNTCATTONS SOUADRON
The three stars represent the three branches within the organization: administration, operations, and maintenance.The large red lightning bolt on the field of yellow signifies the professional excellence of the squadron personnelin providing rapid and reliable communications support. The double axe, set on a field of ultramarine blue, hasa dual significance. lt is a symbol of the ancient Minoan civilization of Crete and well represents the squadron'sgeographical location. lt also symbolizes the 21 15th Communications Squadron's TROPO Microwave Antenna.The four small yellow lightning bolts represent the squadron's communications electronics support to the fourcorners of the world.
211
21 19th COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRONRAF UXBRIDGE, ENGTAND
2 June 1979 The 2119th Communications Squadron designated and activated at RAF Uxbridge,England, and assigned to 213oth Communications Group (AFCS SO G-109, 17 May 1979).
1 February 1980 Reassigned to 2147th Communications Group (later, 2147th lnformation SystemsGroup; 2147th lnformation Systems Wing; 2147th Communications Wing).
1 October 1984 Redesignated2ll9th lnformation Systems Squadron (AFCC SO G-1O2,3 August1984).
1 November 1 986 Redesignated 21 1gth Communications Squadron (AFCC SO G-07, 21 October 1986).
AWARDS
AFOUA 2 June 1979 - 31 December 1979 DAFSO GB-402/80AFOUA 1 January 1988 - 30 June 1989 DAFSO GA-11/89
COMMANDERS
Maj T. J. LatinoMaj James A. Bennett, Jr.Maj Sandra K. TinneyCapt John C. Liburdi
2 Jun 1979 Jul 19826 Jul 1982 19 Jul 1985
19 Jul 1985 1 Feb 19881 Feb 1988
lncomplete dates are approximate.
212
21 1gth COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRON
The mythological griffin represents the United States Air Force (eagle head and wings) in the United Kingdom(body of the lion). The globe suspended by the griffin represents worldwide communications provided by theAir Force Communications Command. The key supporting the griffin represents the key element (Reed Capsule)that activated Europe's first electronic automatic voice network switch, located at Royal Air Force, Uxbridge,on 14 July 1969. The eight white stars represent the eight Defense Communications Agency microwave radiorelay stations that are owned and maintained by the 21 19th Communications Squadron. The colors, ultramarineblue and golden yellow, are the official United States Air Force colors.
213
213oth COMMUNICATIONS GROUPRAF CROUGHTON, ENGTAND
1 July 1983 The 213Oth Communications Squadron designated and activated at RAF Croughton,England, and assigned to 2147th Communications Group llater,2147th lnformation Systems Group; 21471hlnformation Systems Wing; 2147th Communications Wing) (AFCC SO G-95, 28 July 1982).
1 October 1984 Redesignated 213oth lnformation Systems Squadron (AFCC SO G-1O2,3August1984t.
1 November 1986 Redesignated 2130th Communications Squadron (AFCC SO G-07, 21 October 1986)
1 October 1988 Redesignated 213Oth Communications Group |AFCC SO G-84, 26 September 19881.
AWARDS
AFOUA 1 January 1983 - 31 December 1984 DAFSO GB-511/85AFOUA 1 July 1987 - 30 June 1 989 DAFSO GA-l 1/89
COMMANDERS
Lt Col Keith F. PochCol Kenneth R. DirnbergerLt Col John M. Migyanko
1 Jul 19839 Sep 1986 l4May 1989
l4May 1989
No emblem.
215
21 34th COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRONSEMBACH AB, GERMANY
1 July 1962 The 2134th Communications Squadron designated and organized at Sembach AB,West Germany, and assigned to Central European Communications Region (AFCS SO G-32, 11 May 19621.
30 Jun 1972 Reassigned to European Communications Area (later, European CommunicationsDivision; European lnformation Systems Division; European Communications Division) (AFCS SO G-97, 15 May1972t.
1 Apri! 1983 Reassigned to the 20OSth Communications Group (later, 20O5th lnformation SystemsGroup; 2OOSth lnformation Systems Wing; 2OOsth Communications Wing) (AFCC SO G-1 23, 22 September1982).
1 October 19841984).
Redesignated 2134th lnformation Systems Squadron (AFCC SO G-1O2, 3 August
1 November 1986 Redesignated 2134th Communications Squadron (AFCC SO G-07, 21 October 1986).
AWARDS
AFOUA 1 July 1962 - 30 June 1964 DAFSO GB-152/65
COMMANDERS
Maj Orville E. WeberMaj Royce D. SmithLt Col John Paydo, Jr.Maj David A. ParsonsMaj Larry E. AxeltonCol Anthony F. Glavan
Col D. K. BrewerLt Col Arthur T. PattersonLt Col Joel P. CocksLt Col Richard H. RimaLt Col Kevin Kirsch
lncomplete dates are approximate.Omifted names/dates are unknown.
1 Jul 19623 Jan 19651 Aug 1967
1 9701972
1 Jun 1976
1 Oct 198221 Jun 198528 Sep 198614Aug 1989
3 Jan 19651 Aug 1967
1 9701972
Jun 1976
21 Jun 1985
14Aug 1989
216
21341h COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRON
The eagle represents the Air Force's significant mission in the defense of the doctrine and ideals of the UnitedStates. The Centurion holding the reins represents the officer (Roman soldier) and NCO (reinsl responsibilitiesin guiding and fulfilling the Air Force mission. Stars represent the four operational functions of the Air ForceCommunications Command: air traffic control; navigational aids; telecommunications; and communications-electronics. The stars also depict the role these four functions play in the support of the Air Force mission viathe eagle preparing to use the stars to land on. The sword represents the overall strength and versatility ofcommunications. The six thunderbolts emitted from the sword depict the rapid communications involved inour various support roles. The quote "Unity Through Communications" depicts the role communications hasin molding together the various support and operational function of the United States Air Force.
217
2137th COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRONSPANGDAHTEM AB, GERMANY
1 November 1954 The 1237th AACS Squadron designated and organized at Spangdahlem AB, WestGermany, and assigned to the 182oth AACS Group (later Central European AACS Region; Central EuropeanCommunications Region); (MATS GO-172, 15 October 1954).
1 July 1961
30 June 1972
AWARDS
AFOUAAFOUAAFOUAAFOUA
Lt Col Wilbur L. Hall, Jr.Lt Col Warren G. HaugenMaj Howard P. CooperMaj Brinson N. LeaptrotMaj Lynn S. GroveMaj Henry J. CochranMaj Richard G. DarenbergMaj Stephen C. BudesheimLt Col Roger G. BacchiereMaj D. C. AlexanderLt Col Franklin A. RudolphLt Col John W. Meincke
lncomplete dates are approximate.Omitted names/dates are unknown.
1 March 1964 - 28 February 19661 March 1966 - 30 June 1967
1 July 1976 - 31 December 19771 January 1978 - 31 December 1978
COMMANDERS
DAFSO GB-28t67DAFSO GB-459/67DAFSO GB-635/78DAFSO GB-635/79
Redesignated 2137th Communications Squadron (AFCS SO G-2, 1 July 1961).
Reassigned to European Communications Area (later, European CommunicationsDivision; European lnformation Systems Division; European Communications Divisaonl (AFCS SO G-97, 15 May19721.
1 April 1983 Reassigned to 2OOSth Communications Group (later, 2oosth lnformation SystemsGroup; 2OOSth lnformation Systems Wing; 2O05th Communications Wing) (AFCC SO G-l 23, 22 September1982).
1 October 19841984).
Redesignated 2137th Information Systems Squadron (AFCC SO G-l02, 3 August
1 November 1986 Redesignated 2137th Communications Squadron (AFCC SO G-O7, 21 October 19861.
196416 Jun 1965
1 Aug 1966l6Aug 1966
1 9693 Jul 1972
1 9731 976
25 Jun 198526 Jun 1988
16 Jun 19651 Aug 1966
16 Aug 19661 969
3 Jul 19721 9731 976
218
26 Jun 1988
21 37th COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRON
The top right segment represents day and the bottom segment is night. The microwave tower with electronicflashes represents the many forms of communications provided the host base. The tower and electronic flashesextend into the night and day segments to show 24-hour operations. The top left segment is a simulated radarscreen with five targets symbolizing the units air traffic control mission for the five bases under it's control.The central star symbolizes NATO and indicates that it touches all phases of the unit mission. The bottom scrollidentifies the squadron's motto.
n*LJNf. *l
219
2139rh COMMUNTCATTONS SOUADRONBITBURG AB, GERMANY
1 July 1962 The 2139th Communications Squadron designated and organized at Bitburg AB, WestGermany, and assigned to Central European Communicafions Region (AFCS SO G-32, 11 May 1962.1
3O June 1972 Reassigned to European Communications Area (later, European CommunicationsDivision; European lnformation Systems Division; European Communications Division) (AFCS SO G-97, 15 May1972t.
1 April 1983 Reassigned to the 2Oosth Communications Group (later, 2OOsth lnformation SystemsGroup; 2OOsth lnformation Systems Wing; 2OOsth Communications Wing) (AFCC SO G-l23, 22 September1982).
1 October 19841984).
Redesignated 2139th lnformation Systems Squadron (AFCC SO G-l02, 3 August
1 November 1 986 Redesignated 2139th Communications Squadron (AFCC SO G-07, 21 October 1986).
AWARDS
AFOUAAFOUA
Maj Russell J. Schuenke
Lt Col Thomas W. DeeringMaj James S. RossMaj Wendell W. JerniganLt Col Gerald D. SparksMaj Carl E. MaschmeyerLt Col J. W. Cahill, Jr.Maj J. W. ColemanMaj John W. DrokeLt Col Edwin w. cohrsLt Col Bruce Weiner
1 May 1975 - 31 December 1976January 1986 - 31 December 1987
COMMANDERS
DAFSO GB-784t77DAFSO GB.433/88
1 Jul 1962
10 Nov 1 9661 9681 969
1 Aug 19731 Jul 1975
Jul 1978
11 May 19832 Sep 19869 Aug 1 989
1 965
1 9681 969
1 Aug 19731 Jul 1975
1977Jun 1981
9Aug 1989
220
21 39th COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRON
The Bitburg city emblem originated in 1857. The castle tower represents defiance of the populace to invasionby savage hordes, the open gate indicating that purveyors of the peace were always welcome. Stars and crossesrepresent royalty and religions that molded this Eifel region through the ages. The large lightning bolt representsthe ultimate necessity of communications for mission accomplishment and survivability. The microwave tower,aircraft and telephone handset represent the various modes of communications provided to the host base. Thesilhouetted head with emanating lightning bolts represents the knowledgeable, skilled people who perform alltasks for mission completion. The scroll at the bottom identifies the organization's motto.
221
21 40th COMMUNICATIONS GROUPHELLENIKON AB, GREECE
13 January 1955 The 124Oth AACS Squadron designated and organized at Athenai Airfield (later,Athenai AB; Athenai Airport; Hellenikon AB), Greece, and assigned to 181sth AACS Group (later MediterraneanAACS Region; Mediterranean Communications Region) (MATS GO-l, 4 January 1955).
Division; European lnformation Systems Division; European Communications Division) (AFCS G-99, 15 May19721.
1 July 1961
19 August 1970
7 January 1971
30 June 1972
1 October 1984
1 July 1986
AWARDS
AFOUAAFOUA
Lt Col Bert FisherLt Col Edward C. WallaceLt Col Gomer W. CochranMaj Charles D. LewisCol David M. ConradCol Hugh L. FilbeyCol Elmer W. MerrowCol R. D. RossCol Burnley L. MilesCol Marcus B. ShipmanCol Marilon D. HallLt Col Thomas J. LatinoLt Col George A. Powell
Incomplete dates are approximate.Omitted names/dates are unknown.
6 June 1967 - 23 June 19671 November 1973 - 31 December 1974
COMMANDERS
Redesignated 214Oth Communications Squadron (AFCS G-2, 1 July 19611.
Reassigned to Spanish Communications Region.
Reassigned to Mediterranean Communications Region.
Reassigned to European Communications Area (later, European Communications
Redesignated 2140th lnformation Systems Group (AFCC SO G-102, 3 August 1984).
Reassigned to 1989th lnformation Systems Wing (later, 1989th CommunicationsWing) (AFCC SO G-1 21, 26 June 19861.
1 November 1986 Redesignated 2140th Communications Group (AFCC SO G-O7, 21 October 1986).
DAFSO GB.2O1169DAFSO GB-682175
1 96810 Jul 19698 Dec 1969
19721 1 Aug 1973
1 97518 Jun 1976
1 97810 Jul 19823O Jul 198421 Jul 1987
2 Aug 1 98820 Jun 1989
9 Jul 19697 Dec 1969
1972Aug 1 973
1 97518 Jun 1976
1 978Jul 1982
3O Jul 198421 Jul 1987
2Aug 198820 Jun 1989
222
2140th COMMUNICATIONS GROUP
The shield interior design represents the traditional lightning bolts indicative of Air Force CommunicationsCommand. lnterlocking circles depict the four geographical quadrants of the earth (north, south, east, west)joined together. The flaming torch stands for the seemingly endless task of providing vital communicationscapability to support administration as well as C3 requirements.
223
21 41ct COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRONWUESCHHEIM AS, GERMANY
1 February 1985 The 2141st lnformation Systems Squadron designated and activated at WueschheimAIN (later, Wueschheim AS), West Germany, and assigned to 2OOSth Information Systems Wing (later 2OOSthCommunications Wing) (AFCC SO G-07, 16 January 1985).
1 5 April 1985 Address change from Wueschheim Ol AIN GE 09109-6346 to Wueschheim ASN GEO9109-6346 (AFCC SO G-58, 15 April 1985).
1 November 1986 Redesignated 214lstCommunicationsSquadron (AFCCSOG-07,21 October 1986).
1 October 1990 2141st Communications Squadron at Wueschheim AS, Germany, inactivated.Personnel, equipment, and supplies disposed of in accordance with applicable directives (AFCC SO G-35, 23April 1990).
AWARDS
AFOUA 1 April 1985 - 30 June 1986 DAFSO GB-257t87
COMMANDERS
Maj John A. VolaCapt Sidney R. Shafer
1 Feb 1985 14 Oct 198714 Oct 1987
224
2141st COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRON
Blue and yellow are the Air Force colors. Blue alludes to the sky, the primary theater of Air Force operations.Yellow refers to the sun and the excellence required of Air Force personnel. The pyramid symbolizes the powerand strength of the NATO Alliance. The indentations at the base of the pyramid reflect the information anddata that the unit processes. The lightning bolts indicate the swift and reliable communication capabilities ofthe squadron. The flight symbol represents the squadron and its support of the 38th Tactical Missile Wing andthe NATO Alliance.
225
21 43d COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRONZWEIBRUCKEN AB. GERMANY
1 December 1969 The 2143d Communications Squadron was designated and activated at ZweibruckenAB, West Germany, and assigned to Central European Communications Region (AFCS SO G-194,29 October1969).
30 June 1972 Reassigned to European Communications Area (later, European CommunicationsDivision; European lnformation Systems Division; European Communications Division).
1 April 1983 Reassigned to the 2OOsth Communications Group (later, 20o5th lnformation SystemsGroup; 2OOsth lnformation Systems Wing; 2Oosth Communications Wing) (AFCC SO G-123, 22 September19821.
1 October 1984 Redesignated 2143d lnformation Systems Squadron (AFCC SO G-102, 3 August1984).
1 November 1986 Redesignated 2143d Communications Squadron (AFCC SO G-O7, 21 October 1986).
AWARDS
AFOUA 1 January 1975 - 31 December 1975 DAFSO GB-951/76
COMMANDERS
Capt Richard J. Frye
Maj MusselmanMaj Michael H. MountLt Col T. E. HarmsMaj R. J. RobinsonLt Col Robert K. SnyderCol Robert L. NullMaj Katherine RoweMaj Michael J. Basla
lncomplete dates are approximate.Omitted names/dates are unknown.
Dec 1969
11 Jul 1973 9 Jul 19769 Jul 1976 1 978
SAug 1983 1 Mar 19851 Mar 1985
25 Jun 1986 5 Jul 19885 Jul 1988
226
21 43d COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRON
The Air Force blue globe represents the global scope of communications. Red and white lightning symbolizesthe speed of modern day communications. The red and white bridge symbolizes the communications gap thatthe squadron bridges. The eye is symbolic of the reconnaissance mission supported by the 2143dCommunications Squadron. The aircraft symbolizes the air traffic control portion of the mission. The yellowstar is symbolic of our 24-hour mission.
227
HEADOUARTERS 21 47th COMMUNICATIONS WINGRAF MILDENHALL, ENGTAND
1 August 1962 The 2147th Communications Squadron designated and organized at RAF Mildenhall,England, and assigned to United Kingdom Communications Region (AFCS G-53, 16 July 1962).
30 June 1972 Reassigned to European Communications Area (later, European CommunicationsDivision; European lnformation Systems Division; European Communications Division).
1 January 1980 Redesignated HO 2147th Communications Group (AFCS SO G-248, 6 November19791.
1 October 1984 Redesignated 2147th lnformation Systems Group (AFCC SO G-l02, 3 August 1gB4).
4 January 1985 Redesignated 2147th lnformation Systems Wing (AFCC SO G-189, 26 December1984).
1 November 1 986 Redesignated HO 2 1 47th Communications Wing (AFCC SO G-O7, 2 I October 1 9861.
AWARDS
AFOUA 1 July 1966 - 30 June 1967 DAFSO GB-459/67AFOUA 1 January 1979 - 31 December 1979 DAFSO GB-401/8O
COMMANDERS
Capt Thomas E. Kaiser 1964 21 Jun 1966Maj Donald N. Nystrom 21 Jun 1966 25 Mar 1969Maj Norman E. Mortimer 26 Mar 1969 1970Maj William C. Byrd 1970 1971Maj Ronald D. Thornberry 1971 1974Lt Col Jerome F. Prochaska Jul 1974 Mar 1976Lt Col Richard W. Christensen Jul 1976Col Pierre A. Dillman 13 Jun 1986 17 Jun 1988Col Jerome J. Reinholt 17 Jun 1988
lncomplete dates are approximate.Omitted names/dates are unknown.
228
HEADOUARTERS 2147th COMMUNICATIONS WING
The power antenna disc, and radiation patterns signify the communications and air traffic control provided andsupported throughout the United Kingdom by the wing. The clasped hands signify the close working relationshipthat has developed between the 2147th Communications Wing, the Ministry of Defence, Royal Air Force, andBritish Telecommunications in our joint effort to provide strength for peace through partnership and unity.
229
216fth COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRONRAF FAIRFORD, ENGTAND
1 April 1979 The 216Oth Communications Squadron designated and activated at RAF Fairford,England, to provide communications and air traffic services for SACK-135 air refueling operations, and assignedto European Communications Area (AFCS SO G-31, 7 February 1979).
1 January 198O Reassigned to the 2147th Communications Group (later,2147th lnformation SystemsGroup; 2147th lnformation Systems Wing; 2147th Communications Wing) (AFCS SO G-248, 6 November 1979and AFCS SO G-O8, 11 January 19801.
1 October 19841984).
Redesignated 216Oth Information Systems Squadron (AFCC SO G-102, 3 August
1 November 1986 Redesignated 2160th Communications Squadron (AFCC SO G-07, 21 October 1986).
1 October 1990 216Oth Communications Squadron at Royal Air Force Fairfield, United Kingdom,inactivated. Personnel, equipment, and supplies transferred to Detachmerft 2, 2176th Communications Squadron(AFCC SO G-25, 19 March 1990).
AWARDS
AFOUAAFOUA
Maj S. GostelloMaj Peter C. ThompsonMaj Michael C. HarperMaj John W. MaludaCapt Gregory J. Touhill
30 April 1979 - 31 December 198O1 July 1987 - 30 June 1989
COMMANDERS
DAFSO GB-451/81DAFSO GA-l1/89
1 Apr 197915 Sep 198118 May 19847 Jun 19871 May 1990
15 Sep 198118 May 1984
7 Jun 19871 May 1990
lncomplete dates are approximate.
230
2160th COMMUNTCATIONS SOUADRON
The electronic flashes represent all forms of communications provided by the squadron. The world representscommunications as a worldwide mission with the squadron as a link in that mission. The knight in armor rspresentsthe strength and resolve of the squadron members to provide communications. lt also indicates the ties thesquadron has with its basing in England. Strength through communications briefly explains the squadron mission.Only through reliable and timely communications willthe United States Air Force be able to fulfill its peacetimeand wartime missions.
231
2161st COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRONRAF GREENHAM COMMON, ENGLAND
1 July 1982 The 2161st Communications Squadron designated and activated at RAF GreenhamCommon, England, and assigned to 2 1 47th Communications Group (later, 2147th lnformation Systems Group;2147th lnformation Systems Wing; 2147th Communications Wing) (AFCC SO G-3S, 3O March 1gB2).
1 October 1984 Redesignated 2161st lnformation Systems Squadron (AFCC SO G-1O2,3August1984).
1 November 1986 Redesignated 2161st Communications Squadron (AFCC SO G-O7, 21 October 1986).
1 October 199O 2161st Communications Squadron at RoyalAir Force Greenham Commons, UnitedKingdom, inactivated. Personnel, equipment, and supplies disposed of in accordance with applicable directives.(AFCC SO G-55, 6 August 199O).
AWARDS
AFOUA 1 January 1983 - 31 December 1984 DAFSO GB-S12/B5
COMMANDERS
Capt W. T. LordCapt Richard ZuberCapt Harold M. VanleeuwenCapt Armand D. Boudreau, Jr.
Jul 1982 Aug 1983l5Aug 1983 10 Jul 198510 Jul 1985 18 Jun 198818 Jun 1988
lncomplete dates are approximate.
232
2161st COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRON
Polaris, the guiding star and light, allude to Air Force Communications Command communicators who providethe medium for obtaining and providing guidance to all Air Force activities through communications systems.The star also symbolizes the NATO mission, thus, the close coordination with our Allies. The ellipses signifythe elements of the atom, the basis of all electronic/electrical equipment that the 2161st CommunicationSquadron operates and maintains. This is the macrocosm view. ln the macrocosm, the ellipses represent theearth and the global-wide communications (connectivity) which the 2 1 61 st Communications Squadron provides.The lightning bolt indicates the transmission and reception of signals by the communications equipment andis symbolic of Air Force Communications Command. The blue background indicated the United States Air Forceprimary theater of operations, the sky.
233
21 64Ih COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRONRAF BENTWATERS, ENGLAND
1 5 July 1955 The 1264th AACS Sguadron was designated and organized at Bentwaters RAF Station(later, RAF Bentwaters), England, and assigned to 1821st AACS Group (later United Kingdom AACS Region;United Kingdom Communications Region) (MATS GO-119, 29 June 1955).
1 July 1961
3O June 1972
AWARDS
AFOUAAFOUAAFOUAAFOUA
Maj/Lt Col Alex Y. MutchMaj Joe H. JohnsonMaj John A. PiganellCapt Donald J. TrombleyMaj Robert A. SundholmMai/Lt Col Edwin N. SullivanMaj Nicholas W. RaffaeleCol Richard O. Nordhaus
Lt Col A. J. CossaMaj/Lt Col Alan R. KunsemillerMaj Philip A. CallahanLt Col Harold W. Hosack, Jr.Lt Col Frank Arnemann, Jr.
Incomplete dates are approximate.Omltted names/dates are unknown.
1 January 1974 - 31 December 19751 January 1976 - 31 December 19761 January 198O - 31 December 198O1 January 1981 - 31 December 1981
COMMANDERS
DAFSO GB-952/76DAFSO GB-783t77DAFSO GB-451/81DAFSO GB-598/82
Redesignated 2164th Communications Squadron (AFCS G-2, 1 July 1961).
Reassigned to European Communications Area (later, European CommunicationsDivision; European Information Systems Division; European Communications Division) (AFCS G-98, 15 May1972l'.
1 January 1980 Reassigned to the 2147th Communications Group llater, 2147th lnformation SystemsGroup; 21471h Information Systems Wing; 2147th Communications Wing) (AFCS SO G-248, 9 November 1979and AFCS SO G-08, 11 January 1980).
1 October 19841984).
Redesignated 2164th Information Systems Squadron (AFCC SO G-l02, 3 August
1 November 1986 Redesignated 2164th Communications Squadron (AFCC SO G-O7, 21 October 1986).
196415 Dec 1965SAug 1966SAug 19691 Jul 19731 Aug 1974
17 May 1976Jun 1978
24 Jul 198224 Jul 198528 Mar 198618 Jun 1989
l5Dec 19658 Aug 1 966I Aug 1 9691 Jul 19731 Aug 1974
17 May 1976
Jan 198O
24 Jul 1985
18 Jun 1989
234
21 64th COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRON
The 2164th Communications Squadron had its origin in the Airways and Air Communications Service as the1264th Airways and Air Communications Squadron. This heritage and transition into the Air ForceCommunications Command is depicted by the double crescent which evolves from signal orange to Air Forceblue. The central element of the design is the winged gauntlet which is clearing the sky with a sword, led bylightning bolts. This signifies communications as an active element of the Air Force warfighting mission, whilehighlighting control of the airways. The five stars trailing in the open sky represent the five separate locationsmanned by the squadron-Royal Air Force, Bentwaters; Royal Air Force, Woodbridge; Martlesham Heath(Detachment 1!; Leipheim Air Base, Germany (OL-A), and Ahlhorn Air Base, Germany (OL-B). The dual-starredshield represents the twin base support given to the 81st Tactical Fighter Wing, the host organization. Thediagonal line separating the shield illustrates that the two separate locations act as one. The shield is depictedin the organizational colors of the 8 1 st Tactical Fighter Wing. The world is included to Indicate the global aspectof support as part of the Defense Communications System (Det 1).
235
21 66th COMMUNTCATTONS SOUADRONRAF ATCONBURY, ENGLAND
1 November 1957 The 1266th AACS Squadron, Alconbury RAF, was designated and organized at RAFAlconbury, England. and assigned to the United Kingdom AACS Region (later, United Kingdom CommunicationsRegion) (MATS GO-l04, 9 October 1957).
1 July 1961
30 June 1972
Maj Lawrence A. BaylissMaj Robert H. WillardMaj Thomas S. BrownMaj Robert L. McMullinMaj W. J. Henderson, Jr.Maj Roger J. GrassLt Col Gomer W. GochranCol Hollis O. HallCol Jack C. ReedyCol John M. SedanoLt Col R. G. PaillexMaj D. P. JohnsonLt Col John D. RitenourLt Col Ralph C. EscueLt Col Leon C. OlsonMaj Robert W. Bennett
lncomplete dates are approximate.Omitted names/dates are unknown.
Redesignated 2166th Communications Squadron (AFCS G-2, l July 1961).
Reassigned to European Communications Area (later, European CommunicationsDivision; European lnformation Systems Division; European Communications Divisaon) (AFCS G-98, 15 May19721.
1 January 1980 Reassigned to the 2147th Communications Group (later, 2147th lnformation SystemsGroup; 2147th lnformation Systems Wing; 2147th Communications Wing) (AFCS SO G-248, 6 November 1979and AFCS SO G-O8, 11 January 1980).
1 October 19841984).
Redesignated 2166th lnformation Systems Squadron (AFCC SO G-102, 3 August
1 November 1986 Redesignated 2166th Communications Squadron (AFCC SO G-O7, 21 October 1986).
AWARDS
AFOUA 1 January 1976 - 31 December 1976 DAFSO GB-783177
COMMANDERS
1 Jun 19644 Mar 1967
Nov 1968
14Aug 1969May 1972
29 May 197313 Jun 19749 Jul 1976
20Nov 19837 Jul 1985
15 Jul 19889 Aug 1 99O
30 May 19644 Mar 1967
Nov 1 968
14 Aug 1969May 1972
29 May 197313 Jun 19749 Jul 1976TAug 1978
7 Jul 198515 Jul 1988
9 Aug 1 99O
236
21 66th COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRON
Blue and yellow are the Air Force colors. Blue alludes to the sky, the primary theater of Air Force operations.Yellow refers to the sun and the excellence required of Air Force personnel. The North Star represents the airtraffic control and navigation responsibilities of the unit. The lightning flash and the antenna indicate thecommunications mission of the unit. The globe reflects the worldwide communications capacity of the unit.The computer represents data automation support.
237
21 68th COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRONRAF UPPER HEYFORD, ENGTAND
1 April 1966 The 2168th Communications Squadron was designated, organized, and assigned tothe United Kingdom Communications Region; Det 2166-13 was discontinued concurrently (AFCS SO G-107,9 August 1965).
30 June 1972 Reassigned to European Communications Area (upon inactivation of the UnitedKindgom Communications Region) (AFCS G-98, 15 May 19721.
1 January 198O Relieved from assignment to ECA and further assigned to the 2147th CommunicationsGroup llatet 2147th lnformation Systems Group; 21471h lnformation Systems Wing;2147th CommunicationsWingl (AFCS SO G-248, 6 November 1979 and AFCS SO G-Og, 11 January 1980).
1 October 1984 Redesignated 2168th lnformation Systems Squadron (AFCC SO G-O7,21 October1986).
1 November 1986 Redesignated 2168th Communications Squadron (AFCC SO G-O7, 21 October 1986).
AWARDS
AFOUAAFOUA
Lt Col Luther G. CuthrellMaj Arch H. Layman, Jr.Maj Dennis Boone
Incomplete dates are approximate.Omitted names/dates are unknown.
1 September 1970 - 3O June 19721 January 1982 - 31 December 1982
GOMMANDERS
22 Jul 1985 29 Jun 198729 Jun 1987 18May 198918 May 1989
238
2168th COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRON
The gauntlet, grasping a lightning f lash, represents the responsibility of the unit to relay critical inf ormation insupport of the 20th Tactical Fighter Wing. The embattled disk represents a fortress walland indicates the unit'shome base in the United Kingdom. The aircraft silhouette signifies the unit's support of the 42d ElectronicCombat Squadron. The star reflects the long range, all weather tacticalfighter and electronic combat sortiesprovided by the unit in support of NATO.
239
217 6th COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRONRAF MITDENHALL, ENGTAND
1 August 1982 The 2176th Communications Squadron designated and activated at RAF Mildenhall,England, and assigned to the 2147th Communications Group llatet 21471h lnformation Systems Group; 2147thlnformation Systems Wing; 2147th Communications Wing) (AFCC SO G-gO, 19 July 1982).
1 October 1984 Redesignated 2176th lnformation Systems Squadron (AFCC SO G-1O2, 3 August1984).
1 November 1986 Redesignated 2176th Communications Squadron (AFCC SO G-O7, 21 October 1986).
AWARDS
None
COMMANDERS
Lt Col Wilbur T. ZettlerLt Col John W. DaviesLt Col Douglas R. ColemanLt Col David L. Rakestraw
lncomplete dates are approximate.Omifted names/dates are unknown.
1 Aug 1982 1 Aug 19841 Aus 19842 Sep 1986 4Sep 19894 Sep 1989
240
2 1 76th COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRON
Blue and gold are the Air Force colors. Blue represents the Air Force's theater of operation; gold symbolizesthe high standards of the 21761h Communications Squadron; red represents the love of freedom. The elementson the emblem symbolize the mission of the squadron. The radio dish, telephone, and air traffic control towerreflect the high quality communications that the squadron provides to the 513th Tactical Airlift Wing, representedby the aircraft. The plane's placement above the other elements symbolizes the support of the squadron tothe base. The four-pointed star is symbolic of the 2176th as a member of Air Force Communications Command'swoddwide organization and its placement above all else represents the worldwide communications providedby the command and all its members.
241
2181st COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRONMONTE VERGINE RADIO REIAY SITE (RRLI, ITALY
1 June 1976 The 2181st Communications Squadron designated and activated at Monte VergineRadio Relay Site, ltaly, and assigned to 2187th Communications Group (later, 2187th Information SystemsGroup; 2187th Communications Group) (AFCS SO G-l16, 14 May 1976).
1 October 19841984).
Redesignated 2181st lnformation Systems Squadron (AFCC SO G-102), 3 August
1 November 1986 Redesignated 2181st Communications Squadron (AFCC SO G-07, 21 October 1986).
1 August 1990 2181st Communications Squadron at Monte Vergine RRl, ltaly, inactivated. P€rsonnel,equipment, and supplies transferred to Detachment 3, Headquarters 2187th Communications Group (AFCC
SO G-51, 12 July 19901.
AWARDS
AFOUA
Mai M. C. ProefrockMaj S. W. GravesMaj T. E. DavidsonCapt Ronald D. WalkerCapt Donald K. WillisMaj Michael J. FasslerMaj Douglas B. Peterson
1 January 1978 - 31 December 1978
COMMANDERS
DAFSO GB-635/79
1 Aug 198315 Jul 19859 Jan 1987
2O Sep 1988
15 Jul 19859 Jan 1987
20Sep 1988
Omitted names/dates are unknown.
242
2181st COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRON
Blue and yellow are the Air Force colors. Blue alludes to the sky, the primary theater of Air Force operations.Yellow refers to the sun and the excellence required of Air Force personnel. The globe indacates worldwide accesscapability through the AUTOVON switch system. The lightning bolts symbolize the transmission facilities thatsupport NATO forces in ltaly. The chain suggests the link with other elements of the Defense CommunicationsSystem. The sword conveys strength through reliable communications. The gauntlet indicates the commandand control capability reaching out to support the Air Force. The helmet refers to the location of the unit in ltaly.
243
2184th COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRONHAHN AB, GERMANY
1 November 1954 The 2184th Communications Squadron was designated, organized, and assigned tothe 182oth Airways and Air Communications Service Group (later, Central European Airways and AirCommunications Service Region; Central European Communications Regionl (MATS SO-172, 15 October 19541.
1 July 1961 Upon the establishment of AFCS, redesignated 2184th Communications Squadron(AFCS SO G-2, 1 July 1961).
3OJune 1972 Upon inactivation of the CENCEUR Communications Region, the 2184 CS wasreassigned to Headquarters European Communications Area (AFCS SO G-97, 15 May 19721.
1 April 1983 Further assigned to 2OOsth Communications Group (later, 2Oosth InformationSystems Group;2005th lnformation Systems Wing;2oOsth Communications Wing) (AFCC SO G-l23,22 September 19821.
1 October 1984 Redesignated 2184th lnformation Systems Squadron (AFCC SO G-1O2, 3 August1 984)
1 November 1986 Redesignated 2184th Communications Squadron (AFCC SO G-07, 21 October 1 986).
AWARDS
AFOUAAFOUAAFOUA
Col Ralph H. FordLt Col Donald R. BurkeMaj Timothy C. Martin
lncomplete dates are approximate.Omitted dates/names are unknown.
1 July 1970 - 31 December 19711 January 1974 - 31 December 19751 January 1978 - 31 December 1979
COMMANDERS
Aug 1985 Sep 19862 Sep 1986 4Aug 19894Aug 1989
244
2184th COMMUNTCATTONS SOUADRON
The two white darts are symbolic of the aircraft and teamwork which the squadron supports in its mission.The direct lightning bolts to the darts represent the positive command and control communications and air trafficcontrol services which are provided. The larger curved lightning bolts symbolize the total communications andnavigational aids efforts of the unit: to provide all-encompassing support within the unit's dynamic areas ofresponsibility. The blue and white globe superimposed with a sword symbolizes defense and is topped withthe north star representang a commitment to provide positive guidance and communications in order to ensurethe strengths of United States Air Force's worldwide operational interests. The dark blue cloud looming abovethe horizon at the top symbolizes the ever present threat to the security and readiness of United States ArmedForces. The two white darts symbolically supported by squadron's capabilities and efforts, stand ready to meetthis threat by helping to prolect American airpower whenever required.
245
2186th COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRONTORREJON AB, SPAIN
1 April 1983 The 2186th Communications Squadron designated and activated at Torrejon AB,Spain, and assigned to 1989th Communications Group (later, 1989th lnformation Systems Group; 1989thlnformation Systems Wing; 1989th Communications Wingl (AFCC SO G-94, 27 July 1982).
1 October 1984 Redesignated 2186th lnformation Systems Squadron (AFCC SO G-1O2,3August1984).
1 November 1986 Redesignated 2186th Communications Squadron (AFCC SO G-O7, 21 October 19861.
AWARDS
AFOUA 1 July 1983 - 30 June 1985
COMMANDERS
Lt Col Walter J. OkonLt Col Gabriel J. AlcalaMaj James D. Perry, Jr.Lt Col Larry L. Petty
28 Jul 1983 6 Oct 19866 Oct 1986 17 Oct 1988
17 Oct 1988 18 Jun 198918 Jun 1989
246
21 86th COMMUNTCATIONS SOUADRON
The 2186th Communications Squadron is located at Torrejon Spain. The mission of the squadron is to plan,program, budget, operate and maintain command and control communications and air traffic services in supportto the USAF and other agencies in Spain. ln addition, the squadron provides communications-electronics andair traffic control staff support to Sixteenth Air Force, headquartered at Torrejon Air Base. To accomplish itsmission, the squadron is assigned over 50O military and civilian personnel. The north star symbolizes all thenavigational support provided by the squadron which includes ground approach, NAVAIDS, and ground radio.The control tower portrays the air traffic services provided by the squadron. The dish antenna depicts themaintenance division's mission of the squadron. The lightning bolts from the antenna represents the DefenseCommunications Agency, tropospheric, microwave line-of-sight radio equipment, the Defense SatelliteCommunications Systems, and the Tech Control Facility provided bythe 2186th Communication Squadron.The large lightning bolt represents the combined strength and voice of the 2186th Communications Squadron.
247
HEADOUARTERS 2187th COMMUNICATIONS GROUPAVIANO AB, ITALY
18 February 1956 The 12871h AACS Squadron, Aviano #1 Airfield was designated, organized, andassigned to the 181sth AACS Group (later Mediterranean AACS Region) (MATS GO-l7, 31 January 1956).
18 December 1959 The 2187th AACS Squadron was reassigned from the Mediterranean to the CentralEuropean (CENEUR)AACS Region, (later CentralEuropean Communications Region) (MATS GO-99, 2O November1959).
1 July1961 Upon the establishment of AFCS, redesignated 2187th Communications Squadron(AFCS G-2, l July 19611.
l January 1969 Reassigned from CENEUR to the Spanish Communications Region (AFCS G-189,29 November 1968).
1 January 1971 Upon inactivation of the Spanish Communications Region, the 2187th was reassignedto the Mediterranean Communications Region (AFCS G-2,7 January 1971).
30 June 1972 Upon inactivation of the Mediterranean Communications Region, the 2187th wasreassigned to HO European Communications Area (later, European Communications Division; Europeanfnformation Systems Division) (AFCS G-99, 15 May 19721.
1 January 1973 Redesignated 2187th Communications Group (AFCS G-214,18 September 1972l..
1 October 1984 Redesignated 2187th Information Systems Group (AFCC SO G-2O1, 3 August 1984).
1 July 1 986 Relieved from assignment to EISD and further assigned to 1989th lnformation SystemsWing (AFCC SO G-121,26 June 1986).
1 November 1986 Redesignated HO 2187th Communications Group (AFCC SO G-O7, 21 October 86).
AWARDS
AFOUA 1 January 1976 - 31 December 1976 DAFSO GB-783177
COMMANDERS
Capt John J. PeriMaj James W. Russell, Jr.Lt Col Arnold M. StenmarkCapt Robert H. EppersonMaj Thomas S. BrownMaj Robert L. McMullinLt Col Gomer W. CockranCol Hollis O. HallCol Jack C. ReedyCol John M. SedanoCol Glenn G. Giddings, Jr.Col Victor S. Stachelczyk*Lt Col John R. MacyCol Paul S. Bolen
*Later Brig Gen
lncomplete dates are approximate.Omitted names/dates are unknown.
18 Feb 1956Dec 1956
1 Jun 19642 Jul 19654 Mar 1967
Nov 1968 Dec 1969Jul 1972
29 May 197313 Jul 19749 Jul 1976TAug 1978
29 Jun 197929 Jul 1985 24 Jun 198824 Jun 1988
248
HEADOUARTERS 21871h COMMUNICATIONS GROUP
The mailed fist and electronic flashes represent the Air Force commander's use of communications to exercisecommand and control of aerospace power in the defense of freedom. The North Star represents the air trafficservices support provided to aerospace forces. The NATO star represents command and control communicationsprovided to United States Air Forces in Europe when under NATO operational control. The chain representslong-line communications links forged in the fires of freedom.
249
2 1 89th COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRONCOMISO AS, ITALY
1 October 1982 The 2189th Communications Squadron designated and activated at Comiso AS, ltaly,and assigned to the 2187th Communications Group (later, 2187th lnformation Systems Group) (AFCC SO G-96,28 July 19821.
1 October 19841984).
Redesignated 2189th lnformation Systems Squadron (AFCC SO G-l02, 3 August
1 November 1986 Redesignated 2189th Communications Squadron (AFCC SO G-O7, 21 October 1986).
1 october 1990 2189th Communications Squadron at Comiso ASN, ltaly, inactivated. Personnel,equipment, and supplies disposed of in accordance with applicable directives (AFCC SO G-55, 6 August 1990).
AWARDS
None
COMMANDERS
Maj Terry J. EltonCapt John S. EllisCapt John R. SuttonCapt George F. Bettis llMaj Martha E. MauerMaj Paul M. BessonCapt Dennis Jauch
4 May 198318 May 1984
8 May 198518 Nov 198515 May 198610Aug 198714 Jul 1989
18 May 19848 May 1985
18Nov 198515 May 1986lOAug 198714 Jul 1989
250
2189th COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRON
Blue and yellow are the Air Force colors. Blue alludes to the sky, the primary theater of Air Force operations.Yellow refers to the sun and the excellence required of Air Force personnel. The lightning bolt, symbolic ofcommunications, signifies the mission of the 2189th Communications Squadron of providing telecommunicationsand data automation support at Comiso Air Station, Sicily. The globe represents the unit's role in providingan essential link in the Air Force's worldwide communications network. The telecommunications dish pointingto the NATO star reflects the unit's support of NATO. The griffin, mascot of the 487th Tactile Missile Wing,reflects the squadron's relationship to the wing. The flaming sword, symbolic of United States Air Forces inEurope, signifies the squadron's contribution to the USAFE mission. The three stars represent the merging ofthe data automation (5111, telecommunications (291), and Autodin Switching Center (295) career fields toform the new 491 career field.
251
HEADOUARTERS ENGINEERING INSTALTATION DIVISION
The Air Force blue background depicts the aerospace mission of the Air Force. The white globe with black linesportrays the division's worldwide mission. The pimento red lightning bolts signify the alacrity with whichengineering and installation teams respond to customers' requests to install communications€lectronics systemsand facilities all over the world. The white triangle and Air Force yellow hard hat on either side of the globesymbolize the worldwide engineering and installation effort. The yellow aster symbolizes the division itself, whichis the focal point for Air Force engineering and installation actavifies. The four points of the aster represent theEngineering lnstallation Division's programming, enginaering, supply, and installation resources. None can standalone and all are necessary to successfully fulfill the division's mission.
253
HEADOUARTERS ENGINEERING INSTATLATION DIVISIONTINKER AFB, OKIAHOMA
When the Southern Communications Area was inactivated on 1 June 1981, the Engineering lnstallation Centerwas established at Oklahoma City AFS, Oklahoma, and assigned to Air Force Communications Command.Effective 1 October 1983, the location of the Engineering Installation Center changed from Oklahoma City AFS,Oklahoma to Tinker AFB, Oklahoma. This was an address change only and did not constitute a unit move. TheEngineering lnstallation Center was redesignated HO Engineering lnstallation Division on 1 March 1985.
SIGNIFICANT ACTIVITIES: Established in June 1981 as part of a major reorganization of AFCC, charged withengineering and installation of communications electronics equipment.
AWARDS
None
COMMANDERS
Col David B. BartholomewCol James S. Cassity, Jr.'*'Col William R. TaylorCol Robert A. ReinmanCol Robert L. Hayes
1 Jun 19811O Jul 198129 Jul 19831 5 Mar 198512 May 1989
9 Jul 198129 Jul 198315 Mar 198512 May 1989
* * t Later Lt Gen
255
COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS PROGRAM OFFICESCOTT AFB, ILLINOIS
1 November 1985 The 2026th lnformation Systems Support Squadron was activated, on 1 November1985 at Scott AFB, lllinois, and assigned to Air Force Communications Command as a direct reporting unit(DRU) (AFCC SO G-18, 23 october 1985).
1 November 1986 The 2026th Information Systems Support Squadron was redesignated 2026thCommunications Squadron (AFCC SO G-11, 21 October 1986).
1 January 1988 Relieved from assignment to AFCC and further assigned to Engineering lnstallationDivision, Tinker AFB, Oklahoma (AFCC SO G-17, 21 December 1987).
1 July 1989 Redesignated Communications Systems Program Office (CSPO) at Scott AFB, lllinois(AFCC SO G-50, 22 June 1989).
AWARDS
None
COMMANDERS
Lt Col Robert L. BoltonCol Rey A. Neville
1 Nov 1985 l4Nov 1986l4Nov 1986
256
COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS PROGRAM OFFICE
Blue and yellow are the Air Force colors. Blue alludes to the sky, the primary theater of Air Force operations.Yellow refers to the sun and the excellence required of Air Force personnel. The telephone and lightning flashessymbolize the communications mission of the unit. The globe portrays the worldwide aspects of the operations.The embattlement signifies defense and also represents a square wave, an electronic signal.
257
HEADOUARTERS 485th ENGINEERING INSTALLATION GROUPGRIFFISS AFB, NEW YORK
28 March 1966 The 485th GEEIA Squadron was constituted and activated at Cam Ranh Bay AB, SouthVietnam, and assigned to Air Force Logistics Command.
15 April 1966 The 485th GEEIA Squadron organized and reassigned to Pacific GEEIA Region.
1 May 1970 Redesignated the 485th Electronics lnstallation Squadron and reassigned to PacificCommunications Area (AFCS G-62,2 April 1970).
1 January 1972 The 485th Engineering lnstallation Squadron reassigned to Northern CommunicationsArea and moved (without personnel/equipment) to Griffiss AFB, New York (AFCS Movement Order-l2,1 5 December 1971).
31 July 1977 The 485th Communications and lnstsllation Group established (active).
1 July 1980 Redesignated 485th Engineering lnstallation Group (AFCC G-51, 1 April 1980).
1 June 1981 Reassigned to Engineering lnstallation Center (later, Engineering lnstallation Division)(AFCC G-31, 20 February 1981).
On 1 August 1977, the 2019th Communications Squadron and the 485th Electronics lnstallation Squadronmerged to become the 485th Communications and Installation Group.
AWARDS
RVN GC w/P 15 May 1966 - 1 April 1970 DAFSO GB-336/75AFOUA wA/ 1 January 1970 - 31 December 1970 DAFSO GB-423171AFOUA 1 January 1973 - 31 December 1973 DAFSO GB-631/74RVN GC w/P 1 November 1969 - 1 January 1972 DAFSO GB-336/75AFOUA 1 January 1974 - 31 December 1974 DAFSO GB-682/75AFOUA 1 January 1975 - 31 December 1975 DAFSO GB-939/76AFOUA 1 June 1981 - 31 December 1982 DAFSO GB-696/83
CAMPAIGN STREAMERS
Vietnam AirVietnam Air OffensiveVN Air Off, Phase llVN Air Off, Phase lllVietnam Air/GroundVN Air Off, Phase lVTET G9/Counteroffensive
VN Summer-Fall, 1969VN Winter-Spring, 197OSanctuary CounteroffensiveSouthwest MonsoonCommando Hunt VCommando Hunt ViCommando Hunt Vll
259
HEADOUARTERS'I85th ENGINEERING INSTATLATION GROUPGRIFFISS AFB, NEW YORK
COMMANDERS
Maj Marcelius HunterMaj David GallowayCol LuxbarrCapt Oakley VincentMaj Harold DonathLt Col Thomas R. ColemanLt Co! James M. BernsonCapt David B. StoltzMai/Lt Col Frederick T. WalkerCapt Herman J. Litra (lnterimlMaj Joseph T. Stewart, Jr.Lt ColThomas R. HowesCol Roderick W. CowardLt Col Lynn RobinsonCol Robert JanzenLt Col Joseph T. Stewart, Jr.Col Clinton C. Moore, Jr.Col Robert L. HayesCol Donald R. Speice
lncomplete dates are approximate.Omitted names/dates are unknown.
5 Nov 197ODec 1971
1 Feb 197224May 197411 Jul 1974
Jul 19761 Aug 1 977
1 9791 Jan 19811 Jun 19818 Jul 1983
27 Jan 198626 Jul 1988
5 Nov 1 970Dec 1971
1 Feb 197224May 197411 Jul 1974
Jun 1976Jul 1977
198031 Mar 19818 Jul 1983
27 Jan 198626 Jul 1988
260
HEADOUARTERS 485th ENGINEERING INSTALLATION GROUP
The shield was designed by members of the group using the old unit emblem. lt is symbolic of the group. Thered dragon represents the unit's activation in Vietnam, and since Vietnam was in the tropics, it was placedin the sun for reference to the group's responsibilities in connection with meteorological equipment. The fieldbehind the sun alludes to the sky, the primary theater of the Air Force mission with flashes symbolizing electronicsand communications systems. The arc at the top represents the shape of the original emblem. The northernlights with Aurora Borealis, the Big Dipper, and the North Star represent the unit's mission in support of NorthernCommunications Area, Air Force Communications Command.
261
1818th RESERVE ADVISOR SOUADRONTINKER AFB, OKLAHOMA
1 January 1976 The 1818th Reserve Advisor Squadron designated and activated at Oklahoma CityAFS, Oklahoma, and assigned to Southern Communications Area (AFCS G-323, 21 November 19751.
1 June 1981 Reassigned to Engineering Installation Center (later, Engineering lnstallation Division)(AFCC SO G-31, 2O February 1981).
1 September 1983 Location of 1818th Reserve Advisor Squadron changed from Oklahoma City AFS OK63069 to Tinker AFB OK 63145 (AFCC G-112, 1 September 19831.
AWARDS
None
COMMANDERS
Major Duane L. OlsonMajor John H. HarrisonCol Raymond E. MeshellCol Ronald T. SchmlttCapt Jerry L. SummerfieldCapt Donald R. BarnesCapt James R. Honea
1 Jun 1981 3ONov 198130Nov 1981 25 Jan 198525 Jan 1985 26 Apr 1985l4May 1985 1 Jun 1987
1 Jun 1987 5 Jul 19895 Jul 1989 15Aug 199O
l5Aus 199O
Omifted names/dates are unknown.
262
1818th RESERVE ADVISOR SOUADRON
The blue background symbolizes the sky, the primary theater of Air Force operations. The keystone representsthe squadron's mission to support the Englneering Installation Division and the Air National Guard. The starrepresents the Engineering lnstallation Division and the lightning bolts, triangle and hard hat allude to the mission.The globe signifies that these missions are worldwide. The Minuteman and missiles depict the Air National Guardaspect of the squadron.
263
18271h ELECTRONICS INSTATLATION SOUADRONKELLY AFB, TEXAS
1 July 1980 The 1827th Electronics lnstallation Squadron designated and activated at Kelly AFB,Texas and assigned to 1923d Communications Group.
l June 1981 Reassigned to the Engineering lnstallation Center (later, Engineering lnstallationDivision) {AFCC G-31, 20 February 1981).
AWARDS
AFOUAAFOUA
Maj/Lt Col Garland W. BenfieldMaj Robert E. DanielsMaj Leonard H. GaetzLt Col Finch M. JonesLt Col Jimmie A. Blackwell
1 January 1975 - 31 December 19761 January 1983 - 31 December 1984
COMMANDERS
DAFSO GB-785177DAFSO GB-s12/85
1 Jul 198O22 Dec 19818 Jul 1983
29 May 19862 May 1989
22 Dec 19818 Jul 1983
29 May 19862 May 1989
264
1827th ELECTRONICS INSTALLATION SOUADRON
The sphere portrays the global aspect of the unit's mission. The mailed fist represents the hand of Air Forcecommands who exercise command and control of aerospace power. The eagle represents the unit's mobility,agility, and dedication, as well as the Air Force flying mission which is supported by the squadron. The lightningflashes symbolize all forms of aerospace communications which are used to "provide the reins of command."The North Star stresses navigation and flight control as distinct but integrated parts of command and controlaerospace forces. The atom represents the electronic medium through which command and control are exercised.
265
HEADOUARTERS 1836th ENGINEERING INSTALLATION GROUPLINDSEY AS, GERMANY
18 January 1957 1892d Airways and Air Communications Servace Engineering and lnstallationsSquadron designated and organized at Bitburg AB, Germany and assigned to 1884th AACS Engineering andlnstallation Group.
13 November 1957
18 December 1957AACS Region.
18 January 1958
30 June 1958
1 January 1959
30 October 1959
30 September 1969
1 May 1970Communications Area. (AFCS G-62, 2 April 19701.
Relocated to Ramstein (later, Ramstein-Landstuhll AB, Germany.
Reassigned to the European-African-Middle Eastern AACS Area; Central European
Redesignated 1892d AACS lnstallations Squadron.
Relocated to Lindsey AB (later, AS), Germany.
Redesignated 2874th GEEIA Squadron and assigned to European GEEIA Region.
Relocated to Ramstein AB, Germany.
Reassigned to Eastern GEEIA Region.
Redesignated 1836th Electronics lnstallation Squadron and reassigned to European
15 January 1973
1 October 1975
1 July 19801980).
1 June 1981
AWARDS
AFOUAAFOUAAFOUAAFOUAAFOUAAFOUAAFOUA
Lt Col Donald V. FrewLt Col Robert E. Nolan, Jr.Lt Col Edward A. ClarkLt Col Robert A. ReinmanLt Col Clinton C. Moore, Jr.Lt Col John J. Kershaw, Jr.Col Paul S. OlchvaryCol Billy R. Gamble
lncomplete dates are approximate.Omitted names/dates are unknown.
19 November 1961 - 28 February 19621 5 September 1964 - 29 October 1964
1 January 1973 - 31 December 19741 January 1976 - 31 December 19771 January 1978 - 31 December 19781 January 1979 - 31 December 19801 January 1981 - 31 December 1981
COMMANDERS
Relocated to Wiesbaden AB, Germany.
Relocated to Lindsey AS, Germany.
Redesignated HO 1836th Engineering lnstallation Group (AFCC SO G-68, 16 April
Reassigned to Engineering lnstallation Center (AFCC SO G-31, 20 February 1981).
DAFSO GB-682/75DAFSO GB-634/78DAFSO GB-635/79DAFSO GB-451/81DAFSO GB-598/82
1971Mar 1973
15 Jul 197514 Jul 19786 Jul 19815 Jul 19833 Jul 1985
22 Jun 1988
15 Jul 197514 Jul 19786 Jul 19815 Jul 19833 Jul 1985
22 Jun 1988
266
HEADOUARTERS 1836th ENGINEERING INSTALTATION GROUP
The tower represents the unit responsibility to install, remove, and maintain antenna towers in the Europeantheater. The antenna and lightning bolt represent the unit responsibility to install, remove, and maintain radiotransmission capabilities in support of Allied Forces. The atom with electrons represents the unit responsibilityto install, remove, and maintain a variety of electronics systems such as NAVAIDS, meteorological, aircraftcontrol and warning, and secure communications. The hands on the tower represent the requirement for unitpersonnel to climb high structures. Meshing gears represents the teamwork required between and among unitwire and electronics teams of specialists to accomplish mission taskings.
267
1837th ELECTRONICS INSTATLATION SOUADRONYOKOTA AB, JAPAN
1 July 198O The 1837th Electronics lnstallation Squadron designated and activated at Yokota AB,Japan, and assigned to the Pacific Communications Area (AFCC SO G-51, 1 April 198O).
1 June 1981 Reassigned to 1843d Engineering Installataon Group (AFCC SO G-31, 20 February1981).
1 January 1986 Reassigned to HO Engineering lnstallation Division (AFCC SO G-34, 15 November198s).
AWARDS
AFOUAAFOUARVN GC W/PAFOUAAFOUA
Lt Col Dwynne C. ArnesonLt Col Paul S. OlchvaryLt Col George R. Peterson llMaj Samuel LoganLt Donald Ottinger
1 January 1969 - 31 December 1970 DAFSO GB-4721711 January 1971 - 31 December 1972 DAFSO GB-595/73
1 May 1970 - 28 January 1973 DAFSO GB-346/751 January 1981 -31 December 1982 DAFSO GB-696/831 January 1983 - 31 December 1983 DAFSO GB-497184
COMMANDERS
1 Jul 1980 23 Jun 198223Jun 1982 20Jun 198420 Jun 1984 12 Jun 198712 Jun 1987 3Aug 1990
3 Aug 1 990
268
1837th ELECTRONICS INSTATLATION SOUADRON
The globe symbolizes the worldwide nature of the squadron's work. The eagle symbolizes the squadron's superiorability to perform quality installations and the primary method of travel for squadron personnel throughout thePacific. The three lightning bolts symbolize the 1837th Electronics lnstallation Squadron; Det 1 at Clark AB,Philippines, and OL-A at Osan AB, Korea. The stars represent the major organizational elements within the unit;e.9., inside plant; cable; antenna; radio; radar-navaids; crypto-teletype, and support (all other squadron functionsthat assist the installation effort).
269
1839th ENGINEERING INSTATTATION GROUPKEESLER AFB, MISSISSIPPI
1 May 1970 HO 1839th Electronics lnstallation Group established and activated at Keesler AFB,Mississippi, and assigned to Southern Communications Area (AFCS G-101 ,20May 19701.
1 July 1980
1 July 1981(AFCC SO G-31, 20 February 1981).
AWARDS
AFOUAAFOUAAFOUAAFOUAAFOUAAFOUA
Col Cecil D. MillerCol Herbert R. Morris, Jr.Col Peter Beeble (lnterim)Col Fred E. BrehmCol Curtis C. LoveCol Clarence B. BlockerLt Col George R. Peterson ll (Acting)Col Joseph M. Rup, Jr.Col James W. HanbyCol Wilbur T. Zettler
1 January 1973 - 31 December 19731 January 1974- 31 December 19741 January 1975 - 31 December 19751 January 1976 - 31 December 1976
1 February 1986 - 31 January 19871 January 1988 - 30 June 1989
COMMANDERS
Redesignated 1839th Engineering lnstallation Group (AFCC SO G-68, 16 April 19801.
Reassigned to Engineering lnstallation Center (later, Engineering lnstallation Division)
DAFSO GB-631/31DAFSO GB-682175DAFSO GB-938/76DAFSO GB-783177DAFSO GB-433/88DAFSO GA-l1/89
May 197OMay 1972Sep 1974
7 Oct 19741 Jul 1975
10 Jul 19812 Sep 19831 Dec 1983
31 May 198528 Jul 1989
Apr 1972Sep 1974
7 Oct 19741 Jul 1975
10 Jul 19812 Sep 19831 Dec 1983
31 May 198528 Jul 1989
Incomplete dates are approximate.
270
1839th ENGINEERING INSTALTATION GROUP
The electronic flashes represent all forms of aerospace communications through which control of aerospaceforces is provided. The parabolic reflector, satellite, and tower represent the state of the art communicationssupport provided by the group's engineering and installation teams. The North Star represents group supportto navigation and air traffic control systems as distinct but integrated parts of command and control. The worldsymbolizes the global aspect of 1839th Engineering lnstallation Group operations.
271
1843d ENGINEERING INSTATLATION GROUPWHEELER AFB, HAWAII
1 May 1970 The 1843d Electronics Engineering Squadron designated and activated at WheelerAFB, Hawaii, and assigned to the Pacific Communications Area (AFCS G-62,2 April 1970).
1 June 1981 Redesignated 1843d Electronics Installation Group and assigned to the Engineeringlnstallation Center (later, Engineering lnstallation Division) (AFCC SO G-31,20 February 1981).
AWARDS
None
COMMANDERS
Lt Col Mark A. MooreLt Col Richard D. TingeyLt Col Harold Steinke, Jr.Lt Col James M. BernsenCol Harold E. MercerLt Col Dudley C. Lancaster
Col Joseph J. BlumCol Thomas R. HowesCol Richard A. HamiltonLt Col Robert C. HanlonLt Col James E. Joest
lncomplete dates are approximate.Omitted names/dates are unknown.
May 197O26 May 19715 Jul 1972
15 Feb 19751 Jun 19751 Sep 1976
1 Jun 198121 Jul 19824 Jan 1985
15 Sep 19865Aug 1988
26May 19715 Jul 1972
15 Feb 19751 Jun 19751 Sep 1976
21 Jul 19824Jan 1985
15Sep 19865 Aug 1 988
272
1843d ENGINEERING INSTALLATION GROUP
The yellow lightning bolts (similar to those on the Air Force Communications Command emblem) representcommunications. The white gearwheel, together with the red mathematical integration symbol, constitutes theofficial, internationally recognized emblem of the engineering profession. lt is patterned after (but not copiedfrom)the symbol of the American Society of Professional Engineers. The open+nd wrench denotes the installationside of our business. The global background showing continental outlines represents the Pacific area in whichthe group operates. The yellow and ultramarine blue colors with which the design is executed represent theUnited States Air Force.
273
1845th ELECTRONIC ENGINEERING GROUPTINKER AFB, OKLAHOMA
1 August 1988 1845th Electronic Engineering Group designated, activated, and assigned toEngineering lnstallation Division (AFCC SO G-81, 21 August 1988).
AWARDS
None
COMMANDERS
Lt Col Kenneth R. OlsonLt Col Richard J. JoyceMaj George R. Henderson (lnterimlLt Col Thomas P. Foss
1 Aug 1988 TNov 1988TNov 1988 30 Jul 1990
30 Jul 1990 28Aug 199029Aus 1990
274
1845th ETECTRONIC ENGINEERING GROUP
Blue and yellow are the Air Force colors. Blue alludes to the sky, the primary theater of Air Forco operations.Yellow refers to the sun and the excellence required of Air Force personnel. The lightning boh signifies electronicsand communication. The four pointed star represents the North Star and symbolizes direction and leadership.
275
1849th ELECTRONICS INSTATLATION SOUADRONMcGLELLAN AFB, CAIIFORNIA
1 July 1980 1849th Electronics lnstallation Squadron designated and activated at McClellan AFB,California and assigned to Northern Communications Area (AFCC SO G-86, 12 May 1980).
1 June 1981 Reassigned to Engineering Installation Center (later, Engineering lnstallation Division)(AFCC SO G-31, 20 February 1981).
AWARDS
None
COMMANDERS
Lt Col James L. ParkerLt Col Earl J. Scalet, Jr.Lt Col Oliver C. Reign, Jr.Maj Martin A. Payne
1 Jul 1980 1 Jul 19821 Jul 1982 3 Jul 19843 Jul 1984 26 Jun 1987
26 Jun 1987
276
1849th ELECTRONICS INSTALLATION SOUADRON
The classic gold miner is representative of the local heritage prevalent in the immediate surroundings of McClellanAFB, Sacramento, California. lt is significant because of the 1849 Gold Rush. The black pick and black outlinedhard hat represent the tools used to accomplish the electronics-installation mission. The colors black and goldrepresent this unit's colors. The two lightning flashes represent the unit's mixed force of military and civilian,but more importantly indicate a convergence (a miner held pick) of a common goalwith quick reaction capability.The globe with blue background uses the colors of the United States Air Force as well as the Air ForceCommunications Command. The globe represents the unit's worldwide mission. The blue sky represents theenvironment in which the Air Force operates. The six stars represent the unit's role of advisory support to sixdifferent Air National Guard units.
277
HEADOUARTERS TOGISTICS COMMUNICATIONS DIVISION
The colors blue and golden yellow are representative of the Air Force. The V-shaped design is stylized to representflight connectang through logistics represented by the gear. The red lightning bolts are symbolic of readinessand Air Force Communications Command. The gear with the star and red disc is from the historical shoulderinsignia, approved 16 June 1947, and is symbolic of the technical air missions performed by the Air Force LogisticsCommand in service to the advancement of air power for our country's freedom.
279
HEADOUARTERS LOGISTICS COMMUNICATIONS DIVISIONWRIGHT.PATTERSON AFB, OHIO
The 1819th Airways and Air Communications Service Group was designated on 1 5 July 1954 and organizedon 1 September 1954 at Chanute AFB, lllinois, assigned to the 180oth AACS Wing. Redesignated Headquarters,181gth AACS Group on 1 December 1954. Redesignated HO Midwestern AACS Region on 1 November 1 957and HO Midwestern Communications Region on 1 July 1961, assigned to Air Force Communications Service.Discontinued and inactivated on 1 July 1963. Headquarters, Midwestem Communications Region redesignatedHeadquarters, Logistics lnformation Systems Division on 1O December 1985 and activated on 1 January 1986,at Wright-Patterson AFB, Ohio, assigned to Air Force Communications Command. Redesignated HeadquartersLogistics Gommunications Division 1 November 1986.
AWARDS
None
COMMANDERS
Col James R. ReidCol Edward R. CarwiseCol John D. EnloeCol Jonathan W. WhittakerCol Stephen E. Anno
1 Jan 198618 Mar 198623 Jul 198723 Jul 19893 Jul 1990
17 Mar 198623 Jul 198723 Jul 19892 Jul 1990
281
1881st COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRONHILL AFB, UTAH
15 August 1965 The 1881st Communications Squadron designated and organized at Cam Ranh BayAB, South Vietnam, assigned to 1964th Communications Group. (AFCS G-103, 3 August 1965).
31 May 1972 Reassigned to Northern Communications Area (later, Continental CommunicationsDivision) and location changed to Hill AFB, Utah (Movement Order-4, 24 March 1972l..
1 June 1981 Reassigned to Continental Communications Division (AFCC SO G-31, 20 February1981).
l January 1986 Redesignated 1881st lnformation Systems Squadron and assigned to Logisticslnformation Systems (later, Logistics Communications) Division.
1 November 1 986 Redesignated 1881st Communications Squadron. (AFCC SO G-Og, 21 October 1 986).
The 1881st Communications Squadron at Cam Ranh AB, Republic of Viet Nam, was officially transferred toHillAFB, Utah. The 1881st assumed the mission of the lgo6th retaining the 1gO6th personnel. The lgO6thCommunications Squadron formally deactivated 31 May 1972.
AWARDS
RVN GC w/PAFOUA wA/AFOUA wA/AFOUA wA/AFOUA wA/AFOUA wA/AFOUA wA/AFOUA wA/AFOUAAFOUA
CAMPAIGN STREAMERS
Vietnam DefenseVietnam AirVietnam Air OffensiveVN Air Off, Phase llVN Air Off, Phase lllVietnam Air/GroundVN Air Off, Phase lVTET 69/Counteroffensive
1 April 1966 - 31 May 197215 August 1965 - 30 June 1966
1 July 1966 - 30 June 19671 July 1967 - 30 June 19681 July 1968 - 30 June 19691 July 1969 - 30 June 19701 July 1970 - 30 June 19711 July 1971 - 31 May 1972
DAFSO GB-346/75DAFSO GB-351/66DAFSO GB-454167DAFSO G8.615/68DAFSO G8.881/69DAFSO GB-796/70DAFSO GB-135/72DAFSO GB-l64/73
1 January 1976 - 31 December 1977 DAFSO GB-634/781 January 1983 - 31 December 1984 DAFSO GB-512/85
VN Summer-Fall, 1969VN Winter-Spring, 1970Sanctuary Counteroff ensiveSouthwest MonsoonCommando Hunt VCommando Hunt VlCommando Hunt VllVietnam Ceasefire
283
1881st COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRONHILL AFB, UTAH
COMMANDERS
Capt Jerrell W. BrooksCapt Harry Natow (lnterim)Maj Chester J. DerezinskiCapt Billie H. Watson (lnterim)Maj Elbert R. Shoemate (lnterim)Lt Col Robert H. WillardLt Col Alva R. ReidLt Col Lester C. TolbertLt Col John M. KreslLt Col George Dearing, Jr.Maj Byron C. KortMaj Paul O. PhenicielCapt Byron G. BradburyCapt John L. Woodward, Jr.Lt Col Jack E. StratfordLt Col Warren L. HarrisLt Col Robert E. DanielsLt Col H. Stephen StoryLt Col John C. Shackelford
23Aug 196521 Feb 196614 Mar 196627 Feb 19671 1 Mar 196723 Mar 196713 Jan 1968
1 Jan 19691 1 Sep 1970
1971Jun 1972Oct 1973
21 Nov 197515Jun 19786 Jan 1981
13 Aug 198426 Jun 198616 Jan 198723 Feb 1989
20 Feb 196613 Mar 196627 Feb 19671O Mar 196722Mar 196713 Jan 1968
1 Jan 19691O Sep 197O
1 971Jun 1972Oct 1973Nov 1975
14 Jun 19785 Jan 1981
12Aug 198425 Jun 198615 Jan 198722 Feb 1989
lncomplete dates are approximate.
284
1881st COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRON
The Air Force Communications Command mailed fist holding the reins of command on the eagle is symbolicof the elements flight, F-l6 in the 388th Tactical Fighter wing, the F-4 in the oo-Alc Depot Maintenance,the F{Os in the 5O8th Tactical Fighter Group, the Minuteman and other lesser missiles supported by the OO-ALC,and a wide variety of aircraft from all services who transit in to train on the Utah Test and Training Range.The design contains severalelements found in the Air Force Communications Command shield; e.9., the mailedfist, lightning reins, and the background stars. These similarities are intentional to reflect the acceptance ofthe mission directed by the MAJCOM, Air Force Communications Command.
285
AACS Group (later, 1803d AACS Group).
1 October 1948 Redesignated 1923d AACS Squadron (MATS GO-25, 15 September 1948).
1 December 1954 Rea*signed to 1822d AACS Group (later, Southwestern AACS Region; SouthwesternCommunications Region).
14 May 1948
1 June 1948
1 July 1961
1 July 1963
1 May 1970
1 October 1972
1 April 1978
1 July 1980
1 June 19811981).
1 January 1986
Lt Col Forrest M. John
Lt Col Robert S. RayfieldLt Col Daniel F. HughesCol William L. Wilson, Jr.Col Forrest E. BakerLt Col Philip A. Meurer (lnterim)Col Robert J. BernsCol Ronald L. McMillanCol Larry DapraCol Alexander DwelisLt Col Foster J. FlintCol Alexander C. DwelisLt Col Stephen H. Dalrymple
lncomplete dates are approximate.Omitted names/dates are unknown.
1923d COMMUNICATIONS GROUPKELLY AFB, TEXAS
The 149th AACS Squadron designated. nTC GO-16, 26 March 1948).
The 149th AACS Squadron organized at Kelly AFB, Texas, and assigned to the 53d
Redesignated 1923d Communications Squadron (MATS G-60, 25 May 1961).
Reassigned to Central Communications Rogion.
Reassigned to Southem Communications Area (established) (AFCS G-84, 1 May 1972).
Redesignated 1923d Communications Group (AFCS G-84, 1 May 1972).
Redesignated 1923d Communications and lnstallation Group and reassigned toSouthern Communications Area (AFCS SO G-242, 28 December 19771.
Redesignated HO 1923d Communications Group (AFCC SO G-51, 1 April 198O).
Reassigned to Continental Communications Division (AFCC SO G-31, 2O February
Redesignated 1923d lnformation Systems Group and reassigned to Logisticslnformation Systems Division (later, Logistics Communications Division) (AFCC SO G-55, 19 December 1985).
1 November 1986 Redesignated 1923d Communications Group (AFCC SO G-09,21 October 1986).
AWARDS
AFOUA 1 January 1978 - 31 December 1978 DAFSO GB-654/79
COMMANDERS
1 952
1 971
1 Mar 1973l5Aug 1974
1 Jun 19775 Jul 1977
31 Oct 19791 9801 9821 9851 98s1988
1 Mar 19731 Aug 1974
31 May 19774 Jul 1977
31 Oct 1979198019821 9851 988
286
1923d COMMUNICATIONS GROUP
Gold represents stability and value of the unit on the overall support of the Air Force mission. Blue representsthe oneness of the Air Force mission with global and space requirements. The globe represents group supportof worldwide missions. White represents purity of ideals and the desire to fulfill those ideals. Black serves asa reminder of unknown obstacles that need to be overcome in the daily environment, while red represents thelifeline that communications provides through various missions. The mailed fist and lightning bolts representcommand and control through communications. Space represents the challenge of the future. The North Starrepresents headquarters guidance. The satellite stars represent navigational aids (actual star or positioningsatellites) and the unit's navigational aids mission. The control tower represents the unit's air traffic controlmission. The futuristic design represents a thrust into the future with the communications antenna on topindicating that communications is the spearhead into the future. The communications satellite antenna representsthe main mission of the unit, communications, with emphasis toward the future and new capabilities. The towerand antenna base is the common base indicating that communications is the foundation necessary to performall missions.
287
1 926th COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRONROBINS AFB, GEORGIA
18 February 1956 1926th AACS Squadron designated and organized at Robins AFB, Georgia, andassigned to 18O3d AACS Group (later, Southeastern AACS Region; Southeastern Communications Region).
Communications Division (AFCC SO G-31, 20 February 19811.
1 January 1986 Redesignated 1926th lnformation Systems Squadron and reassigned to LogisticsInformation Systems Division (later, Logistics Communications Division) (AFCC SO G-55, 19 December 1985).
1 November 1986 Redesignated 1926th Communications Squadron (AFCC SO G-Og, 21 October 1986).
1 July 1961GO-6O, 25 May 1961).
1 July 1963
1 May 1970
30 June 19771977l..
1 June 1981
AWARDS
AFOUA
Capt Thomas G. Stockner
Lt Col Lucian G. WhitakerLt Col Francis W. WelshMaj Allan J. DanielCapt Charles HandleyMaj Jessie K. CrawfordMaj Larry D. ClarkLt Col Douglas E. MoodyLt Col Paul W. Peeples
Lt Col Eugene G. GatwoodLt Col Abraham BronsteinLt Col Donald O. O'NealLt Col John P. HarmonMaj Jon H. Steeves
lncomplete dates are approximate.Omifted names/dates are unknown.
Redesignated 1926th Communications Squadron upon establishment of AFCS (MATS
Reassigned to the new Eastern Communications Region (AFCS G-33, 1 May 1963).
Reassigned to new Southern Communications Area (AFCS G-62, 2 April 197O).
Redesignated 1926th Communications and lnstallation Group (AFCS G-72, 8 April
Redesignated the 1926th Communications Squadron and reassigned to Continental
1 January 1986 - 31 December 1987 DAFSO GB-433/88
COMMANDERS
1 956
1 9671 9681 969
18 Oct 197215 Jul 197423 Jul 197629 Jun 1977
2 Nov 1 979
14 Jan 198O1 9821 9841 9871 990
1 957
1 9681 9691972
15 Jul 197423 Jul 197629 Jun 1977
2 Nov 1 9792 Feb 1980
(Death)1 9821 9841 9871 990
288
1926th COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRON
The satellite receiver represents one of the modern ways communications are sent and received throughoutthe communications world. The aircraft signifies Command Post to Airborne communications. The messageprinter signifies the telecommunications center where messages are electronically sent. The controltower signifiesthe air traffic control section. The wind measuring device signifies the weather repair and maintenance sections.The telephone receiver signifies the telephone service section. The lightning bolts signify the constant speedand instant communications the squadron has to provide in its daily mission. Red signifies loyalty to serviceand grey represents strength. Ultramarine blue over dark blue signifies night and day, representing 24-hour service,and gold signifies the excellence, performance, and perfection of the 1926th Communications Squadron.
289
1985th COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRONTINKER AFB, OKLAHOMA
1 April 1966 The 1985th Communications Squadron was designated and organized at Sattahip,Thailand, and assigned to the 1974th Communications Group. (AFCS SO G-l47, 26 October 19651.
1 January 1976 Reassigned to 1961st Communications Group.
16July 1976 The 1985th Communications Squadron moved PCS WOPE) from U TapaoAFB,Thailand, to Tinker AFB, Oklahoma, and reassigned to Southern Communications Area (AFCS MovementOrder-06, 6 May 1976).
1 June 1981 Reassigned to the Continental Communications Division (AFCC SO G-31, 2O February1981).
1 January 1986 Redesignated 1985th lnformation Systems Squadron and reassigned to Logisticslnformation Systems Division {later, Communications Division} (AFCC SO G-55, 19 December 1985}.
1 November 1986 Redesignated 1985th Communications Squadron (AFCC SO G-Og, 21 October 1986).
AWARDS
AFOUA wA/AFOUA wA/AFOUA wA/AFOUA wA/AFOUA wA/AFOUA w/VAFOUA wA/RVN GC w/PAFOUA wA/AFOUA
CAMPAIGN STREAMERS
Vietnam AirVietnam Air OffensiveVN Air Off, Phase llVN Air Off, Phase lllVietnam Air/GroundVN Air Off, Phase lVTET 69/CounteroffensiveVN Summer-Fall, 1969
1 April 1966 - 30 June 19661 July 1967 - 30 June 19681 July 1968 - 30 June 19691 July 1969 - 30 June 19701 July 1970 - 30 June 19711 July 1971 - 30 June 19721 July 1972 - 30 June 1973
DAFSO GB-352/66DAFSO GB-95/69DAFSO GB-774t69DAFSO GB-839/70DAFSO GB-50t72DAFSO GB-112t73DAFSO GB-124t75
1 April 1966 - 28 January 1973 DAFSO GB-3471751 April 1973 -31 March 1974 DAFSO GB-598/75
1 January 1978 - 31 December 1978 DAFSO GB-635/79
VN Winter-Spring, 197OSanctuary CounteroffensiveSouthwest MonsoonCommando Hunt VCommando Hunt VlCommando Hunt VllVietnam Ceasefire
291
1 985th COMMUNTCATIONS SOUADRONTINKER AFB, OKLAHOMA
COMMANDERS
Maj Joseph E. HartmanLt Col Francis W. WelshLt Col James E. HarrisLt Col Roy B. MarcyLt Col Charles l. MajorLt Col Roscoe R. SheldonLt Col William E. AndersonMaj Prentiss L. OllisLt Col Leon P. FlemingLt Col James D. WelchMaj Kenneth R. ReiffMaj Ronald G. RibbleLt Col Roger L. BlomLt Col Ardean M. ShaferLt Col James G. NewmanLt Col John J. GaringLt Col Wendell L. StewartCol Waverly Rainey lllCaptain Sara L. Utsler
lncomplete dates are approximate.Omitted names/dates ars unknown.
8 Apr 19661 Jun 1966
16 May 196710 May 1968
2 May 196915 Apr 197021 A9r 197110 May 19729 Jun 1972
10 Jun 19735 Jun 1 974
19 Jun 19752 Feb 1976
16 Jul 197626 May 197829May 1981
1 985
1 Jun 199O
31 May 19661 5 May 19679 May 19681 May 1969
15 Apr 197021 Apr 197'l1O May 19729 Jun 197210 Jun 19735 Jun 1974
19Jun 19752 Feb 1976
20 Jul 197625 May 197828 May 1981
292
1 985th COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRON
The three white columns, located across the bottom of the disc, represent the squadron's support of the activitiessymbolized on the emblem. The centrally located starred gear (borrowed from the OC-ALC shield) is symbolicof the Oklahoma City Air Logistic Center and Tinker AFB. The compass (borrowed from the 552d AirborneWarning and Control Wing shield) is symbolic of the 552d Airborne Warning and Control Wing and the numerousflying missions that the squadron supports. The two lightning bolts (similar to the lightning bolts on the AirForce Communications Command shield) symbolize the electronic nature of the squadron's support and thesquadron's relationship to Air Force Communications Command. The circular border symbolizes the continuousnature of the squadron's support.
293
2o46th COMMUNICATIONS GROUPWRIGHT.PATTERSON AFB, OHIO
18 December 1950 The 1O62d USAF Communications Squadron designated.
1 January 1951 The 1O62d USAF Communications Squadron organized at Wright-Patterson AFB, Ohio,and assigned to 1O6Oth USAF Communications Group (later, 1834th AACS Group; 1 834th AACS Group [Point-to-Pointl.
1 January 1953 Redesignated 2o46th AACS Squadron and reassigned to 1834th AACS Group (MATSGO-l04, 14 November 1952).
1 April 1954 Redesignated 2046th AACS Squadron (Point-to-Point).
1 Jufy 1954 Reassigned to the 18O2d AACS Group (MATS GO-76, 19 April 1954).
1 December 1954 Reassigned to 181gth AACS Group (later Midwestern AACS Region (MATS GO-l85,22 November 1954).
15 July 1955 Reassigned to 18OOth AACS Wing (MATS GO-l 19, 29 June 1955).
18 July 1956 Reassigned to 181gth AACS Group (later, Midwestern AACS Region; MidwesternCommunications Region) (MATS GO-96, 13 July 1956).
1 July 1961 Redesignated 2O46th Communications Squadron (AFCS G-2, l July 1961).
1 April - 30 June 1963 The 2O46th attached to Continental Systems Region for operational control andadministrative and logistical support (AFCS G-13, 27 February 1963).
1 July 1963 Reassigned to the new Central Communications Region (AFCS G-33, 1 May 1963).
1 January 1965 Redesignated 2O46th Communications Group (AFCS G-67, 20 October 19641.
1 May 1970 Reassigned to the new Northern Communications Area (later, ContinentalCommunications Division) (AFCS G-62,2 April 1970).
1 May - 3O June 197O Aftached to Southern Communications Area.
30 June 1977 Redesignated 2046th Communications and lnstallation Group (AFCS G-72, 8 April19771.
l June 1981 Redesignated HO 2O46th Communications Group and (reassigned to ContinentalCommunications Division) (AFCC SO G-31, 20 February 1981).
1 January 1986 Redesignated 2046th lnformation Systems Group and reassigned to LogisticsInformation Systems Division (later, Logistics Communications Divislon) (AFCC SO G-55, 19 December 1985).
1 November 1986 Redesignated 2O46th Communications Group (AFCC SO G-Og, 21 October 19861.
AWARDS
AFOUAAFOUAAFOUA
1 February 1972 - 31 January 1974 DAFSO GB-6241741 February 1974 - 31 January 1975 DAFSO GB-682/751 January 1982 - 31 December 1983 DAFSO GB-497/84
295
2o46th COMMUNICATIONS GROUPWRIGHT.PATTERSON AFB, OHIO
COMMANDERS
Maj/Lt Col Richard F. AmannMaj Alexander R. BonnerMaj Willard L. MoneyMaj George E. SloukaMaj John D. CobbLt Col Jack LaubscherMaj Bruno PetersLt Col Leon H. GolinskyLt Col Mihon Y. VeynarLt Col Alfred lannocconeLt Col John M. SmithLt Col Harvey CurranLt Col Robert D. RecknerLt Col/Col Joseph A. NovakMaj Victor E. JacloCol Alexander J. DiSantoLt Col Arthur YarringtonCol Thomas J. CavanaughCol William M. RainwaterCol Clyde F. Bunch
Col Clarence R. SmithLt Col/Col Nicholas w. RaffaelleCol Raymond L. FrenchCol Philip DaleyCol Raymond L. FrenchCol Stephen E. AnnoLt Col Sidney W. Graves
lncomplete dates are approximate.Omitted names/dates are unknown.
1 Jan 1951Dec 1952May 1954
8 Oct 195519 Jul 1956
1 Apr 195720 Mar 195918 Jul 1959l5Nov 1962
Jun 1964Dec 1965Jun 1966May 1968May 1969
22Mar 197126 May 1971
1 Jun 197331 Aug 197331 Aug 1975
1 Jul 1977
19807 Jul 1982
198419851 9851 988
29 Jun 199O
Dec 1952May 1954
7 Oct 195518 Jul 195631 Mar 195719 May 195917 Jul 195914Nov 1962
Jun 1964Dec 1965Jun 1966May 1968May 1969
21 Mar 197125 May 197131 May 197330Aug 197330Aug 197530Jun 1977
Jun 1979
1 9821 9841 985
1 990
296
2o46th COMMUNICATIONS GROUP
The star in the sphere represents the unit, the lightning bolts emanating from the star represent the unit'scommunicationselectronics-meteorologicalsupport and capability. The sphere shows that this coverage is globalin nature, while the stylized aircraft shows that the unit's communications ability is not limited to the globe,but extends into the aerospace as well. The stars in the field represent those personnel operating, detached,or on temporary duty from the unit. The North Star signifies navigational aids and flight control as well as guidanceprovided by the parent command and that given by the unit to its individual members.
297
2o49th COMMUNICATIONS GROUPMcCLELLAN AFB, CAIIFORNIA
18 December 195O The 1O65th USAF Communications Squadron designated.
1 January 1951 The 1o65th USAF Communications Squadron organized at McClellan AFB, California,and assigned to 1060th USAF Communications Group (later, 1834th AACS Group).
1 April 1954 Redesignated 2049th AACS Squadron (Point-to-Point).
1 July 1954 Reassigned to the 18O1st AACS Group (later, Western AACS Region) (MATS GO-76,19 April 1954).
15 December 1954 Redesignated 2O49th AACS Squadron.
1 5 July 1955 Redesignated 2O49th AACS Group and reassigned to the 18OOth AACS Wing (laterContinental AACS Area; AACS Continental Systems Region; Continental Systems Region) (MATS GO-l19,29 June 1955).
1 July 1961 Redesignated 2o49th Communications Group (AFCS G-2, l July 1961).
1 July 1963 Reassigned tothe Western Communications Region (AFCS G-33, 1 May 1963).
1 May 1970 Reassigned to the new Northern Communications Area (later, ContinentalCommunications Division) (AFCS G-62, 2 April 1970).
30 June 1977 Redesignated 2O49th Communications and lnstallation Group (AFCS G-72, 8 April19771.
1 July 1980 Redesignated 2O49th Communications Group. (AFCC SO G-51, 1 April 1980).
1 January 1986 Redesignated 2o49th lnformation Systems Group and reassigned to Logisticslnformation Systems Division (later, Logistics Communications Division).
1 November 1986 Redesignated 2O49th Communications Group (AFCC SO G-09, 21 October 19861.
AWARDS
AFOUA 1 January 1972 - 31 December 1973 DAFSO GB-631/74
299
2o4.9th COMMUNICATIONS GROUPMcCLELLAN AFB, CALIFORNIA
COMMANDERS
Lt Col Henry G. Dalton
Lt Col Bruce W. GillandersLt Col Lehman W. RahnCol Rollie J. HalfmanCol William A. LafrenzCol Roger A. McCaulleyCol George J. lannacitoLt Col J. D. O'LearCol Robert E. DusenberryCol Claude P. CampbellCol Frank L. SegarsCol Jack C. O'DellCol James S. JoskaCol Leon P. FelmingCol Lloyd H. Watnee, Jr.Col Fredric J. ScheydCol Paul G. PattonCol Robert J. ScottCol Richard P. WardLt Col Berger
lncomplete dates are approximate.Omitted names/dates are unknown.
24 Apr 1954
lONov 196310Nov 19631 1 Jan 1964
1 9651 966
10 Sep 19671 968
15 Jul 19681 Nov 1969
19721 973
7 Jul 19751 9781 979
28 Jul 1983Aug 1 985
6 Jul 1987Feb 1989Aug 199O
11 Jan 19641 9651 966
1O Sep 19671 968
15 Jul 19681 Nov 1969
19721 973
1 Jul 19751 9781 9791 983
SAug 19856 Jul 1987
Feb 1989Aug 1990
300
2o49th COMMUNICATIONS GROUP
Blue alludes to the sky, the primary theater of Air Force operations. Yellow refers to the sun and the excellencerequired of Air Force personnel. The pony express rider portrays the dedication and perseverance that grouppersonnelexhibit in accomplishing their mission of rapid transmission of information. The lightning flash arcingaround the globe symbolizes the new trail of communications technology and the worldwide Air Forcecommunications network.
301
HEADOUARTERS PACIFIC COMMUNICATIONS DIVISION
The emblem depicts the division's role in providing command and control communications for aerospace forcesin the Pacific. The lightning bolt represents the division's capacity and determination to provide immediatecommunications for the United States' national command authoraty in the Pacific. The globe is representativeof Air Force Communications Command's worldwide mission and Pacific Communications Division's interfacewith globalcommunications networks and services. The North Star and Southern Cross represent the Northernand Southern hemispheres in which the division provides services and allude to the broad horizons whichcircumscribe the division's region of responsibility. Each of the four stars in the Southern Cross represents oneof the four military services for which Pacific Communications Division provides communications support. Theyellow and ultramarine blue are Air Force colors and further suggest the wealth of resources in the Pacific Region
and the vast blue waters linking our shores.
303
HEADOUARTERS PACIFIC COMMUNICATIONS DIVISIONHIGKAM AFB, HAWAII
Early Communications Services in the Pacific
The AACS history traces the function of providing communications services at Hickam by military personnelas far back as 1938 when Air Corps personnel of unidentified unit(sl operated the "Airways Radio Net" incooperation with the Civil Aeronautics Authority (CAA). By March 1939 the "Net" was being controlled bythe communications officer of the 18th Wing (later, 18th Bombardment Wing). The first identifiable"communications unit" established at Hickam was the Air Corps Detachment, Communications, Hawaii(constatuted on 15 November 1940; activated on 1 January 1941; redesignated: 7th Air Corps Squadron.Communications [Regional Control] on 18 November 1941; 7th Airways Communications Squadron, Regional,on 10 October 1942; and 7th Army Airways Communications Squadron on 10 November 1943; disbandedon 15 May 1944). When activated, this unit was controlled by the Hawaiian Department. On 22February 1943,the 7th Squadron was reassigned to the Commanding General, Army Air Forces, under control of the Directorof Communications. With the discontinuance of the Director of Connmunications, the squadron was reassignedto the Flight Control command on 4 May 1943, and finally to the Army Airways Communications System Wing(later, Army Airways Communications System) on 14 July 1943. ln February 194, the War Department informedthe various air forces and commands of the AAF that the units then constituted and operating as permanentparty overhead at AAF installations would be disbanded. Those units would be replaced by Army Air ForcesBase Units, organized by the commanding generals of the various air forces and commands (the beginning ofthe MAJcoM-controlled units). These units were to be identified as numbered Army Air Forces Base Units witha parenthetical functional description immediately following the word "Unit." The 7th AAC Squadron wasdisbanded on 15 May 1944. The personnel of the 7th Squadron furnished the cadres for at least two unitsorganized effective 15 May 1944: the 91st AAF Base Unit, Section N (145th AACS Squadron) and the 91stAAF Base Unit, Section O (146th AACS Squadron). These units were assigned to the 91st AAF Base Unit,Section L (7oth AACS Groupl. ln July 1945 the 91st AAF Base Unit, Section S (HO, 71st AACS Groupl movedfrom New Caledonia to Hickam, and the 91st AAF Base Unit, Section M (HO, TOth AACS Groupl moved fromHickam to Guam. Section N (145th AACS Squadron) was reassigned to Section R (71st AACS Group). At thesame time HO AACS moved to replace lettered Sections with separate numbered AAF Base Units for the groupand squadron levelorganizations. The 91st AAF Base Unit, Section N (145th AACS Squadron) was replacedby the 775th AAF Base Unit (145th AACS Squadron) on 20 July 1945. On 1 June 1948 the 145th AACSSquadron organized and replaced the 775 AAF Base Unit (145th AACS Squadron), which was subsequentlydiscontinued on 3 June 1948. This organizataonal action was the beginning of the 1957th Communications Group.
Pacific Communications Division
The Pacific Communications Division was constituted/established as the Pacific Airways Communications Areaon 22 February 1943 and activated 15 March 1943 at Hickam Field, Territory of Hawaii, assigned to ArmyAir Forces. The Pacific Airways Communications Area was reassigned to the Flight Control Command on 4May 1943 and to the Army Airways Communications Service Wing 14 July 1943 through 1 5 May 1 944, whenit was disestablished. The 7th Airways and Air Communications Service (hereafter, AACS) Wng was establbhedon 14 May 1948; organized on 1 June 1948 at Tokyo, Japan, and assigned to Airways and Air CommunicationsService flater, AFCS, AFCC). The 7th AACS Wing redesignated 1808th AACS Wing on 1 October 1948. Locationchanged to Fuchu AS Japan 1 5 May 1956 and remained until 19 January 1957 when it moved to WheelerAFB, Territory of Hawaii (later, Hawaii) 20 January 1957. Redosignated Pacific AACS Area on 1 November1957 and Pacific Communications Area on 1 July 1961. Location changed to Hickam AFB, Hawaii, on 1
December 1974. Reestablashed and consolidated 1O February 1981 with Pacific Communications Area. Thisconsolidated establishment redesignated HO Pacific Communications Division on 1 June 1981. HO PacificCommunications Division redesignated HO Pacific lnformation Systems Division 15 August 1984 and back toHO Pacific Communications Division I November 1986.
SIGNIFICANT ACTIVITIES: Began operating as an area on an unofficial basis in December 1942, but officiallyfrom 15 March 1943. While only ten AACS stations were in the Pacific area in January 1943, this numberincreased tremendously as the war expanded into new areas requiring AACS facilities and services. The Areaand its squadrons (each operating an airways communications region) were replaced in mid-May 19114 by the91st Army Air Forces Base Unit. After replacing the 91st Air Force Base Unit on 1 June 1948, the 7th (soon,
18OBth) AACS Wing endured many months of trying to provide essential air traffic control and communications
304
HEADOUARTERS PACIFIC CO]IIItrUNIGATIONS DIVISIONHICKAIII AFB, HAWAII
(Cont'd)
services and navigational-aids facilities and services with too few people, many of whom were inadequatelytrained. The wing's last people and equipment withdrew from China (Shanghai) in April 1949. The Korean war,beginning in late June 1950, brought an influx of personnel and new facilities to Koroa and elsewhere, andmany of these facilities were required to operate 24 hours daily. The 1809th AACS Group initially absorbedthe Korean workload, but in July 1951 a new group (the 1818th) was formed for Korean operations. Wingstrength declined again after hostilities ended in Korea, but improvements in communications, air traffic control,and navigational-aids facilities and services continued. Beginning 4 December 1956, when an advanced echelonmoved, and continuing through May 1957, when final echelons moved, the wing shifted its primary base ofoperations from Japan to Hawaii. Shortly thereafter, the wing was redesignated as the Pacific AACS Area,and the group based in Japan became the Far East AACS Region. The Area began assuming responsibility foroperating and maintaining PACAF base communications facilities and services in 1959, and on 1 January 1962the Aroa and its major units assumed C-E staff functions for PACAF and that command's primary tactical forces.lncreased communications requirements began to emerge in Southeast Asia in 1961, and on 8 January 1962tho Southeast Asia Communications Region was established to control operations in that area. The Pacific GroundElectronics Engineering lnstallation Agency Region was absorbed by Pacific Communications Area in May 1970,giving the Area new responsibilities for pre+ngineering, facility installataon engineering, and installation of C-Eand meteorological facilities throughout the Pacific. In 1971 and 1972 several reorganizations of the Area resuhedin the inactivation of the Southeast Asia Communications Region and Far East Communications Region, andthe creation of new groups to handle the Area's far-flung communications responsibilities. ln February 1981the World War ll Pacific Airways Communications Area and the existing Pacific Communications Area wereconsolidated into a single establishment which, on 1 June 1981, was redesignated Pacific CommunicationsDivision.
AWARDS
None
SERVICE STREAMERS
Asiatic-Pacific Theater, Korea
305
HEADOUARTERS PACIFIC COMMUNIGATIONS DIVISIONHICKAM AFB, HAWAII
COMMANDERS
Lt Col Gordon A. Blakerr*
Col Wallace G. Smith*Col Charles B. OverackerCol Frederick L. MooreCol George M. SmithCol Frederick L. MooreCol Donald P. Grauli*Col John B. BesticrGol Carl P. Walter (lnterim)Brig Gen Bernard M. WoottonCol James H. Weiner*Col Samuel J. Whitsitt (lnterimlBrig Gen Norman L. PetersonCol Francis B. Morgan (lnterim)Brig Gen Anthony T. Shtogren**Brig Gen Harold R. JohnsonBrig Gen George J. lannacitoBrig Gen William R. Yost**Brig Gen William G. Mac Laren Jr.r*Col Howard H. SmithBrig Gen David E. Rippetoe, Jr.Col Samuel J. GreeneCol William M. Rainwater (Acting)Col David B. BartholomewCol Robert H. Ludwig*r (Lt Gen Selectee)Col Wayne E. Schramm'Col Richard B. EnsignCol David J. WarrenCol Vincent Majkowski
* Later Brig Gent t Later Maj Genttr Later Lt Gen
lncomplete dates are approximate.Omitted names/dates are unknown.
15 Mar 1943
1 Jun 19481 Sep 1948
23 Mar 19512 Mar 1952
24 Mar 195218 May 1953
Jul 195716 Jun 195823 Jul 195815 Jun 196119 Jan 1963
1 Apr 19631 Apr 19655Jun 1965
31 May 19688 Jul 197O1 Mar 1974
30Jun 197515 Jun 197812 Jul 1978
1 Jun 197914 Jul 198126 Jul 19816 Jul 19824Jun 1984
30 Jun 198524 Jul 198714 Jul 1989
15 May 1944
1 Sep 194822 Mar 1951
2 Mar 195224 Mar 195218 May 1953
Jul 195715 Jun 195822 Jul 195814 Jun 196118 Jan 196331 Mar 196331 Mar 19654Jun 1965
30May 19687 Jul 1970
28 Feb 197429 Jun 197514Jun 197811 Jul 1978
1 Jun 197914 Jul 198125 Jul 19815 Jul 19824Jun 1984
29Jun 198524 Jul 198714 Jul 1989
306
assigned to TAC Communications Area (AFCS G-28, 26 May 1964).
1 January 1967 The 4th Mobile Communications Group moved to Altus AFB, Oklahoma, upondeactivation of Hunter AFB, Georgia (AFCS MO-l, 26 May 1966).
2O May 1964
1 July 1964
24 March 1976
31 March 1976
15 August 198413 August 1984).
1 April 1986
AWARDS
AFOUAAFOUA
HEADOUARTERS 4th COMBAT COMMUNICATIONS GROUPYOKOTA AB, JAPAN
The 4th Mobile Communications Group constituted and activated.
The 4th Mobile Communications Group was organized at Hunter AFB, Georgia, and
Redesignated 4th Combat Communications Group (AFCS SO G-65, 16 March 1976).
Redesignated 4th Combat Communications Squadron (AFCS SO G-l27,31May 19761.
Redesignated 4th Combat lnformation Systems Squadron (AFCC SO G-104,
The 4th Combat lnformation Systems Squadron moved to Yokota AB, Japan (AFCC
30 September 1977 The 4th Combat Communications Squadron inactivated at Altus AFB, Oklahoma(AFCS SO G-l21,21June 1977).
1 January 1981 The 4th Combat Communications Squadron activated at Kwang Ju AB, Korea, andassigned to Pacific Communications Area (AFCC SO G-23O, 22 December 198O).
MO-OI, 31 January 1986).
1 October 1986 Redesignated 4th Combat Communications Squadron (AFCC SO G-136,30 September 1986).
1 October 1989 Redesignated HO 4th Combat Communications Group (AFCC SO G-59, 26 July 19891.
Col Charles H. HillLt Col Thomas J. Cavanaugh (lnteram)
Col Kenneth N. KeyteCol John S. MoffattCol Rodger C. Duke
Lt Col Geoffrey R. DavisonCapt Mary B. Patterson (lnterim)Maj Jeffery R. HackmanLt Col Pruett W. BurgesCapt Charles W. Staton (Acting)Maj Marc S. MarrusCapt Robert D. SmithLt Col Darwyn L. VendenLt Col George N. RollMaj David M. Komar
lncomplete dates are approximate.Omitted names/dates are unknown.
No emblem available.
1 January 1969 - 31 December 19701 July 1987 - 3O June 1989
COMMANDERS
DAFSO GB-423171DAFSO GA-l1/89
2 Jul 196430Jun 1969
1 Aug 19691 Aug 1971
1974
29 Jan 19815 Jan 1982
10 Feb 198212 Jan 198324 Apr 198423 Jul 198415 Jul 1985
1 Apr 198616 Sep 19873OAug 1989
30Jun 19691 Aug 1969
31 Jul 1971Jun 1973
4 Jan 19829 Feb 1982
12 Jan 198324 Apr 198422 Jul 198415 Jul 198531 Mar 198616 Sep 198730 Aus 1 989
307
27th COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRONANDERSEN AFB, GUAM
The 27th Communications Squadron constituted.
The 27th Communications Squadron activated at Andersen AFB, Guam, and assigned
Redesignated 27th Communications Squadron, Air Force, and reassigned to 8th Air
Redesignated 27th Communications Squadron, Division, and reassigned to 3d Air
Redesignated 27th Communications Squadron and reassigned to Pacific
Redesignated 27th lnformation Systems Squadron (AFCC SO G-89, 6 July 1984).
Redesignated 27th Communications Squadron (AFCC SO G-19, 7 November 1986).
Relieved from assignment to Strategic Communications Division and assigned toPacific Communications Division (AFCC SO G-62, 4 August 1989).
30 August 1954
I October 1954to 3d Air Division.
1 April l97OForce.
1 January 1975Division.
1 July 1976
6 July 1984
1 November 1986
1 October 1989
Communications Area (AFCS SO G-93, 29 April 1976).
1 January 1981 Reassigned to Strategic Communications Area (later, Strategic CommunicationsDivision; Strategic lnformation Systems Division; Strategic Communications Division). (AFCC SO G-224,1O December 198O).
AWARDS
AFOUAAFOUAAFOUAAFOUA wA/AFOUARVN GC w/PAFOUAAFOUA
18 June 1965 - 1 March 19662 March 1966 - 1 March 19682 March 1968 - 1 March 19692 March 1969 - 31 March 197O
29 January 1973 - 31 December 19731 April 1966 - 28 January 19731 July 1976 - 31 December 19761 July 1987 - 30 June 1989
DAFSO GB-l95/66DAFSO GB-373/68DAFSO GB-671/69DAFSO GB-792t70DAFSO GB-l308/74DAFSO GB-320/75DAFSO GB-784t77DAFSO GA-l1/89
309
27th COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRONANDERSEN AFB, GUAM
COMMANDERS
lst Lt Robert S. WoodMaj John C. KaliherMaj Elton V. LoomisCapt Raymond T. TaylorMaj Karl J. SchmidtCapt James J. KahlLt Col George T. LaneMaj Karl J. SchmidtLt Col George T. LaneMaj Leo J. PickoffMaj John E. ErbLt Col Forrest K. LooneyLt Col Luther T. Ouinn, Jr.Lt Col John N. ElliotMaj Ronald T. KellerMaj Curtis A. PrestonLt Col Donald E. HicksLt Col Marshall E. JordonLt Col Norman R. FrucciLt Col Richard L. McElhenieLt Col Kelly D. AndersonLt Col Frederick G. Thourot lllLt Col Robert A. Jones
Incomplete dates are approximate.Omitted dates are unknown.
8 Oct 195411 Nov 1954
Jul 1956Jun 1958Jul 1958
19 Jul 19601 Aug 1960
19601 9611 9621964
17Aug 196617 Apr 196726 May 196926 Jan 1972
Jul 197622 Jun 197916 Jun 198215 Jun 198427 Jun 198620Jun 19883 Jul 1990
26 Jan 1972
1 Jul 1976
16 Jun 198215 Jun 198427 Jun 198620Jun 19883 Jul 1990
310
U}(9z*th
27th COMiIIUN|CAT|ONS SOUADRON
The red, white, and blue are the national colors. The white sphere symbolizes the squadron effort to measureup to the best and to perform the communications mission with speed, skill, and coop€ration. The blue borderindicates that the squadron mission is an important and vital link in the overall success of the Air Force mission.The red lightning flashes indicate the electrical aspects of the squadron function. The "V" for victory portraysthe squadron motto, "Discipline in all things. Success in all things."
311
41st GOMBAT COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRONCTARK AB, PHILIPPINES
1 Oct 1989 Activated at Clark AB, Philippines, and assigned to 4th Combat Communications GroupYokota AB, Japan (AFCC SO G-59, 26 Jul 1989).
AWARDS
None
COMMANDERS
Maj Ronald R. Buettner 1 Oct 1989
No emblem.
312
42d COi|BAT COIUMUN|CATTONS SOUADRONKWANG JU AB, SOUTH KOREA
18 October 1949 Constituted 42d Communications Squadron.
17 November 1949 Activated. Assigned to Eastern Air Defense Force (17 November 1949 - 1 January19601 at Mitchel AFB, New York.
28 July 1950 Moved to Stewart AFB, New York (28 July 1950 - 1 January 1960).
24 September 1951 Redesignated 42d Communications Squadron, Air Force.
1 January 1960 lnactivated.
15 June 1983 Disbanded.
1 1 July 1989 Reconsthuted and redesignated.
1 October 1989 Activated at Kwang Ju AB, South Koroa, and assigned to 4th Combat CommunicationsGroup (AFCC SO G-59, 26 July 1989).
1 October 1990 42d Communications Squadron at KwangJu ABS, Korea, anactivated. Personnel,equipment, and supplies disposed of in accordance with applicable directives (AFCC SO G-55, 6 August 199O).
AWARDS
None
COMMANDERS
Maj Samuel A. Maggio, Jr.Capt Kevin A. Foley
1 Oct 1989 26 Jul 199026 Jul 199O
No emblem.
313
182oth RESERVE ADVISOR SOUADRONHICKAM AFB, HAWAII
1 May 1989 Designated, activated at Hickam AFB, Hawaii, and assigned to HO PacificCommunications Division (AFCC SO G-32, 18 Apr 19891.
AWARDS
None
COMMANDERS
Capt Carol D. Risher 1 May 1989
314
182oth RESERVE ADVISOR SOUADRON
The ultramarine blue and yellow are colors commonly used in Air Force heraldry. Blue represents the sky, theprimary theater of Air Force operations. Yellow is symbolic of the the sun and the excellence required of AirForce personnel. The globe, predomirrately blue with small patches of green signifies the Pacific Basin, the unit'sarea of responsibility. The rainbow--a frequent, natural phenomenon at the home of the squadron and itsoperations locations-depicts the clissemination of information. The clasping hands denote the workingrelationship between the Air Nationerl Guard and the active duty components of the United States Air Force.The lightning bolt signifies communiciations and air traffic control which are the primary mission of the squadron.
315
1854th COITIMAND, CONTROT AND INTETLIGENCE SUPPORT SOUADRONHICKAM AFB, HAWAII
1 August 1984 The 1854th Command, Control and lntelligence Support Squadron designated andactivated at Hickam AFB, Hawaii, and assigned to Pacifac Communications Division (later, Pacific lnformationSystems Division; Pacific Communications Division) (AFCC SO G-lOO, 27 July 19841.
AWARDS
AFOUA 1 July 1988 - 30 June 1989 DAFSO GA-l1/89
COMMANDERS
Maj/Lt Col Harry W. WolfeLt Col David R. HershbergerLt Col Gordon J. Ahken
1 Aug 1984 27 Jun 198627 Jun 1986 8 Jun 1988
8 Jun 1988
316
1854th COMMAND, CONTROL, AND INTETLIGENCE SUPPORT SOUADRON
The emblem's yellow and blue are traditional to Air Force heraldry. The blue alludes to the sky, the primarytheater of Air Force operations, and the yellow is symbolic of the sun and the excellence required of Air Forcepersonnel. The lightning bolts and satellite represent communications, while the aircraft represents the squadron'scombat and reconnaissance support missions. The computer terminal alludes to the technical aspects of themission, and the yin/yang background design symbolizes the squadron's support of units in Korea and the entireWestern Pacific.
317
1855th COMMAND, CONTROT AND INTETTIGENCE SUPPORT SOUADRONOSAN AB, SOUTH KOREA
1 August 1984 The 1855th Command, Control and lntellagence Support Squadron designated andactivated at Osan AB, South Korea, and assigned to Pacific Communications Division (later, Pacific lnformationSystems Division; Pacific Communications Division) (AFCC SO G-lOO, 27 July 1984).
1 July 1987 Relieved from assignment to Pacific Communications Division and reassigned to the2146th Communications Group, (AFCC SO G-55, 8 June 1987).
AWARDS
AFOUA 1 February 1986 - 31 January 1988 DAFSO GB-433/88
COMMANDERS
Maj Charles OlahMaj Janet E. BaralliCapt Robert B. Cabell, Jr.Maj Robert B. MeisnerMaj Donald J. Witt
1 Aug 1984 30Jun 19851 Jul 1985 18Jun 1986
18 Jun 1986 23 Jun 198823Jun 1988 1 Jul 19902 Jul 1990
No emblem.
318
HEADOUARTERS 1956th COMMUNICATIONS GROUPYOKOTA AB, JAPAN
14 May 1948 The 167th AACS Squadron designated.
1 June 1948 The 167th AACS Squadron organized at Tokyo, Japan, and assigned to the 68thAACS Group (later, 18O9th AACS Group, Far East AACS Region; Far East Communications Region).
1 October 1948 Redesignated 1956th AACS Squadron (MATS GO-25, 15 September 1948).
20 August 1953 The 1956th AACS Squadron moved to Fuchu AB (later, Fuchu AS), Japan (MATSGO-l50, 13 August 1953).
18 September 1959 Redesignated 1956th AACS Group (MATS GO-71, 20 August 19591.
1 July 1961 Redesignated 1956th Communications Group (AFCS G-2, l July 19611.
1 July 1972 Reassigned to Pacific Communications Area (later, Pacific Communications Division; Pacificlnformation Systems Division; Pacific Communications Divisionl (AFCS G-61, 1O April 1972).
3O September 1974 The 1956th Communications Group moved to Yokota AB, Japan.
1 August 1984 Redesignated 1956th lnformation Systems Group (AFCC SO G-IOO, 27 July 1984).
1 November 1986 Redesignated 1956th Communications Group (AFCC SO G-O8,21 October 1986).
1 April 199O Resdesignated HO, 1856th Computer Systems Group (AFCC SO G-l 1, 17 January 199O).
AWARDS
AFOUAAFOUA
SERVICE STNEAMER
Korean Theater (Korean Warl
1 January 1976 - 31 December 1977 DAFSO GB-637/781 January 1982 - 31 December 1983 DAFSO GB-497184
319
Maj H. A. Mosenthin
Lt Col Howland K. JohnsonCol Rocco SansoneLt Col William H. PrinceCol Michael P. YopchickCol Edward J. StengerCol Franklin J. Hickman, Sr.Col Earle G. Cross, Jr.Lt Col Thomas M. HoustonCol Henry l. Jones, Jr.Col Louis P. CyrCol Henry l. Jones, Jr.Col Fred E. BrehmCol Albert L. TarvinCol Edward KarolczykCol John N. ElliottCol Richard A. HamiltonCol Gerald E. BronnenbergLt Col James W. Clufter (lnterim)Col Jan P. HugginsCol William J. DonahueLt Col Karl S. Scriba (lnterim)Col John D. CulverCol Kenneth R. Dirnberger
lncomplete dates are approximate.Omitted names/dates are unknown.
HEADOUARTERS 1 956th COMMUNICATIONS GROUPYOKOTA AB, JAPAN
COMMANDERS
Aug 1953
Sep 19591 Jun 1960
1 96315 Sep 196518Aug 19685 Jul 1969
10Aug 197026 Oct 19704Aug 19711 Jul 19728 Aug 1 972
23 Jul 197519 Apr 197728 May 19784 Jul 1978
16 Jun 19813OJun 198114Jun 198322 Jun 1983
5 Jul 198515 Jul 198730 Jul 198726 May 1989
1 Jun 196O
13 Sep 1965l8Aus 19685 Jul 1969
l0Aug 197O26 Oct 19704Aug 19711 Jul 1972SAus 1972
23 Jul 197519 Apr 197728 May 19784 Jul 1978
16 Jun 198129 Jun 198114 Jun 198321 Jun 1983
5 Jul 198514 Jul 198729 Jul 198726 May 1989
320
HEADOUARTERS 1 956th COMMUNICATIONS GROUP
The Torii Gate represents the group's mission in the Far East, and the lightning bolts are symbolic of readinessand the Air Force Communications Command. The three distinct color divisions represent the three divisionswithin the group; operations, maintenance, and air traffic control. They also allude to the group's threecommunications missions, the 5th Air Force, the 475th Air Base Wing, and 1956th Communications Group.The resistor and ground represent the numerous communications and electronics systems which support themission of United States Forces in the Northwest Pacific.
321
AACS Group. The organization of the 145th AACS Squadron replaced the 775th AAF Base Unit (145th AACSSquadronl, which was subsequently discontinued on 3 June 1948. This organizational action was the beginningof the 1957th Communications Group.
1 October 1948 Redesignated 1957th AACS Squadron (MATS GO-25, 15 September 1948).
1 November 1957 Reassigned to Pacific AACS Area (later, Pacific Communications Area; PacificCommunications Division; Pacific lnformation Systems Division; Pacific Communications Division) (MATSGO-104, 9 October 1957).
18 September 1959 Redeslgnated HO 1957th AACS Group (MATS GO-71,20August 1959).
14 May 1948
1 June 1948
1 July 1961
1 August 1984
AWARDS
AFOUAAFOUAMUC
Lt Col Amos H. Ross, Jr.Lt Col lra L. GriffinCol Samuel J. WhitsittLt Col lra L. GriffinCol Raymond D. GunnCol Merle N. FisterCol Albert F. ArantCol Fay E. FrenchCol Arthur E. FoxCol Clyde F. BunchLt Col Woodrow L. Van DrewCol John D. NolanLt Col Woodrow L. Van DrewCol Stanley M. LowryLt Col Richard D. SchwierenCol Clarence S. Summers, Jr.Col John A. Pompei, Jr.Col Richard A. HamiltonCol Mark H. SmithLt Col Merle L. Black lllLt Col Lawrence N. WinnikCol Nathaniel GuinnLt Col Michael M. RohrerLt Col Michael P. Liberto
lncomplete dates are approximate.Omitted names/dates are unknown.
1 February 1962 - 3O November 19621 January 1966 - 31 December 19671 January 1968 - 26 July 1969
COMMANDERS
DAFSO GB-3OO/64DAFSO GB-311/68SEC NAV CH-4171
1957th COMMUNICATIONS GROUPHICKAM AFB, HAWAII
The 145th Airways and Air Communications Service Squadron designated.
The 145th AACS Squadron organized at Hickam AFB, Hawaii, and assigned to 181Oth
Redesignated 1957th Communications Group (AFCS G-2, l July 1961).
Redesignated 1957th lnformation Systems Group (AFCC SO G-lOO, 27 July 1 984).
1 November 1986 Redesignated 1957th Communications Group (AFCC SO G-O8, 21 October 1986).
Aug 1958Jul 1962
1 Sep 196219 Jan 196330 Jul 196320 Jan 196614Aug 196719 Jan 197031 Jan 197428Dec 19743 Jul 1975
21 Jul 19751 Jan 1976
19 Jul 197621 Mar 197815 Sep 1978
1 Jun 198123 Jun 198212 Dec 198423 Jul 198615 Oct 198725 May 198910Jun 199028 Jun 199O
Jun 196231 Aug 196218 Jan 196330 Jul 196320 Jan 1966l4Aug 19677 Jan 1970
31 Jan 197428Dec 19743 Jul 1975
21 Jul 197531 Dec 197518 Jul 197620 Mar 197814Sep 1978
1 Jun 198123 Jun 198211 Dec 198423 Jul 198614 Oct 198724 May 1989
9 Jun 199O28 Jun 1990
322
1957th COMMUNTCATTONS GROUP
The background of the shield is the sky, emblematic of sky and space where aerospace forces operate. Theultramarine blue represents the night sky, and the light blue represents the day sky. Together they representthe around-the-clock mission of the 1957th Communications Group. The four stars representing the SouthernCross are shown in the night sky, symbolic of the group's far flung operating elements in the SouthernHemisphere, and stress navigation which is an integral part of command and controlof aerospace forces. ThePolynesian warrior blowing a Triton's Trumpet shell (an ancient means of communicating in Polynesia), alludeto the group's ties as an Air Force communications unit to the Central and South Pacific, an area of operationsin which the group provides modern command control and communications services. The royal Hawaiian colorsin the warrior's headdress and cape symbolize excellence, while the electronic flashes in the cape symbolizeall aerospace communications.
323
(later, Clark AB) Philippines, assignedloT2d AACS Group (later, 1811th AACS Groupl.
1 October 1948 Redesignated 1961st AACS Squadron (MATS GO-25, 15 September 1948).
1 November 1954 Reassigned to the 1810th AACS Group (MATS GO-172, 15 October 19541.
1 November 1957 Reassigned to Pacific AACS Area (MATS GO-l04, 9 October 1957).
I October 1958 Reassigned to Far East AACS Region (MATS GO-l46, 1O October 1958).
18 September 1959 Redesignated 1961st AACS Group and reassigned to Pacific AACS Area (MATSGO-71, 20 August 1959).
14 May 1948
1 June 1948
I October 1959
1 July 1961
8 January 1962
AWARDS
AFOUARVN GC w/PPRPUCAFOUAAFOUAAFOUA
1961st COMMUNICATIONS GROUPCTARK AB, PHITTIPINES
The 141st Airways and Air Communications Service Squadron designated.
The 141st Airways and Air Communications Service Squadron organized at Clark AFB
Redesignated 1961st AACS Group.
Redesignated 1961st Communicataons Group (AFCS G-2, 1 July 1961).
Reassigned to the new Southeast Asla Communications Region upon its activation(AFCS G-lOO, 12 December 1961).
30 June 1971 Reassigned to Pacific Communications Area (later, Pacific Communications Division;Pacific lnformation Systems Division; Pacific Communications Division) (AFCS G-l15, 7 June 1971).
1 August 1984 Redesignated 1961st lnformation Systems Group (AFCC SO G-1OO, 27 July 19841.
1 November 1986 Redesignated 1961st Communications Group (AFCC SO G-O8, 21 October 1986).
1 October 1966 - 31 December 19671 April 1966 - 28 January 1973
21 July 1972 - 1 5 August 19721 January 1980 - 31 December 1981
1 February 1983 - 31 January 19851 July 1987 - 30 June 1989
DAFSO GB-315/68DAFSO GB-346/75DAFSO GB-241t73DAFSO GB-s98/82DAFSO GB-sl0/85DAFSO GA-l1/89
325
1961st COMMUNICATIONS GROUPCLARK AB, PHIILIPINES
COMMANDERS
Maj Allan C. ForbesMaj Hawley W. MartinMaj Eugene E. SkinnerCol Cecil V. BroadwayMaj Deward W. Zumbro
Lt Col Sidney A. GoldmanCol Howard L. ByerleyLt Col Tom B. Foulk, Jr.Lt Col Donald M. OrthLt Col Lynn W. RuddickCol Robert J. HenesseyLt Col Richard S. HarderCol Marshall C. Brown, Jr.Col Elmer N. TyndallCol James H. Terrell, Jr.Lt Col Eugene M. R. OlsenCol Harry L. WystockCol Ralph G. BackesCol Tom B. Foulk, Jr.Col Louis P. CyrCol Harry JaffersCol Walter H. Petr:eCol Melville E. Eaton, Jr.Col William P. DruganCol Harold A. HornbargerCol John R. McWilliamsCol David J. MartinsonCol Vincent MajkowskiCol Horace M. BrawleyCol William D. RotheCol Terrance E. SeversonCol John L. Woodward, Jr.Col Alfred R. Garcia
lncomplete dates are approximate.Omitted names/dates are unknown.
1 Oct 19481 949
Nov 19491 9511 952
Dec 1959Apr 1960Jun 1962
1 96325Aug 1963
5 Mar 196524 Jun 19659Aug 19651 Jul 1966
20 Jul 19675 Jun 1969
21 Jul 196920Sep 197O26 Jan 19728Aug 19724 Feb 1974
29 Jul 197516 Jul 19762Aug 1976
24 Mar 19782 Jul 19799 Jun 19802 Apr 1982
13 Jun 198325 Feb 19853 Jul 1986
29May 198718Jun 1989
Nov 1 949Nov 1 949
1 951
Apr 1960Jun 1962
1 963Aug 1963
5 Mar 196524 Jun 1965
9Aug 19651 Jul 1966
20 Jul 19675 Jun 1969
21 Jul 196920Sep 197O26 Jan 19728Aug 19724 Feb 1974
29 Jul 197515 Jul 1976
2 Aug 1 97624 Mar 19782 Jul 19799 Jun 198O2 Apr 1982
l3Jun 198325 Feb 19853 Jul 1986
29 May 198717Jun 1989
326
1 961st COMMUNICATIONS GROUP
The motto, "Serving With Pride," denotes the dedication with which the group provides vital command andcontrol to the friends, allies, and people of the United States. The mailed fist represents Pacific Air Forcecommanders who exercise the command and control of aerospace forces in the Western Pacific. The two reinsrepresent forms of aerospace communications through which control of aerospace forces is provided. Thelightning bolt is symbolic of the air-toground communications services provided around the clock by the group'soperations and maintenance personnel. The control tower rising above the horizon signifies the safe, orderly,and continuous flow of air traffic through the Western Pacific skies. The constellation Orion symbolizes thenavigational aids in the Pacific which provides guidance for pilots, sailors, and astronauts. The satellite isrepresentative of all telecommunications linking command and control as an integral part in the defense of thegroup's area of responsibility. The world portrays the global aspect of the group and the Air Force.
327
1962d COMMUNICATIONS GROUPKADENA AB, JAPAN
14 May 1948 The l7Oth AACS Squadron designated.
1 June 1948 The l7oth AACS Squadron was organized at Yontan Field (later, Yontan Aux AB),Okinawa, and assigned to the 72d AACS Group (later, 181lth AACS Group) (ATC GO-26, 14 May 19481.
1 October 1948 Redesignated 1962d AACS Squadron (MATS GO-25, 15 September 1948).
1 November 1954 Reassigned to the 1809th AACS Group (later, Far East AACS Region) (MATS GO-172,15 October 1954).
18 February 1955 Moved to Kadena AB, Okinawa (later, Kadena AB, Japan).
18 September 1959 Redesignated 1962d AACS Group.
8 January 1960 Redesignated HO 1962d AACS Group (MATS GO-71, 2O August 1959).
l July 1961 Redesignated 1962d Communications Group (AFCS G-2, l July 19611.
1 July 1972 Reassigned to Pacific Communications Area (AFCS G-61, 10 April 1972).
15 January 1975 Redesignated 1962d Communications Squadron and reassigned to the 1956thCommunications Group (AFCS G-5, I January 19751.
28 February 1977 Redesignated 1962d Communications Group and reassigned to PacificCommunications Area (later, Pacific Communications Division; Pacific lnformation Systems Division; PacificCommunications Division) (AFCS SO G-l5, 18 January 19771.
1 August 1984 Redesignated 1962d lnformation Systems Group (AFCC SO G-IOO, 27 Juty 1984).
1 November 1986 Redesignated 1962d Communications Group (AFCC SO G-O8,21 October 1986).
AWARDS
AFOUARVN GC w/PAFOUAAFOUAAFOUA
SERVICE STREAMER
1 August 1964 - 5 June 1965 DAFSO GB-334/651 April 1966 - 28 January 1973 DAFSO GB-346/75
1 January 1969 - 31 December 1969 DAFSO GB-458/7O1 October 1972 - 31 December 1973 DAFSO GB-631/741 January 1976 - 28 February 1977 DAFSO GB-637/78
Korean Theater (Korean War)
329
1962d COMMUNICATIONS GROUPKADENA AB, JAPAN
COMMANDERS
Lt Col Lawson P. WynneCol James L. CaselliLt Col Lawrence J. CahillLt Col Joseph Harkiewicz (lnterim)Col Alden L. Van BuskirkCol Cecil D. MillerCol Eugene J. McElroyLt Col William G. Kelley, Jr.Col Joe H. JohnsonCol Forest E. BakerCol Gomer W. CochranLt Col Joseph M. HaberCol Raymond J. CurtisCol Robert G. SmithCol Bruce S. PrattCol William E. AltLt Col Grant V. HaggeCol James D. Jones, Jr.
Incomplete dates are approximate.Omitted dates are unknown.
1 Jul 19611 962
4Dec 19641 965
2 Feb 196523 Mar 196610 Feb 196813 Jul 197014 Oct 197O19 Jul 197211 Jul 19742Aug 1975
23 Jul 197729 May 198O14 Feb 198424 May 198614 May 198815 Jun 1988
1 9624Dec 19642 Feb 1965
1 96523 Mar 196610 Feb 196813 Jul 197014 Oct 197O19 Jul 197211 Jul 19742Aug 1975
23 Jul 197728 May 198O14 Feb 198424 May 198613 May 198814Jun 1988
330
1 962d COMMUNICATIONS GROUP
The emblem, with the Torii Gate as its central feature, symbolizes the 1962d Communications Group's missionof providing a communications portal to the world. The lightning bolts represent the swiftness of the group'sresponse to mission tasking, while the telephone handset is a universal representation of communications andreflects the group's mission of providing communications support and services. The controltower symbolizesthe group's air traffic control responsibilities. The predominant colors of blue and gold are Air Force colors whichidentify the 1962d Communications Group as an Air Force unit.
331
1982d COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRONKUNSAN AB, SOUTH KOREA
1 November 1965 The 1982d Communications Squadron designated at Ubon RTAFB, Thailand, andassigned to the 1974th Communications Group (AFCS G-l40, 6 October 1965).
16 September 1974 The 1982d moved to Kunsan AB, South Korea, and reassigned to the 2146thCommunications Group {later, 2146th lnformation Systems Group; 2146th Communications Group) (AFCS MO-1,29 August 19741.
1 August 1984 Redesignated 1982d Information Systems Squadron (AFCC SO G-l0O, 27 JulV 1984).
1 November 1986 Redesignated 1982d Communications Squadron (AFCC SO G-08, 21 October 1986).
AWARDS
AFOUA wA/AFOUA wA/AFOUA wA/AFOUA wA/AFOUA wA/AFOUA wA/AFOUA wA/PUC/SE AsiaAFOUA wA/RVN GC w/P
CAMPAIGN STREAMENS
1 November 1965 - 30 June 196616 December 1965 - 15 December 1966
1 July 1967 - 3O June 19681 July 1968 - 30 June 19691 July 1969 - 30 June 19701 July 1970 - 30 June 19711 July 1971 - 30 June 1972
1 March 1967 - 31 March 19681 July 1972 - 3O June 19731 April 1966 - 28 January 1973
DAFSO GB-352/66DAFSO GB-144167DAFSO GB-95/69DAFSO GB-774169DAFSO GB-839/7ODAFSO GB-50t72DAFSO GB-112t73DAFSO GB-558/69DAFSO GB-124175DAFSO GB-346/75
Vietnam DefenseVietnam AirVietnam Air OffensiveVN Air Off, Phase llVN Air Off, Phase lllVietnam Air/GroundVN Air Off, Phase lVTET 69/Counteroffensive
VN Summer-Fall, 1969VN Winter-Spring, 197OSanctuary CounteroffensiveSouthwest MonsoonCommando Hunt VCommando Hunt VlCommando Hunt VllVietnam Ceasefire
333
1 982d COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRONKUNSAN AFB, SOUTH KOREA
COMMANDERS
Capt Ronald D. ThornberryMaj Embert D. WalkerMaj William H. Blankfield, Jr.Maj Raymond M. OshimaMaj Elmer G. Humphreys (lnterimlMaj Robert E. LeeMaj William l. ThibodeauLt Col James P. EntMaj Billy H. Floyd (lnterimlMaj Thomas L. TraceMaj Wallace E. AhoMaj Nick G. TulintseffMaj Francis K. H. HasegawaLt Col John A. JankowskiLt Col Keith J. MunichLt Col Sidney H. GordonMaj Miles lrmis, Jr.Maj Vance H. CordellMaj Paul J. O'KeefeMaj James H. BrownLt Col Philip DaleyLt Col Geoffrey R. DavisonMaj Donald R. MillerMaj Thomas J. SchofieldMaj Patrick H. O'NeilMaj Gregory W. MoyleMai Larry P. HaightMaj Ho6 M. Warren, Jr.Maj Jackie C. PotterMaj Jimmie A. BlackwellMaj Sheri L. WolfsonMaj John C. GoodmanMai Gary D. Powell
1 Nov 19655 Jan 19668 Dec 1966
22 Nov 1 9678 Oct 1968
24 Nov 19687 Jun 19694 Dec 19699 May 1970
18 May 197O12 May 197122Feb 197227 Feb 197319 Feb 19749 Jul 1974
16 Sep 19743 Jul 1975
1O Mar 19764 Mar 1977
22 Apr 197814Apr 197917 Apr 19803OJan 1981
6 Feb 19813 Apr 1981
2l Mar 198215 Mar 198316 Mar 198416 Apr 1985
7 May 19866 May 1987
25 Apr 19884Jun 1989
4Jan 19667 Dec 1966
21 Nov 19677 Oct 1968
23 Nov 19686Jun 19694 Dec 19699May 1970
18May 197O12 May 197122Feb 197227 Feb 197319 Feb 19749 Jul 1974
Sep 19743 Jul 1975
10 Mar 19764Mar 1977
22 Apr 197814 Apr 197917 Apr 198029 Jan 1981
6 Feb 19812 Apr 1981
20 Mar 198215 Mat 198316 Mar 198414 Apr 1985
7 May 19866May 1987
25 Apr 198822 May 1989
lncomplete dates are approximate.
334
1982d COMMUNTCATTONS SOUADRON
The significance of the 1982d Communications Squadron emblem lies in the design and characters of the emblemitself. The ultramarine blue background, with the red bolts, represgnts the range of communications servlcesprovided by the 1982d Communications Squadron. The controltower, the radio antenna, the microwave tower,the telephones, and the Air Force aircraft, extending outward from the center of the bolts, show how everythingtaes together to ensure the squadron mission is achieved. The 1982d Communications Squadron is always intouch.
335
2o78th COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRONTAEGU AB, SOUTH KOREA
1 January 1984 The 2078th Communications Squadron designated and activated at Taegu AB, SouthKorea, and assigned to 2146th Communications Group (later,2146th lnformation Systems Group;2146thCommunications Group, (AFCC SO G-166, 7 November 1983).
1 August 19841984).
Redesignated 2O78th lnformation Systems Squadron (AFCC SO G-IOO, 27 July
1 November 1986 Redesignated 2O78th Communications Squadron (AFCC SO G-O8, 21 October 1986).
1 October 1990 2078th Communications Squadron at Taegu AB, Korsa, inactivated. Personnel,equipment, and supplies transferred to OL-A, Headquarters 2146th Communications Group (AFCC SO G-51,12 July 199O).
AWARDS
None
COMMANDERS
Capt Merilynn MalisCapt Stephen L. LowerCapt James M. Abel, Jr.Capt Rebecca L. HarrellCapt Dickson Y. LumMaj Philip J. DouglasCMSgrt Melvin Dambacher#
1 Jan 198413Jan 1984
2O Jan 198519Jun 198623 Jun 198722 Jun 19884 Jul 199O
13 Jan 198420Jun 198519 Jun 198623Jun 198722 Jun 19884 Jul 1990
# CMSgt Melvin Dambacher was designated as the "Site Chief" until 1 October 199O when tho squadron officiallyinactivated. An inactivation ceremony was held and the unit was informally inactivated on 3O June 1990.
336
2o78th COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRON
The Air Force blue and yellow colors allude to the sky, the primary theater of Air Force operations, and to thesun for the excellence required of Air Force personnel. The pagoda symbolizes the location of the squadronin Korea. The antenna, lightning bolts, and flight symbols represent the squadron's mission of providing air trafficcontrol, operations, and maintenance support.
337
21 14th COMMUTUCAT|ONS SOUADRONMISAWA AB,'JAPAN
1 February 1979 The 2114th Communications Squadron designated and activated at Misawa AB,Japan, assigned to Pacific Communications Area (AFCS SO G-09, 10 January 1979).
12 March 1979 Reassigned to the 1956th Communications Group (later, 1956th lnformation SystemsGroup; 1956th Communications Group (AFCS SO G-58, 12 March 1979).
l August 1984 Redesignated 2114th Information Systems Squadron (AFCC SO G-IOO,27 Julv1984).
1 November 1986 Redesignated 21 14th Communications Squadron (AFCC SO G-O7, 21 October 1986).
AWARDS
AFOUA
Capt Casimir V. BakMaj Marvin E. FeldmanMaj Stephen R. OuickMaj Paul F. DaspitMaj Wilbert Cason, Jr.Capt Steve A. SwansonMaj Juanito E. Ramirez
1 January 1986 - 31 December 1987 DAFSO GB-433/88
COMMANDERS
1 Feb 1979 1 Apr 19802Apr 1980 18Jun 1982
l8Jun 1982 8 Jul 1985I Jul 1985 28Jun 1988
28 Jun 1988 7 Apr 19907 Apr 199O 25Jun 199O
26Jun 1989
338
21 1 4th COMMUNIGATIONS SOUADRON
The lJachinohe horse represents the Tohoku region of Japan which is home to the 21141h CommunicationsSquadron. The starburst is symbolic of the 2114th Communications Squadron personnel's excellence andoutstandlng performance. The lightning bolt alludes to electronic communications, while the key which crossesit indiicates that the squadron's responsibilities are essential to the successful accomplishment of the Air Force.
339
21'l6th COMMUNICATIONS GROUPOSAN AB, KOREA
15 July 1954 2146th AACS Squadron designated.
1 September 1954 The 1246th AACS Squadron organized at Osan-Ni (later, Osanl, Korea, and assignedto the 1818th AACS Group (MATS GO-124, 15 July 1954).
1 October 1957 Reassigned to the 1809th AACS Group (later, Far East AACS Region; Far EastCommunications Region) IMATS GO-97, 20 September 1957).
1 July 1961 Redesignated 2146th Communications Squadron (AFCS G-2, l July 1961).
1 January 1962 Redesignated 2146th Communicataons Group (AFCS G-88,9 November 19611.
1 July 1972 Reassigned to HO Pacific Communications Area (later, Pacific CommunicationsDivision; Pacific Information Systems Division; Pacific Communications Division) (AFCS G-61, 1O April 19721.
1 August 1984 Redesignated 2146th lnformation Systems Group (AFCC SO G-IOO, 27 July 19841.
1 November 1986 Redesignated 2146th Communicataons Group (AFCC SO G-O8, 21 October 1986).
AWARDS
AFOUAAFOUAAFOUAAFOUAROKPUC
1 January 1968 - 31 December 1968 DAFSO GB-474/691 August 1971 - 31 July 1972 DAFSO GB-6O3/73
1 January 1976 - 31 December 1976 DAFSO GB-7841771 January 1979 - 31 December 1979 DAFSO GB-4O1/8O19 August 1972 - 20 August 1972 DAFSO GB-l54/73
341
2146th COMMUNICATTONS GROUPOSAN AB, KOREA
COMiIANDERS
Lt Col Floyd A. LambertCol William A. LabrensMaj Paul E. McMastersLt Col William H. PrinceLt Col James C. TimmonsLt Col Russell SawyerLt Col Francis J. FlanaganLt Col John P. SavageLt Col Edward L. ClarkLt Col Aloys W. Fuessel, Jr.Lt Col Richard G. DunkinLt Col Lloyd B. Nunn, Jr.Col James A. GianatsisCol Robert K. CarsonCol John T. PhillipsCol Bruce G. GilbrethCol Harry L. WinbergCol Anthony DiBaggioCol Edward C. WallaceCol Kenneth L. AbneyCol Winston D. PowersCol John D. ElliottLt Col Alonzo O. Bliss lllCol Ray G. Green, Jr.Col Harold J. ArataCol James W. CowanCol Ole l. Dahle-MelsaetherCol Kenneth KeyCol Elbert S. Walker, Jr.Col Joseph L. ThomasCol Billy E. GreggCol Michael R. DoolyCol Stephen J. GeertzCol Robert L. Null
lncomplete dates are approximate.Omitted names/dates are unknown'
May 196019611961
18 Sep 19621 Jul 1963
16 Jul 196329 Apr 196414 Feb 196514 Mar 1966l4May 196724 May 196822Jun 19687 Jul 1969
24 Jul 197O1 Aug 1971
22 Aug 19724Sep 19726 Jul 19737 Feb 1974
28 Jun 197418 Oct 19749 Jul 1975
21 Jul 197531 Jul 197813 Jun 198O27 May 19819 Jul 1982
29Jun 198428Jun 198520Jun 1986
5 Jun 198724 Jun 1988
3Aug 1990
May 19601 9611 961
l8Sep 19621 Jul 19638 Jul 1963
29 Apr 196414 Feb 196514 Mar 196614 May 196715 May 196822 Jun 19687 Jul 1969
23 Jul 197031 Jul 197121 Aug1972
Sep 19725 Jul 19736 Feb 1974
27 Jun 197417 Oct 19749 Jul 1975
20 Jul 197531 Jul 197812 Jun 198026 May 19818 Jul 1982
29 Jun 198428 Jun 198520Jun 1986
SJun 198724Jun 1988
3Aug 1990
342
2146th COMMUNICATIONS GROUP
The white star emblazoned on the unit's emblem is symbolic of peacri and unity. The aircraft r€presents theunit's air traffic control mission, and it characterizes the overallthe realm of the Air Force. The thunderbirds,outstretched to the gre€n, Korean landscape, allude to the command's providing the "Reins of Command" below.The temple, the essence of the Korean heritage, is colored red to represent the blood shed in battle to preservetho land's independence. The white steps descending from the temple symbolize a foundation and the uphillpath of freedom.
343
HEADOUARTERS RESEARCH AND ACOUISITION COMMUNICATIONS DIVISION
Blue alludes to the sky, the primary theater of Air Force operations. Yellow refers to the sun and the excellencerequired of Air Force personnel. The arrow symbol represents information and reflects the mission of the unit.The mailed fist from the Air Force Communications Command's emblem depicts "Providing the Reins ofCommand" to the Air Force Systems Command. The lightning bolts indicate the speed with which the unitprocesses and transfers information in support of Air Force Systems Command activities. The pole star reflectsthe division's air traffic mission. The stars signify the research activities.
345
HEADOUARTERS RESEARCH AND ACOUISITION COMMUNICATIONS DIVISIONANDREWS AFB, MARYLAND
The Research & Acquisition Communications Division was established as the 18O3d Airways and AirCommunications Service Group and organized at Robins AFB, Georgia, on 1 September 1952, assigned to 180othAACS Wing (later, Continental AACS Area. The 1803d was redesignated Southeastern AACS Region on1 November 1957 and Southeastem Communications Region on 1 July 1961. The Southeastem CommunicationsRegion reassigned to Airways and Air Communications Services (later, Air Force Communications Service) on1 June 1961. The Southeastern Communications Region was discontinued and inactivated on 1 July 1963.On 10 December 1985, the Southeastern Communications Region was redesignated Research and Acquisitionlnformation Systems Division, activated at Andrews AFB, Maryland, on I January 1986, and assigned to AirForce Communications Command. On 1 November 1986 the Research and Acquisition Information SystemsDivision was redesignated HO Research and Acquisition Communications Division.
AWARDS
None
COMMANDERS
Col Gilbert B. GuarinoCol Richard W. AmannCol Paul G. Patton
1 Jan 1986l2Aug 198616 Oct 1987
l2Aug 198616 Oct 1987
347
1875th COMPUTER SYSTEMS SOUADRONANDREWS AFB, iIARYLAND
1 January 1986 The 1875th lnformation Systems Support Squadron designated and activated atAndrews AFB, Maryland, and assigned to Research and Acquisition lnformation Systems Division (later, Researchand Acquisition Communications Division).
1 November 1986 Redesignated 1875th ComputerSystems Squadron GFCC SO G-19,7 November1986).
AWARDS
None
COMMANDERS
Col LaSalle Petty, Jr.Col Frederick C. Meiwald
1 Jan 1986 1 1 Sep 198812 Sep 1988
348
1875th COMPUTER SYSTEMS SOUADRON
The emblem represents the integration of the squadron's support into the highest levels of command. The globeand gauntlet are adapted from the emblem of the Air Force Communications Command and indicate the globalnature of the parent organization. The computer hardware suggests the unit's function of providing computersupport in data processing, executive communications systems, programming, systems software development,and system acquisition. The lightning bolts signify electronic communications systems. Together with theoverlapping symbols, they form a triad demonstrating the coordination and intercommunications sharedthroughout the system.
349
1925th COMMUNTCATTONS SOUADRONEDWARDS AFB, CALIFORNIA
8 December 1956 The 1925th AACS Squadron designated and organized at Edwards AFB, California,and assigned to 1801st Airways and Air Communications Service Group (later, Western Airways and AirCommunications Service Region; Western Communications Region) (MATS GO-156, 13 November 1956).
1 July 1961G-6O, 25 May 1961).
1 May 197O1970).
1 June 19811981).
1 January 1986
AWARDS
AFOUAAFOUA
Maj Julian M. Lacalle, Jr.Lt Col Vernon C. KingMaj Kenneth A. TaylorLt Col William A. TrotterLt Col/Col Raymond J. CurtisCapt Gary W. WilliamsLt Col Andrew R. HowieLt Col John M. MageCapt Richard N. Girard (lnterim)Maj Gary A. ReddigLt Col John M. HagaLt Col Donald T. HerbsterLt Col Michael W. CrosbYLt Col John D. Weston
January 1977 - 31 December 1977January 1981 - 31 December 1981
COMMANDERS
DAFSO GB-634/78DAFSO G8.598/82
Redesignated 1925th Communications Squadron upon establishment of AFCS (MATS
Reassigned to new Southern Communicataons Area (established) (AFCS G-62, 2 April
Reassigned to the Continental Communications Division (AFCC SO G-31, 20 February
Redesignated 1925th lnformation Systems Squadron and reassigned to Research andAcquisition lnformation Systems Division (later, Communications Division) (AFCC SO G-54, 18 December 1985).
1 November 1986 Redesignated 1925th Communications Squadron (AFCC SO G-05, 21 October 19861.
1
1
1 Jan 19623 Jul 19629 Nov 1 9638 May 19671 Jan 1971
28 Jun 197427 Aug197418 Jun 19763 Jul 1978
15 Sep 197829 Sep 1980
l5Nov 198511 Jul 1988
3 Jul 19629 Nov 1 9638 May 1967
31 Dec 197O28 Jun 197427 Aug 197417 Jun 19763 Jul 1978
15 Sep 197829 Sep 198O
15Nov198511 Jul 1988
Omitted names/dates are unknown.
350
1 925th COMMUNTCATTONS SOUADRON
The mailed fist with lightning bolts depicts the communications links providing the Air Force Flight Test CenterCommander control of the test effort. The tan background and Joshua tree depict the dry lake bed and desertsurroundings of the center, while the blue sky depicts the aerospace test environment. The North Star (Polarislis symbolic of the air traffic control and navigational services provided. The aerospace vehicle is symbolic ofthe test mission of the Air Force Flight Test Center.
351
197 2d COMMUNICATIONS GROUPEGTIN AFB, FLORIDA
20 August 1965 The 1972d Communications Squadron designated and organized at Da Nang Airport,South Vietnam, and assigned to 1964th Communications Group (AFCS G-73, 18 May 1965, amended by G-l05,4 August 19651.
13 March 1973 The 1972d moved to Eglin AFB, Florida, and reassigned to Southern CommunicationsArea (AFCS Movement Order 31, 8 March 1973).
1 June 19811981).
1 January 1986
Reassigned to the Continental Communications Division (AFCC SO G-31, 20 February
Redesignated HO 1972d lnformation Systems Group and reassigned to Research &Acquisition lnformation Systems Division {later, Communications Division} (AFCC SO G-54, 18 December 1985}.
1 November 1986 Redesignated 1972d Communications Group (AFCC SO G-Os,21 October 1986).
AWARDS
AFOUA wA/AFOUA wA/AFOUA wA/AFOUA wA/AFOUA wA/AFOUA wA/AFOUA wA/AFOUA w/VRVN GC w/PAFOUAAFOUAAFOUA
1 July 1965 - 3O June 19661 July 1966 - 30 June 19671 July 1967 - 30 June 19681 July 1968 - 30 June 19691 July 1969 - 30 June 19701 July 1970 - 30 June 19711 July 1971 - 30 June 19721 July 1972 - 27 March 19731 April 1966 - 28 January 1973
1 January 1975 - 31 December 19751 January 1976 - 31 December 19761 January 1980 - 31 December 1981
DAFSO GB-351/66DAFSO GB-454/67DAFSO G8.615/68DAFSO GB-881/69DAFSO GB-796/70DAFSO GB-l35/71DAFSO GB-l64/73DAFSO GB-488/73DAFSO GB-346/75DAFSO GB-946/76DAFSO GB.783177DAFSO GB-598/82
During the peak war years in Southeast Asia, the 1972d shared with Bien Hoa and Tan Son Nhut ABs the honorof handling the most air traffic control operations in South Vietnam.
CAMPAIGN STREAMERS
Vietnam DefenseVietnam AirVietnam Air OffensiveVN Air Off, Phase llVN Air Off, Phase lllVietnam Air/GroundVN Air Off, Phase lVTET O9/Counteroffensive
VN Summer-Fall, 1969VN Winter-Spring, 197OSanctuary CounteroffensiveSouthwest MonsoonCommando Hunt VCommando Hunt VlCommando Hunt VllVietnam Ceasefire
353
1972d COMMUNICATIONS GROUPEGLIN AFB, FLORIDA
COMMANDERS
Maj Dan RoseMaj Hugh F. BealerMaj William M. PerryCapt Robert S. RayfieldMaj Everett G. GravesLt Col Marvin E. NagelLt Col Richard D. BottomMaj Hugh McKelligott (lnterimlLt Col Alvers l. SingletonLt Col Wicklift H. HorneLt Col Jack L. TimminsLt Col Roger C. Duke, Jr.Lt Col Charles E. ShepherdLt Col Clyde F. BunchMaj F. D. GilbertLt Col J. Drew Coleman, Jr.Maj Richard N. FleckMaj Lawrence. G. Dapra, Jr.Lt Col Clarence R. SmithLt Col Curtis A. PrestonLt Col James D. Jones, Jr.Lt Col James JosteLt Col Anthony W. Bell, Jr.Col M. Gary Wilson
20Aug 1 9656 Oct 19655 Nov 1965SAug 1967
1 1 Aug 196626 Jul 196713Nov196728Sep 19682O Oct 196817 Oct 19699 Jan 1970
28 Dec 197O15 Jan 197111 Jan 19723ODec 197213 Mar 197329 Mar 1974
8 May 197424 Jun 197414Aug 198018 May 1984SAug 19869 Jul 1988
11 Jul 1990
5 Oct 19654 Nov 1965TAug 1967
lOAug 196726 Jul 1967l2Nov 196727 Sep 196819 Oct 196817 Oct 19693 Jan 1970
28 Dec 197O15 Jan 19711 1 Jan 197230Dec 197213 Mar 197328Mar 1974
7 May 197423 Jun 197414Aug 198018 May 1984
8 Aug 1 9868 Jul 1988
11 Jul 1990
354
197 2d COMMUNICATIONS GROUP
The white clouds represent the highest form of maintenance formed. The ultramarine blue control tower issymbolic of flight facilities. The dark red lines are symbolic of cables beneath the ground, and of the blood spilledin Vietnam. The golden yellow lightning bolt represents the Communications-Electronic Branch while the whitecolumn represents the support of command and administration.
355
2o14th COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRONHANSCOM AFB. MASSACHUSETTS
1 January 1962 The 2O14th Communications Squadron designated and organized at Laurence G.Hanscom Field (later, Laurence G. Hanscom AFB; Hanscom AFB), Massachusetts, and assigned to the NorthAtlantic Communications Region (AFCS G-99, 12 December 1961).
1 July 1963 Reassigned to the new Eastern Communications Region (AFCS G-33, 1 May 19631.
1 May 1970 Reassigned to the new Northern Communications Area (later ContinentalCommunications Division) (AFCS G-62, 2 April 197O).
Acquisition Information Systems Division (later, Research and Acquisition Communications Division) (AFCC SOG-54, 18 December 1985).
1 November 1 986 Redesignated 2014th Communications Squadron (AFCC SO G-Os, 21 October 1986).
1 June 19811981).
1 January 1986
AWARDS
AFOUA
Maj Dale A. HerzogCapt Thomas A. DietrichCapt/Maj Edward J. SadlowskiCapt Milford D. V. FyockCapt Robert A. SayreCapt Charles T. Hardenburg, Jr.Col Howard H. SmithCol Harley P. RobertsLt Col Wallace D. GillespieCol Malcolm T. CollinsLt Col Robert E. StogdillLt Col Jon L. GallopLt Col Donald R. SpeiceLt Col Richard J. JoyceMai Gregory S. HollisterMaj Ricky G. Hall
lncomplete dates are approximate.Omitted names/dates are unknown.
Reassigned to Continental Communications Division (AFCC SO G-31, 20 February
Redesignated 2014th lnformation Systems Squadron and assigned to Research and
1 January 1987 - 31 December 1987 DAFSO GB-433/88
COMMANDERS
1 9671 968
7 Jun 196919701 9711 973
2 Jan 19741 9751 976
4 Apr 1977Jul 1980Dec 1982Nov 1984Jul 1986
14 Jul 1989
1 9671 968
7 Jun 19691 9701 9711 973
2 Jan 19741 9751 976
4 Apr 1977Jul 1980Dec 1982Nov 1 984Jul 1986Jul 1989
356
2o14th COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRON
The Minute Man riding a horse and carrying lightning bolts symbolizes the squadron's efforts to provide advanceelectronic communications which is vital to freedom. Just as Paul Revere rode through the area now knownas Hanscom Air Force Base on his way to Concord to provide an early warning that the British were coming,the 2O14th Communications Squadron of Air Force Communications Command performs the same significantjob, freedom through communications, by providing advance electronic communications as depicted by thelightning bolts.
357
2080th coMMuNtcATroNs souADRoNLOS ANGELES AFB, CALIFORNIA
1 October 1969 The 2O8Oth Communications Squadron designated and activated at Los AngelesAnnex #1, California, and assigned to Western Communications Region (AFCS G-l12, 23 July 1969).
1 May 1970
1 January 1974California.
1 June 198119811.
1 January 1986
Capt Robert InginoMaj Thomas N. HigdonLt Col John M. KreslMaj/Lt Col Moodie E. Braun, Jr.Maj William D. RotheMaj Carl R. Huebner
Lt Col/Col Theodore A. HohnCol Philip E. RoseCol John ManningLt Col Walter Benson
lncomplete dates are approximate.Omitted names/dates are unknown.
Reassigned to new Southern Communications Area (AFCS G-62, 2 April 19701.
The 2O8Oth Communications Squadron moved to Los Angeles AFS (later AFB),
Reassigned to Continental Communications Division (AFCC SO G-31, 20 February
Redesignated 2O8Oth Information Systems Squadron and assigned to Research andAcquisition Information Systems Division (later, Research and Acquisition Communications Divisionl. (AFCCSO G-54, 18 December 1985).
1 November 1986 Redesignated 2080th Communications Squadron (AFCC SO G-Os, 21 October 1986).
AWARDS
AFOUA 1 January 1972 - 31 December 1972 DAFSO GB-6O3/73
COMMANDERS
1 9691971
24 Aug 19731 975
30Jun 197719 Jul 1979
1 98518 Feb 1986
Jun 198515 Jun 1988
1 97123Aug 1973
1 9751977
19 Jul 1979
18 Feb 198615 Jun 198615 Jun 1988
358
2O8Oth COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRON
Ultramarine blue and Air Force yellow are used in the design. Blue signifies the sky, the primary theater of AirForce operations. Yellow represents the sun and the excellence required of Air Force personnel. The twoasymptotes illustrate the coming together of two forces, Air Force Communications Command and Air ForceSystems Command, which draw closer at a central point but never touch. The 2O8Oth Communications Squadronis the "connecting force" at the center, linking the missions of Air Force Communications Command and AirForce Systems Command at Los Angeles Air Force Base, California, where the squadron is a "dual-hatted"organization. The gauntlet and lightning bolts symbolize the AFCC's mission of "Providing the Reins ofCommand." The tilted arrow represents the mission to acquire and launch spacecraft.
359
assigned to Southeastern AACS (later, Southeastern Communications) Region (MATS G-49, 1 5 May 1961).1 June 1961
1 July 1961
1 July 1963
1 May 1970
1 July 1974
30 June 197719771.
1 July 1980
1 June 19811985).
1 January 1986
1 November 1986
AWARDS
AFOUAAFOUAAFOUAAFOUA
Lt Col Hubert J. BarksLt Col Wallace O. NordenstromLt Col Roger B. Condit Jr.Lt Col Horace E. MoodyMailLt Col Donald P. BlakeLt Col Jerrell W. BrooksLt Col/Col Lynn F. RobinsonCol Clarence B. BlockerLt Col Charles M. CribbsCol Roscoe M. Cougill'Lt Col Charles HandleyLt Col Michael H. MountCol Robert G. SmithCol Michael J. Hvozdovic
l Later Brig Gen
lncomplete dates are approximate.Omitted names/dates are unknown.
1 October 1962 - 30 November 196231 January 1977 - 31 January 19781 February 1978 - 31 January 19801 February 1980 - 31 January 1982
COMMANDERS
2179th COMMUNICATIONS GROUPPATRICK AFB, FLORIDA
The 1279th AACS Squadron designated and organized at Patrick AFB, Florida, and
Redesignated 2179th Communications Squadron {AFCS G-2, 1 July 1961).
Reassigned to Eastern Communications Region.
Reassigned to new Southern Communications Area (AFCS G-62, 2 April 197O).
Redesignated HO 2179th Communications Group (AFCS G-5O, 24 April 1974).
Redesignated HO 2179th Communications and Installation Group (AFCS G-72, 8 April
Redesignated HO 2179th Communications Group (AFCC SO G-68, 16 April 198O).
Reassigned to Continental Communications Division (AFCC SO G-54, 18 December
Redesignated HO 2179th lnformation Systems Group and reassigned to Research and
Redesignated 2179th Communications Group (AFCC SO G-05, 21 October 19861.
Acquisition lnformation Systems Division (later, Research and Acquisition Communications Division) (AFCC SOG-54, 18 December 1985).
DAFSO GB-l78/63
DAFSO GB-401/80DAFSO GB-s98/82
19611963
19681 971
26 Jun 19737 Jan 19746 Jun 1977
15 Dec 198O12 Sep 19818 Jun 1983
19 Sep 198327 Feb 198414Aug 1987
1 963
1 9681 971
26 Jun 19733 Oct 19736 Jun 1977
15 Dec 198O12 Sep 19818 Jun 1983
19 Sep 198327 Feb 198414Aug 1987
Aug 1989
360
2179th COMMUNICATIONS GROUP
The black background represents the space environment in which communications satellites operate. The whitestar represents the "light" provided by satellites through which the group communicates, while the blue earthrepresents the Air Force operating domain, the global mission. The three red lightning bolts represent the "Reinsof Gommand" through communications. The white missile with red and yellow exhaust represents the unit'ssupport to the Air Force Eastern Test Range which makes it unique among other communications organizations.
361
2199th COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRONBROOKS AFB, TEXAS
1 July 1985 The 2199th lnformation Systems Squadron designated and activated at Brooks AFB.Texas, and assigned to 1923d Communications Group (AFCC SO G-43, 19 March 1985).
1 January 1986 Reassigned to Research and Acquisition lnformation Systems Division (later, Rssearchand Acquisition Communications Division) (AFCC SO G-54, 18 December 1985).
1 November 1986 Redesignated 2199th Communications Squadron (AFCC SO G-05, 21 October 1986).
AWARDS
None
COMMANDERS
Col Leonard P. Morrissey Sep 1985
lncomplete dates are approximate.Omitted names/dates are unknown.
No emblem available.
362
STRATEGIC COMMUNICATIONS DIVISION
The Strategic Communications Division is tasked with providing cornmunications support to the Strategic AirCommand. ln doing so, the Strategic Communications Division must provide Strategic Air Command withcommunications around the world, as represented by the globe; with the utmost of speed, as represented bythe lightning bolts. Strategic Air Command bombers and the missile fleet must have the most modern and effectivemeans of communications to launch their weapons systems. The division fulfills this requirement by providingcommunications support with the full range of available systems including earth orbiting satellites.
363
HEADOUARTERS STRATEGIC COMMUNICATIONS DIVISIONOFFUTT AFB, NEBRASKA
Established as 51st Airways and Air Communications Service Group on 14 May 1948. Organized at HamiltonAFB, California, on 1 June 1 948, and assigned to l st AACS Wing (later, 18OOth AACS Wing; Continental AACSArea). Redesignated 1801st AACS Group, 1 October 1948; redesignated Western AACS Region, 1 November1957. Reassigned to Aarways and Air Communications Service (later, Air Force Communications Service) andredesignated Western Communications Region, 1 July 1961. lnactivated on 1 May 1970. Consolidated1O February 1981 with Strategic Communications Area (established as Strategac Communications Area on 2 April1976; actlvatod on 30 June 1976) at Offurt AFB, Nebraska, and assigned to Air Forco Communications Service(later, Air Force Communications Command). Consolidated establishment redesignated Strategic CommunicationsDivision, 1 June 1981. Redesignated HO Strategic Information Systems Division 6 July 1984, and redesignatedback to Strategic Communications Division on 1 November 1986.
SIGNIFICANT ACHIEVEMENTS: The 51st (soon, 1801st)AACS Group replaced the 701st Air Force Base Unitat Hamilton AFB, California, on 1 June 1948. lt operated and maintained communications and navigational aidsat squadron and detachment locations throughout the western United States and performed air traffic controlthere as well. The group performed flight service operations at Hamihon AFB from April 1957 to February 1961,operated and maintained base communications at many non-SAC bases beginning early in 1962, and performedflight-checking operations from June 1948 to September 1949 and from July 1953 to March 1963. lt underwentnumerous reorganizations and realignments of its geographical area during its active life. lt became WesternAACS Region in November 1957 and Western Communications Region in July 196l.lnactivated on 1 May197O following another AFCS reorganization. At that time most of its units were absorbed by the new Northernand Southern Communications Area, with the region headquarters staff being absorbed by Detachment 3,Headquarters, Northern Communications Area.
Strategic Communications Area actavated in June 1976 when AFCS assumed full responsibility for SACcommunicataons support. AFCS units at 13 SAC-hosted bases transferred to the new Area. At 14 other basescommunications groups and squadrons, until then operated by SAC, transferred to the new Area.
The new Arsa's field structure paralleled that of SAC's, with AFCS commanders serving as communications-electronics officers on the SAC units' staffs. The Strategic Communications Area commander served in thedual role of Director of C-E, DCS/Operations, HO SAC. The commanders of the Area's major units served onthe staffs of SAC's numbered air forces and divisions, while communications squadron commanders servedas C-E officers on the staffs of SAC wings.
The new Area provided "tailored" communications support for all SAC units, initially in the United States butlater extending into oversoas areas. The Area's components operated and maintained communications,electronics, air traffic control, and air-space management systems and the facilities required to support the globalSAC role.
ln February 1981 theWestern Communications Region and Strategic Communications Area consolidated asa single establishment, with subsequent redesignation as Strategic Communications Division on 1 June 1981.
AWARDS
None
364
HEADOUARTERS STRATEGIC COMMUNICATIONS DIVISIONOFFUTT AFB, NEBRASKA
COMMANDERS
Col Bernard M. WootonCol Robert W. GriffinLt Col Wayne E. JonesCol Casper R. OffringaCol Edwin L. WoodCol Emory F. KellyCol Thew J. lce, Jr.Col Guy H. RockeyCol Elmo A. Elliott (lnterim)Col David S. WoodsCol Raymond K. Childress (lnterim)Col Charles U. BrombachCol Nelson S. BrooksCol James M. NeffCol Gerald L. Prather"Brig Gen John T. Randerson**Brig Gen John T. Stihl*tCol Robert H. Ludwig** (Lt Gen Selectee)Brig Gen Stancil L. Dilda, Jr.
lncomplete dates are approximate.Omitted dates are unknown.
* * Later Maj Gen
1 Jun 19481 Nov 1948
10 Jul 1950Oct 1952
20 Nov 19541 Feb 1957
1 1 Aug 195831 Jul 196115 Jun 19631 Jul 1963
19 Jul 19652 Aug 1 9651 May 19681 Sep 19681 Jul 1976
18 Jul 197728 Jul 198218 May 198426Aug 1986
31 Oct 19489 Jul 1950
1 95219Nov 195431 Jan 1957lOAus 195830 Jul 196114Jun 19633OJun 196318 Jul 1965
1 Aug 196530 Apr 196831 Aug 1968
1 May 197018 Jul 197728 Jul 198218 May 198426Aug 1986
365
lst AEROSPACE COMMUNICATIONS WINGOFFUTT AFB, NEBRASKA
The 1st Communications Group, Command, was established and activated.
The 1st Communications Group, Command, organized at Offutt AFB, Nebraska, and
7 December 1959
1 February 1960assigned to 3902d Air Base Wing.
1 5 July 1963
1 July 1976
Redesignated lst Aerospace Communications Group, Command.
Redesignated lst Aerospace Communications Group and reassigned to StrategicCommunicataons Area (later, Strat€gic Communications Division; Strategic lnformation Systems Division;Strategic Communications Division) (AFCS SO G-93, 29 April 19761.
6 July 19841984).
Redesignated lst Aerospace lnformation Systems Wing (AFCC SO G-89, 6 July
1 November 1986 Redesignated lst Aerospace Communications Wing (AFCC SO G-19, 7 November1986).
AWARDS
AFOUAAFOUAAFOUAAFOUAAFOUAAFOUAAFOUAAFOUAAFOUA
1
1
1
1 July 1965 - 30 June 19671 July 1967 - 30 June 19691 July 1969 - 30 June 19701 July 1970 - 3O June 19721 July 1974 - 30 June 19751 July 1975 - 30 June 1976
January 1978 - 31 December 1978January 1982 - 31 December 1982January 1986 - 31 December 1987
COMMANDERS
DAFSO GB-890/70DAFSO GB-27t73DAFSO GB-57/76DAFSO GB-242t77DAFSO GB-635/79DAFSO G8.696/83DAFSO GB-433/88
Lt Col John T. TylerCol Edwin G. HoughtonCol Edward J. StengerCol James V. DeCosterLt Col James O. SuttonLt Col Richard D. BottomLt Col Jack L. TimminsCol Louis J. RedmannLt Col Jack L. TimminsCol Sidney L. GuytonCol Wallace D. GillespieCol James E. JonesCol Gabriel A. PonsCol Frank J. CoprivnicarCol Norman R. FrucciCol Kenneth F. NickelCol Charles T. Hardenberg, Jr.
lncomplete dates are apprcximate.Omitted dates are unknown.
1 Feb 1960Jun 1962Aug 1966Oct 1967Nov 1968Oct 1969
4Feb 197226 Jul 197215 Jun 197414Aug 1974l4Aug 1978
1 Jan 19805 Dec 19801 Nov 1982
22 May 198625 Sep 1987
1 Dec 1988
Jun 1962Aug 1966Oct 1967Nov 1968Oct 1969
4 Feb 197226 Jul 1972l5Jun 1974l4Aug 1974l4Aug 197831 Dec 1979
5 Dec 198O1 Nov 1982
22 May 198625 Sep 1987
1 Dec 1988
366
l'i:
i'
lst AEROSPACE COMMUNICATIONS WING
The emblem is symbolic of the wing and its mission. Against a sky-blue shield representing the vast realm ofAir Force activity, a lightning bolt of three segments represents the three squadrons of the wing and symbolizesthe wing's communications link of command to the force. The four stars signify command and the flight symbolrepresents the Strategic Air Command force. Thus, the entire emblem represents the link of communicationsprovided by the 1st Aerospace Communications Wing from the Commander-in-Chief, to the Strategic AirCommand force.
:,.....,..1,...1
367
Colorado, and assigned to Fifteenth Air Force.
7 November 1949 Location moved to March AFB, California.
I November 1954 Redesignated 33d Communications Squadron, Air Force.
1 July 1976 Redesignated 33d Communications Group and reassigned to StrategicCommunications Area (later, Strategic Communications Division; Strategic lnformations Systems Division;Strategic Communications Division) (AFCS SO G-93, 29 April 19761.
6 July 1984 Redesignated 33d lnformation Systems Group (AFCC SO G-89, 6 Juty 1984).
1 November 1986 Redesignated 33d Communicataons Group (AFCC SO G-19, 7 November 1986).
8 October 1946
28 October 1946
AWARDS
AFOUAAFOUAAFOUAAFOUA
Col Phil H. MeyerLt Col Joseph F. MartinCol Edward J. StengerMaj Kenneth RoweCol Willard T. BrannonCol Norbert B. AstryeLt Co! Edwin C. ErvinCol Phil H. MeyerCol Jefferson D. SinnettMaj George R. WrightLt Col Clarence L. ParadioCol Robert F. DayCol John F. DonahueCol Peter K. DensmoreCol Robert E. Nolan, Jr.Col Jerome J. ReinholtLt Col Perry M. lmmermanCol Kelly D. Anderson
lncomplete dates are approximate.Omitted dates are unknown.
33d COMMUNICATIONS GROUPMARCH AFB, CALIFORNIA
The 33d Communications Squadron, Command, constituted.
The 33d Communications Squadron, Command, activated at Colorado Springs,
5 February 1955 - 31 August 19561 July 1970 - 30 June 19711 July 1971 - 30 June 19721 July 1974 - 30 June 1975
COMMANDERS
20 Jan 1964
5 Jun 196615 Jul 1966
Jun 196819 Jan 197013 Apr 19707 Jun 1972
12 Mar 19739 Jul 19731 Mar 19741 Jul 19762Aug 1979
14Dec 198220Jun 1986lOJun 198820 Jul 1988
Jan 1961
5 Jun 196615 Jul 1966
Jun 1968l9Jan 197013 Apr 197O7 Jun 1972
12 Mar 19739 Jul 19731 Mar 1974
24Mar 19762Aug 1979
l4Dec 198220Jun 1986lOJun 19882O Jul 1988
368
33d COMMUNICATIONS GROUP
The division of the field into two parts alludes to the time periods in a 24-hour day; the light blue with cloudsindicates day and the deep blue represents night. Together, they indicate the 2+hour continuous communicationsservice provided by the squadron. The red lightning flash extending across the sphere to the gold rim indicatesthe squadron's instant worldwide communications capabalities and denotes assignment to the Strategic AirCommand. The gold and blue lightning flash extending across the sphere indicates the excellence andprofessionalism required of assigned Air Force personnel. These flashes also allude to the four points of thecompass, and with the red lightning flash, signify the squadron's numerical designation. The emblem bearsthe national colors and the Air Force colors-golden yellow and ultramarine blue.
369
4,6th COMMUNTCATTONS GROUPBARKSDALE AFB, LOUISIANA
4 December 1950 The 46th Communications Squadron, Air Force, constituted.
4 January 1951 The 46th Communications Squadron, Air Force, activated at Barksdale AFB, Louisiana,and assigned to Second Air Force.
1 January 1975 Reassigned to Eaghth Air Force.
1 July 1976 Redesignated 46th Communications Group and reassigned to StrategicCommunications Area (later, Strategic Communications Division; Strategic lnformation Systems Division;Strategic Communications Division) (AFCS SO G-93, 29 April 1976).
6 July 1984 Redesignated HO 46th lnformation Systems Group (AFCC SO G-89, 6 July 1984).
1 November 1986 Redesignated 46th Communications Group (AFCC SO G-19, 7 November 1986).
AWARDS
AFOUAAFOUAAFOUAAFOUA
1 May 1958 - 4 June 196O1 July 1967 - 30 June 19681 July 1968 - 30 June 1969
1 January 1977 - 31 December 1977
COMMANDERS
DAFSO G8.634/78
Capt Vincent J. MarinelliMaj Richard E. KrairutskeMaj Robert W. EwellCapt Russell A. Harmon, Jr.Maj James T. NanneyMaj Albert B. HemmerMaj James B. BartlettMaj Warren G. TaylorLt Col Fred A. Wright, Jr.Lt Col James T. NanneyMaj Victor J. KellnerLt Col Lee E. ShirleyCol Vincent P. HannleyCol Milton J. JonesCol Edwin E. KellyLt Col Jack C. WelschCol Michael J. Bollint, Jr.Col Dirk DuysCol Everett G. GrovesCol James L. CarrCol Charles E. C. MillerGol Roger C. DukeCol Milton H. HarpsterLt Col Albert H. HokinsCol David P. KirbyCol Perry M. lmmerman
lncomplete dates are approximate.
9 Jan 1951Feb 1951Feb 1953
14May 195325Jun 195310 Dec 1955
1 Apr 195720Dec 1957
6 Sep 1960Jun 1962
31 Jul 19643Aus 1964
23Aug 196531 Mar 19679Aug 1967
17 Jul 196826 Aug 1 968
1 Sep 197231 Jul 197314Jun 1974
1 Jul 197630 Jul 1979
1 Oct 198228 Feb 198521 Jul 198729Aug 199O
Feb 1951Feb 1953
14May 195325 Jun 19531O Dec 1955
1 Apr 195720Dec 1957
6 Sep 1960Jun 1962
31 Jul 19643Aug 1964
23Aug 196531 Mar 1968
9Aug 196717 Jul 196826Aug 1968
1 Sep 197231 Jul 197314Jun 19741 Jul 1976
30 Jul 19791 Oct 1982
28 Feb 198521 Jul 198729Aug 199O
370
46th COMMUNICATIONS GROUP
Blue refers to the sky, the theater of operations for the Air Force. Yellow represents the sun and the excellencerequired of Air Force personnel. The electronic flashes symbolize the communications and refer to the missionof the group. The electron orbits and the star refer to the advanced technology and methods used. The globeportrays the worldwide aspect of the unit's mission. The flight symbol depicts the group's mission of supportto all aircraft.
371
39oth COMMUNICATIONS OPERATIONS SOUADRONOFFUTT AFB, NEBRASKA
14 September 1976 The 39Oth Communications Squadron constituted.
1 October 1976 The 39Oth Communications Squadron activated at Davis-Monthan AFB, Arizona, andassigned to Strategic Communications Area (later, Strategic Communications Division; Strategic lnformationSystems Division; Strategic Communications Division) (AFCS SO G-215,28 September 1976).
1 August 1984 The 39Oth Communications Squadron moved to Offutt AFB, Nebraska, redesignated39Oth lnformation Systems Operations Squadron, and assigned to lst Aerospace lnformation Systems Wing(later, lst Aerospace Communications Wingl (AFCC SO MO-OI, 6 July 1984).
1 November 1986 Redesignated 39oth Communications Operations Squadron (AFCC SO G-19,7 November 19861.
AWARDS
AFOUAAFOUA
Lt Col Gilbert UnanqstLt Col/Col Danny R. Van Cleave llLt Col Gerald H. LibsackMaj Mark C. KippermanMaj George G. Mills, Jr.Lt Col Robert W. MooneyLt Col Vicki B. RobertsonLt Col Robert C. ChapuranLt Col Larry L. Sinkular
October 1976 - 31 March 19781 April 1978 - 31 January 1980
COMMANDERS
DAFSO GB-634/78DAFSO GB.4O1l8O
1 Oct 19767 Aug 1 979
10Aus 19829 Jun 19831 Aug 1 9845 Jun 1986
20Aug 198716 Mar 199O
15 Sep 1976TAug 1979
lOAug 19829 Jun 1983
31 Jul 19845 Jun 1986
20Aug 198716 Mar 1990
372
39fth COMMUNICATIONS OPERATIONS SOUADRON
The emblem of the 39oth Communications Operations Squadron is contained within a gold circle which issymbolic of the global mission of the Air Force Communications Command and the Strategic Air Command.The background is ultramarine blue which symbolizes the theater of operations, the sky. The yellow fist of AirForce Communications Command represents illumination of the skies and joins the mighty black fist of StrategicAir Command to combine at the red etemal flame of life. Each torch handle is silver to represent the falth betweenthe commands and the common flame. The torches and flame are symbolic of the 1984 Olympic Games whichwas the year the squadron was reformed and reflects the motto of, "Go For The Gold." The four yellow lightningbolts symbolize constancy of illumination to the four white stars that represent the Commander-in-Chief Strate-gic Air Command. Each lightning bolt has a specific communications systems meaning: record communications(including data processing), voice communications, satellite communications, and air traffic control.
373
392d COMMUNICATIONS GROUPVANDENBERG AFB, CAIIFORNIA
2 April 1969Division.
Activated at Vandenberg AFB, California, and assigned to lst Strategic Aerospace
1 July 1976 Redesignated 392d Communications Group and reassigned to StrategicCommunications Area (later, Strategic Communications Division; Strategic lnformation Systems Division;Strategic Communications Divisionl (AFCS SO G-93, 29 April 1976).
6 July 1984 Redesignated 392d lnformation Systems Group (AFCC SO G-89, 6 July 19841.
1 November 1986 Redesignated 392d Communications Group (AFCC SO G-19,7 November 1986).
AWARDS
AFOUAAFOUAAFOUA
Col James R. BeanCol Edward F. Jones, Jr.Lt Col Fernando C. MirandaCol James P. VolkCol George H. WheelerCol Paul L. SimpsonCol Louis S. Dillard, Jr.Col Edwin N. SullivanCol Joseph R. KemptonCol David J. WarrenCol Ronald K. HallCol Thomas E. Canavan
2 April 1969 - 30 June 1969January 197O - 30 June 1971
1 Jufy 1974 - 30 June 1976
COMMANDERS
2 Apr 19693 Jul 19691 Jun 1970
19 Sep 197O17 Sep 197317 Jul 197612 Jul 197822 Apr 198128 Dec 1982l4Aug 198413 Jun 198622 Jun 1988
2 Jul 19691 Jun 1970
19 Sep 197O17 Sep 197317 Jul 197612 Jul 197822 Apr 198128 Dec 1982l4Aug 198413 Jun 198622 Jun 1988
374
st
392d COMMUNICATIONS GROUP
The emblem is symbolic of the unit and its mission. The upper half of the emblem represents, against a backgroundof blue sky, the missile programs which the unit supports in all phases of its mission and satellites in orbit forpeacetime utilization and strategic purposes. The four stars indicate the highest rank achieved by General Hoyt S.Vandenberg, for whom the base where the unit is located is named. The lower half of the emblem, displayinga microwave antenna, helix antenna, and telephone lines symbolize modern ground/space communications andstandard, dependable land line telephone communications and circuitry. The red lightning flash dividing theemblem symbolizes electricity and indicates the speed of all unit operations. The emblem bears the Air Forcecolors. ultramarine blue and golden yellow, and the national colors, red, white, and blue.
375
181gth RESERVE ADVISOR SOUADRONOFFUTT AFB. NEBRASKA
1 May 1980 The 181gth Reserve Advisor Squadron designated and activated at Offutt AFB,Nebraska, and assigned to the Strategic Communications Area (later, Strategic Communications Division; Stra-tegic lnformation Systems Division; Strategic Communications Division) (AFCC SO G-45,26 March 198O).
AWARDS
None
COMMANDERS
Capt Gerald F. VaverchakCapt Michael J. HeimannLt Col Robert S. McNamaraCapt Charles BeckwithCapt John W. LentCapt Jessie L. Frierson
15 Jan 19811 Jun 1984
22 Jun 1985l5Aug 19866 May 1988
26 Jul 1989
1 Jun 198422 Jun 198515Aug 19866 May 1988
26 Jul 1989
376
181gth RESERVE ADVISOR SOUADRON
Blue represents the sky which is the area of Air Force operations. Yellow signifies the sun and the excellencerequired of Air Force personnel. Red, white, and blue, the national colors, symbolize the loyalty to the countryof United States Air Force members. The book denotes the advisory nature and the source of information forthe Air Force Technical Advisor. The lightning bolts, symbols of communication, refer to the flow of supportfrom the Air Force Technical Advisor to the Air Reserve Forces. The clasped hands symbolize the cooperationand teamwork of the Air Reserve Forces and the active forces to protect the national interest. The star signifiesthe singular nature of the advisory position.
377
1850th AIRBORNE COMMUTTICATIONS SOUADRONOFFUTT AFB, NEBRASKA
1 July 1984 The 185oth Airbome lnformation Systems Squadron designated and activated atOffrltt AFB, Nebraska, and assigned to lst Aerospace Communications Group (later, lst Aerospace lnformationSystems Wing; lst Aerospace Communications Wing) (AFCC SO G-81, 25 June 19841.
1 November 1986 Redesignated 185oth Airborne Communications Squadron (AFCC SO G-19,7 November 1986).
AWARDS
None
COTTIMANDERS
Lt Col Donald E. CoatesMaj Geraldine C. FordLt Col Ned C. HolmesLt Col James V. RicksLt Col Marc A. McBride
1 Jul 198414May 198628 Jul 198617 Mar 198817 Nov 1989
14May 198628 Jul 198617 Mar 198817 Nov 1989
378
185oth AIRBORNE COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRON
Blue alludes to the sky, the primary theater of Air Force operations. Yellow refers to the sun and the excellencerequired of Air Force personnel. The constellation of stars symbolizes the ten aircraft which make up the worldwideAirborne Command Post network. The green earth depicts the global aspect of the unit's mission. The airplanes,satellite, satellite dish, antenna and control tower represent the specialized equipment employed by the unitto fulfill its mission. The encircling lightning bolts suggest the total communications link between all elementsof the unit.
379
1853d COMMUNICATIONS MAINTENANCE SOUADRONOFFUTT AFB, NEBRASKA
1 July 1984 The 1853d lnformation Systems Maintenance Squadron designated and activated atOffutt AFB, Nebraska, and assigned to l st Aerospace Communications Group (later, 1st Aerospace lnformationSystems Wing; 1st Aerospace Communications Wing) (AFCC SO G-81, 25 June 1984).
1 November 1986 Redesignated 1853d Communications Maintenance Squadron (AFCC SO G-19,7 November 1986).
AWARDS
None
COMMANDERS
Lt Col William L. MolyneauxLt Col Peter C. ThompsonLt Col David L. EichnerCol Anthony GiampaoloLt Col Eldon H. Capener
1 Jul 198427 Dec 198512 Sep 198613 May 198825 Jun 199O
27 Dec 198512 Sep 198613 May 198825 Jun 199O
380
1853d COMMUNICATIONS MAINTENANCE SOUADRON
The 1853d Communicataons Maantenance Squadron's emblem depicts the squadron's mission. Specifically,the outlying white represents the overall purity and truth which guides the members of the 1853d. Proceedinginward to the scrolls, yellow represents the honor and excellence which the men and women of the squadronpossess and have demonstrated by performing "above and beyond the call;" the ultramarine blue lettering inthe emblem reflects the sincerity and truth of the motto as it applies to the squadron. The ultramarine bluebackground at the heart of the emblem signifies the sky, the primary theatre of Air Force operations. The yellowground below it signifies the wisdom and loyalty which remain on the ground to support air operataons. Thegreen tost equipment is extracted directly from the maintenance field which uses green to signify that equipmentis fully operational. The black cable evolving from the test equipment signifies constancy of its operation. Redis utilized by two aerial objects-modern portrayals of an aircraft and satellite-representing the zeal and couragewhich have typified the modernization and advancements in satellite and airborne communications. Also in redare two lightning bolts which symbolize the uninterrupted power supplied to all aerial operations.
381
1883d COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRONBEALE AFB, CALIFORNIA
1 November 1965 The 1883d Communications Squadron designated and organized at Oui Nhon Airfield,South Vietnam, and assigned tothe 1964th Communications Group (AFCS G-147,26 October 1965).
1 April 1967 The 1883d moved to Phu Cat AB, South Vietnam.
3ONovember 1971 The 1883d moved to Kincheloe AFB, Michigan, and assigned to NorthernCommunications Area (AFCS Movement Order-l0, 26 November 19711.
1 July 1976 Reassigned to Strategic Communications Area (later, Strategic CommunicationsDivision; Strategic lnformation Systems Division; Strategic Communications Division) (AFCS G-31, 12 February1976).
1 October 1977 The 1883d moved to Beale AFB, California (AFCS Movement Order-l 1, 24 August19771.
1 July 1984 Redesignated 1883d Information Systems Squadron (AFCC SO G-8, 25 June 1984).
1 November 1 986 Redesignated 1883d Communications Squadron (AFCC SO G-l 2, 21 October 1986).
AWARDS
AFOUA wA/ 1 July 1966 - 3O June 1967 DAFSO GB-454167AFOUA wA/ 1 July 1967 - 30 June 1968 DAFSO GB-615/68AFOUA wA/ 1 July 1968 - 30 June 1969 DAFSO GB-881/69AFOUA wA/ 1 July 1969 - 30 June 197O DAFSO GB-796/7OAFOUA wA/ 1 July 1970 - 30 June 1971 DAFSO GB-135172AFOUA wA/ 1 July 1971 - 30 November 1971 DAFSO GB-164/73RVN GC w/P 1 April 1966 - 30 November 1971 DAFSO GB-346/75
CAMPAIGN STREAMERS
Vietnam DefenseVietnam AirVietnam Air OffensiveVN Air Off, Phase llVN Air Off, Phase lllVietnam Air/GroundVN Air Off, Phase lVTET G9/Counteroffensive
VN Summer-Fall, 1969VN Winter-Spring, 197OSanctuary CounteroffensiveSouthwest MonsoonCommando Hunt VCommando Hunt VlCommando Hunt Vll
383
1883d COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRONBEATE AFB, CALIFORNIA
COMMANDERS
Vacantlst Lt Paul E. KellyMaj Elbert R. ShoemateMaj Wendell W. JernigenMaj J. D. ColcordMaj Bent E. LarsenMaj Roger M. OuickMaj Hector F. Evans, Jr.Capt Robert J. WeberCapt Richard O. NordhausCapt Samuel O. LaneCapt Robert A. ThompsonLt Col Martin E. StipeLt Col Edward J. PhenicieLt Col Ralph M. MillarMaj Richard E. BrunerMaj Frank B. Richardson, Jr.Maj James D. Pinc
lncomplete dates are approximate.Omitted dates are unknown.
Nov 1 96519 Jun 196628 Mar 196729 Feb 1968
1 Aug 19681 Jul 1969
10Jun 197O1 Jul 1970
1972Jul 1973Jun 1975
27 Jun 197720 Jul 197912 May 198212 Jul 198529Aug 1988
19 Jun 196627 Mar 196728 Feb 1968
1 Aug 1 9681 Jul 19699 Jun 1970
30Jun 197030 Jun 1971
1 973Jun 1974
27 Jun 19772O Jul 197912 May 198212 Jul 198529Aug 1988
384
1883d COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRON
The eagle looking down represents the reconnaissance flying mission of Beale Air Force Base. The red lightningboh symbolizes the communications link and support provided to the flying mission by the squadron. The mountainsilhouette is that of the Sutter Buttes, the smallest mountain range in the world. The crossed pick and shovelreflect the gold-mining heritage of the area and of Camp Far West which was located at Beale to protect theminer's and American interest.
385
18 January 1958
191 sth COMMUNTCATTONS SOUADRONGRISSOM AFB, INDIANA
The 191sth AACS Squadron designated and organized at Bunker Hill (later, Grissom)AFB, lndiana, and assigned to the Midwestern AACS Region (later, Midwestern Communications Region) (MATSGO-l26, 18 December 19571.
1 July 1961
1 July 1963
1 May 1970
lMay-1July
1 July 1976 Reassigned to Strategic Communications Area (later, Strategic CommunicationsDivision; Strategic lnformation Systems Division; Strategic Communications Division) {AFCS G-31, 12 February1976).
1 July 1984 Redesignated 191sth lnformation systems Squadron nFcC So G-81, 25 June 19841.
1 November 1 986 Redesignated 191 sth Communications Squadron (AFCC SO G-l2, 21 October 1986).
AWARDS
AFOUA 1 January 1986 - 31 December 1987 DAFSO GB-433/88
COMMANDERS
Redesignated 191Sth Communications Squadron (AFCS G-2, l July 19611.
Reassigned to the new Central Communications Region (AFCS G-33, 1 May 19631.
Reassigned to the new Northern Communications Area (AFCS G-62, 2 April 1970).
197O Attached to Southern Communications Area.
Maj Hubert R. KuehneCapt Howard L. ChristensenMaj Alva B. O'BrienMaj Jacob H. RodenbaughMaj Joseph H. Valley, Jr.Capt Stuart J. BlauLt Col Leo B. McDermottLt Col Nicholas O. GasparMaj Craig M. Kirkpatrick, Jr.Maj Richard J. MaddenLt Col David M. RovangLt Col Robert A. PoppLt Col Charles R. HallMaj Joseph P. P. Gabriel
lncomplete dates are approximate.Omitted names/dates are unknown.
Jul 1966Jan 1967Jul 1967Jan 1969Jul 1970Jul 1973Jun 1974
12 Aug 19771 Jul 19801 Jul 1982
16 Jul 19848 Oct 19861 Nov 1988
2O Jul 1990
Dec 1966Jun 1967Dec 1968Apr 197OJul 1973Jun 1974
12 Aug 19771 Jul 198O1 Jul 1982
16 Jul 19848 Oct 19861 Nov 1988
20 Jul 1990
386
1 91 sth COMMUNTCATTONS SOUADRON
The 191Sth Communications Squadron emblem represents the Air Force Communications Command servicesin support of the 3o5th Air Refueling Wing. The abstract symbol of an EC-l35 flying toward the top of theemblem represents the Post Attack Command and Control mission, the Combat Crew Communications Branchof the squadron, and the mission of the 3OSth Aerial Refueling Wing. The telephone in the inner circle representsthe Communications Operations Branch, and the screwdriver represents the Communications Maintenance Branchof the squadron. The lightning bohs around the inner circle signify the total communications effort of the 1 91 sthCommunications Squadron and the 305th Aerial Refueling Wing enabling them to remain mission ready.
387
191 6th COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRONPEASE AFB. NEW HAMPSHIRE
1 October 1962 The 1916th Communications Squadron designated and organized at Pease AFB, NewHampshire, and assigned to North Atlantic Communications Region (AFCS G-59,8 August 19621.
1 July 1963
1 May 1970
1 July 1976
AWARDS
AFOUAAFOUAAFOUAAFOUAAFOUA
Maj Richard J. CampbellMaj Roger J. GrassMaj Richard A. OwenMaj Marcel A. CoutureMaj Ronald J. AllenMaj Phillip M. HubbardCapt Edward W. FeelyLt Col Frank S. WilsonMaj Buford R. WittMaj Leonard E. KaplanMaj Patrick M. RyanMaj David V. PulliamMaj Marty K. Mclain
lncomplete dates are approximate.Omitted names/dates are unknown.
1 January 1978 - 31 December 19791 January 1980 - 31 December 19801 January 1982 - 31 December 19831 January 1984 - 31 December 19851 January 1986 - 31 December 1987
COMMANDERS
DAFSO GB-4O3/80DAFSO GB-451/81DAFSO GB-497/84
DAFSO GB-433/88
Reassigned to new Eastern Communications Region (AFCS G-33, 1 May 1963).
Reassigned to new Northern Communications Area (AFCS G-62, 2 April 19701.
Reassigned to Strategic Communications Area (later, Strategic CommunicationsDivision; Strategic lnformation Systems Division; Strategic Communications Division) (AFCS G-31, 12 February1976).
1 July 1984 Redesignated 1916th Information Systems Squadron (AFCC SO G-81, 25 June 1984).
1 November 1986 Redesignated 1916th Communications Squadron (AFCC SO G-l 2,21 October 1986).
1 Jul 196521 Feb 1966lONov 1967
Apr 1970Jul 1971Jul 1973
9Aug 197628 May 1980
7 Jun 198215 Jun 198415 Jan 1987
5 Jan 1990
21 Feb 196610 Nov 1 967
Apr 1970Jul 1971Jul 1973Dec 1975
9Aug 197628 May 198O
7 Jun 198215 Jun 198415 Jan 1987
5 Jan 1990
388
1 916th COMMUNTCATIONS SOUADRON
Blue alludes to the sky, the Air Force's primary theater of operations. The "Old Man of the Mountain," symbolof New Hampshire, is indicative of the home of the 1916th Communications Squadron. The lightning boltsextending towards the aircraft encompass all forms of communications support. The star symbolizes air trafficcontrol and aerial navigation support. The triangles signify aircraft. The larger triangles are tanker aircraft andthe small ones are bomber aircraft. They are indicative of the daily support provided to both the emergencywar order and overseas tanker task force missions of the 5O9th Bombardment Wing. The motto, "New England'sFinest," refers to the superior caliber of the 1916th Communicat:ons Squadron's support throughout the NewEngland area.
389
1993d COIUMUNTCAT|ONS SOUADRONDYESS AFB, TEXAS
1 January 1966 The 1993d Communications Squadron designated and organized at Dyess AFB, Texas,and assigned to Western Communications Region (AFCS G-66, 30 April 1965).
1 January 1967
1 May 1970
1 July 1976
Capt J. C. DuzanCapt Leonard L. PfefferMaj Charles A. Carpenter, Jr.Maj Danny M. PughCapt John R. Jacobs (lnterimlMaj Frederick K. CarterMaj Frederick L. YussMaj John R. Lockhart (lnterim)Maj Charles A. BassCapt Douglas R. Reber (lnterimlLt Col Gary G. MossLt Col Albin M. RakowskiLt Col Robert K. Allen, Jr.Lt Col John G. ChapmanMaj Joe S. Marales
Incomplete dates are approximate.Omitted names/dates are unknown.
Reassigned to Central Communications Region (AFCS G-81, 28 June 1966).
Reassigned to new Southern Communications Area (AFCS G-62, 2 April 197O).
Reassigned to Strategic Communications Area (later, Strategic CommunicationsDivision; Strategic lnformation Systems Division; Strategac Communications Divisionl (AFCS G-31, 12 February1976t.
1 July 1984 Redesignated 1993d lnformation Systems Squadron (AFCC SO G-81, 25 June 1984).
1 November 1986 Redesignated 1993d Communications Squadron (AFCC SO G-l2, 21 October 1986).
AWARDS
AFOUA 1 July 1988 - 30 June 1989 DAFSO GA-l1/89
COMMANDERS
1966Jun 1966
1 Jan 1968Oct 1973
17 Jun 1974l3Aug 1974
1 Jul 19761 Jun 1979
15 Jun 197926 Jun 198228 Jul 198212Jun 198421 Aug 198622 Jun 1987
Jan 1990
Jun 1966Dec 1967
30Apr 197O17 Jun 1974l3Aug 19741 Jul 19761 Jun 1979
15 Jun 197926Jun 198228 Jul 1982l2Jun 198421 Aug 198622 Jan 1987
Jan 1990
390
1993d COMMUNTCATTONS SOUADRON
The globe represents the worldwide nature of the missions that this unit supports. Blue represents the specificaerospace environment in which the Air Force operates. The sword symbolizes military strength and the laurelleaves entwined around the sword allude to peace by deterrence. The lightning bolts symbolize thetelecommunications support mission of the squadron.
391
2oolst COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRONK. I. SAWYER AFB, MICHIGAN
1 June 1961 The 2OO1st Airways and Air Communications Service Squadron designated andorganized at K. l. Sawyer AFB, Michigan, and assigned to Midwestern AACS Region (later, MidwesternCommunications Region) (MATS G-49, 15 May 1961).
1 July 1961
1 July 1963
1 May 1970
1 July 1976
Capt Jesse H. StevensonCapt Theodore H. DownsMaj Wilmer C. ClineCapt Doyle K. ChapmanMai Jack RyleeMaj Richard S. FarmerCapt Kenneth J. WickhamMai Curtis D. RitchieLt Col Robert A. Sundholm, Jr.Maj Dante A. SantacroceLt Col John W. DorrisMaj Michael R. DoolyMaj John R. MacyMaj Gregory L. DeanMaj Kristin Schricker
Redesignated 2OOlst Communications Squadron (AFCS G-2, l July 19611.
Reassigned to the new Central Communications Region (AFCS G-33, 1 May 1963).
Reassigned to the new Northern Communications Area (AFCS G-62, 2 April 197O).
Reassigned to the Strategic Communications Area (later, Strategic CommunicationsDivision; Stratogic lnformation Systems Division; Strategic Communications Division) (AFCS G-31, 12 February1976).
1 July 1984 Redesignated 20O1st lnformation Systems Squadron (AFCC SO G-81, 25 June 1984).
1 November 1 986 Redesignated 2OO1st Communications Squadron (AFCC SO G-l2, 21 October 1 9861.
AWARDS
None
COMMANDERS
Jun 1961Jul 1961
22Aug 1961Jul 1965Jul 1966Jan 1969
1971Jul 1973
13 Sep 197418 Jun 19776 Jul 1977
31 May 198O25 Jul 1983
1 Jul 198514Aug 1990
Jul 196122 Aug 1961
Dec 1961Dec 1965Dec 1968Apr 197O
l3Sep 197418 Jun 19776 Jul 1977
31 May 198O25 Jul 1983
1 Jul 1985l4Aug 199O
lncomplete dates are approximate.
392
20o1st COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRON
The North Star represents the navigational and air traffic control services provided to aircraft flight operations.The lightning bolt symbolizes the command and control communications mission of the unit. The telephonehandset denotes the common user communications support provided to the customer organizations. Thescrewdriver alludes to the communicationsclectronic maintenance activities in support of command and control,common user communications systems, and air navigational equipment systems. The tower represents the airtraffic control provided by the unit to the upper peninsula area and the base. Yellow is symbolic of the excellentquality of the unit's personnel. Blue represents the air theater of operations as well as the unit's loyalty to mission.Red alludes to the energy and aggressiveness with which the unit carries out its assigned responsibilities. Greensymbolizes unit vitality and growth. White is symbolic of unit purity, as well as the blanket of snow which coversthe unit's surrounding area 6 months out of the year.
i
393
2019rh COi,IMUilTCATTONS SOUADRONGRIFFISS AFB, NEW YORK
I July 1980 The 2O19th Communacations Squadron designated and activated at Griffiss AFB, NewYork, and assigned to Strategic Communications Area (later, Strategic Communications Division; Strategiclnformation Systems Division; Strategic Communications Division) (AFCC SO G-51, 1 April 198O).
1 July 1984 Redesignated 2O19th Information Systems Squadron (AFCC SO G-81, 25 June 1984).
1 November 1986 Redesignated 2O1gth Communications Squadron (AFCC SO G-l2, 21 October 1986).
AWARDS
None
COMMA]IDERS
Maj Ronald K. HallMaj Leroy M. FaustLt Col James R. SkokanLt Col Michael G. RowlesLt Col Ricardo G. Cuadros
1 Jul 198O25 Sep 198110Jun 19838 Jul 1985
30Jun 1988
25 Sep 1981lOJun 19838 Jul 1985
3OJun 1988
394
2019th COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRON
The quadrants of the emblem represent the diverse missions of four of the unit's branches-Communications-Electronics Operations, Air Traffic Control Operations, Communications-Electronics Maintenance, and CombatCrew Communications. The lightning bolts separating, but at the same time adjoining, the quadrants representthe media of the air through which the squadron provides its professional communications services. The steelfist holding the lightning bolts represents not only Air Force Communications Command and StrategicCommunications Division higher headquarters guidance to the unit's operation, but also the 201gth CommandSection, Administrative Branch and Communications-Electronics Programs Branch that provide control andsupport to the other branches of the organization. The emblem colors, in addition to the Air Force blue andyellow, are the brown of the earth, the green of the lush trees and grass surrounding the 2O19th CommunicationSquadron in central New York, and red symbolizing the courage of the professionals assigned to this unit.
395
2030rh coMMuNrcATroNs souADRoNWURTSMITH AFB, MICHIGAN
1 November 1954 The 2O3Oth Airways and Air Communications Service Squadron designated andorganized at Wurtsmhh AFB, Michigan, and assigned to the 1802 AACS Group (later, Midwestern AACS Regionl(MATS GO-172, 15 october 19541.
1 December 1954 Reassignedto 1819th AACS Group (later Midwestern AACS Region; MidwesternCommunications Regionl.
Division; Strategic lnformation Systems Division; Strategic Communications Division) (AFCS G-31, 12 February1976).
1 July 1984 Redesignated 2O3Oth lnformation Systems Squadron (AFCC SO G-81, 25 June 1984).
1 November 1986 Redesignated 2O3Oth Communications Squadron (AFCC SO G-l2, 21 October 1986).
1 July 1961
1 July 1963
1 May 1970
1 July 1976
AWARDS
AFOUA
Capt Clifford G. RayfieldMaj Russel W. ClarkCapt Leslie G. BairdCapt Earnest J. GyuritsMaj Charles C. CutforthCapt John A. Cranwell, Jr.Capt John W. Leonard, Jr.Maj Brinson N. LeaptrotMaj Karl W. SchmidtMaj William E. CannonMaj Robert L. HeimCapt John P. ButlerMaj Walter R. CempuraLt Col Gregory G. HullaMaj John A. NowackiMaj Michael P. LibertoMaj Wayne F. SpenstMaj Charles W. Blankenship
lncomplete dates are approximate.Omitted dates are unknown.
Redesignated 203oth Communications Squadron (AFCS G-2, 1 July 19611.
Reassigned to the new Central Communications Region (AFCS G-33, 1 May 1963).
Reassigned to the new Northern Communications Area (AFCS G-62, 2 April 197O).
Reassigned to Strategic Communications Area (later Strategic Communications
1 July 1970 - 31 December 1971 DAFSO GB-495172
COMMANDERS
2 Dec 1955Jan 1960Jul 196O
17 Sep 196125 Jun 1962
Jul 1966Jul 1968Jul 1969Jul 1973Jun 1975
1 Jul 19762Mav 1977
27 Jun 197722 Jul 198029 Jun 198213 Jun 19849 Jun 19866 Jan 1989
Jun 1959Jun 1960
16 Sep 1961Dec 1961Dec 1962Jun 1968Jun 1969Apr 1970Jun 1974
1 Jul 19762May 1977
27 Jun 197722 Jul 198029Jun 198213 Jun 19849 Jun 19866 Jan 1989
396
2O3Oth COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRON
Blue alludes to the sky, the theater of operations for the Air Force. Yellow refers to the sun and the excellencerequired of Air Force personnel. The circle represents a crystal ball and together with the top hat allude to thesquadron's mofto "Magic Makers." The magician's hat further refers to the "Wizard War" (World War ll) andis a tribute to the miracles achieved through modern electronics and the spirit of military communications. Thestar, symbolic of the North Star, signifies the navigational systems provided by the squadron's air trafficcontrollers. The quill indicates knowledge preserved through the written word, and the phone denotes theimportance of the spoken word. These symbols connote the telecommunications and teleprocessing missionof the squadron. The wrench is a tribute to the maintenance technicians that keep everything running 24 hoursa day.
397
2035th COMMUNTCATTONS SOUADRONCASTLE AFB, CALIFORNIA
1 November 1954 The 2O35th Airways and Air Communications Service Squadron designated andorganized at Castle AFB, California, and assigned to 18O1st AACS Group (later Western AACS Region; WesternCommunications Region) (MATS GO-172, 15 October 1954).
1 November 1 957 The 2O35th's parent unit, 18O1st AACS Group, redesignated Western AACS Region(MATS GO-104, 9 october 19571.
Division; Strategic lnformation Systems Division; Strategic Communications Divisionl (AFCS G-31, 12 February1976).
1 July 1961
1 May 1970
1 July 1976
1 July 1984
1 November 1986
AWARDS
AFOUAAFOUA
Capt Thomas M. JohnsonMaj Leo J. WhitedLt Col Gifford M. BriggsMaj Robert O. LorenziLt Col Truman TheobaldMaj James M. SlatteryLt Col John C. NicholsMaj J. CervantesLt Col R. J. GannonLt Col Edward E. MorrowMaj Michael K. UtleyLt Col James H. DargueLt Col Robert J. ScottMai Marsha L. LutzMaj Robert J. ConleyLt Col James J. KellyMaj Thomas J. VerbeckMaj John G. Skafidas
lncomplete dates are approximate,Omitted dates are unknown.
January 1963 - 1 March 1964January 1975 - 31 December 1976
COMMANDERS
DAFSO GB-127164DAFSO GB-785177
Redesignated 2o35th Communications Squadron (AFCS G-2, 1 July 19611.
Reassigned to new Southern Communications Area (AFCS G-62, 2 April 197O).
Reassigned to Strategic Communications Area (later Strategic Communications
Redesignated 2O35th Information Systems Squadron (AFCC SO G-81, 25 July 1984).
Redesignated 2O35th Communications Squadron (AFCC SO G-12,21 October 1986).
1
1
Jan 1955Jan 1957
1 Jun 19622 Jun 1964
1 Feb 196728 Aug 1 967
1968l8Nov 1969l5Sep 197328 Apr 19784Aug 1978
22 May 198123 Jun 198329 Jan 198528 Feb 198513Aug 1987l3Aug 1990
Dec 1956
2 Jun 1964
1 Feb 196728 Aug 1 967
1 96818 Nov 196914Sep 197328 Apr 19784Aug 1978
22 May 198123 Jun 198329 Jan 198528 Feb 1985l3Aug 1987l3Aug 1990
398
2035th COMMUNTCATTONS SOUADRON
Colored in brown and aquamarine on a field of ultramarine blue, the earth represents the worldwide scope ofour mission within the Strategic Communications Area in support of the Strategic Air Command and the AirForce Communications Command. Drawn in black, the tower is the squadron itself, with its feet planted firmlyin the earth while reaching for the heavens and sending forth its lightning, the "Reins of Command." ln AirForce golden yellow, the four bolts stand not only for the "Reins of Command," but also for the four mainsections of the squadron: operations, maintenance, flight facilities, and staff.
399
2039th COMMUNTCATTONS SOUADRONFAIRCHILD AFB, WASHINGTON
1 November 1954 The 2O39th Airways and Air Communications Service Squadron designated andorganized at Fairchild AFB, Washington, and assigned to the 1801st AACS Group {later Western AACS Region;Western Communications Region) (MATS GO-172, 15 October 1954).
1 July 1961
1 May 1970
1 July 1976
Maj Robert L. HillCapt Don G. LoveCapt Carroll F. GreniaMaj Kevin E. McCainMaj William E. EdmundsMaj J. E. HugginsMaj J. A. TheriotCapt Duane L. LeachLt Col Gerald D. SparksMaj Charles W. MillerLt Col Rodney H. LathamLt Col Dennis C. Beasley*Maj Joel E. ShepardMaj Alan G. NabbMaj John G. CarrollMaj Carlos B. Cruz
lncomplete dates are approximate.Omitted dates are unknown.
* Later Brig Gen
Redesignated 2O39th Communications Squadron (AFCS G-2, 1 July 1961).
Reassigned to the new Northern Communications Area (AFCS G-62,2 April 1970).
The 2O39th reassigned to Strategic Communications Area (later StrategicCommunications Division; Strategic lnformation Systems Division; Strategic Communications Division {AFCSG-31, 12 February 19761.
1 July 1984 Redesignated 2O39th lnformation Systems Squadron (AFCC SO G-81, 25June 19841.
1 November 1986 Redesignated 2O39th Communications Squadron (AFCC SO G-l 2, 21 October 1986).
AWARDS
AFOUA 18 May 1 98O - 14 July 1980 DAFSO GB.564/81
COMMANDERS
30Jun 19555 Jan 19566 Feb 19561 Jan 19623 Sep 1963
7 Aug 1 968Jul 1973Jun 1974Jun 1975
l6Aug 19765 Jul 1979
25 Jun 198117 Jun 198319 Jun 1985
1 Jul 1988
6 Feb 1956Dec 1956
3 Sep 1963
6Aug 1968Jun 1973Jun 1974Jun 1975
16Aug 19765 Jul 1979
27 May 198117 Jun 198319 Jun 19851 Jul 1988
400
2o39th COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRON
The sky represents the Air Force's major theater of operation. The North Star represents air traffic control andnavigation. The new moon represents the squadron's readiness for the future and all the new horizons it brings.The aircraft denotes support of the Air Force mission. The three yellow spikes divide the picture into three majorparts. The Air Force is the whole picture, Air Force Communications Command is one part, Strategic Air Commandis another, and the squadron is the third. The world represents the global missions of the Air ForceCommunications Command and the Strategic Air Command.
401
2O42d COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRONPTATTSBURG AFB, NEW YORK
1 November 1958 The 2O42d AACS Squadron designated and organized at Plattsburg AFB, New York,and assigned to the Northeastern AACS Region (MATS GO-l52, 21 October 1958).
21 April 1961 Reassigned to North Atlantic AACS Region (later North Atlantic CommunicationsRegionl (MATS GO-46, 10 May 1961 and MATS G-32,20 April 1961).
Division; Strategic lnformation Systems Division; Strategic Communications Division) (AFCS G-31, 12 February1976).
1 July 1984 Redesignated 2O42d lnformation Systems Squadron GFCC SO G-81, 25 June 1984).
1 November 1986 Redesignated 2O42d Communications Squadron (AFCC SO G-l 2,21 October 1986).
1 July 1961
1 July 1963
1 May 1970
1 July 1976
AWARDS
AFOUA
Lt Col Herbert J. ReinheimerMaj Leonard W. PapazynskiCapt Kenneth E. StraussCapt Willard J. HothCapt John W. SpeanCapt William D. G. BoeckingMaj Russel T. HaslamCapt Roger H. LippincottCapt Peter M. RoyerCapt James V. RicksMaj Louis F. Daboll, Jr.Capt John J. BersinsLt ColJoseph E. WellsCapt William E. Holtkamp lllMaj Lawrence A. BruckCapt Howard A. BowerMaj Thomas L. AndrewMaj Roy M. King
lncomplete dates are approximate.Omitted dates are unknown,
Redesagnated 2O42d Communications Squadron.
Reassigned to the new Eastern Communications Region (AFCS G-33, 1 May 1963).
Reassigned to the new Northern Communications Area (AFCS G-62, 2 April 1970).
Reassigned to Strategic Comunicataons Area (later, Strategic Communications
1 January 1978 - 31 December 1979 DAFSO GB-401/80
COMMANDERS
1 Nov 1959Jun 1962Jun 1963
4 Feb 196712 Mar 1967
196810 Mar 1969
Apr 197O3 Jan 1972
15 Jul 19746 Jul 1976
27 May 197727 Jun 197716 Jun 19804 May 1982
l5Jun 198424Jun 1986
3 Oct 1988
Jun 1961
Dec 19665 Mar 1967
Dec 19681 969
15 Jul 19746 Jul 1976
27 Mav 197727 Jun 197716Jun 19804 May 1982
15 Jun 198424Jun 1986
3 Oct 1988
402
2O42d COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRON
The red and white checkered triangles symbolize the systems which Air Force Communications Commandpersonnel operate and maintain to supply everything from air traffic services to communications support forthe Strateglc Air Command's largest bomb wing and the emergency war order mission. The energy bolt signifiesthe vital role communications will play in providing the "spark" that insures the Strategic Air Command's instantemergency war order response should strategic deterrence fail. The aircraft symbolizes the strategic deterrentforce.
403
2O'I8th COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRONCARSWETL AFB, TEXAS
18 December 1950 Designated 1O64th USAF Communications Squadron.
1 January 1951 The 1064th USAF Communications Squadron organized at CarswellAFB, Texas, andassigned to 1O6Oth USAF Communications Group (later 1834th AACS Group).
Redeseignated 2048th AACS Squadron (MATS GO-164, 14 November 1952).
Redesignated 2o48th AACS Squadron (Point-to-Point).
Reassigned to the 1803d AACS Group (MATS GO-76, 19 April 1954).
Reassigned to the l8OOth AACS Wing (MATS GO-1 19, 29 June 1955).
Reassigned to the 1822d AACS Group (later, Southwestern Airways and Air
Redesignated 2O48th Communications Squadron upon establishment of AFCS (AFCS
Reassigned to new Central Communications Region (AFCS G-33, 1 May 1963).
Reassigned to new Southern Communications Area (AFCS G-62, 2 April 197O).
Reassigned to Strategic Communications Area (later Strategic Communications
1 December 1954 Reassigned to the 1822d AACS Group (MATS GO-l85, 22 November 1954).
15 December 1954 Redesignated 2048th AACS Squadron.
1 January 1953
1 April 1954
1 July 1954
15 July 1955
18 July 1956
1 July 1961G-2, 1 July 1961).
1 July 1963
1 May 1970
1 July 1976
AWARDS
AFOUAAFOUA
Communications Service Region; Southwestern Communications Regionl (MATS GO-96, 13 July 1956).
Division; Strategic lnformation Systems Division; Strategic Communications Division) (AFCS G-31, 12 February1976t.
1 July 1 984 Redesignated 2O48th Information Systems Squadron (AFCC SO G-81, 25 June 1984).
1 November 1986 Redesignated 2048th Communications Squadron (AFCC SO G-l2, 21 October 1986).
1 July 1973 - 31 December 19741 January 1984 - 31 December 1985
DAFSO GB-682/75DAFSO GB-73O/86
405
2o48th COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRONCARSWETL AFB, TEXAS
COMMANDERS
Lt Col Marion R. GrahamMaj Alfred C. Dowlearn lllLt Col Charles D. MillerMaj LeRoy E. SherrillMaj John E. LyleMaj Raymond W. WileyMaj Robert L. GiordanoLt Col Donald O. VestaLt Col Will G. Kelley, Jr.Maj Thomas C. FreundLt Col Clyde W. PitchMaj John A. YajkoLt Col William H. ManningLt Col Richard A. LeinoLt Col Michael D. VoxlandMaj Dale W. MeyerroseMaj Louis G. Jakowatz lllMaj Mark W. Andrews
lncomplete dates are approximate.Omitted names/dates are unknown.
Jul 1953Jan 1955Jan 1965Jan 1966Jul 1966Jul 1967Jul 1969Jun 1971Oct 1973
1 May 197510Aug 197530 Jun 19787 Jul 1978
19 Sep 198O21 Jul 198221 Jun 198523 Jul 1987
2Aug 1989
Dec 1955Jun 1955Dec 1965Jun 1966Jun 1967Jun 1969Jun 1971Oct 1973
1 May 1975loAug 197530 Jun 19787 Jul 1978
19 Sep 198021 Jul 198221 Jun 198523 Jul 19872Aug 1989
406
2048th COMMUNTCATIONS SOUADRON
The eagle refers to the pursuit of freedom. The mailed fist represents the Air Force Communications Commandof which the 2o48th Communications Squadron is a part. The lightning bolts allude to the squadron'scommunications mission and along with the stars represent the seven branches of the squadron. The cloudrefers to the worldwide weather collecting mission of the squadron.
407
21o1st COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRONEAKER AFB, ARKANSAS
1 January 1965 The 21O1st Communications Squadron designated and organized at Blytheville AFB,Arkansas, and assigned to Central Communications Region (AFCS G-67, 20 October 1964).
1 May 1970
1 July 1976
AWARDS
AFOUAAFOUA
Capt Ronald H. McKinneyMaj Robert E. DeppermanLt Col Robert V. McKeeMaj Alan W. BundyMaj Gordon H. FairMaj George S. KimmellMaj Robert B. GalleraniMaj Terry A. SimpsonLt Col Ralph H. FordMaj Allyn K. MillsMaj Lawrence A. TomeiLt Col Ronald L. SchwandtMaj Robert J. Jangraw
January 1975 - 31 DecemberJanuary 1986 - 31 December
DAFSO GB-785t77DAFSO GB-433/88
Reassigned to new Southern Communications Area (AFCS G-62, 2 April 197O1.
Reassigned to Strategic Communications Area (later Strategic CommunicationsDivision; Strategic lnformation Systems Division; Strategic Communications Division) (AFCS G-31, 12 February1976t.
1 July 1984 Redesignated 2lOlst lnformation Systems Squadron (AFCC SO G-81, 25 June 1984).
1 November 1986 Redesignated 21O1st Communications Squadron (AFCC SO G-l 2, 21 October 1986).
1
1
1 9761 987
GOMMANDERS
Jan 19651 9661 9681970
2 Jan 1972l9Aug 19745 Jul 1976
23 May 197829 Jul 198119 Jul 198330Jun 198522 Sep 198817Aug 199O
Dec 19651 9681 970
l9Aug 19745 Jul 1976
May 197811 Jul 198119 Jul 198330Jun 198522 Sep 1988l7Aus 199O
lncomplete dates are approximate.
408
21Olst COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRON
Two shades of blue around the globe symbolize day and night service. A single four-point star symbolizesnavigational aid service to aircraft. Five pointed stars symbolize the five major sections of the squadron. Thetower with radiating lightning around the globe symbolizes worldwide communications. The antenna on thetower with radiating lines symbolizes air traffic control to aircraft.
409
21 48th COMMUNICATIONS GROUPEIISWORTH AFB, SOUTH DAKOTA
2 October 1977 The 2148th Communications Squadron designated and activated at Ellsworth AFB,South Dakota, and assigned to Strategic Communications Area (later Strategic Communications Division;Strategic Information Systems Division; Strategic Communications Divisionl (AFCS SO G-1 28,27 June 1977).
1 July 1984 Redesignated 2148th lnformation Systems Squadron (AFCC SO G-81, 25June 19841.
1 November 1 986 Redesignated 2148th Communications Squadron (AFCC SO G-l 2, 21 October 1986).
1 April 199O Redesignated 2148th Communications Group at Ellsworth AFB, South Dakota (AFCC
SO G-20, 6 March 19901.
AWARDS
AFOUA [2 October 1977] - 31 December 1977 DAFSO GB-634/78
COMMANDERS
Col James W. CowanLt Col Ronald L. DavidsonLt Col Raymond G. DornLt Col Stephen A. SmithLt Col Jay R. AdsitLt Col Michael A. Cuoio
2 Oct 197729 Jun 19792O Jul 198220Nov 198421 Oct 198710 Jul 1989
29 Jun 197920 Jul 198220 Nov 198421 Oct 198710 Jul 1989
410
21 48th COMMUNICATIONS GROUP
The emblem represents the support which is given to the 28th Bombardment Wing, by the plane, and to the44th Strategic Missile Wing, by the missile. The sphere portrays the global aspect of the Air Force's operations,with the microwave dish to represent communications. The fist represents the hand of Air Force commanderswho exercise command and control of aerospace power. The electronic flashes represent all forms of aerospacecommunications which are used to "Provide the Reins of Command." The North Star stresses navigationcommand and control of aerospace forces. The emblem also includes the Air Force colors of ultramarine bluefor the sky, the primary theater of Air Force operations and the Air Force yellow for the sun and the excellencerequired of Air Force personnel.
411
2149th COMiIUNTCATTONS SOUADRONFRANCIS E. WARREN AFB, WYOMING
2 October 1977 The 2149th Communications Squadron designated and activated at Francis E.Warren AFB, Wyoming, and assigned to Strategic Communications Area (later Strategic CommunicationsDivision; Strategic lnformation Systems Division; Strategic Communications Division) (AFCS SO G-128,27 June1977t.
1 July 1984 Redesignated 2149th lnformation Systems Squadron (AFCC SO G-81, 25 June 1984).
1 November 1 986 Redesignated 2149th Communications Squadron (AFCC SO G-l2, 21 October 1986).
AWARDS
AFOUA 1 March 1983 - 31 December 1984 DAFSO GB-512/85
COMMANDERS
Maj Gene F. WinlandCol John A. BrundageLt Col Phillip J. AndreskiCol Robert C. LillyLt Col Terry F. LandryMai Garry R. Detwiler
2 Oct 197728 Jul 19798 Jul 1982
17 Jun 19853OJun 198726 May 1989
28 Jul 19798 Jul 1982
17 Jun 198530 Jun 198726May 1989
412
ooES tr
2 1 49th COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRON
The bucking horse and the cowboy is the emblem for Wyoming. The lightning bolt demonstrates the speedand the power of the communicatlons the squadron provides. The missile lllustrates the support provided tothe missile operations. The 2149th Communications Squadron provides communications in a timeless and timelymanner to support the missile operations at Francis E. Warren Air Force Base, Wyoming, "Nobody Does lt Better."
413
2150th COMMUNTCATIONS SOUADRONMINOT AFB, NORTH DAKOTA
2 October 1977 The 21SOth Communications Squadron designated and activated at Minot AFB, NorthDakota, and assigned to Strategic Communications Area (later Strategic Communications Division; Strategiclnformation Systems Division; Strategic Communications Divisionl (AFCS SO G-128,27 June 19771.
1 July 1984
1 November 1986
AWARDS
AFOUAAFOUAAFOUAAFOUAAFOUAAFOUA
Lt Col Dale V. KapkaMaj Larry W. FrenchLt Col Manford J. ReevesCol Jan P. HugginsLt Col Jerome J. ReinholtMaj Frank E. RodefferLt Col John W. ManningLt Col Thomas E. SysterLt Col Thomas F. FrostLt Col Ricky J. Greff
[2 October] 1977 - 31 December 19781 January 1979 - 31 December 19791 January 1980 - 31 December 19801 January 1981 - 31 December 19811 January 1982 - 31 December 1982
1 July 1987 - 30 June 1989
COMMANDERS
Redesignated 21soth lnformation Systems Squadron (AFCC SO G-81, 25 June 1984).
Redesignated 21soth Communications Squadron (AFCC SO G-1 2,21 October 1986).
DAFSO GB-635/79DAFSO GB-401/80DAFSO GB-451/81DAFSO GB-598/82DAFSO GB-696/83DAFSO GA-l1/89
2 Oct 19777 Mar 19786 May 1978
1O Jun 198124 Jun 198223 Jul 198310Aug 19832 Jul 1985
28 May 198730 Jul 1990
4 Mar 19786 May 1978
1OJun198124Jun 198223 Jul 198310Aug 19832 Jul 1985
28 May 198730 Jul 1990
414
21soth COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRON
The globe and electronic flashes represent the worldwide nature of the communications support provided bythe unit. Polaris (the North Star) in the upper left portion of the emblem represents the air traffic control andnavigational aids support provided by the unit. The airplane and missile shown encompassing the earth in theirflight is representative of the global capability of the strategic forces for which the unit provides support.
415
215.2d COMMUNTCATTONS SOUADRONGRAND FORKS AFB, NORTH DAKOTA
2 October 1977 The 2152d Communications Squadron designated and activated at Grand Forks AFB,North Dakota, and assigned to Strategic Communications Area (later Strategic Communications Division; Strategiclnformation Systems Division; Strategic Communications Division) (AFCS SO G-1 28, 27 June 1977).
1 July 1984 Redesignated2ls2d lnformation Systems Squadron (AFCC SO G-81,25June 1984).
1 November 1986 Redesignated 2152d Communications Squadron (AFCC SO G-l2, 21 October 19861.
AWARDS
AFOUAAFOUAAFOUA
Lt Col LaVern E. HammersMaj David C. CapanLt Col Robert G. SmithLt Col lsaac SpencerLt Col William L. SchoolerCapt Roland L. SchwandtLt Col Edgar C. KnowlingLt Col John A. GermannLt Col Paul J. Knudsen
[2] October 1977 - 30 September 19781 January 1982 - 31 December 19831 January 1983 - 31 December 1984
COMMANDERS
DAFSO GB-635/79DAFSO GB-497/84DAFSO GB.s12/85
2 Oct 1977SAug 1977
11 Sep 197715Aug 198O3Aug 1982SJun 1984
l6Aug 198411 Apr 198620 Jul 1988
8 Aug 1 9771 1 Sep 1977l5Aug 19803Aug 19828 Jun 1984
16Aug 198411 Apr 198620 Jul 1988
416
2152d COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRON
The 21 52d Communications Squadron is a muhifaceted organization that provides support for the 321st StrategicMissile Wing and the 319th Bombardment Wing at Grand Forks Air Force Base. The squadron providescommunications and air traffic control services as well as the maintenance services in support of these missions.Communications, represented by the telephone, takes care of all communications on Grand Forks AFB, andthe numerous missile sites in the area. This duty includes not only the telephone systems, but the messagecenter and numerous radio systems, both classified and unclassified, in use at the base. The tower representsair traffic control which provides services for the 319th Bombardment Wlng, the 321 CSG (an "ACE"detachment), and an air rescue detachment at the base. The approach control is part of the National AirspaceSystem and handles civil operations at Grand Forks lnternationalAirport which includes the University of NorthDakota Flight School. The antenna represents maintenance, which includes maintaining airtraffic control's radarand radios, cables and communications at the missile sites, and the communications network around the base.
417
2153d COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRONMATMSTROM AFB, MONTANA
2 October 1977 2153d Communications Squadron designated and activated at Malmstrom AFB,Montana, and assigned to Strategic Communications Area (later Strategic Communications Division; Strategiclnformation Systems Division; Strategic Communications Division) (AFCS SO G-128,27 June 1977).
1 July 1984 Redesignated 21 53d lnformation Systems Squadron (AFCC SO G-81, 25 June 19841.
1 November 1986 Redesignated 21 53d Communications Squadron (AFCC SO G-1 2, 21 October 1986).
AWARDS
AFOUA 1 January 1986 - 31 December 1987 DAFSO GB-433/88
COMMANDERS
Lt Col Paul A. NiehausMaj William L. Morrison llLt Col Robert C. LillyLt Col Barron K. KellerMaj Cecil L. HicksLt Col Everett G. BeckwithLt Col David R. DickLt Col Richard H. Hange, Jr.
2 Oct 19778 Jun 1978
29 Jun 19796 Jan 1981
lOMay 198327 Jun 198524 Jul 1987l4Aug 199O
8 Jun 197829 Jun 1979
6 Jan 1981lOMay 198327 Jun 198524 Jul 1987l4Aug 199O
418
21 53d COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRON
Blue and yellow are primary Air Force colors. Blue alludes to the sky, the primary theater of Air Force operations.Yellow refers to the sun and the excellence required of Air Force personnel. The North Star reflects the squadron'smission of providing reliable navigational air traffic control and base support for a northern base. The missilerepresents the mission; while the lightning bolts and the satellite dish reflect the communications mission ofthe unit.
419
21 54th COMiTUNICATTONS SOUADRONWHITEMAN AFB, MISSOURI
2 October 1977 The 2154th Communications Squadron designated and activated at Whiteman AFB,Missouri, and assigned to Strategic Communications Area (later Strategic Communications Division; Strategiclnformation Systems Division; Strategic Communications Division) (AFCS SO G-l 28, 27 June 19771.
1 July 1984 Redesignated 21 54th lnformation Systems Squadron (AFCC SO G-81, 25 June 19841.
1 November 1986 Redesignated 2154th Communications Squadron (AFCC SO G-l2, 21 October 19861.
AWARDS
None
COMiIANDERS
Lt Col Andrew l. BalkoLt Col Edward N. SinclairLt Col Elbert S. WalkerLt Col Richard P. WardLt Col Wayne R. BolesLt Col Allyn K. MillsLt Col Bernard K. Skoch
2 Oct 19777 Apr 1978
17 Jul 1981l5Jun 1983I Jul 1985
24Jun 19889 Jul 1990
7 Apr 197817 Jul 198115Jun 19838 Jul 1985
24Jun 19889 Jul 1990
420
21 54th COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRON
On the bottom center of a blue disc is a white demiglobe with blue longitude/latitude lines. The demiglobe,portraying the place of distinction in the linkage of command and control in the global aspect of Air Forceoperations, supports a gray antenna structure surmounted by a gray electron symbol. The antenna and electronsymbols represents the apparatus by which command and control signals radiate in support of aerospace power.Symbolizing the Air Force Communications Command's "Reins of Command" are two lightning flashes radiatingfrom the top of the antenna. The lightning flash arcing to the left side of the antenna terminates near a whitemissile detailed in blue in vertical ascent. The lightning flash on the right terminates above a white silhouettedaircraft in horizontalflight. Both the missile and the aircraft symbolize the primary wing mission. The olive wreath,encircling the symbols represents the offering of peace and goodwill in performing the mission. Attached belowthe disc is a blank white scroll edged in blue.
421
21 55th COMMUNTCATTONS SOUADRONMcCONNELL AFB, KANSAS
1 October 1977 The 2155th Communications Squadron designated and activated at McConnellAFB,Kansas, and assigned to Strategic Communications Area (later Strategic Communications Division; Strategiclnformation Systems Division; Strategic Communications Division) (AFCS SO G-128,27 June 1977).
1 July 1984 Redesignated 2155th lnformation Systems Squadron (AFCC SO G-81, 25 June 1984).
1 November 1986 Redesignated 2155th Communications Squadron (AFCC SO G-1 2,21 October 1986).
AWARDS
AFOUA 1 July 1984 - 3O June 1986 DAFSO GB-479t87
COMMANDERS
Maj George K. LoudMaj Paul A. HimelickLt Col Willie L. Fields, Jr.Lt Col Richard D. RoemerLt Col Charles A. Carson, Jr.Lt Col Charles D. WoodardMaj James E. Hazuka lll
2 Oct 197717 Jul 19799 Jul 1982
27 Jan 198419 Mar 198622 Jul 198824Sep 199O
17 Jul 19799 Jul 1982
27 Jan 198419 Mar 198622 Jul 198824Sep 1990
422
21 55th COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRON
Blue alludes to the sky, the primary theater of Air Force operations. Yellow refers to the sun and the excellencerequired of Air Force personnel. 'l"he globe and lightning bolts indicate that the unit is part of the Air ForceCommunications Command. The aircraft represent the unit's communications responsibilities to the bomberand refueling mission of McConnefll Air Force Base. The sunflower and wheat refer to the State of Kansas, thelocation of the unit.
423
1 5 July 1955
2192d COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRONTORING AFB, MAINE
The 2192d AACS Squadron designated and organized at Loring AFB, Maine, andassigned to the 2045th AACS Group (MATS GO-l 19, 29 June 1955).
18 July 1956 Reassigned to the 1802d AACS Group (later Northeastern AACS Regionl (MATSGO-96, 13 July 1956).
21 April 1961 Reassigned to the North Atlantic AACS Region (later North Atlantic CommunacationsRegionl (MATS G-32,20 April 1961).
1 July 1961 Redesignated 2192d Communications Squadron (AFCS G-2, 1 July 1961).
Division; Strategic lnformation Systsms Division; Strategic Communications Division) (AFCS G-31, 12 February1976).
1 July 1984 Redesignated 2192d Information Systems Squadron (AFCC SO G-81, 25 June 1984).
1 November 1986 Redesignated 2192d Communications Squadron (AFCC SO G-l2, 21 October 1986).
1 July 1963
1 May 1970
1 July 1976
AWARDS
AFOUA
Maj Francis J. LydenMaj George T. BoydMai Kay W. KroepschLt Col Joseph HarkiewiczMaj George T. BondMaj Kenneth D. StraussLt Col Robert TefftMaj Peter SapatisMaj Ronald L. CheneyCapt Nicholas O. GasparMaj John W. SpearMaj George E. DobsonLt Col Clarence J. KellyMaj Ken H. KatoLt Col William E. EinspahrLt Col Bruce J. SavaglioLt Col Douglass W. Donnell
lncomplete dates are approximate.
Reassigned to the new Eastern Communications Region (AFCS G-33, 1 May 19631.
Reassigned to the new Northern Communications Area (AFCS G-62, 2 April 19701.
Reassigned to Strategic Communications Area (later Strategic Communications
1 January 1984 - 31 December 1984 DAFSO GB-511/85
COMMANDERS
18 Jul 195630Aug 1956
Jan 1961Jul 1961Jul 1967Dec 1968Jun 1969Apr 1970Jul 1971Jul 1973Jun 1975Jul 1976
6 Jul 19781 Jul 19813Aug 1983
24 Jun 198527 Jun 1988
30Aug 1956
Jun 1961Dec 1963Dec 1968
Jun 1974Jul 1976
6 Jul 19781 Jul 19813Aug 1983
24Jun 198527 Jun 1988
424
2192d COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRON
The electronic flashes represents allforms of aerospace communications. The chain represents the critical linkthat communications plays in the command and control of aerospace forces. The control tower emphasizesthe distinct but integral part air traffic controls plays in the command and control of aerospace forces. The eaglesymbolizes the strength of all unit personnel in providing the critical command and control link. The olive wreathwith arrows and the depiction of the globe stresses the capability of the unit to provide command, control,and communications in peacetime as well as in war, anywhere in the world. The squadron motto is "The CriticalLink."
425
HEADOUARTERS SPACE COMMUNICATIONS DIVISION
The stars and globe in the dark blue background represent the space environment. The picture section of theglobe represents the earth as viewed from some point in space. The latitude and longitude lines on the earthemphasize the global nature of Air Force communications. The satellhe, depicted as a four-pointed star, symbolizesthe worldwide coverage of Air Force surveillance and communications satellites. The triangular shape in spacerepresents the upward thrust into space. lt also symbolizes the Air Force's historic efforts to develop reusablewinged vehicles and the commitment to use the space transportation system shuttle for future space operations.The dish represents the focal point of the Space Communications Division. The lightning bolts, spanning theglobe and space, represent the Air Force's continuous effort to provide vital communications links whereverthe nesd for communications exists.
427
HEADOUARTERS SPACE COMMUNICATIONS DIVISIONPETERSON AFB, COLORADO
The Space Communications Division establashed 9 September 1982, actavated at Colorado Springs, Colorado,1 January 1983, and assigned to HO Air Force Communications Command. On 15 August 1985, SpaceCommunications Division was redesignated Space lnformation Systems Division, and on 1 November 1986,redesignated back to Space Communicataons Division. The location of HO Space Communications Divisionchanged from Colorado Springs to Peterson AFB on 1 June 1988.
AWARDS
None
COMMANDERS
Maj Gen Winston D. Powers***Brig Gen John P. Hyde"Col Phillip K. HeacockBrig Gen James S. Cassity, Jr. r I ICol Phillip K. HeacockCol Kad V. fticeCol William R. TaylorCol Vincent MajkowskiCol Michael J. Ondrasek
e t Later Maj Genrrr Later Lt Gen
7 Jan 1983l9Aug 1983l2Jun 19851 Jul 19851 Oct 1985
lOJun 198622 A9r 198713 Jul 19877 Jul 1989
19Aug 198312 Jun 1985
1 Jul 19851 Oct 1985
lOJun 198622 Apr 198713 Jul 19877 Jul 1989
429
47th COMiIUNICATIONS GROUPCHEYENNE MOUNTAIN AFB, COLORADO
47th Communications Group established and activated at Peterson Fld, Colorado, andassigned to Aar (later, Aerospacel Defense Command.25 April 1966
1 July 1966
21 April 1976
1 October 1979
AWARDS
AFOUAAFOUAAFOUAAFOUAAFOUAAFOUA
Col Ben P. LeeCol Fred J. HarrisCol Gayland G. MillerCol Ronald D. Ross
ColJohn G. Cronican, Jr.Col H. Wayne SidebottomCol Marion G. WlsonCol Ronald L. PaxsonColJames J. Romanchek
16 June 1965 - 22 June 19651 July 1969 - 30 April 19711 May 1971 - 30 June 19721 July 1974 - 3O June 1975
1 January 1986 - 31 December 19871 January 1988 - 3O June 1989
COMITIANDERS
DAFSO GB-300/65DAFSO GU7I72DAFSO GB-37t73DAFSO GB-47t76DAFSO GB-433/88DAFSO GA-l1/89
47th Communications Group organized.
47th Communications Group disestablashed.
47th Communications Group reestablished (active) at Cheyenne Mountain ComplexCty, Colorado, and assigned to Strategic Communications Area (later Strategic Communications Divisionl (AFCS
SO G-225, 28 September 1979, and AFCS MO-01, 28 September 1979).
1 February 1981 Reassigned to direct control of Air Force Communications Command (AFCC SO G-231,23 December 198O).
1 April 1983 Reassigned to Space Communications Division (later, Space lnformation SystemsDivision; Space Communications Division) (AFCC SO G-145, 15 November 1982).
15 August 1985 Redesignated 47th lnformation Systems Group (AFCC SO G-l25, 9 August 1985).
1 November 1986 Redesignated 47th Communications Group (AFCC SO G-19, 7 November 1986).
1 Oct 19793 Jul 1980
27 Sep 198214Jan 198322 Jul 198325Jun 198414 Mar 1986l3Nov 198730Jun 1989
3 Jul 198027 Sep 198214Jan 198322 Jul 198325 Jun 198414 Mar 198613Nov 198730Jun 1989
430
47th COMMUNICATIONS GROUP
The emblem is symbolic of the group, and the Air Force colors, golden yellow and ultramarine blue, are used.Tha radar unit denotes the far reaching communications capability of the organization and the lightning boltsrepresent a swift reaction in all situations. The mountain range is symbolic of the location of the unit and thestars symbolize the medium in which communications are conducted.
431
HEADOUARTERS 1879th COMMUNICATIONS GROUPFALCON AFB, COLORADO
1 November 1965 The 1879th Communications Squadron designated and organized at Nha Trang Aprt(later, Nha Trang AB), South Vietnam, and assigned to 1964th Communications Group (AFCS G-103, 3 August1965).
1 September 1971 Reassigned to Northern Communications Area and moved to Richards-Gebaur AFB,Missouri GFCS MO-4, 26 August 1971).
1 June 1981 Reassigned to the Airlift Communications Division (later, Airlift lnformations SystemsDivision; Airlift Communications Division) (AFCC SO G-31, 20 February 1981).
1 October 1982 Reassigned to Tactical Communications Division (later, Tactical lnformations SystemsDivision; Tactical Communications Division) (AFCC SO G-8O, 2 July 1982).
1 October 1984 The 1879th moved to Falcon AFS, Colorado without personnel and equipment andreassigned to Space Communications Division (later, Space lnformation Systems Division; Space CommunicationsDivision) (AFCC MO-3, 17 September 1984).
1 July 1985 Redesignated 1879th lnformation Systems Squadron (AFCC SO G-34, 15 March1985).
1 November 1986 Redesignated 1879th Communications Squadron (AFCC SO G-O6, 21 October 1986).
1 October 1989 Redesignated HO 1879th Communications Group (AFCC SO G-67, 21 August 1989).
AWARDS
AFOUA wA/AFOUA wA/AFOUA wA/AFOUA wA/AFOUA w/VAFOUA wA/AFOUA wA/AFOUAAFOUAPUC (Vietnam)RVN GC w/P
1 July 1965 - 30 June 19661 July 1966 - 30 June 19671 July 1967 - 30 June 19681 July 1968 - 30 June 19691 July 1969 - 30 June 19701 July 1970 - 30 June 1971
DAFSO GB-351/66DAFSO GB-454167DAFSO GB-615/68DAFSO GB-881/69DAFSO GB-796/7ODAFSO GB.135172
CAMPAIGN STREAMERS
Vietnam DefenseVietnam AirVietnam Air OffensiveVN Air Off, Phase llVN Air Off, Phase lllVietnam Air/GroundVN Air Off, Phase lV
1 July 1971 - 1 Ausust 1971 DAFSO GB-164/731 September 1971 - 15 April 1972 DAFSO GB.494172
1 January 1976 - 31 December 1976 DAFSO GB-78317721 June 1968 - 30 June 1969 DAFSO GB-939/7O
1 Aprif 1966 - 1 September 1971 DAFSO GB-346/75
TET G9/CounteroffensiveVN Summer-Fall, 1969Winter-Spring, 197OSanctuary CounteroffensiveSouthwest MonsoonCommando Hunt VCommando Hunt Vl
433
HEADOUARTERS 1879th COMMUNICATIONS GROUPFATCON AFB, COLORADO
COMttIAilDERS
Capt James F. MumawMaj Martin J. GranbergMaj Herbert N. LongLt Col Alexander Gabriels, Jr.Maj Robert E. KingMaj Linwood G. GoodingMaj Hector F. Evans, Jr.Capt Michael C. MoehlankampMaj Ronald L. GiampietroMaj James G. NewmanCapt James G. WhitedMaj Lucious E. Bryant, Jr.Gapt Arel D. ElmoreCapt Ann M. TestaCapt Robert M. GreenCapt Marianne L. FlickCapt Janet L. HottensteinLt Col Robert W. AlexanderLt Col William A. sampleLt Col Roman Synychak
1 Nov 196515 Mar 19669 Mar 1967
24 Feb 19681969
12 Dec 196924Dec 197031 May 1971
1 Sep 197115 Jan 1973l5Sep 1975
1 Nov 197631 May 1978
3 Oct 197823Sep 198025 Apr 1983
1 Oct 19841 Oct 1985
19 Jul 19882Aug 1990
15 Mar 19669 Mar 1967
24 Feb 19681 969
1 1 Dec 196924 Dec 197O31 May 1971
1 Sep 197115 Jan 197315 Sep 1975
1 Nov 197631 May 1978
3 Oct 197823 Sep 198O25 Apr 1983
1 Oct 19841 Oct 1985
19 Jul 19882Aug 199O
Incomplete dates are approximate.
434
HEADOUARTERS 1879th COMMUNICATIONS GROUP
Blue alludes to the sky, the primary theater of Air Force operations. Yellow refers to the sun and the excellencerequired of Air Force personnel. The globe represents the worldwide communications capabilities as well asworldwide operational locations. The lightning bolts symbolize rapid communication. The satellite, star, andshuttle indicate the satellite operations mission, space based navigation mission, and shuttle operations missionrespectively. By providing communications and maintenance support to these three missions, the 1879thCommunications Group supports the thrust into space and is serving the space frontier.
435
197oth COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRONWOOMERA AS. AUSTRATIA
1 October 1979 The 197Oth Communications Squadron designated and activated at Woomera AS,Australia, and assigned to Strategic Gommunications Area (later, Strategic Communications Division) (AFCS
SO G-212, 10 September 1979).
1 May 1983 Reassigned to Space Communications Division (later, Space lnformation SystemsDivision; Space Communications Division) (AFCC SO G-l51, 30 November 1982).
1 July 19851985).
Redesignated 197Oth lnformation Systems Squadron (AFCC SO G-34, 1 5 March
1 November 1986 Redesignated 197oth Communications Squadron (AFCC SO G-06, 21 October 1986).
AWARDS
None
COMMANDERS
Lt Col Richard M. DunlapLt Col William E. AltLt Col Robert M. ChaplinMaj David H. CookerlyMaj LaForrest V. WilliamsMaj William A. Grooten lll
1 Oct 197919 Jul 198O27 Jun 198312 Jul 198529 Jun 198714 Jun 1989
19 Jul 198027 Jun 198312 Jul 198529 Jun 1987l4Jun 1989
436
1970th COMMUNTCATTONS SOUADRON
The 197Oth Communications Squadron emblem symbolizes the joint Australian/American nature of the unit,incorporating the colors of red, white, and blue which represent the flags of both nations. The joint nature ofthe squadron is further represented by the superimposing of the United States star and the Australian kangarooon the red globe. The red color of the stylized globe represents the color of the desert soil and harsh environmentin which the unit is located. The lightning bolts emanating from the globe represent the wealth and importanceof the information the unit transmits and receives. The golden boomerang in the scroll symbolizes aboriginalheritage upon which Australian outback survival is based. The blue and black segments of the emblem representthe 24-hour mission of the unit, the southern cross in the night sky symbolizes southern hemisphericcommunications. The golden sun and the blue sky are symbolic of the primary theater of Air Force operationsand the excellence required of Air Force personnel.
437
1 983d COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRONTHULE AB, GREENTAND
1 January 1977 The 1983d Communications Squadron designated and activated at Thule AB,Greenland, and assigned to Northern Communications Area (AFCS SO G-244, 27 October 1976).
1 October 1979 Reassigned to the Strategic Communications Area (later, Strategic CommunicationsDivision) (AFCS SO G-212, 1O September 1979).
1 May 1983 Reassigned to Space Communications Division (later, Space lnformation SystemsDivision; Space Communications Divisionl (AFCC SO G-l45, 15 November 1982).
1 July 19851985).
1 November
Redesignated 1983d lnformation Systems Squadron (AFCC SO G-34, 15 March
1986 Redesignated 1983d Communications Squadron (AFCC SO G-O6, 21 October 1986).
COMMANDERS
AWARDS
None
Capt Jerome F. SimmerCapt Raymond J. BrylskiCapt Ed D. SewardCapt Joan R. BurgCapt J. Barry PattersonCapt Alan L. BuhlerCapt Dennis A. Bickett, Jr.Capt Montgomery S. WhiteCapt Jesus R. TorresCapt James R. RobilottaCapt John R. MerrellCapt Douglas A. DunfordCapt David C. Schreck
Jan 1977May 1979
31 May 198O25 Sep 1981
1 Sep 198227 Sep 1983
6 Sep 198416 Sep 19852 Oct 1986
24Sep 198729 Jul 198810 Jul 198912 Jul 1990
May 197931 May 198O25 Sep 1981
1 Sep 198227 Sep 1983
6 Sep 1984l6Sep 19852 Oct 1986
24 Sep 198729 Jul 198810 Jul 198912 Jul 1990
lncomplete dates are approximate.
438
1983d COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRON
The emblem depicts the two functions of the squadron and the historical beginnings of the unit. ln the sinisterthe familiar control tower signifies air traffic control operations with the North Star further stressing the aspectsof navigation and flight control. The sky is ultramarine blue depicting the constant darkness found during thewinter. The dexter depicts the northern portion of the globe with the polar ice cap in white. The flashes signifythe electronic communications and radar surveillance which the squadron provides. The satellate and stars focusattention to the aerospace aspects of both the communications and the radar surveillance mission. At the bottom,the summer sky of pale blue with the sun at the midday point signlfies the endless summer days of the Arctic;and the polar bear, the traditional symbol of Greenland, signifies the historlcal beginnings of the squadron.
439
I 999th COMMUNICATTONS SOUADRONONIZUKA AFB, CALIFORNIA
1 July 1981 The 1999th Communications Squadron designated and activated at Sunnyvale (later,Onizukal AFS, California, and assigned to the Continental Communications Division (AFCC SO G-94, 8 June1981).
1 January 1986 Redesignated 1999th lnformation Systems Squadron and reassigned to Research andAcquisition lnformation Systems Division (later, Research and Acquisition Communications Division) (AFCC SOG-54, 18 December 1985).
1 November 1986 Redesignated 1999th Communications Squadron (AFCC SO G-05, 21 October 1986).
1 October 1987 Reassigned to Space Communications Division (AFCC SO G-41, 23 March 1987).
Relieved from assignment to Space Communications Division (SPCD) and assigned1879th Communications Group (AFCC SO G-67, 21 August 19891.
AWARDS
None
COMMANDERS
1
toOctober 1989
Capt Larry E. GarnerMaj/Lt Col Alan K. WilliamsMaj/Lt Col Thomas L. HickersonLt Col Roman SynychakLt Col Leonard H. Gaetz
1 Jul27 Jul11 Jul20 Jul25 Jul
1 9811 98319851 9881 990
27 Jul 198311 Jul 198520 Jul 198825 Jul 1990
440
1 999th COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRON
The circle with wings symbolizes a satellite or "bird." The lightning bolts symbolize the uplink to and downlinkfrom the satellite. The bisected circles of black and gold symbolize the two satellites the squadron utilizes andthe 24-hour, night-and-day support the squadron gives. The gold lines emanating from the gold circle symbolizethe worldwide extent of the satellite communications system interconnectivity.
441
2004th coMMUNtcATtoNs souADRoNSONDRESTROM AB. GREENLAND
1 July 1952 The 2OO4th Airways and Air Communications Service Squadron designated andorganized at Sondrestromfjord (later, Sondrestrom) AB, Greenland, and assigned to the 18O5th AACS Group(later, l8OSth AACS Wing; North Atlantic AACS Region; North Atlantic Communications Region; EasternCommunications Region) (MATS GO-81, 23 June 1952).
1 July 1961
1 July 1963
1 May 1970
1 October 1979
Redesignated 2OO4th Communications Squadron (AFCS G-2, l July 1961).
Reassigned to the new Eastern Communications Region (AFCS G-33, 1 May 1963).
Reassigned to the new Northern Communications Area (AFCS G-62, 2 April 19701.
Reassigned to Strategac Communications Area (later, Strategic CommunicationsDivision) (AFCS SO G-212, 1O September 1979).
1 May 1983 Reassigned to Space Communications Division (later, Space Information SystemsDivision; Space Communications Division) (AFCC SO G-l45, 15 November 1982).
1 July 19851985).
Redesignated 2OO4th Information Systems Squadron (AFCC SO G-34, 15 March
1 November 1986 Redesignated 2OO4th Communications Squadron (AFCC SO G-O6, 21 October 1986).
1 July 1990 The 2OO4th Communications Squadron at Sondrestrom AB, Greenland, inactivated.Personnel, equipment, and supplies transferred to OL-A, 1983d Communications Squadron (AFCC SO G-24,19 March 199O).
AWARDS
None
443
2OO4th COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRONSONDRESTROM AB, GREENTAND
COMMANDERS
Maj Joseph W. McFarlandLt Col Martin E. WilsonMaj Fred W. Sixt (lnterim)Lt Col Charles D. PryorMaj Francis X. SextonLt Col Charles H. ColemanMaj lvan W. O'BerhelmanMaj Hal KorffMaj Jesse FishlowMaj Howard A. MooreMaj James K. ArmstrongMaj Miller GrafMaj Roland L. HintgenLt Col Joseph H. Valley, Jr.Maj Wallace L. MorseCapt Robert G. BellCapt William BettencourtCapt Stephen J. RansCapt David N. BarstowCapt John W. Gurly, Jr.
Capt Vincent J. DiMattingCapt LaVay W. JeffriesCapt Robert J. ConleyCapt Jeffery W. WhisenhuntCapt Stephen J. GaertnerCapt James R. Gotcher lllCapt John T. KehlerCapt Earl W. StaffordCapt David L. SulsbergerCapt David A. BeardenCapt Michael J. TiernanCapt Peter R. Wyman
lncomplete dates are approximate.Omitted names/dates are unknown.
1 958Oct 1958Aus 1 959
3O Oct 19596Aug 1960
1 5 Oct 1960Dec 1961Dec 1962Dec 1963
1 965Jul 1967
1 Jul 196811 Jun 1969
1 9717 Jan 1972
19721 973
7 May 19741 9751 976
13 Apr 197911 Apr 198017 Apr 198112 Apr 198218 Jul 198314Jun 1984l4Jun 198524 Jun 198616 Jun 198716 Jun 19887 Jun 1989
Oct 1958Aug 1959
30 Oct 19595Aug 1960
14 Oct 1960Dec 1961Dec 1962Dec 1963
1 965Jul 1967
3OJun 196811 Jun 1969
1 9717 Jan 1972
19721 973
7 May 19741 9751 976
13 Apr 197911 Apr 198017 Apr 198112 Apr 198218 Jul 198314 Jun 198414Jun 198524Jun 198616Jun 198716 Jun 19887 Jun 19895 Jun 1990
444
2004th coMMuNtcATtoNs souADRoN
The four links of the chain represent the four Greenland distant early warning line radar sites which dependupon the logistics support of Sondrestrom Air Base, symbolized by the supporting hand. The squadron's majorrole in this support effort is providing air traffic control services. The North Star represents both the navigationalguidance provided for aircraft and the geographic location of the unit. The blue sky above the white ice capfurther defines the unit's presence in the frozen north. The lightning bolts represent the squadron'scommunications electronics services which link the base with the distant early warning line and the remainderof the world. The gold ring represents the Arctic Circle and further defines the organization's geographic locationand relationship to other communications facilities in the Arctic and along the distant early warning line.
445
2162d COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRONBUCKLEY ANG BASE, COLORADO
1 October 1979 The 2162d Communications Squadron designated and activated at Buckley ANG Base,
Colorado, and assigned to Strategic Communications Area (later, Strategic Communications Division).
1 May 1983 Reassigned to Space Communications Division (later, Space lnformation SystemsDivision; Space Communications Division) (AFCC SO G-151, 30 November 1982).
1 July 19851985t.
Redesignated 2162d lnformation Systems Squadron (AFCC SO G-34, 15 March
1 November 1986 Redesignated 2162d Communications Squadron (AFCC SO G-O6, 21 October 1 986).
AWARDS
AFOUA
Lt Col James R. HamiltonMaj George E. Krieg lllLt Col Carl E. WilliamsLt Co! Robert L. ScheibelLt Col Neal E. WolfardMaj Robert E. Carr, Jr.Maj Derric D. Ankron
1 July 1987 - 30 June 1989
COMMANDERS
DAFSO GA-l1/89
1 Oct 197912 Jun 198023 Jul 198212 Apr 198431 Jan 198631 Mar 1986l8Aug 1989
12 Jun 198023 Jul 198212 Apr 198431 Jan 198631 Mar 1986l8Aug 1989
446
2162d COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRON
Blue alludes to the sky, the primary theater of Air Force operations. Yellow signifies the sun and the excellenceof Air Force personnel. The green mountains and blue sky represent the solid ground which the unit ensuresand the far reaching aspect of the mission in space. The red satellite and dish with the lightning bolts symbolizethe means by which the unit provides information. The three white stars represent CINCNORAD, CINCSAC,and the National Command authorities which the 2162d Communications Squadron supports.
447
2163d COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRONPETERSON AFB. COTORADO
1 October 1979 The 2163d Communications Squadron designated and activated at Peterson AFB,Colorado, and assigned to Strategic Communications Area (later, Strategic Communications Division) (AFCS
SO G-212, 1O September 19791.
1 April 1983 Reassigned to Space Communications Division (later, Space lnformation SystemsDivision; Space Communications Division) (AFCC SO G-l45, 15 November 1982).
1 July 19851985).
Redesignated 2163d lnformation Systems Squadron (AFCC SO G-34, 15 March
1 November 1986 Redesignated 2163d Communications Squadron (AFCC SO G-O6, 21 October 1986).
AWARDS
None
COMMANDERS
Capt Stephen A. DalrymdeMaj Robert T. McDonoughMaj Harry L. BourisMaj William A. Garrett, Jr.Col John W. DaviesCol Ronald L. Davidson
13 Jul 19797 Jul 1982
14 Oct 198325Nov 198527 Oct 198722 May 1989
7 Jul 198214Oct 198325 Nov 1 98527 Oct 198722 May 1989
448
2163d COMMUNTCATTONS SOUADRON
The iron clad gauntlet symbolizes the squadron's major command, Air Force Communications Command. Thesword to the right of the globe represents NORAD and the symbol to the left represents the Air Force SpaceCommand which the squadron supports. The globe symbolizes the squadron's world communications mission.The two stars symbolize space; while the two lightning bolts symbolize communications electronics which extendworldwide. The satellite symbolizes the squadron's Air Force satellite communications operations andmaintenance responsibility within the unit in support of the United States and Air Force Space Command.
449
HEADOUARTERS TACTICAT COMMUNICATIONS DIVISION
The globe represents the Tactical Communications Division's global mission in support of Tactical Air Command.The stylized form over the globe represents an advanced aircraft entering the 21st century and the division'ssupport of the Tactical Air Command's future. lt also represents the forward movement of the division throughprofessionalism and expertlse intothe 21st century. The lightning bolt representsthe division's binding forcebetween command and control.
451
HEADOUARTERS TACTICAT COMMUNICATIONS DIVISIONTANGLEY AFB, VIRGINIA
The Tactical Communications Division was established as the Northeastern Airways Communications Area on22Februarv 1943, and activated at Presque lsle, Maine, 26 February 1943, assigned to Army Air Forces. TheNortheastern Airways Communications Area was reassigned to the Flight Control Command on 4 May 1943,and on 14 July 1943 reassigned to the AACS Wing with a redesignation to North Atlantlc AirwaysCommunications Area on 6 November 1943. On 7 February 1944 the North Atlantic Airways CommunicationsArea moved to Grenier Field, New Hampshire, and was disestablished on 15 May 194. The 52d AACS Groupwas established 14 May 1948 and organized at Mitchel AFB, New York, on 1 June 1 948, assigned to 1st AACSWing (later, 18OO AACS Wing; Continental AACS Area). The 52d AACS Group was redesignated the 18O2dAACS Group 1 October 1948, redesignated the Northeastern AACS Region 1 November 1957, and on 8 May1961 discontinued and inactivated. The Tactical Communications Region was established and activated on 16November 1962, assigned to Air Force Communications Service (later, Air Force Communications Command).The region was organized at Langley AFB, Virginia, on 1 January 1963. The Tactical Communications Regionwas redesignated Tactical Communications Area 8 August 1967. On 10 February 1981, the TacticalCommunications Area was reestablished/consolidated with the North Atlantic Airways Communications ServiceRegion and Northeastern AACS Region, and on 1 June 1981 redesignated Tactical Communications Division.As a result of the automated data processing/communications merger, the Tactical Communications Divisionwas redesignated Tactical lnformation Systems Division on 6 July 1984 and redesignated back to TacticalCommunications Division on 1 November 1986.
On 1 October 1978, the abbreviation "TACCA" vice "TAC" for TAC Communications Area went into effect.The Tactical Communications Region was formed in 1963 as the first major communications organization witha "tailored" mission of supporting the communications needs of a single major command:TAC.
SIGNIFICANT ACTIVITIES: The Northeast (later, North Atlantic) Airways Communications Area formed inFebruary 1943 to assume control over communications activity and facilities of the 8th, 1sth, and 17th AirwaysCommunications Regions. Stations were located in northeastern United States, eastern Canada, Greenland,Newfoundland, and lceland. With the disbandment of the 1Sth Airways Communications Squadron in mid-December 1943, the area of the 1 5th Airways Communications Region, controlled by the squadron, wasdistributed to other regions, including the newly assigned 24th Region. Communications facilities and servicesspread across the Atlantac to lreland and England, growing from 33 in February 1943 to 55 by January 1944.Area headquarters began moving from Presque lsle to Grenier on 17 December 1943 and officially transferredto the new base in February 1944. The 24th Region land its operating squadron) transferred from the Areatwo days before the Area was disestablished on 1 5 May 1944, to be replaced by the goth AAF Base Unit (6thAACS Wing).
The 52d AACS Group (later, 18O2d AACS Group; Northeastern AACS Regionl replaced the 702d Air ForceBase Unit at Mitchel AFB, New York, on 1 June 1948. lt provided operation and maintenance of communicationsand navigational aids at all squadrons and detachments within its sphere of influence, plus air traffic controland flight checking facilities. The establishment experienced several reorganizations during its lifetime, sometimesgaining and sometimes losing geographical area and units. By mid-l955, the group's maior effort involvedoperation and maintenance of navigational aids. From 1957 to late 1960 it provided flight services at OlmstedAFB, Pennyslvania. A major reorganization in 1961 leading to the formation of Air Force Communications Serviceas a major command brought about the merger of the Northeastem AACS Region, primarily with the North AtlanticAACS Region except for units in the Carolinas, which passed to the Southeastern AACS Region. From 21 Aprilto 8 May 1961, allbut one of the region's units were under controlof other regions; the single unit-1851stAACS Facilities Checking Flight-remained under Northeastern AACS Region control to 8 May 1961.
The Tactical Communications Region formed in 1963 as the first major communications organization with a
"tailored" mission of supporting the communications needs of a single maior command: TAC. The structureof the region (later, area) thus paralleled the field structure of TAC, whose units received the benefits of thecommunications and navigational-aids facilities operated and maintained by the communications establishment.The establishment commander also served in a dual role as the Headquarters TAC Deputy for Communicationsand Electronics, and thus exercised control over certain tactacal control, aircraft control and warning, and similar
tactical support units not a part of the Tactical Communications Region (later, Area). In the dual role, theestablishment commander and his staff also played key roles in major TAC operations, exercises, and activitiessuch as the movement of tactical forces to the Dominican Republic in 1965-1966.
452
HEADOUARTERS TACTICAT CO]IIiIUilICATIONS DIVISIONLANGLEY AFB, VIRGI]TIA
(Cont'dl
From January 1963 until August 1967, the two numbered air forces of TAC (Ninth and Twelfthl were supportedby "Deputy Region Offices" at Shaw AFB, South Carolina, and Bergstrom AFB, Texas. From August 1967to June 1971, the arca had two subordinate communications regions-9th and lfth-to support these numbercdair forces; but in June 1971, the regions were replaced by detachments of the area headquarters and the arearesumed direct control of all of its components.
ln addition to its support of regular TAC forces, the area assumed training responsibility in 1 May 1966 forall Air National Guard mobile communications and mobile flight facilities in the Unhed States. Several such ANGunits were assigned to tho area during 1968-1969 following a mobilization in response to the seizure of theUSS Pueblo by North Korea. ln February 1981, the North Atlantic Airways Communications Area, theNortheastem AACS Region, and Tactical Communications Area were consolidated into a single orgaization whichsubsequently, on 1 June 1981, was redesignated Tactical Communications Division.
AWARDS
None
SERVICE STREAMERS
American Theater (World War ll)
COMMANDERS
Maj William L. DayLt Col John S. Anderson
Col Charles W. GordonColJess R. GuthrieColJames D. FlashmanCol Norman J. McGowanCol Marshall H. StricklerColAlbert J. LacyNot MannedCol Francis B. MorganCol Joseph G. Buel (lnterim)Col Sam L. Huey*Col William DonicsCol Charles E. Williams, Jr.*Col George L. Madara (lnterim)Col lvey J. Lewis
(killed in plane crash, 17 Apr 1970)Col Clifton S. RidgwayColJohn M. BolgerCol Robert F. McCarthy**Col John P. Hyde*Col Ray G. Green, Jr. (lnterim)Col Duncan W. Campbell*Col William L. SickenbergerCol Albert J. Edmonds*Brig Gen Bruce J. Bohn
r Later Brig Gen* * Later Maj Gen
lncomplete dates are unknown.Omitted names/dates are approximate.
26 Feb 19437 Jan 1944
1 Jun 194830Jun 1951
Jun 19531 Aug 1955
13 Jul 195813 Jan 195916 Nov 1962
1 Jan 19634Jun 1964
25Jun 196418 Jul 196615 May 196914 Feb 197O29 Mar 197O
15Jun 197O3OAug 19718 Jul 19747 Feb 19774Aug 198O
25Aug 198011 Oct 198215 Jan 198524 Jun 1988
6 Jan 1944l5May 1944
29 Jun 19511 953
31 Jul 195512 Jul 195812 Jan 1959
8 May 196131 Dec 19623Jun 1964
11 Jun 196417 Jul 196614May 196913 Feb 197028 Mar 197O17 Apr 1970
30Aug 19717 Jul 19746 Feb 19773Aug 198O
24Aug 198O7 Oct 1982
15 Jan 198524Jun 1988
453
HEADOUARTERS 2d COMBAT COMTTIUNICATIONS GROUPPATRICK AFB, FLORIDA
28 January 1952 The 2 AACS Squadron, Mobile, constituted.
1 March 1952 The 2 AACS Squadron (Mobile) activated at Munich-Rheims AACS Station, WestGermany, and assigned to 181fth AACS Group. (MATS GO-l3, 1 February 19521.
28 July 1953 The 2 AACS moved to Hahn AB, West Germany (MATS GO-l50, 13 August 1953).
1 November 1953 Reassigned to 1807th AACS Wing (MATS GO-198, 14 October 19531.
1 December 1954 Reassigned to 182oth AACS Group (later Central European AACS Region) (MATSGO-185, 22 November 19541.
8 April 1958 Reassigned to European-African-Middle Eastem AACS Area llater, EuropeanCommunications Areal (MATS GO-4.:1, 24 March 19581.
25 June 1960 The 2 AACS moved to Toul-Rosieres AB, France (AACS GO-14, 7 July 1960).
1 July 1961 Redesignated 2 Mobile Communications Squadron (AFCS G-2, l July 1961).
1 August 1963 Redesignated 2 Mobile Communications Group (AFCS G-31, 30 April 19631.
3O November 1966 Moved to Sembach AB, West Germany (actually in four increments between 1 Augustand 30 November 1966! ruSAFE MO-l2, 1O November 1965 amended by -9, 22 July 1966).
1 June 1973 Moved to Landsey AS, West Germany (USAFE MO-O7, 21 May 19731.
8 December 1975 The 2d moved to Patrick AFB, Florida, and reassigned to Air Force CommunicationsService nFCS MO-s, 23 October 19751.
24 March 1976 Redesignated 2d Combat Communications Group, assigned to AFCS (AFCS SO G-65,16 March 19761.
1 July 1976 Reassigned to Tactical Communications Area (later, Tactical Communicataons Division;Tactical Information Systoms Division; Tactical Communications Division) (AFCS SO G-l44, 24 June 19761.
15 August 1984 Redesignated 2d Combat lnformation Systems Group (AFCC SO G-1O4, 3 August19841.
1 October 1986 Redesignated HO 2d Combat Communications Group (AFCC SO G-l36, 30 September19861.
AWARDS
AFOUAAFOUAAFOUAAFOUAMUC (US Naw)
22 July 1960 - 3O July 196019 September 1970 - 1 November 1970
2 April 1974 - 22 June 19741 January 1979 -31 December 198O DAFSO GB-451/81
3 June 1974 -22 July 1975
455
HEADOUARTERS 2d COMBAT COMMUNICATIONS GROUPPATRICK AFB, FIORIDA
COMMANDERS
Maj Harry O. HallmanMaj Vincent H. GookinLt Col James B. TebbsLt Col Reed H. CarneyLt Col Larche M. WasherColJoseph W. Anderson, Jr.Lt Col Robert E. Stairs (lnterim)Col Henry F. X. HessionCol Don E. DosseyColJames W. StanleyLt Col Peter K. DensmoreLt Col Robert S. RayfieldLt Col Edward L. CallicotteMaj Raymond H. GrenierCol Ronald B. YouseCol Nelson R. HamiltonLt Col Robert G. PaillexCol Robert J. ParrishCol Marshall E. JordanCol Earl J. Scalet
lncomplete dates are approximate.Omifted names/dates are unknown.
Mar 19521 Nov 1952
1 9581 1 Aug 19593Aug 1962
19642O Jul 1966
5 Aug 1 96624 Jul 19698Sep 19718 Jan 1973
25 Nov 1 9741 Apr 1975
1O Oct 197514Jun 1976
1 Mar 19791 1 Jun 198229 Jul 198317 Jun 1985lOJun 1988
1 Nov 1952
1 1 Aug 19593Aus 1962
196420 Jul 1966
5Aug 196624 Jul 1969
8 Sep 19718 Jan 1973
25 Nov 1 9741 Apr 1975
1O Oct 197514Jun 197628 Feb 19791 1 Jun 198229 Jul 198317 Jun 1985l0Jun 1988
456
HEADOUARTERS 2d COMBAT COMMUNICATIONS GROUP
The atom with orbiting electrons and emanating lightning is representative of the central multifacetedcommunications-electronics mission of the unit which includes all phases of meteorological communications,point-to-point communications, air traffic control services, and navigational aids (four electrons and lightningbolts). The winged wheel with lightning signifies the Air Force requirement of rapid response (lightning bolts)by unit-provided surface movement (wheel) and air mobility (wings). The fields of black above ultramarine bluedepict the complete spectrum of communications-electronics activity from near the earth's surface throughthe atmosphere into space. The blue wall (fieldl topped by parapets is symbolic of the history of the unit whichwas formed in Europe and was for a long period of time the only Air Force (ultramarine blue) mobilecommunications unit assigned in Europe (castle wall parapets).
457
HEADOUARTERS 3d COMBAT COMMUNICATIONS GROUPTINKER AFB, OKLAHOMA
16 May 1957 The 3d Communications Group established.
8 July 1957 The 3d Communications Group activated at South Ruislip, England, and assigned toThird Air Force.
1 July 1962 The 3d Communications Group discontinued and inactivated.
20 May 1964 The 3d Mobile Communications Group redesignated/activated.
1 July 1964 The 3d Mobile Communications Group organized at Tinker AFB, Oklahoma, andassigned to Air Force Communications Service (later, Air Force Communications Command) (AFCS G-28, 26 May1964).
24 March 1976 Redesignated 3d Combat Communications Group (AFCS SO G-65, 16 March 1976).
1 April 198O Reassigned to Tactical Communications Area (later, Tactical Communications Division;Tactical lnformation Systems Division; Tactical Communications Division) (AFCC SO G-28, 26 February 198O).
1 5 August 1 984 Redesignated 3d Combat lnformation Systems Group (AFCC SO G-1O4, 13 August1984).
1 October 1986 Redesignated HO 3d Combat Communications Group (AFCC SO G-l36, 30 September1986).
AWARDS
AFOUAAFOUAAFOUAAFOUAAFOUAAFOUAAFOUAAFOUAAFOUA
1 July 1960 - 1 February 19621 January 1965 - 31 December 1966 DAFSO GB-239/67
1 May 1970 - 31 December 1971 DAFSO GB-4O71741 January 1972 - 31 December 1972 DAFSO GB-6O2/731 January 1974 - 31 December 1974 DAFSO GB-682/751 January 1975 - 31 December 1975 DAFSO GB-955/761 January 1978 - 31 December 1978 DAFSO GB-635/79
12 November 1984 - 3 June 19851 January 1986 - 31 December 1987 DAFSO GB-433/88
459
HEADOUARTERS 3d COiIBAT GOMMU]IICATIOilS GROUPTINKER AFB, OKLAHOMA
COMMANDERS
Mai James M. DunnLt Col Gilbert H. BertaeLt Col Stanley J. WashukLt Col John R. CoonanCol William T. JudkinsCol John T. FordCol Ralph E. McDanielCol Francis W. FenderGol Robert W. PoolCol John D. NolanCol Lowell F. BohnCol Paul W. EdwardsCol Ronald H. McKinneyCol James SelphCol Gerald L. BoyntonCol Phillip J. LurieCol Buford R. WattCol Carl E. StoopsCol Robert A. Allen, Jr.
lncomplete dates are approximate.Omitted names/dates are unknown.
May 1957Jun 1961
14Jun 196220May 19646 Jul 1964
22 Dec 19655Aug 19681 Sep 1969
Mar 19713O Apr 1973l5Dec 197317 Jun 197615 Jul 197615Sep 198015 Dec 1982
1 May 198424Jan 198622 Jul 198819 Aug 199O
14Jun 19621 Jul 19626 Jul 1964
22 Dec 19655Aug 19681 Sep 1969
Mar 197130Apr 197315 Dec 197316 Jun 197613 Jul 197815Sep 198015Dec 1982
1 May 198424Jan 198622 Jul 198819Aug 199O
460
HEADOUARTERS 3d COMBAT COMMUNICATIONS GROUP
Blue and yellow are the Air Force colors. Blue alludes to the sky, the theater of Air Force operations. Yellowrefers to the sun and the excellence required of Air Force personnel. The sword symbolizes the group's combatmission. The electronic flashes depict the telecommunications and data automation function. The use ofnavigational aids is indicated by Polaris, the North Star. The satellite communications function is denoted bythe satellite. The space shuttle symbolizes the group's ongoing support of such interim mission requirementsas the Space Transportation System.
461
HEADOUARTERS sth COMBAT COM]IIUNICATIONS GROUPROBINS AFB, GEORGIA
20 May 1964 The 5th Mobile Communications Group establashed/activated and assigned to Air Force
Communicataons Service (later, Air Force Communications Command).
1 July 1964 The Sth Mobile Communications Group organized at Robins AFB, Georgia, andreassigned to Tactical Communications Region (later, Tactical Communications Area) (AFCS G-28,26 May 1964).
Tactical lnformation Systems Division; Tactical Communications Division) (AFCS G-l17, lOJune 1971).
1 December 1969
30 June 1971
31 March 1976
15 August 1984August 1984).
1 October 1986September 1986).
AWARDS
AFOUAAFOUA
Reassigned to 12th Tactical Communications Region (AFCS G-l95, 30 October 19691.
Reassigned to Tactical Communications Area (later, Tactical Gommunications Division;
Redesignated Sth Combat Communications Group (AFCS SO G-65, 16 March 19761.
Redesignated HO sth Combat Information Systems Group (AFCC SO G-104, 13
Redesignated HO Sth Combat Communications Group (AFCC SO G-136, 30
January 1972 - 31 December 1973January 1976 - 31 December 1977
DAFSO GB-621174
COiIMAilDERS
1
1
Maj Donald G. GoldfainCol Billy J. MillisColJoseph L. SolomonLt Col Lowell L. DibertCol Lloyd H. BergmanLt Col Warren O. ParkersonCol Joseph L. SolomonCol George L. MadaraCol Clifford Allison, Jr.Col Patrack J. FrickletonCol Robert S. RayfieldColJohn Kopsick, Jr.Col John J. LivengoodCol Donald E. HicksCol Edgar C. KnowlingCol Michael C. Moehlankamp
I Jul 196425 Aug 1 96416Jun 196729Jun 196915 Jul 196910 Jul 1970SAug 19707 Jul 1971
31 Aus 197331 Aug 1974
2 Sep 197530 Mar 197829May 198122 Jul 198321 Mar 198628Jun 1989
25Aug 196416 Jun 196728Jun 196915 Jul 19698 Jul 19706Aug 197O7 Jul 1971
31 Aug 197330Aus 1974
2 Sep 197530 Mar 197829May 198122 Jul 198321 Mar 198628Jun 1989
462
HEADOUARTERS sth COMBAT COMMUNICATIONS GROUP
The light blue dexter field and darker Air Force blue sinister field with the superimposed white globe over bothfields represents the Sth Combat Communications Group's worldwide 24-hour operational commitment. Thered bolts with yellow flashes radiating from the sword and extending over the horizon and to the formationof symbolic aircraft (white darts) represent combat communications, navigational support, and the radar controlmission of the group.
463
21st GOMBAT COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRONPATRICK AFB, FLORIDA
17 June 1942 Constituted 328th Signal Company, Wing.
1 September 1942 Activated and assigned to the 1Sth Bombardment Wing, Gowen Field, ldaho.
14 November 1942 Moved to Sioux City AAB, lowa.
15 July 1943 Moved to Gowen Field, ldaho.
14 November 1943 Assigned to the Western SignalAviation Unit Training Center, Pinedale, California.
14-22 February 1944 Moved to Camp Patrlck Henry, Virginia.
1 5 March 1944 Assigned to the Fifteenth Air Force and attached to the 3O5th Fighter Wing(Provisional) 3 September 1944 to circa 1 May 1945.
30 March 1944 Moved to Bari, ltaly.
21 August 1944 Moved to Torremaggiore, ltaly. (Operated from Salsola, ltaly from September 1944to 8 March 1945; Lessina, ltaly from September 1944 to 4 March 1945 and 9 March to 4 June 1945; andFano, ltaly from 5 March to 4 June 1945).
1 May 1945 Attached to the XV Fighter Command (Provisional) 1 May to 12 June 1945.
13 June 1945 Assigned to the 3OSth Bombardment Wing, Heavy.
27 July 1945 Assigned to the 64th Fighter Wing.
3 August 1945 Moved to Fritzlar, Germany.
20 September 1 945 Assigned to the TOth Fighter Wing from 20 September 1945 to 25 September 1947.
24 September 1945 Moved to Furstenfeldbruck, Germany.
9 November 1945 Moved to Neubiberg, Germany from 9 November 1945 to 25 September 1947.
1 July 1946 Redesignated 21st Communications Squadron, Wing.
25 September 1947 lnactivated.
1 5 June 1983 Disbanded.
11 May 1988 Reconstituted and redesignated 21st Combat Communications Squadron.
1 June 1988 Activated and assigned to the 2d Combat Communicataons Group and stationed atPatrick. AFB. Florida. (HO AFCC SO G-49. 18 May 1988)-
465
AWARDS
None
SERVICE STNEAMERS
American Theater Wwlll
CAMPAIGN STREAMENS
Rome-Amo
1 Lt Roy F. Blackmon2 Lt George P. Antonio1 Lt Clyde R. Eieenschmidt1 Lt Stanley StevensCapt Nelson T. Palmatier1 Lt Lawrence J. TrostCapt Rufus E. HuntCapt Henry A. Davis1 Lt Wlliam J. KeaneNot MannedMaj Richard M. Jensen
2 I st COMBAT COIIIMUIIICATIONS SOUADROiIPATRICK AFB. FLORIDA
COTIiIAilDERS
1 Sep 194229 Sep 194230 Oct 194213 Dec 194222 Mar 1945
1 May 19455Jun 1945
28 Oct 19452 Apr 1946
May 1947SJun 1988
May 194725 Sep 1947
Ahhough the squadron was inactivated 25 September 1947, h is entitled to all prior honors and emblems, perDAF/PRM 855 q Ltr, 11 May 1988.
lncomplete dates are approximate.Omitted names/dates are unknown.
466
21st COMBAT COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRON
Blue alludes to the sky, the primary theater of Air Force operations. Yellow refers to the sun and the excellencerequired of Air Force personnel. Red and black are the unit colors. The crossed lightning bolts which quarterthe disc represent the unit's electronic communications mission. The winged wheel in dexter, the gauntlet insinister, and the winged sword in chief are taken from the emblems of 2d Combat Communications Group,Air Force Communications Command, and Tactical Air Command and indicate the unit's affiliation to these unhs.The globe in base suggests the worldwide scope of the unit's mission.
467
22d COMBAT COMiIUNICATIONS SOUADRONPATRICK AFB, FLORIDA
23 July 1942 Constituted 3O2d Signal Company, Wing.
1 August 1942 Activated and assigned to the 52d Troop Carrier Wing at MacDill Field, Florida.
18 September 1942 Moved to Drew Field, Florida.
8 October 1942 Moved to Pope Field, North Carolina.
4 May 1943 Moved to Gamp Shanks, New York, from 4 May to 12 May 1943.
20 May 1943 Moved to Casablanca, French Morocco.
23 May 1943 Moved to Oujda, French Morocco.
July 1943 Moved to Kairouan, Tunisia.
1 September 1943 Redesignated 3O2d Signal Company, Troop Carrier Wing.
September 1943 Moved to Agrigento, Sicily.
2O February 1944 Assigned to the 51st Troop Carrier Wing from 20 February 1944 to 20 December1947.
February 1944 Moved to Catania, Sicily.
June 1944 Moved to Lido di Roma, ltaly.
January 1945 Moved to Siena, ltaly.
I September Moved to Wiesbaden/Erbenheim, Germany.
31 March 1946 Moved to Dotzheim, Germany, from 31 March 1946 to 20 December 1947.
1 July 1946 Redesignated 22d Communications Squadron, Troop Carrier Wing.
2O December 1947 lnactivated.
15 June 1983 Disbanded.
11 May 1988 Reconstituted and redesignated 22d Combat Communications Squadron.
1 June 1988 Actavated and assigned to 2d Combat Communications Group, at Patrick AFB, Florida,HO AFCC SO G-49), 18 May 1988.
469
AWARDS
None
CAMPAIGN STREAMERS
Rome-Arno
1 Lt Russell E. Cooley, Jr.1 Lt James F. LeonardCapt Matthew W. Burke1 Lt Berl E. Pennington1 Lt Rufus Z. Smith2 Lt Charles H. KingCapt John C. HoutzNot MannedCapt Michael J. Clark
22d COMBAT COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRONPATRICK AFB, FLORIDA
COMMANDERS
124u9194215 Dec 194310 May 194519 Oct 1945
1 Apr 19461 Jun 19462 Jan 1947 6 Sep 19477 Sep 1947 20 Dec 1947
l8Aug 1989
Although the squadron was inactivated 25 September 1947 , it is entitled to all prior honors and emblems, per
DAF/PRM 855 q Ltr, 1 1 May 1988.
Omifted names/dates are unknown.
47o
l!
22d COMBAT COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRON
Blue symbolizes the sky, the primary theater of Air Force operations, as well as the valor of the American fightingman. Yellow signifies the excellence of Air Force personnel. The twenty-two flags are symbolic of the 22d CombatCommunications Squadron, and the semaphore flags are a traditionalsymbol of military communications. Thewhite star is symbolic of the compass rose and is a traditional symbol of the air traffic control mission of thesquadron. The red lightning bolts are a traditional symbol of the electronic communication that is the missionof the unit. The color red represents the ferocity with which the unit fights. The unsheathed sword indicatedthe unit's readiness to fight, but emphasizes the deterrent nature of the unit. The sword is a duplicate of thesword depicted on the Tactical Air Command shield, heraldically emphasizing the connection to the United StatesAir Force major command. The red handle represents the flame of democracy. The silver and black blade symbolizethe unadulterated, shining truth of the cause and the ever present shadow of possible conflict.
471
23d COMBAT COMTTIUNICATIONS SOUADRONPATRICK AFB, FIORIDA
17 January 1943 Constituted 394th Signal Company, Aviation.
1 February 1943 Activated and assigned to Western Signal Aviation Unit Training Center at CampPinedale, California.
13 December 1943 Moved to Camp Kilmer, New Jersey, from 13 December 1943 to 8 January 1944.
19 January 1944 Assigned to lX Air Force Service, (later, European Air Materiel) Command at Ascot,England.
17 June 1944 Moved to Criqueville, France.
14 July 1944 Moved to La Cambe, France.
9 August 1944 Moved to Feugeres, France.
27 August 1944 Moved to Le Mans, France.
September 1944 Moved to Creil, France.
30 April 1945 Moved to Luxembourg City, Luxembourg.
15 August 1945 Moved to Erlangen, Germany, from 1 5 August 1945 to 10 November 1947.
1 July 1946 Redesignated 23d Communications Squadron, Command.
15 September 1947 Assigned to Erlangen Air Base, Germany.
1 5 October 1 947 Assigned to United States Air Forces in Europe from 1 5 October 1947 to 10 November1947.
10 November 1947 lnactivated.
15 June 1983 Disbanded.
1 1 May 1988 Reconstituted and redesignated 23d Combat Communications Squadron.
1 June 1988 Activated and assigned to 2d Combat Communications Group at Patrick AFB, Florida,HO AFCC SO G49, 18 May 19881.
AWARDS
None
CAMPAIGN STREAMENS
American Theater (WWll)EAME Theater (WWll)
Ahhough the squadron was inactivated 25 September 1947, it is entitled to all prior honors and emblems, perDAF/PRM 855 q Ltr, 11 May 1988.
473
23d COMBAT COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRONPATRICK AFB, FIORIDA
COMMANDERS
2 Lt Robert J. Labelle1 Lt Frank C. Reilly1 Lt Robert J. Labelle1 Lt Samuel R. Watson, Jr.Capt Edgar L. GibsonMaj Julius E O'NealCapt Ann M. Matonak
lncomplete dates are approximate.Omitted names/dates are unknown.
1 Feb 194317 Feb 1943
Jan 194526 Jan 194622 Apr 1946
Jan 19477 Jul 1989
10 Nov 1 947
474
23d COMBAT COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRON
Blue alludes to the sky, the primary theator of Air Force operations. Yellow refers to the sun and the excellencerequired of Air Force personnel. The silhouette of a shoreline and palm trees suggests the unh's home baseand the tropical regions of the globe, the unit's primary area of responsibility for worldwide communicationsdeployment. The concealed van indicates the tactical nature of the unit's mission. The black shoreline and bluedisk signify the unit's ability to supply round the clock service. The lightning bolt refers to electronics and theunit's quick deployment capacity. The digital waveform is indicative of the number 23, the unit's numericaldesignation.
475
31st COMBAT COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRONTINKER AFB, OKLAHOMA
7 December 1959 Constituted 31st Communications Squadron, Command, and activated. Assigned toStrategic Air Command.
l February 1960 Organized and assigned to lst Communications (later, lst Aerospace Communi-cations) Group, Command, at Offutt AFB, Nebraska.
1 October 1970 lnactivated.
15 June 1983 Disbanded.
15 July 1988 Reconstituted and redesignated 31st Combat Communications Squadron.
22 July 1988 Activated and assigned to 3d Combat Communications Group at Tinker AFB,Oklahoma, (HO AFCC SO G-6O, 19 July 19881.
AWARDS
AFOUAAFOUAAFOUA
Capt Robert L. Altman
1 July 1965 - 30 June 196715 July 1967 - 30 June 1969
1 July 1969 - 3O June 1970
COMMANDERS
29 Sep 1988
Omitted names/dates are unknown.
476
31st COMBAT COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRON
The emblem is symbolic of the squadron and its mission. The telephone and radio tower ropresent the two majorprofessions within the organization and combined they reflect the support provided by the unat. The lightningbolts signify the constant oporational accuracy maintained by the unit and the constant progress toward thefuture by the modernization of communications equipment.
477
32d COMBAT COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRONTINKER AFB, OKLAHOMA
7 December 1959 Constituted 32d Communications Squadron, Command, and activated. Assigned toStrategic Air Command.
1 February 1960 Organized and assigned to lst Communications (later, lst Aerospace Communi-cations) Group, Command, at Elkhorn Communications Annex, Nebraska.
1 November 1963 Stationed at Hooper Communications Annex, Nebraska.
1 October 1970 lnactivated.
1 5 June 1983 Disbanded.
15 July 1988 Reconstituted and redesignated 32d Combat Communications Squadron.
22 July 1988 Activated and assigned to 3d Combat Communications Group at Tinker AFB,Oklahoma, (AFCC G-6O, 19 July 1988).
AWARDS
AFOUAAFOUAAFOUA
Maj Alan L. Stemen
1 July 1965 - 3O June 19671 July 1967 - 30 June 19691 July 1969 - 30 June 197O
COMMANDERS
4Aug 1988
Omitted names/dates are unknown.
478
32d COMBAT COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRON
Blue and yellow are tha Air Force colors. Blue alludes to the sky, and primary theator of Air Force operations.Yellow refers to the sun and the excellence required of Air Force personnel. The globe reflects the squadron'sworldwide communications deployment capabilities. The deltoid flight symbolembodies the Air Force missionand the sword and flag symbolize the military preparedness and command and control responsibilities of theunit in field operations. The pole star suggests the unit's ability to provide air traffic control and navigationalaid to any airfield. The lightning flash symbolizes rapid deployment and communications support.
479
33d COMBAT COrtlitUiltCATrONS SOUADRONTINKER AFB, OKLAHOMA
22 July 1988 Activated and assigned to 3d Combat Communications Group at Tinker AFB,Oklahoma (AFCC SO G-60, 19 July 19881.
AWARDS
None
COMMANDERS
Capt John S. Haven ll 3Aug 1989
Omitted names/dates are unknown.
480
33d COIIIBAT GOMIIIUNICATIONS SOUADRON
Blue and yellow are the Air Force colors. Blue alludes to the sky, the primary theater of Air Force operations.Yellow refers to the sun and the excellence required of Air Force personnel. The globe emphasizes the unit'sworldwide communications capabilities. The encircling lightning flashes suggestthe spoed whh which informationis relayed from anywhere in the world. The star represents air traffic services provided by the unit. The bullis symbolic of the squadron's personnel and their strength, determination and resolve of purpose. The swordstands for military preparedness and the unit's commitment to protect and defend.
481
51st GOMBAT COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRONROBINS AFB, GEORGIA
22 July 1988 Activated and assigned to Sth Combat Communications Group at Robins AFB, Georgia,(AFCC SO G-6O, 19 July 1988).
AWARDS
None
COMMANDERS
Maj Robert D. Brown 22 Jul 1988
No emblem.
482
52d COMBAT GOMMUNICATIONS SOUADRONROBINS AFB, GEORGIA
22 July 1988 Activated and assigned to 5th Combat Communications Group at Robins AFB, Georgia,(AFCC SO G-60, 19 July 1988).
AWARDS
None
COMMAlTDERS
Capt Donald H. Crews 22 Jul 1988
No emblem.
483
53d COMBAT COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRONROBINS AFB. GEORGIA
22 July 1988 Activated and a*signed to sth Combat Communications Group at Robins AFB, Georgia,(AFCC SO G-6O, 19 July 19881.
AWARDS
None
coiltuANDERs
Capt William M. Miner 22 Jul 1988
No emblem.
485
1816th RESERVE ADVISOR SOUADRONLANGTEY AFB. VIRGINIA
1 January 1976 The 1816th Reserve Advisor Squadron designated and activated at Langley AFB,Virginia, and assigned to Tactical Communications Area (later, Tactical Communications Division;TacticalInformation Systems Divisiou Tactical CommunicationsDivision) (AFCS G-319, 21 November 19751.
AWARDS
AFOUAAFOUA
Col Charles L. MiltonCol Thomas G. HaggardLt Col Thomas J. GallagherLt Col Edgar C. KnowlingLt Col Robert B. GalleraniLt Col Basil L. Kuzdanyi, Jr.Lt Col Timothy A. Brown
January 1979 - 31 December 198OJanuary 1984 - 31 December 1984
COMMANDERS
DAFSO GB-451/81DAFSO GB-512/85
1
1
1 Jan 1976lOMay 197817 Apr 198116Aug 198214Aug 198417 Dec 198527 Apr 1989
9 May 197816 Apr 1981l6Aug 19823Aug 19841 Nov 1985
27 Apr 1989
486
1816th RESERVE ADVISOR SOUADRON
Advisors detailed to duty with an Air National Guard unit occupy a unique posation. To discharge the mission,no matter how clearly defined, the tools are limhed to persuasiveness, a tactful and judicious manner, and theirstature as members of the regular ostablishment. The squadron is guided by the general principle that they willbe useful so long as they are "persona grata", acceptable in every respect to the communhy and the unit towhich they are assigned. The owl represents this unique position and the advisor's tools of the trade. The light-ning strcaks in the foreground and background represent sudden movement from place to place, electrical energyindicates the ability to communicate from point to point and depicts the exchange of information betwo€n reserveand active forces while quickly performing the advisor's mission. The minuteman on the left depicts the reserveforces (Air National Guard) while the airman on the right depicts the active forces (Air Force). Both the mintrtemanand airman along with the red, white, and blue background represents tho totalforce working toward a commongoal.
487
1 877th CoiliiulllcATloils souADRoNHOLTOMA]T AFB, NEW MENCO
1 November 1965 The 1877th Communications Squadron designated and organized at Bien Hoa AB,South Vietnam, and assigned to the l964th Communications Group (AFCS G-1O3, 3 August 19651.
1 December 1971 The 1877th moved to Holloman AFB, New Mexico, and reassigned to TacticalCommunications Area (later, Tastical Communicatiom Division; Tactical lnformations Systems Division; TacticalCommunications Divisionl (AFCS MO-6, 4 November 19711.
1 July 1984 Redesignated 1877th lnformation Systems Squadron (AFCC SO G€l, 25 June 19841.
1 November 1986 Redesignated 1877th Communications Squadron. (AFCC SO G-O4,21 October 1986)
AWARDS
AFOUA wlV 11 Novemberl 1965 - 30 June 1966AFOUA wA/ 1 July 1966 - 3O June 1967PUC (SE Asial 8 June 1966 - 16 Aptil 1967AFOUA wA/ 1 July 1967 - 30 June 1968AFOUA wtV 1 July 1968 - 3O June 1969RVN GC w/P 25 November 1965 - 19 May 1969PUC (SE Asia) 6 March 1968 - 31 July 1969 DAFSO GB-766/7OAFOUA wA/ 1 July 1969 - 30 June 1970AFOUA wA/ 1 July 1970 - 30 June 1971 DAFSO GB-135/72AFOUA wA/ 1 July 1971 - 30 November 1971RVN GC w/P 1 April 1966 - 1 December 1971AFOUA 1 January 1974 - 31 December 1975 DAFSO GB-943/76AFOUA 1 January 1980 - 31 December 1981 DAFSO GB-598/82
CAMPAIGN STREAMERS
Vietnam DefenseVietnam AirVietnam Air OffensiveVN Air Off, Phase llVN Air Off, Phase lllVietnam Air/GroundVN Air Off. Phase lVTET 69/Counteroffensive
VN Summer-Fall, 1969VN Winter-Spdng, 197OSanctuary CounteroffensiveSouthwest MonsoonCommando Hunt VCommando Hunt VlCommando Hunt Vll
489
1 877th COittUttrcAnOilS SOUADRONHOIIOMA]T AFB, ]IEW MEXICO
COMTTIAilDERS
Capt Robert E. ShawCWO Billy E. CannonCapt Clarence H. JachenMaj William S. GarnerMaj Kenneth M. KnoxLt Col Loren F. DriverMai William J. ToddMaj Robert K. KinnebrewCapt John T. York (lnterim)Mai Wylie Moore, Jr.Maj Ronald L. AlbrechtCapt Gene A. JordanMaj Douglas L. HafermannMaj Arthur F. EvansCapt Carl R. Hendrickson (lnterim)Lt Col Richard L. BraggMaj Carl R. HendricksonMaj Victor R. McMillenMaj Michael L. FaustLt Col Lynne R. HamrickMaj Wlliam P. WelchMaj Glenn J. Saltamachia
1 Nov 196520 Dec 1965
3 Feb 19661 SAug 196626 Jul 196717Aug 1968l2Jan 196915 Dec 19699 Dec 197O
20 Dec 197OI Jul 1971
28 Jan 197326 Jul 197327 Sep 197417Jun 19772l Jul 197729 Dec 19794 Feb 1980
23Jun 198320Jun 198514 Apr 1987l6Aug 1989
20 Dec 19653 Feb 1966
14Aug 196625 Jul 1967l7Aug 1968l2Jan 196914 Dec 19699 Dec 197O
2O Dec 197O1 Jul 1971
28 Jun 197326 Jul 197327 Sep 197417 Jun 197721 Jul 197729 Dec 19794 Feb 1980
23 Jun 19832OJun 198514 Apr 1987l6Aug 1989
490
1 877th COMMUNTCATTONS SOUADRON
Blue stands for the Air Force's theater of operation, the sky. Tne white band with the arching lightning flashessymbolizes the unit's mission to provide communications, navigataonal aids, air traffic control and maintenanceservices in support of air operations. The red horizontal band is a design motif of American Indians indigenousto the area of the unit's home base. The yellow lightning flash alludes to the unit's ability in providingcommunications for that base.
491
1 878th COititUNrCATlOilS SOUADRONMOODY AFB, GEORGIA
1 November 1965 The 1878th Communications Squadron designated/organized at Pleiku Aprt (later AB),South Vietnam, and assigned to the 1964th Communications Group (AFCS G-1O3, 3 August 1965).
1 January 1972 The 1878th moved to Little Rock AFB, Arkansas, and reassigned to TacticalCommunications Area (AFCS MO-l1, 30 November 1971).
1 December 1974 Reassigned to Southem Communications Area (AFCS SO G-208, 29 November 19741.
1 July 1976 The 1878th Communications Squadron moved to Moody AFB, Georgia, and reassignedto Tactical Communications Area {later, Tactical Communications Division; Tactical lnformation Systems Division;Tactical Communications Divisionl (AFCS MO-OS, 1 March 1976).
1 July 1984 The 1878th Communications Squadron redesignated 1878th lnformation SystemsSquadron (AFCC SO G-81, 25 June 19841.
1 November 1986 The 1878th lnformation Systems Squadron redesignated 1878th CommunicationsSquadron (AFCC SO G-O4, 21 October 19861.
AWARDS
AFOUA wA/ 11 Novemberl 1965 - 30 June 1966 PACAFSO G-3O/67AFOUA wA/ 1 July 1966 - 30 June 1967 DAFSO GB-454/67AFOUA wA/ 1 July 1967 - 30 June 1968 DAFSO GB-615/68AFOUA wA/ 1 July 1968 - 30 June 1969 DAFSO GB-881/69AFOUA wA/ 1 July 1969 - 30 June 1970 DAFSO GB-796/70AFOUA wA/ 1 July 1970 - 30 June 1971 DAFSO GB-135172AFOUA wA/ 1 July 1971 - 31 December 1971 DAFSO GB-164/73RVNGC w/P 1 April 1966 - 1 January 1972 DAFSO GB-346/75AFOUA 1 January 1980 -31 December 1981 DAFSO GB-598/82
CAMPAIGN STREAMENS
Vietnam DefenseVietnam AirVietnam Air OffensiveVN Air Off, Phase llVN Air Off, Phase lllVietnam Air/GroundVN Air Off, Phase lVTET G9/Counteroffensive
VN Summer-Fall, 1969VN Winter-Spring, 197OSanctuary CounteroffensiveSouthwest MonsoonCommando Hunt VCommando Hunt VlCommando Hunt Vll
493
1 878rh GOMMUIIICATIOilS SOUADRON]IIOODY AFB. GEORGIA
COTTMANDERS
Capt George E. BondGapt Thomas H. BonnerCapt Raymond E. WoodforkLt Col Lester C. TolbertMaj David T. MessickMaj Edmond A. OnMaj Charles J. Hullinger, Jr.Lt Col Calvin c. warrenMaj Byron C. KortMaj Douglas MoodyCapt James D. JonesMaj Leonard L. PfefferMaj William W. AnglissCapt Benny D. TaylorCapt Paul G. PattonCapt Larry E. ChackanMai Wlliam S. GoodwinMaj Richard L. FerroMai Wlliam D. LesterMaj Wllliam H. Wilhelmi lVMaj Paul A. HartmanMaj Edward F. Birkett lllMaj Eoice M. Hardy
lncomplete dates are approximate.Omitted dates are unknown.
1 Nov 1965
5May 19663 Sep 19661 Sep 1967
1 1 Aug 1968SAug 1969
25 Jul 19703 Nov 1970
19711971
1 Jul 197118 Oct 19717 Aug1972
29 Jul 19741976
17 Jul 197622 Sep 197615Aug 197916Jun 1982
1 Aug 198416 Oct 198624 Oct 1988
19665 May 19663 Sep 19661 Sep 1967
1 1 Aug 1968SAug 1969
24 Jul 19703 Nov 197O
19711971
1 Jul 197117 Oct 197231 Jul 197229 Jul 197424 Apr 1976
1 97622 Sep 1976l4Aug 197916 Jun 1982
1 Aug 198416 Oct 198424 Oct 1988
494
1878th COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRON
White symbolizes allthree squadrons of the 347th Tactical Fighter Wing (nicknamed White Knights) which thesquadron supports. The yellow North Star symbolizes air navigation services provided, and the white jets withyellow stream symbolize support of the mission. The blue globe with black lines represents the worldwidecommitment of Air Force Communications Command.
495
1880rh COiIMUNTCATTONS SOUADRONtAS VEGAS, NEVADA
1 July 1981 The 188Oth Communicatione Squadron designated and activated at Las Vegas,Nevada, and assigned to Tactical Communicataons Division (later, Tactical Information Systems Division; TacticalCommunicatione Division) (AFCC SO G-58, 15 April 1981).
1 July 1984 Redesignated 1880th Information Systems Squadron (AFCC SO G-81, 25 June 1984).
1 November 1986 Redeeignated 1880th Communications Squadron (AFCC SO G-o4, 21 October 19861.
AWARDS
AFOUA
Capt Samuel E. ArchuletaMaj Trudy H. ClarkMaj Charles G. ClatterbaughMaj Daniel R. DinkinsMai William M. Kanyusick
1 July 1981 - 31 December 1982
COMMA]TDERS
DAFSO GB-696/83
28 Jul 1981lOAus 198418 Jul 198626 Feb 1988
8 Jun 1990
lOAug 198418 Jul 198626 Feb 1988SJun 199O
496
1880th COI$MUN|CAT|ONS SOUADRON
Blue represents the sky, the primary thoater of Air Force oporations. Yellow symbolizes the eun and the excellencerequired of all Air Force personnel. The lightning bolts represent th€ electronic media used to provide commandand control communications. The mailed fist is indicative of the command element. The sword depicts theweapons systems that the squadron supports. The globe denotes the worldwide mission. The checkerboardrepresents the aircraft controllers. The North Star signifies the navigation services provided by flight facilities.The two five-pointed stars suggest the unit's previous activation and its combat casualty. The targot representsthe squadron's ability to deploy in time of war.
497
1 November 1965Vietnam, and assigned to 1964th Communications Group (AFCS G-l47, 26 October 1965).
1882d COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRONBERGSTROM AFB, TEXAS
The 1882d Communications Squadron designated and organized at Phan Rang, South
The 1882d moved to Bergstrom AFB, Texas (AFCS MO-l, 17 February 19721.
Reassigned to Tactical Communications Area (later, Tactical Communications Division;Tactical lnformation Systems Division; Tactical Communications Division).
31 December 1971
31 March 1972
1 July 1984
1 November 1986
Redesignated 1882d lnformation Systems Squadron (AFCC SO G-81, 25 June 1984).
Redesignated 1882d Communications Squadron (AFCC SO G-O4, 21 October 1986).
AWARDS
AFOUA wA/AFOUA wA/AFOUA wA/AFOUA wA/AFOUA wA/AFOUA wA/AFOUA wA/AFOUA wA/RVN GC w/PAFOUAAFOUA
1 July 1965 - 3O June 19661 July 1966 - 30 June 19672 April 1967 - 2 September 19671 July 1967 - 30 June 19681 July 1968 - 30 June 19691 July 1969 - 30 June 19701 July 1970 - 30 June 19711 July 1971 - 1 Apdl 19721 April 1966 - I April 1972
1 January 1975 - 31 December 19761 January 1978 - 31 December 1979
COMMANDERS
DAFSO GB-351/66DAFSO GB-454/67DAFSO GB-l27/68DAFSO GB-615/68DAFSO GB-881/69DAFSO G8.796/7ODAFSO GB-135t72DAFSO GB-l64/73DAFSO GB-346/75DAFSO GB-785t77DAFSO GB-403/80
Maj Charles W. ArnettCapt Frederick L. SwedbergMaj Frank C. CzernyMaj James G. ColeMaj John R. McWilliamsMai Anthony F. GlavanMaj Glenn G. Giddings, Jr.Capt Eugene G. GatwoodCapt lrvin L. FarlessCapt Waher C. FieldsMaj Joseph E. MullenCapt James D. BlairMaj Ned D. Holmes (lnteram)
Mai Dayle A. WestMaj William F. GaumerMaj Tommy J. TomkinsMaj Robert G. Lamond, Jr.
Incomplete datos are approximate.
1 Nov 19655 Oct 19665 Dec 1966
lONov 196722 Oct 1968
7 Oct 196915 Oct 197O
1 9711 Jul 1971
15 Jul 197128 Jun 197310 Oct 1978
1 Jul 19817 Jul 1983
26 Jun 19852 Jul 1987
19 Jul 199O
29 Sep 19664 Dec 1966
1O Nov 196722 Oct 196815 Oct 19697 Oct 1970
Oct 19711 971
14 Jul 197128 Jun 197310 Oct 1978I Jul 19817 Jul 1983
26Jun 19852 Jul 1987
19 Jul 1990
498
18A2d COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRON
The star symbolizes the ability of the unit to shine above others and also represents the unity of the squadron.The armadillo symbolizes the ability of the unit to adapt and survive in changing environment as the armadillohas done through the ages. The armor of the animal also symbolizes the strength and self-protection qualitiesof the unit. The telephone and control tower symbolize the widespread and varying missions of thecommunications squadron.
499
AACS Group (later, l8Olst AACS Group; Westem AACS Region; Western Gommunications Region). (ATCGO-22,23 April 1948).
1 October 1948 Redesignated lgogd AACS Squadron (MATS GO-25, 15 September 19481.
5 January 1951 The 19O3d AACS Squadron moved to Davis-Monthan AFB, Arizona. (MATS G-l35,15 November 1951).
14 May 1948
1 June 1948
1 July 1961G-60, 25 May 1961).
1 May 1970
AWARDS
AFOUAAFOUAAFOUA
Capt Herbert W. GrahamCapt Robert C. CrossCapt Roy AndersonCapt Warren W. LuceCapt Francis J. Schewing {lnterim)Maj Claude W. ShelvertonCapt/Mai Fred E. SayreCapt Robert E. NeubauerCapt William F. GishLt Col Robert F. KochMaj L. E. BrownMaj Raymond P. Massie, Jr.Maj Robert L. Riney2Lt Charles R. RobertsonGapt David G. WoodwardMaj Michael J. HvozdovicMaj David N. BarstowMaj George G. MillsMai Gary W. MerrellMaj Linda M. OuinteroMaj Paul J. Capasso
lncomplete dates are approximeto.Omitted names/dates are unknown.
1 January 1972 - 31 December 19721 January 1973 - 31 December 19731 January 1975 - 31 December 1975
COMMANDERS
DAFSO GB-595/73DAFSO GB-631/74DAFSO GB-944/76
1903d coMMuNrcATroNs souADRoNDAVIS.iIONTHATT AFB. ARIZONA
The 185th AACS Squadron designated.
The 185th AACS Squadron organized at Williams AFB, Arizona, and assigned to 51st
Redesignated 19O3d Communications Squadron upon establbhment of AFCS (MATS
Reassigned to Southern Communications Area (AFCS G-62, 2 April 197O).
30 September 1976 Reassigned to Tactical Communirrtions Area (later, Tactical Communioations Division;Tactical lnformation Systems Division; Tactical Communications Division) (AFCS SO G-213,21 September1976).
1 July 1984 Redesignated 19O3d lnformation Systems Squadron (AFCC SO G-81, 25 June 1984).
1 November 1986 Redesignated lgOgd Communications Squadron (AFCC SO G-04, 21 October 1986).
19501 9521 955
19 Feb 19557 Jul 1955
15 Jan 19624 Dec 1963
196616 Nov 1967
1 Dec 1969Oct 1973Jul 1974
2Aug 19751 Jul 19769 Jun 1978
15 May 1981l5Jun 19845Aug 1985
21 Oct 19879 Jul 1990
19521 955
18 Feb 19557 Jul 19554 Oct 1955
15 Jan 19624 Dec 1963
196616 Nov 1967
1 Dec 1969
19742Aug 19751 Jul 19769 Jun 1978
15 May 1981l5Jun 1984SAug 1985
21 Oct 19879 Jul 199O
soo
19O3d COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRON
The "Kachina" is a revered symbol, held in high regard by the Puebloid folk of the arid Southwestern UnitedStates. The "Sun Kachina" represents the state of Arizona known for it's abundance of sunshine filled days.The North Star symbolizes navigation and flight control as it does in the command patch. The electronic flashesreprosent the forms of aerospace communications which are used to "Provide the Reins of Command." Thesquadron supports three maior commands on Davis-Monthan AFB: TAC represented by the three delta wingdart figures in the center face of the sun symbolizing the offensive/defensive nature of the Tactical Air Commandsystem, SAC representod by the symbol in the center chest indicating aerospace missile control; and AFLC(MASDC) represented by the rotary wheel within the sun's face.
501
15 July 1955
1 9o8th COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRONENGLAND AFB. LOUISIANA
The lgO8th AACS Squadron designated/organized at England AFB, Louisiana, andassigned to the 1822d AACS Group (later, Southwestern AACS Region; Southwestern Communications Region)(MATS GO-l19, 29 June 1955).
Tactical lnformation Systems Division; Tactical Communications Division) (AFCS G-l17, lOJune 1971.
1 July 1961
1 January 196319621.
8 August 1967
30 June 1971
1 July 1984
1 November 1986
AWARDS
AFOUAAFOUA
Maj lvan S. KendallMaj Elon M. GastonMaj Robert D. TrudellMaj Allan BeecherCapt Boyce D. McMurphyMaj Bernard W. KeyesMaj Arne O. AuklandCapt Robert P. Aldridge, Jr.Capt David R. JeterMaj Jonathan S. KatzCapt Earle R. Lakin, Jr.Capt Karl S. Scriba (lnterim)Maj John W. PennyMaj Thomas S. HeivilinMaj Harold G. HartshornMaj Ronald H. DaltonMai Kelly W. CartronLt Col Michael W. SmileyLt Col Richard R. Mackey
lncomplete dates are approximate.Omitted names/dates are unknown.
1 July 1972 - 31 December 19731 January 1979 -31 December 1980
COMMANDERS
DAFSO GB-631/74DAFSO GB-451/81
Redesignated 19O8th Communications Squadron (AFCS G-2, l July 1961).
Reassigned to the new Tactical Communictions Region (AFCS G-8O, 27 November
Reassigned to new (hh Tactical Communications Region (AFCS G-76, 27 July 1967).
Reassigned to Tactical Communications Area (later, Tactical Communications Division;
Redesignated 1go8th Information Systems Squadron (AFCC SO G-81, 25June 19841.
Redesignated lgo8th Communications Squadron {AFCC SO G-O4, 21 October 1986).
1 1 Jan 19631 Nov 1963
10 Feb 196423 May 1966
9 Nov 196618 Apr 1967
1 Aug 196923 Dec 197O8 Feb 19711 Jul 1972
Dec 1974l3Aug 197615 Sep 197630Jun 1978
1 Jun 198131 May 19834Jan 1985
22 Jan 198723 Aus 1 989
31 Oct 19639 Feb 1964
22 May 19668 Nov 1966
17 Apr 196731 Jul 196923 Dec 1970
7 Feb 197130 Jun 197222May 1974l3Aug 197615 Sep 19763OJun 1978
1 Jun 198131 May 1983
4 Jan 198522 Jan 198723 Aug 1 989
502
I 908rh COiTMUN|CATTONS SOUADRON
The tiger represonts the attitude of the squadron as it approaches its mission in support of the 23rd TacticalFighter Wing. The lightning bolts rep?esent the speed in which communications are disseminated; while theglobe represents the far-reaching capabilities of the squadron and shows the squadron's relationship to Air ForceCommunications Command.
503
191 lth COMMUNTCATTONS SOUADRONIANGIEY AFB, VIRGINIA
1 March 1986 The 191lth lnformation Systems Support Squadron designated and activated atLangley AFB, Virginia, and assigned to Tactical lnformation Systems Division (later, Tactical CommunicationsDivision) (AFCC SO G-87, 24 February 1986).
1 November 1 986 Redesignated 1 91 l th Communications Squadron (AFCC SO G-04, 21 October 19861.
AWARDS
None
COMMANDERS
Col Gary T. WilliamsonCol Douglas D. C. SmithCol Susan E. Kubiak
1 Mar 19869 Jun 1987
31 Jan 199O
9 Jun 198731 Jan 1990
504
191 lth COMMUNTCATTONS SOUADRON
Blue represents the sky, the primary theater of Air Force operations. Yellow represents the sun and the excellencerequired of Air Force personnel. The globe signifies the geographic diversity of the squadron in relationship toits detachments and operating locations. The large red and white star represents Headquarters 2922thCommunications Squadron in respect to the support and services provided to the CONUS NORAD region andits air defense mission, The six small stars represent the subordinate 191 lth detachments at the four air defensesectors; the over the horizon backscatter system, Bangor Maryland; and Air Forces lceland. The two interceptortriangles and lightning bolts symbolize the communications systems managed by the 191 lth CommunicationsSquadron in support of the air defense mission.
so5
1912th COMPUTER SYSTEMS GROUPLANGLEY AFB, VIRGINIA
1 May 1985 The 1912th lnformation Systems Support Group was established and activated atLangley AFB, Virginia, and assigned to Tactical lnformation Systems Division (later, Tactical CommunicationsDivision) {AFCC SO G-51, 8 April 1985).
1 November 1986 Redesignatad 1912th Computer Systems Group (AFCC SO G-l9, 7 November 19861.
AWARDS
AFOUA
Col Willie D. CowanCol Dennis L. SmithCol Raymond J. Nozynski
1 July 1987 - 30 June 1989
COMMAl{DERS
DAFSO GA-l1/89
1 May 1985 12 Jun 198712 Jun 1987 1 Aug 1988
1 Aug 1988
506
1912th COMPUTER SYSTEMS GROUP
The three main symbols of the design are, the falcon, the lightning bohs, and the globe. The falcon repr€sentsthe group. The pairs of lightning bolts being grasped by the falcon's claws, symbolize information in the formof communications being grasped and controlled by the organization. The additional lightning bolts representthe 1912th Computer Systems Group disseminating information through lines of communications to othor groupsand squadrons around the world which is symbolized by the globe.
507
191 3th COilMUN|CATTO]IS GROUPTANGLEY AFB, VIRGITTIA
1 December 1952 The 1913th AACS Squadron designated and organized at Langley AFB, Virginia, andassigned to the 1802d AACS Group (later, Northeastern AACS Region).
18 April 1958 Reassigned to Southeastern AACS Region.
1 November 1958 Reassigned to Northeastern AACS Region.
21 April 1961 Reassigned to North Atlantic AACS Region (later, North Atlantic CommunicationsRegion!.
1 July 1961 Redesignated 1913th Communicatlons Squadron.
1 January 1963 Reassigned to Tactical Communications Region.
8 August 1967 Reassigned to 9th Tactical Communications Region.
30 June 1971 Reassigned to Tactacal Communications Area (later, Tactical Communications Division;Tactical lnformation Systems Division; Tactical Communications Division).
1 November 1979 Redesignated 1913th Communications Group |AFCS SO G-223, 26 September 1979).
1 July 1984 Redesignated 1913th lnformation Systoms Group (AFCC SO G-81, 25 June 1984).
1 November 1986 Redesignated 1913th Communications Group (AFCC SO G-O4, 21 October 1986).
AWARDS
AFOUAAFOUA
1 January 1977 - 31 December 1978 DAFSO GB-635/791 January 1981 - 31 December 1982 DAFSO GB-696/83
509
1913th COMMUNICATIONS GROUPLANGTEY AFB. VIRGINIA
COMMANDERS
Maj Robert F. HarveyLt Col Harry A. WagnerMaj William J. AlslebenCapt Don E. PetermanLt Col Harvey W. PowellLt Col Franklin M. ToddLt Col Joseph F. MikaLt Col James F. SikesLt Col John F. ArmstrongLt Col James D. Bramlett, Jr.Maj Arne O. AuklandMaj William J. Dobson, Jr.Maj Robert G. PaillexMaj Phillip K. HeacockMaj/Lt Col Stancil L. Dilda, Jr.rLt Col Gerald T. HagerLt Col Karl V. PriceLt Col William H. GreeneLt Col James M. AmodeoCol Charles R. CameronCol Robert V. HebinckCol William D. Meyers
* Later Brig Gen
lncomplete dates are approximate.Omitted names/dates are unknown.
1 95517 Apr 195812 Jan 1959
Jun 19621 Jan 19637 Aug 1963
12 Jun 196420 Apr 1967
1 Jan 196914Aug 196916 Jan 19714 Feb 19723 Jul 1973
26 Aug 1 97428 Jun 197723 Jul 197917 Apr 19814Jun 1982
28 Jun 198413 Jun 198515Aug 1986lOJun 1988
12 Jan 19591 962
1 Jan 19636Aug 1963
1 1 Jun 196419 Mar 196731 Dec 196813Aug 196915 Jan 19713 Feb 19723 Jul 1973
26Aug 197428 Jun 197723 Jul 197913 Apr 19814Jun 1982
28Jun 198413 Jun 198515Aus 1986l0Jun 1988
510
1 91 3th COMMUNICATIONS GROUP
The keys crossed over the sword symbolize the communications support provided by the group to Tactical AirCommand. This support plays a "kev" role in the effective command and control of Tactical Air Commandforces. The North Star represents the important direction provided by group air traffic control personnel to theaircrews. The globe emphasizes the widespread mission of the group in providing support to thirteen continentalstates and two allied countries. The three five-pointed stars further symbolize the numerous detachments andoperatlng locations of the group.
511
1 928th COMiTUN|CAT|OilS GROUPMACDIII AFB, FLORIDA
The 126th AACS Squadron designated.
The 126th AACS Squadron organized at MacDill AFB, Florida, and assigned to the53d (later l8Ogdl AACS Group (ATC GO-16, 26 March 1948).
1 September 1952 Reassigned to 18O3d AACS Group (later, Southeastern AACS Region; SoutheasternCommunications Region) (MATS GO-l 15, 12 August 19521.
14 May 1948
1 June 1948
1 October 1948
23 July 1949
1 July 1961
1 January 19631962).
1 July 1967
8 August 19671967t.
30 June 1971
Lt Col Michael J. Bolint, Jr.Lt Col James P. BrunerColThomas G. SamsLt Col Alan D. MillerCol Robeft B. SegersCol Charles C. Smith, Jr.Col James R. StarnesMaj Richard C. JohnsonLt Col Eugene A. BonfiglioLt Col Keith J. MinichLt Col Cecil R. BakerLt Col James R. StewartLt ColJames G. NicholasLt Col Merle L. BlackLt Col Stephen E. KelleyCol Robeft G. Paillex
Omined names/dates are unknown.
Redesignated 1928th AACS Squadron (MATS GO-25, 15 September 1948).
Reassigned to 1814th AACS Group (MATS GO-47,7 July 1949).
Redesignated 1928th Communications Squadron (AFCS G-2, 1 July 1961).
Reassigned to the new Tactical Communications Region (AFCS G-8O, 27 November
Redesignated 1928th Communications Group (AFCS G-31, 23 March 1967).
Reassigned to the new 9th Tactical Communications Region (AFCS G-76, 27 July
Reassigned to Tactical Communications Area (later, TacticalCommunications Division;Tactical lnformation Systems Division; Tactical Communications Divisionl (AFCS G-l17, lOJune 19711.
1 July 1984 Redesignated 1928th lnformation Systems Group nFCC SO G-81, 25 June 19841.
1 November 1986 Redesignated 1928th Communications Group (AFCC SO G-O4, 21 October 1986).
AWARDS
None
COMMAilDERS
1 Jan 196326 Jul 19667 Jul 1967
30 May 19691 Jul 1969
29May 19701 Apr 1971
11 Jun 19722Au119721 Apr 1975
15Aug 19771 Aug 19809 Jul 19826 Jul 1984
28 Jun 198511 May 1987
25 Jul 19666 Jul 1967
30 May 196930Jun 196928May 197031 Mar 197110Jun 1972
1 Aug 197231 Mar 197515Aug 1977I Aug 19809 Jul 19826 Jul 1984
28Jun 198511 May 1987
512
1928th COMMUNTCATTONS GROUP
The Air Force ultramarine blue background of the shield with a yellow border symbolizes the sunlit sky, theprimary theater of Air Force operations. These oporations are in support of the United States Air Force, TacticalAir Command, the United States Readiness Command, and the United States CentralCommand in their globalresponsibilities. Centered on the shield is an Air Force yellow star on a blue circle, the star represents the groupwhich provides services to the commands. The satellite ropresents the unit's global connectivity to commandand control communications and computer systems. The telephone indicates allground communications, andthe three aircraft represent the group's support of aircraft operations. The yellow lightning bohs emanating fromthe central blue disc and yellow star signify the unit's interconnections with airborne aircraft, groundcommunications, and satellites to accomplish its mission. The yellow signifies excellence in performance, andthe bordering red of the lightning bolts symbolize unit aggressiveness in doing the best possible job.
513
194i2d COmmUil|cATTOilS SOUADRONHOiIESTEAD AFB, FLORIDA
18 January 1957 The 1942d AACS Squadron designated and organized at Homestead AFB, Florida,and assigned to the 1803d AACS Group (later, Southeastern AACS Region; Southeastern CommunicationsRegionl (MATS GO-l, 1O January 19571.
1 July 1961
1-3O June 1963
1 July 1963
1 July 1968
3OJune 1971
Lt ColJohn K. WdesCol Charles A. BadlMaj Robert L. BondMaj William L. SickenbergerMaj Kenneth D. McNicol, Jr.Maj Joe L. LigonMaj Stephen E. KelleyMaj Gordon J. AitkenLt Col Jerome E. MerrittLt Col James W. DonkinMaj William T. M. Reusch
Redesignated 1942d Communications Squadron (AFCS G-2, 1 July 1961).
Attached to North Atlantic Communications Region.
Reassigned to the new Eastem Communications Region (AFCS G-51, 12 April 19681.
Reassigned to the 9th Tactical Communications Region (AFCS G-51, 12 April 19681.
Reassbned to Tactical Cornmunications Area (later, Tastical Communications Division;Tactical lnformation Systems Division; Tactical Communications Divisionl (AFCS G-l17, lOJune 1971).
1 July 1984 Redesignated 1942d lnformation Systems Squadron (AFCC SO G-81, 25 June 19841.
1 November 1986 Redosagnated 1942d Communications Squadron (AFCG SO G-O4, 21 October 19861.
AWARDS
AFOUA 1 June 1970 - 1 March 1972
COTMAilDERS
1 Jan 196930Jun 1969I Jun 19703May 1973SMay 1975
18 Jun 197631 Jul 19794May 19826Aug 19844Sep 19866 Jun 1988
29 Jun 196931 May 1970
2 May 19735May 1975
18 Jun 197631 Jul 19794May 19826 Aug 1 9844 Sep 19866Jun 1988
Omitted names/dates are unknown.
514
1942d COMMUNTCATTONS SOUADRON
The unit emblem portrays the image associated with Air Force Communications Command air traffic controllers,maintenance crews, and communications-electronic operators. The tower signifies the air traffic controllers'expertise of monitoring the approaches and take-offs in good and adverse weather. The atom signifies themaintenance crews who provide dependable equipment and communications to the many different sectionsthat compose the Air Force Communications Command communication squadron. The clouds and lightning signifythe communication electronic operators who communicate with the four corners of the earth in their many modesof electronic communication equipment, seen or unseen, classified or unclassified.
515
1 978th COIUMUN|CATTONS GROUPHOWARD AFB, PANAMA
20 November 195O The 1978th AACS Squadron designated and organized at Albrook AFB, Canal Zone,and assigned to l8OOth AACS Group (MATS GO-96, 30 October 19501.
18 July 1957 Reassigned to tho 18O3d AACS Group (later, Sotrtheastem AACS Region; Southeast-ern Communications Regionl (MATS GO-53, 21 June 1957).
Tactical Information Systems Division; Tactical Communications Division).
15 December 1978 The 1978th Communicataons Group moved PCS to Howard AFB, Canal Zone (LaterHoward AFB, Panama) (AFCS MO-OI, 12 April 19781.
1 July 1961
1 July 1963
1 January 1964
1 January 1976
1 July 1984
1 November 1986
AWARDS
AFOUAAFOUA
Lt Col Gerald B. WartonLt Col Eugene G. MorrisLt Col Robert E. Nolan, Jr.Lt Col John W. GravesLt Col Phillip J. LurieLt Col Richard L. FarroLt Col Michael C. MoehlankampLt Col Carl A. Mclntire lllLt Col Alfred H. whltley
lncomplete dates are approximate.Omitted names/dates are unknown.
January 1972 - 31 December 1973January 1978 - 31 December 1979
COMMAilDERS
DAFSO GB-631/74DAFSO GB-402/80
Redesignated 1978th Communications Squadron (AFCS G-2, l July 1961).
Reassigned to Air Force Communications Service. (AFCS G-37, 9 May 1963).
Redesignated 1978th Communications Group (AFCS G-l52, 3 December 19631.
Reassigned to Tactical Communications Area (later, TacticalCommunications Division;
Redesignated 1978th lnformation Systems Group (AFCC SO G-81, 25 June 1984).
Redesignated 1978th Communications Group (AFCC SO G-O4,21 October 1986).
I1
Oct 197421 Feb 197519 Jul 1977
1 Jul 19785 Jun 198O
13Aug 198217 Jun 198517 Jun 1987l5Jun 199O
21 Feb 19751 1 Jun 1977
1 Jul 1978SJun 198O
l3Aug 198217 Jun 198517 Jun 198715 Jun 1990
516
1978th COMMUNICATIONS GROUP
The North Star signifies our origin in the north. Sparks symbolize communications wave-lengths. The sun andbottom half of the globe depict the tropical area of Central and South America which is our area of responsibility.The dark blue top and light blue bottom depicts day and night vigilance. The aircraft reflects the group's airtraffic control operation. The satellite represents the role of the organization's Defense Meteorological SatelliteProgram. The ship indicates search and rescue coordination. The southern cross constellataon representsoperations south of tho equator.
517
201 2th CoititulltcATloNs souADRoNSEYMOUR JOHNSON AFB, NORTH CAROLINA
1 July 1962 The 2O12th Communications Squadron designated and organized at SeymourJohnsonAFB, North Carolina, and assigned to Southeastem Communications Region (AFCS G-42, 14 June 1962).
1 January 19631962).
8 August 1967
30 June 1971
Maj Melvin O. PinkMaj Robert D. TaylorCapt Clyde V. March, Jr.Capt Morris H. LovellMaj George H. ProdehlMaj James A. ForgasCapt James S. ButtMaj Bradley W. CarmichaelMaj James J. McDonaldMaj George M. Richmond llMaj Thomas E. StycMaj James V. RicksMaj Robert E. GrahamMaj Frank L. ForsythLt Col Margaret K. Baldwin
Reassigned to the new Tactical Communications Region (AFCS G-8O, 27 November
Reassigned to the 9th Tactical Communications Region (AFCS G-76, 27 July 1967).
Reassigned to Tactical Communications Area (later, Tactical Communications Division;Tactical lnformation Systoms Division; Tactical Communications Division) (AFCS G-l17, lOJune 1971).
1 July 1984 Redes'rgnated 2OlAh lnformation Systems Squadron (AFCC SO G-81, 25June 1984).
1 November 1986 Redesignated 2Ol Ah Communications Squadron (AFCC SO G-O4, 21 October 1986).
AWARDS
AFOUA 16 April 1974 - 31 December 1975 DAFSO GB-948/76
COMMA]IDERS
1 Jan 196315 Jul 196328 Feb 1966l9Aug 196711 Oct 1967
1 Jul 1970I Mar 1973
12 May 197311 Jun 197615 Jul 197812 Dec 19807 Jan 1983
28 Jun 198521 Jul 198712 Jun 1989
14 Jul 196327 Feb 196618Aus 19671O Oct 196730Jun 197028 Feb 197311 May 1973
15 Jul 197812 Dec 1980
7 Jan 198328 Jun 198521 Jul 198712 Jun 1989
Omined names/dates are unknown.
sl8
20 1 2th COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRON
The earth bound by a thin atmosphere symbolizes the squadron's support of the overseas deployment of the4th Tactical Fighter Wings. The heart of the emblem is an atom, the symbolic common denominator of thesectaons of the squadron. The atom ropresents electricity without which radios, frequencies, antennas, andradar scopes would be useless. The atom is bound by two forces-three electron orbits which ropresont electroniccommunication capabilities and six electric flashes which symbolize the squadron section. These sectaons includemaintenance, communication€lectronics, plans and programs, combat crew communications, flight facilities,and administration personnel. The three stars servo to highlight the three major branches of th6 squadron-communications€lectronics operations, air traffic control seryices, and maintenance. To support the missionof the squadron, all six sections must work in an orderly and cohesive manner, using the common factor,electricity. Wath the branches working in unison to support the Air Force's flying mission, the 2012thCommunications Squadron controls air traffic, maintains navaids, issuss war codes to bomber crews andmaintains operational plans to meet any contingencaes. When the going gets tough, the tough get going "providingthe link" 24-hours a day.
519
202o;h COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRONSHAW AFB, SOUTH CAROTINA
1 November 1954 The 2O2fth AACS Squadron designated and organized at Shaw AFB, South Carolina,and assigned to the 18O3d AACS Group (later, Southeastern AACS Region) (MATS GO-172,1 S October 1gS4).
1 November 1958 Reassigned to Northeastern AACS Region.
21 April 1961Regionl.
1 July 1961
1 January 1963(AFCS G-$O,27 Novsmber 1962).
8 August 1967
30 June 1971
AWARDS
AFOUAAFOUA
Maj William B. BauerLt Col John L. SneedMaj John R. BurchMaj Clarence B. Prince, Jr.Maj Donald L. JonesMaj Donald A. UtterbackMaj Robert E. OliveMaj George E. RobertsMaj Robert S. BartanowiczLt Col Barney F. BarronMaj William D. MeyersLt Col James T. HortonMaj William T. ReuschMaj Dale W. VankirkMaj Dwight D. Beard
Omitted names/dates are unknown.
October 1962 - 1 January 1963January 1976 - 31 December 1977
COMMANDERS
DAFSO GB/334/64DAFSO GB-634/78
Reassigned to Southeastern AACS Region (later, Southeastern Communications
Redesignated 2O2Oth Communications Squadron (AFCS G-2, 1 July 1961).
Reassigned to Tactical Communications Region (later, Tactical Communications Areal
Reassigned to new 9th Tactical Communications Region {AFCS G-76, 27 July 1967}.
Reassigned to Tactical Communications Area (later, Tactical Communications Division;Tactical lnformation Systems Division; Tactical Communications Division) (AFCS G-l17, lOJune 19711.
1 July 1984 Redesignated 2O2Oth lnformation Systems Squadron (AFCC SO G-81, 25June 1984).
1 November 1986 Redesignated 2020th Communications Squadron (AFCC SO G-04, 21 October 1986).
1
1
1 Jan 19633 Jun 1966
15 Mar 196714Jun 1967
1 Jun 197015Aug 19721 Jul 19741 Jul 1976
20 Jul 197915 Jun 198118 Apr 198320May 198516 Nov 198629 Dec 1986
2Aug 1988
2 Jun 196614 Mar 196713 Jun 196731 May 197O1 1 Aug 1972
19741 Jul 1976
20 Jul 197915 Jun 198115 Apr 198320 May 198516 Nov 198616 Dec 19862Aus 1988
520
2020th coMMuNlcATloNs souADRoN
Each star represents one of the three mission elements of ths 2O2Oth Communications Squadron, air trafficcontrol, communicationselectronics operations, and communicationselectronics maintenance. The electronicflash in the centsr of the emblem symbolizes the overall mission of communications.
521
2021 st COMMUIIICATIONS SOUADRONWNDALT AFB, FLORIDA
1 November 1954 The 2O21st AACS Squadron designated and organized at TyndallAFB, Florida, andassigned to the 18O3d AACS Group (later, Southeastern AACS Region; Southeastern Communications Region)(MATS GO-172, 15 october 19541.
Tactical Information Systems Division; Tactical Communications Division) (AFCS SO G-212, lOSeptember1979t.
1 July 1961c-2, l July 1961).
1 July 1963
1 May 1970
1 October 1979
July 1984
November 1986
AWARDS
AFOUAAFOUAAFOUAAFOUAAFOUAAFOUA
Capt Joseph J. BurkhalterMaj John J. OrrMaj William J. AlslebenCol John T. FordLt Col William J. RetzbachMaj William W. HochstetlerLt Col Joe H. JohnsonLt Col James M. PowellLt Col Roger B. Condit, JrMaj Wllliam S. AndersonLt Col Robert E. NeubauerMaj Ronald L. ShillcutMaj Russell R. LinnLt Col Wayne A. MoehlingLt Col Richard G. DarenbergLt Col John W. SpearMaj James T. LeahyLt Col George P. LampeLt Col Norman M. SlocumCol William R. McHargueLt Col Henry J. Daries
lncomplete dates are approximate.Omitted names/dates are unknown.
1 January 1970 - 31 December 19701 January 1975 - 31 December 19751 January 1976 - 31 December 19761 January 1977 - 31 December 19771 January 1978 - 31 December 1979
1 July 1987 - 30 June 1989
cot[MANDERS
DAFSO GB-427171DAFSO GB-949/76DAFSO G8-783t77DAFSO GB-634/78DAFSO GB-401/80DAFSO GA-l1/89
Redesignmed 2021st Communications Squadron, upon establishment of AFCS (AFCS
Reassigned to new EasternCommunications Region (AFCS G-33, 1 May 1963).
Reassigned to new Southern Communicataons Area (AFCS G-62, 2 April 19701.
Reassigned to Tactical Conrmunications Area (later, Taaical Communications DMsion;
Redesignated 2O21st Information Systems Squadron (AFCC SO G-81, 25 June 1984).
Redesignated 2021ca Communications Squadron (AFCC SO G-04, 21 October 1986).
1
1
Nov 1954Oct 1956Nov 1956
1 9572Jun 1958
1963Jan 1968Feb 1968
26 Jun 1968Jun 1969May 197OMay 1972
22Mar 197323 Aug 1 975
2 Mar 197829 Aug 1 9791O Apr 198115Jun 19842 Jun 1986
18 Jul 198822 May 199O
Oct 1956Nov 1956Jun 1957
2 Jun 1958
Jun 1969May 1970May 1972
22Mar 197322 Aug 1975
2 Mar 197829Aug 19791O Apr 198115Jun 1984
2 Jun 198618 Jul 198822 May 199O
522
2021 st COM MUNICATIONS SOUADRON
Blue and yellow are the Air Force colors. Blue alludes to the sky, the primary theater of Air Force operations.Yellow refers to the sun and the excellence required of Air Force personnel. The emblem symbolizes the dualnaturo of the 2O21st Communications Squadron as an Air Force Communications Command unit supportingtho Tactical Air Command mission. The radar dish represents allthe elements of the Air Force CommunicationsCommand. The gauntlet gripping the Tactical Air Command sword emphasizes the supporting role of the unit.The lightning bohs signify the communications functions. The North Star recalls a time when craft had to navigateby Polaris without the benefit of modern communication and navigational devices.
523
2031st COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRONSETFRIDGE A]TG BASE, MICHIGAN
I November 1954 The 2O31st AACS Squadron designated and organized at Selfridge AFB (later, ANGBase), Michigan, and assigned to 18O2d AACS Group (MATS GO-172, 15 October 1954).
1 December 1954 Reassigned to 1819th AACS Group (later, Midwestern AACS Service Region;Midwestern Communications Region).
Division; Tactical Communications Divisionl (AFCC SO G-31, 2O February 1981).
1 July 1984 Redesignated 2O31st lnformation Systems Squadron (AFCC SO G-81, 25 June 1984.
1 November 1986 Redesignated 2031st Communications Squadron (AFCC SO G-O4, 21 October 1986).
1 July 1961
1 July 1963
1 May 1970
1 June 1981
AWARDS
AFOUA
Capt Robert H. KesslerCapt/Mai Duncan S. GateffMaj Bruce S. PrattCapt Thomas E. Styc (lnterim)Maj Paul N. RenfroMaj Carey L. FreemanMaj Jerome F. SimmerCapt Sylvia A. WashingtonMaj John R. LockhartCapt Peter R. WymanCapt Gene R. BentonCapt Gary W. King
lncomplete datos are approximate.Omitted names/dates are unknown.
Redesignated 2031st Communications Squadron (AFCS G-2, 1 July 19611.
Reassigned to the new Central Communications Region (AFCS G-33, 1 May 19631.
Reassigned to the new Northern Communications Area (AFCS G-62, 2 April 197O).
Reassigned to Tactical Communications Division (later, Tactical lnformation Systems
1 January 1986 - 31 December 1987 DAFSO GB-433/88
COMMAlTDERS
Jul 1971Jul 1973
5 Aug I 97423 Dec 197715 Jan 1978
lOJun 198311 Jul 198516Sep 198522 Dec 198517 Jul 19866Aug 1989
5 Aug 1 97423Dec 197715 Jan 1978
11 Jul 198516 Sep 198522 Dec 198517 Jul 1986
6 Aug 1 989
524
2031 st COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRON
The 2o31st Communications Squadron uniquely functions through a primarily civilian workforce to manage,operate and maintain communications-electronics and air traffic control services and facilities. The history ofcooporation that binds the civilian and military member is signified by the shaklng of hands. The North Starrepresents navigation and air traffic control. Selfridge's history is unique in that it is the most diversified reserveforces installation in the United States. The bohs of lightning represent per?nanently assigned actavo duty unitsfrom all five branches of the military services. The fist is the communications reprosentation for the "Reinsof Command" for all defense agencies. The professionals reprosent the professional manner and atmospherein which the unit functions to provide communications and air traffic control service.
525
and assigned tothe 18O1st AACS Grotrp (later, Westem AACS Region; Westem Communications Regionl ruATSGO-172, 15 october 1954).
1 November 1954
1 July 1961G-2, l July 19611.
1 January 1966
8 August 19671967).
30 Jun 1971
1 July 1984
1 November 1986
AWARDS
AFOUA
2036th COitMUr$CATtOilS SOUADRONMOUNTAITT HOME AFB, IDAHO
The 2O36th AACS Squadron designated and organized at Mountain Home AFB, ldaho,
Redesignated 2O36th Communications Squadron, upon establashment of AFCS (AFCS
Reassigned to Tactical Communications Region(AFCS GO-l57, 26 November 19651.
Reassigned to the new 12th Tactical Communicataons Region (AFCS G-76, 2l July
Reassigned to Tactical Communications Area (lator, Tactical Communications Division;
Redesignated 2036th Information Systems Squadron (AFCC SO G-81, 25 June 1984).
Redesignated 2O36th Communications Squadron (AFCC SO G-O4,21 October 19861.
1 January 1980 - 31 December 1981 DAFSO GB-598/82
COiIilIANDERS
Tactical lnformation Systems Division; Tactical Communications Division) (AFCS G-l17, lOJune 1971).
Capt Henry J. StravateCapt Emery E. LongLt Thomas A. Gomilak, Jr.Capt Roy AndersonMaj Richard R. LongCapt Morris H. LovellMaj Allen B. HaftersonLt Col Luther E. Smith, Jr.Capt Richard E. EvansMaj Joe SimsMaj William HoffCapt William J. McGauleyCapt Arthur B. Kennedy, Jr.Gapt Gary G. MossCapt Santiago Vargas, Jr.Capt Roben D. MonroeCapt. Arthur H. WedraMaj John M. HagaMai/Lt ColJohn L. ParhamMaj Carl E. StoopsMaj Gerald R. GivensMaj Steve P. MakrisMaj Wlliam F. LisenbyLt Col George W. Adair
lncomplete dates are approximate.
1 Nov 1954
27 Jul 195627Aug 1956
1 Jun 196220 Feb 1963
2 Aug 1 963Jan 1966
27 Sep 196611 Jan 196726 Jan 196816 Apr 196921 May 197O3 Jul 19707 Jul 1971
19May 197220Aug1972
Oct 19746Aug 19761 Aug 1979
10May 19827 Jun 1984
30Jun 198619 Apr 1989
Dec 195527 Jul 195627Aug 1956
20 Feb 19632Aug 1963
26 Sep 1966lOJan 196725 Jan 196815 Apr 196920May 19702 Jul 19706 Jul 1971
18May 197219Aug 1972
6 Aug 1 976Aug 1979
9May 19827 Jun 1984
30 Jun 198619 Apr 1989
526
2o36th COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRON
The mountains portray the mountainous region surrounding tho squadron's local area. The electronic flashesreprosent the communication mission of the squadron and two bohs indicate the two in the squadron'sdesignation. The rattlesnake's open mouth indicates the constant stats of preparedness to communicato, andtho zero in the squadron's designation. The rattlesnake represents a reptile indigenous to this area and the threecoils around the electronic flashes indicate the three in the squadron's designation. The six rattles on the tailof the snake indicate the six in the squadron's designation. The river valley portrays the location of the squadronin the Snake River Valley. The control tower stresses the air traffic control mission as a distinct but antegratedpart of the squadron.
527
2037rh COMi|UNICAT|ONS SOUADRONLUKE AFB, ARIZONA
1 November 1954 The 2O37th AACS Squadron designated and organized at Luke AFB, Arizona, andassigned to the l8olst AACS Group (later, Western AACS Region; Western Communications Region) (MATSGO-172, 15 October 19541.
1 July 1961
1 January 19631962).
8 August 19671967).
30 June 1971
AWARDS
AFOUAAFOUA
Maj Vernon V. SeefeldtCapt Consolate J. CalafroCapt Robert J. OlshaskieMaj Edward M. HelmMaj Douglas N. EricksonLt Col John R. StevensonLt Col Francis J. DeuschleMaj Russell H. MannCapt James H. HigaMdj Jenold T. NelsonMaj Derrell H. Wells, Jr.Lt Col Edward R. CarwiseMaj Michael C. MoehlankampCapt Glenda M. YoungMaj Kanneth L. ThomasCapt/Maj Michael W. PetersonLt Col James R. Bone
lncomplete dates are approximate.Omitted names/dates are unknown.
1 January 1978 - 31 December 19791 January 1986 - 31 December 1987
coittuAilDERs
DAFSO GB-22t81DAFSO GB-433/88
Redesignated 2O37th Communications Squadron (AFCS G-2, 1 July 1961).
Reassigned to the new Tactical communications Region (AFcs G-Bo,27 November
Reassigned to the new 12th ractical communications Region (AFcs G-76, 27 July
Reassigned to Tactical Communications Area (later, TacticalCommunications Division;Tactical lnformation Systems Division; Tactical Communications Divisionl (AFCS G-l17, lOJune 1971).
1 July 1984 Redesignated 2o37th lnformation Systems Squadron (AFCC SO G-81, 25 June 1984).
1 November 1986 Redesignated 2037th Communicataons Squadron (AFCC SO G-O4, 21 October l9g6).
2 Nov 195416 Apr 1956
1 Jan 196215 Jul 1963l5Jun 19668Aug 1967
28 Sep 196926 Sep 1972
Jan 1975Oct 1976
31 Jul 1979
l3Jun 19839Aug 19837 Jan 1985
1 1 Jan 1988
16 Apr 195618 Jun 1956l8Jun 195614 Jul 196314Jun 1966
7 Aug 1 96727 Sep 196925Sep 1972
Sep 1976Dec 1977
SAug 19837 Jan 1985
11 Jan 1988
528
2037rh COMiTUilTCATTONS SOUADRON
The predominant colors of the squadron emblem are golden yellow and uhramarine blue, to symbolize theexcellence of the assigned personnel, and the sky which is the major theater of operations of the United StatesAir Force. Red, white, and medium blue are added as the symbol of our national pride. The field is patternedafterthe Arizona State Flag, providing a two-fold meaning. lt symbolizes the goographic heritage of the squadron,and depicts the western sky, the service domain of th€ unit. ln the foreground, a control tower rises with thesun, symbolizing the unit's growth with the Phoenix "Valley of the Sun." The cloudburst represents the hastoryof the squadron's expansion, as its scope broadened to include meteorological support. ln addition, itdemonstrates the ongoing commitment to all-conditions service. The lightning bolt, symbol of communication,th€refore is depicted piercing the cloud. The overlapping of the cloudburst, tower, and test oscilloscope signifiesthe team spirit, the bringing toggther of communications€lectronics<neteorological support through maintenance,operations, and air traffic control. This emblem symbolizes the history of pride and professionalism of the 2037thCommunications Squadron, and its dedication to the host base, the community, the Air Force CommunicationsCommand, and the United States Air Force.
529
2040h cotuMut[tcATtoils souADRotrtCAN]TON AFB, NEW iIEXICO
8 December 1956 The 2O4Oth AACS Squadron designated and organized at Ctovis 1ater Cannonl AFB,New Mexico, and assigned to the 1922d AACS Group (later, Southwestern AACS Region; SouthwesternCommunications Regionl ruATS GO-l56, 13 November 19b6).
1 July 1961
1 January 19631962).
8 August 19671967).
30 June 1971
Lt Col Thomas D. ToynMaj Guilford M. HazelwoodLt Col James L. GreeneMaj Lewis E. McRaeMaj Willard J. HethMaj Joe SimsMaj David M. WardMai Terrance M. FoxMaj William C. Teachout, Jr.Maj Charles J. HenickeMaj Robert W. HudsonCapt Furman L. Galloway, Jr. (lnterim)Maj Robert W. HudsonCapt/Mai Robeft G. CowanMaj/Lt Col Robert J. Stolte, Jr.Maj Marian F. FredericksenMaj Larry L. PottyCapt Michael D. McDonald
lncomplete dates are approximate.Omined names/dates are unknown.
Redesignated 2o4oth communications squadron (AFCS G-2, l July 1961).
Reassigned to new Tactical communications Region (AFcs G-go, 27 November
Reassigned to the new 12th Tactical Communications Region (AFCS G-76, 27 JulV
Reassigned to Tactacal Communications Area (later, Tactical Communications Division;Tactical Information Systems Division; Tactacal Communications Divisionl (AFCS G-l17, lOJune 1g7l).
1 July 1984 Redesignated 2o4oth lnformation systems squadron (AFcc so G-81, 25June 1gg4l.
1 November 1986 Redesignated 2O4fth Communications Squadron (AFCC SO G-04, 21 October 19g6l.
AWARDS
AFOUA 1 January 1982 - 31 December 1982 DAFSO GB-696/83
COMMANDERS
Jun 19631 Sep 1964
16 Nov 19641 Feb 1966
16 Dec 196712 Feb 196816 May 197016 May 19711O Sep 1971
7 May 197315 Nov 197415 Jan 197731 Mar 1977
9 Mar 197818 Jul 198121 Oct 198321 Feb 1985
6 Feb 1987
31 Aug 196415Nov 196431 Jan 1966l5Dec 196711 Feb 196815 May 1970l5May 19719 Sep 19716 May 1973
l5Nov 197415 Jan 197731 Mar 1977
9 Mar 197817 Jul 198120 Oct 198321 Feb 19856 Feb 1987
530
2O4{Xh COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRON
The United Statos Air Force colors of blue and gold in the heavens over the globe represent the continuousday and night mission of the unit. The red lightning bolts represent the unit mission: providing many'forms ofcommunications support to the host wing. The red Zia sun symbol of the ancient Pueblo Indians signifies theNew Mexico location of Cannon AFB, home of the squadron. The white lines of latitude and longitude on theglobe represent the proper orientation and positive control provided to the host wing's aircraft and aircrewsby the squadron's navigational aids and air traffic control functions. The golden stars in the heavens, separatedby blank portions of the blue night sky, indicate the numerical designation of the organization. The grreen globerepresents life, freedom, and the American way of life, allof which this unit is pledged to defend. lt also representsa vision of the future and the strong desire of the people in this unit to move forward and lead the way intothat future.
531
2066th COMMUNTCATIONS SOUADRONMYRTLE BEACH AFB, SOUTH CAROLINA
1 January 1963 The 2O66th Communications Squadron designated and organized at Myrtle BeachAFB, South Carolina, and assigned to the Tactical Communications Region (AFCS GO-8O, 27 November 1962).
Tactical lnformation Systems Division; Tactical Communications Divisionl (AFCS G-l17, 1O January 19711.
8 August 1967196il.
30 June 1971
1 July 1984
1 November 1986
AWARDS
AFOUAAFOUAAFOUA
Capt Eugene C. KirkendallCapt Frank L. SegarsMaj John A. McDonaghMaj Livingston M. StandishCapt Thomas C. BeckCapt Bruce S. PrattMaj Roger G. Duke, Jr.Maj James H. GodwinMai John G. MusserMaj Joseph L. ThomasMaj Richard H. ComptonMaj Robert A. PoppMaj Susan M. FoxMai Waher T. JonesMaj Gary L. Davis
1 January 1963 - 31 December 19631 January 1982 - 31 December 19831 January 1984 - 31 December 1985
COMMAT{DERS
DAFSO GB-334/64DAFSO GB^497t84DAFSO GB-730/86
Reassigned to the new 9th Taaical Communications Region (AFCS G-76, 27 JulV
Reassigned to Tactical Communications Area (later, Tactical Communicataons Division;
Redesignated 2O66th lnformation Systems Squadron (AFCC SO G-81, 25 June 1984).
Redesignated 2O66th Communications Squadron {AFCC SO G-04, 21 October 19861.
1 Jan 196325 Feb 1963
19638 Jul 19651 Feb 19671 Feb 1968
23 Feb 19685 Jan 197O
197423 Feb 197711 Apr 198023 Jul 198222Jun 1984
19 Dec 19858 Jul 1988
24 Feb 19631963
7 Jul 196531 Jan 196731 Jan 1968
Feb 19684Jan 1970
197423Feb 19771O Apr 198023 Jul 198222 Jun 198419 Dec 1985
8 Jut 1988
lncomplete dates are approximate.
532
2066th COMMUNTCATTONS SOUADRON
The lightning and sword represent the communication support to Tactacal Air Command. The four stars ropresentthe four divisions of communications; command, maintenance, communications{perations and air traffic controloperations. The North Star represents navigation. The Palmetto tree represents the state of South Carolina.The colors red, white, and blue represent the pride the people in communications have for the United States.
533
2067th COMMUNICATIONS SOUADRONGEORGE AFB, CALIFORNIA
1 January 1963 The 2O67th Communications Squadron designated and organized at George AFB,California, and assigned to Tactical Communications Region (AFCS G-BO,27 November 19621.
8 August 1967 Reassigned to new 1fth Tactical Communications Region (designated/organized)(AFCS G-76, 27 July 1967).
30 June 1971 Reassigned to Tactical Communications Area (later, Tactical Communications Divison;Tactical lnformation Systems Division; Tactical Communications Divisionl (AFCS G-l17,30June 1971).
1 July 1984 Redesignated 2O67th lnformation Systems Squadron (AFCC SO G-81. 25June 1984).
1 November 1986 Redesignated 2O67th Communications Squadron (AFCC SO G-04, 21 October 1986).
AWARDS
AFOUAAFOUA
Maj Miles J. MelingMaj Norman R. PickettMaj Ben EvansCapt Lance D. BleakleyMaj Delmont E. HarlowCapt Kenneth D. McNicolCapt Frank O. SinclairMaj Waher C. Fields, Jr.Maj Robert D. LaRueMaj Stepanie K. AllenMaj Richard E. DeloneyCapt Robert M. PeekMaj Dennis M. Carpenter
lncomplete dates are approximate.Omitted names/dates are unknown.
January 1974- 31 December 1975January 1981 - 31 December 1982
COMUAlTDERS
DAFSO GB-950/76DAFSO GB.69O/E3
1
1
1 Jan 19631 Jun 1965
29 Mar 196626 Jul 196621 Sep 196620Sep 1971
1 Aug 19731975
26 Jun 197810 Oct 19801 Jul 19839 Jul 1985
23 Jun 1987
31 May 196528 Mar 196625 Jul 196620 Sep 196619 Sep 1971I Aus 1973
26 Jun 197810 Oct 198O1 Jul 19839 Jul 1985
31 May 1987
534
2067th COMMUIUCAT|OilS SOUADRON
The wings indicate Tactical Air Command's wings; and the antenna and radio waves indicate the unit,s functionof providing communications in support of Tactical Air Command's mission.
535
2069rh COIUMUNICAT|ONS GROUPNELLIS AFB, ]TEVADA
1 October 1963 The 2O69th Communications Squadron designated and organized at Nellis AFB,Nevada, and assigned to Tactical Communications Region (AFCS GO-l25, 21 August 19631.
Tactical lnformation Systems Division; Tactical Communications Division) (AFCS G-l17, 10 June 1971).
I August 1967
30 June 1971
1 July 1984
15 April 1986
1 November 1986
AWARDS
AFOUAAFOUAAFOUAAFOUA
1 January 1978 - 311 January 1980 - 311 January 1984 - 311 January 1987 - 31
December 1978December 1981December 1985December 1987
DAFSO GB-635/79DAFSO GB-598/82
DAFSO GB-433/88
Reassigned to 12th Tactical Communications Region (AFCS G-76, 27 July 19671.
Reassigned to Tactical Communications Area (later, TacticalCommunications Division;
Redesignated 2069th lnformation Systems Squadron (AFCC SO G-81, 25June 1984).
Redesignated 2069th lnformation Systems Group (AFCC SO G-l01, l4April 1986).
Redesignated 2069th Communications Group (AFCC SO G-o4, 21 October 1986).
Capt William E. DussetschlegeCapt Arthur J. WillisCapt Jack A. RingMaj Jack F. BradnerMai Phillip C. Drake (lnterimlMaj Wayland E. DuncanMaj Phillip C. DrakeMaj Leonard E. FrantzMaj William E. HoffMaj Earl W. PlaceCapt Louis A. SteblayMaj John C. Milhouse, Jr.Lt Col Wally F. RatherMaj Franklin G. HillLt Col Albert A. WiegardMaj Kenneth F. NickelLt Col Bruce J. BohntCol Robert E. DanielsGol James D. BlairLt Col Laforrest V. WilliamsLt Col Richard N. Compton
r Later Brig Gen
lncomplete dates are approximate.Omined names/dates are unknown.
cotutitAilDERs
1 Jan 196320 Sep 1963
1 Feb 196527 May 1966
1 Jul 196719 Jul 1967lOMay 1968
1 Jan 196917 Apr 196931 Jul 197029 Sep 1972
7 Mer 197315 Jul 1974
2O Apr 19794Jun 1982
29 Jun 19E423 Jan 1987lOJan 198923 Mar 199O4May 199O
19 Sep 196331 Jan 196526May 196630Jun 196718 Jul 1967
9 May 19683t Dec 196816 Apr 19693O Jul 197029 Sep 1972
7 Mar 1973
20Apr 19794Jun 1982
29 Jun 198423 Jan 19E710Jan 198923 Mar 19904May t99O
536
2O69Ih COMMUNICATIONS GROUP
Blue and yellow are the Air Force colors. Blue alludes to the sky, the primary theater of Air Force operations.Yellow refers to the sun and the excellence required of Air Force personnel. The emblerns on the disc reflect
ower symbolizes the air traffic control systems support. Thesupport. The antenna {ish signifies ther communications anda vast range complex in the vicinity of Nellis Air Force Base.
The falcon symbolizes the strength and alertness of the Aar Force and the 2O69th Communications Group.
537
Related Documents
